Merge branch 'master' of gitlab.gnome.org:GNOME/gnome-user-docs

7 files changed, 25545 insertions, 24205 deletions

diff --git a/gnome-help/C/contacts-link-unlink.page b/gnome-help/C/contacts-link-unlink.page
index cc9413e8..fb38efa8 100644
--- a/gnome-help/C/contacts-link-unlink.page
+++ b/gnome-help/C/contacts-link-unlink.page
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
 
   <steps>
     <item>
-      <p>Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact.</p>
+      <p>Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contacts.</p>
     </item>
     <item>
       <p>Press <gui style="button">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of
diff --git a/gnome-help/C/music-cantplay-drm.page b/gnome-help/C/music-cantplay-drm.page
index 1fa6f78e..3b351da7 100644
--- a/gnome-help/C/music-cantplay-drm.page
+++ b/gnome-help/C/music-cantplay-drm.page
@@ -22,6 +22,6 @@
 
 <p>If you do have support installed for the song’s audio format but still can’t play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being <em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it — you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported on Linux.</p>
 
-<p>You can learn more about DRM from the <link href="http://www.eff.org/issues/drm">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>.</p>
+<p>You can learn more about DRM from the <link href="https://www.eff.org/issues/drm">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>.</p>
 
 </page>
diff --git a/gnome-help/C/net-findip.page b/gnome-help/C/net-findip.page
index 8cb474fd..0cf9df99 100644
--- a/gnome-help/C/net-findip.page
+++ b/gnome-help/C/net-findip.page
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
   	<title>Find your external (internet) IP address</title>
     <item>
       <p>Visit
-      <link href="http://whatismyipaddress.com/">whatismyipaddress.com</link>.</p>
+      <link href="https://whatismyipaddress.com/">whatismyipaddress.com</link>.</p>
     </item>
     <item>
       <p>The site will display your external IP address for you.</p>
diff --git a/gnome-help/C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page b/gnome-help/C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page
index 8fc05174..b50387ed 100644
--- a/gnome-help/C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page
+++ b/gnome-help/C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
       Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have
       Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes
       not available. You can learn more about how to use NDISwrapper
-      <link href="http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page">here</link>.
+      <link href="https://sourceforge.net/p/ndiswrapper/ndiswrapper/Main_Page/">here</link>.
       Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper.</p>
     </item>
   </list>
diff --git a/gnome-help/C/status-icons.page b/gnome-help/C/status-icons.page
index 8dcae16d..c20dc28f 100644
--- a/gnome-help/C/status-icons.page
+++ b/gnome-help/C/status-icons.page
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@
         <media src="figures/topbar-network-vpn-acquiring.svg"/>
       </if:choose>
     </td>
-    <td><p>Connecting to a virual private network.</p></td>
+    <td><p>Connecting to a virtual private network.</p></td>
   </tr>
   <tr>
     <td its:translate="no">
@@ -532,9 +532,9 @@
         <media src="figures/topbar-night-light.svg" style="floatend"/>
       </if:choose>
     </td>
-    <td><p>Night light has changed the color tempterature of the display
+    <td><p>Night light has changed the color temperature of the display
     to reduce eye strain. You can temporarily disable night light from
-    the mneu.</p></td>
+    the menu.</p></td>
   </tr>
   <tr>
     <td its:translate="no">
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@
 
 <list style="compact">
   <item><p><link xref="keyboard-layouts">Learn more about keyboard layouts.</link></p></item>
-  <item><p><link xref="net-privacy-location">Learn more about privacy and location services.</link></p></item>
+  <item><p><link xref="privacy-location">Learn more about privacy and location services.</link></p></item>
   <item><p><link xref="display-night-light">Learn more about night light and color temperature.</link></p></item>
   <item><p><link xref="screen-shot-record">Learn more about screenshots and screencasts.</link></p></item>
 </list>
diff --git a/gnome-help/da/da.po b/gnome-help/da/da.po
index 557679e1..0e1ca530 100644
--- a/gnome-help/da/da.po
+++ b/gnome-help/da/da.po
@@ -1,23829 +1,24650 @@
-# Danish translation for gnome-user-docs.
-# Copyright (C) 2015 gnome-user-docs's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-docs package.
-# scootergrisen, 2015-2016, 2019-2020.
-# Gennemgået Ask Hjorth Larsen <asklarsen@gmail.com>, 2016.
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-31 11:24+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-05 01:16+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: scootergrisen\n"
-"Language-Team: Danish\n"
-"Language: da\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/link
-#: C/legal.xml:3
-msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
-msgstr "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
-
-#. (itstool) path: license/p
-#: C/legal.xml:3
-msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
-msgstr "Dette værk er licenseret under <_:link-1/>."
-
+# Danish translation for gnome-user-docs.

+# Copyright (C) 2015 gnome-user-docs's COPYRIGHT HOLDER

+# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-docs package.

+# scootergrisen, 2015-2016, 2019-2021.

+# Gennemgået Ask Hjorth Larsen <asklarsen@gmail.com>, 2016.

+#

+# scootergrisen: bounce keys:

+# scootergrisen:    har ændret "bounce keys" fra "hoppende taster" til "rystetaster"

+# scootergrisen:    sørg for det samme sker i gnome-shell gsettings-desktop-schemas gnome-control-center

+# scootergrisen:    måske det er hænderne der ryster og tasterne der hopper.

+# scootergrisen:    ellers skal det vel være "hoppetaster" frem for "hoppende taster"

+# scootergrisen:

+# scootergrisen: alert:

+# scootergrisen:    alert - måske opmærksomhed - ikke påmindelse

+# scootergrisen:    alert sound - måske opmærksomhedslyde - ikke påmindelseslyd

+# scootergrisen:    alert sounds - måske opmærksomhedslyde

+# scootergrisen:    visual alerts - måske visuel opmærksomhed - ikke påmindelse

+# scootergrisen:

+# scootergrisen: konti:

+# scootergrisen:    accounts - måske konti > kontoer

+# scootergrisen:    onlinekonti > onlinekontoer

+# scootergrisen:    tjek også brugerkonti/brugerkontoer

+# scootergrisen:

+# scootergrisen: &amp;:

+# scootergrisen:    &amp; > og

+# scootergrisen:    tjek "&amp;" i alle dem med "#. (itstool) path: page/title"

+# scootergrisen:

+# scootergrisen: Delay Ventetid > Forsinkelse

+# scootergrisen: gør strenge ens i gnome-help og gnome-control-center

+# scootergrisen:

+# scootergrisen: rettelser til gnome-control-center:

+# scootergrisen:    har forkert oversættelse af "power saving" (strømstyring/strømbesparelse):

+# scootergrisen:    msgid "View your battery status and change power saving settings"

+# scootergrisen:    msgstr "Vis din batteristatus og skift indstillinger for strømstyring"

+# scootergrisen:    vil gerne have "modifikationstast" ændret til "ændringstast"

+# scootergrisen:    jeg vil gerne have med "spørge" i "Nye forbindelser skal bede om adgang"

+# scootergrisen:    "Map to Monitor…" har på nuværende tidspunkt "Tildel skærm …"

+# scootergrisen:    "Map to single monitor" har på nuværende tidspunkt "Afbild til enkelt skærm"

+# scootergrisen:    måske "display" skal være "visning" frem for "skærm" f.eks. ved "Display mode"

+# scootergrisen:    ret "_Screen Brightness" "Screen brightness" til "Lysstyrke for skærmen" frem for "Skærmlysstyrke" (også i gnome-color-manager)

+# scootergrisen:

+# scootergrisen: rettelser til gnome-contacts:

+# scootergrisen:    ret "Done" fra "Udført" til "Færdig"

+# scootergrisen:

+# scootergrisen: rettelser til nautilus:

+# scootergrisen:    vi skal vel væk fra det med stort efter mellemrum i diverse strenge i nautilus f.eks. "Fortryd Omdøb"

+# scootergrisen:    tjek hvad "item" skal oversættes til. Der er vist brugt objekt i nautilus

+# scootergrisen:

+# scootergrisen: rettelser til nautilus + Billedfremviser

+# scootergrisen:    "Set as Wallpaper" er oversat forskelligt

+# scootergrisen:    "Benyt som baggrundsbillede"

+# scootergrisen:    "Anvend som baggrund"

+# scootergrisen:    gør det ens

+# scootergrisen:

+# scootergrisen: rettelser til gnome-tweaks:

+# scootergrisen:    der er streng med "bærbare" frem for "bærbare computer" som laptop ellers er oversat til i andre strenge

+# scootergrisen:

+# scootergrisen: "Mirror" skal nok være "Kloning"

+# scootergrisen: "Join Displays" skal måske være noget andet end "Sammenføj skærme"

+# scootergrisen:

+# scootergrisen: se om der kan findes en god oversættelse til "native"

+#

+msgid ""

+msgstr ""

+"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n"

+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-12-25 04:04+0000\n"

+"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-01-07 00:00+0200\n"

+"Last-Translator: scootergrisen\n"

+"Language-Team: Danish\n"

+"Language: da\n"

+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"

+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"

+

+#. (itstool) path: p/link

+#: C/legal.xml:3

+msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"

+msgstr ""

+"Creative Commons Kreditering-Deling på samme vilkår 3.0 Ikke porteret-licens"

+

+#. (itstool) path: license/p

+#: C/legal.xml:3

+msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."

+msgstr "Værket er licenseret under en <_:link-1/>."

+

 # scootergrisen: bruges under "Om" nederst på siderne

 # scootergrisen: de enkelte linjer bruges på nuværende tidspunkt (marts 2019) kun hvis der er angivet email og år så linjer kun med navn eller lignende bruges ikke

 # scootergrisen: linjerne kan eventuelt bruge "<>, " som email og år som midlertidig løsning indtil det er muligt uden så bruges navnet

-#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "translator-credits"
-msgstr "scootergrisen <>, "
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:20
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:16
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:18
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:20
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:19
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:18
-#: C/a11y.page:13
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:15
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:18
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:20
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
-#: C/accounts-add.page:28
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:23
-#: C/bluetooth.page:16
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:29
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:21
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:17
-#: C/clock.page:13
-#: C/disk.page:9
-#: C/display-brightness.page:26
-#: C/files-browse.page:19
-#: C/files-delete.page:19
-#: C/files-lost.page:18
-#: C/files-open.page:17
-#: C/files-preview.page:16
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:9
-#: C/files-rename.page:17
-#: C/files-search.page:20
-#: C/files-select.page:9
-#: C/files-share.page:16
-#: C/files.page:15
-#: C/hardware-auth.page:9
-#: C/hardware.page:9
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:15
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:23
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15
-#: C/keyboard.page:18
-#: C/look-background.page:28
-#: C/media.page:9
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:21
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:20
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:18
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:21
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:25
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:17
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:20
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:13
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:16
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:24
-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:8
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:17
-#: C/net-findip.page:15
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:14
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:19
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:12
-#: C/net.page:11
-#: C/prefs-display.page:9
-#: C/prefs-language.page:9
-#: C/prefs.page:10
-#: C/printing-setup.page:28
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:24
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:18
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18
-#: C/session-formats.page:15
-#: C/session-language.page:18
-#: C/shell-exit.page:19
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:18
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:18
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:14
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:13
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:13
-#: C/sound-alert.page:15
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:15
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:16
-#: C/sound-volume.page:18
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15
-#: C/tips.page:8
-#: C/user-add.page:19
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:21
-#: C/user-delete.page:25
-msgid "Shaun McCance"
-msgstr "Shaun McCance"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:24
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:24
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:17
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:25
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:22
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:24
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
-#: C/accounts.page:13
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:18
-#: C/files-browse.page:23
-#: C/files-hidden.page:14
-#: C/files-sort.page:13
-#: C/files-tilde.page:14
-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:23
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:17
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:17
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:17
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:17
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:14
-#: C/net-default-email.page:14
-#: C/net-email-virus.page:15
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:13
-#: C/net-manual.page:17
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:15
-#: C/net-proxy.page:19
-#: C/net-slow.page:13
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:15
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:18
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:16
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:19
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:24
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:18
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:22
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:18
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:13
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:13
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:13
-#: C/printing-order.page:13
-#: C/printing-select.page:13
-#: C/printing-setup.page:16
-#: C/printing.page:12
-#: C/sound-volume.page:14
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:17
-msgid "Phil Bull"
-msgstr "Phil Bull"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:28
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:22
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:23
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:22
-#: C/a11y.page:17
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:29
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:26
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:23
-#: C/accounts-add.page:19
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:17
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:15
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:19
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:18
-#: C/backup-how.page:20
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
-#: C/backup-what.page:20
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:22
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:25
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:27
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:21
-#: C/clock-set.page:20
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:20
-#: C/clock-world.page:13
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:20
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:22
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:21
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:20
-#: C/color-testing.page:23
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:18
-#: C/contacts.page:13
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:15
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:19
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:19
-#: C/contacts-search.page:18
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:16
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:22
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:16
-#: C/disk-check.page:17
-#: C/display-blank.page:23
-#: C/display-brightness.page:34
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:19
-#: C/display-night-light.page:12
-#: C/files-autorun.page:22
-#: C/files-browse.page:27
-#: C/files-copy.page:22
-#: C/files-delete.page:27
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:12
-#: C/files-hidden.page:18
-#: C/files-lost.page:22
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:17
-#: C/files-rename.page:25
-#: C/files-search.page:24
-#: C/files-share.page:20
-#: C/files-sort.page:21
-#: C/files-templates.page:17
-#: C/files-tilde.page:18
-#: C/files.page:19
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:27
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:15
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:24
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:27
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:18
-#: C/keyboard.page:26
-#: C/look-background.page:36
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:27
-#: C/look-resolution.page:26
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:25
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:24
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:22
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:25
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:29
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:21
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:22
-#: C/mouse.page:23
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:24
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:16
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:17
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:28
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:21
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:21
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:18
-#: C/net-default-email.page:18
-#: C/net-email.page:19
-#: C/net-findip.page:23
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:22
-#: C/net-manual.page:21
-#: C/net-mobile.page:20
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:19
-#: C/net-proxy.page:27
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:20
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:17
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:23
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19
-#: C/net-wireless.page:25
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:13
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:15
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:27
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:32
-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:18
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:25
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:26
-#: C/power-status.page:14
-#: C/power-whydim.page:22
-#: C/power-wireless.page:14
-#: C/power.page:17
-#: C/prefs-display.page:13
-#: C/prefs-language.page:13
-#: C/prefs-sharing.page:13
-#: C/printing-setup.page:32
-#: C/privacy.page:23
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20
-#: C/privacy-location.page:12
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:20
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:22
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23
-#: C/session-formats.page:19
-#: C/session-language.page:26
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:21
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:18
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:20
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:13
-#: C/sharing-media.page:17
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:17
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:18
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18
-#: C/shell-exit.page:39
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:22
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:23
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:17
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:17
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
-#: C/sound-alert.page:19
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:18
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:19
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:20
-#: C/sound-volume.page:22
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:19
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:13
-#: C/translate.page:16
-#: C/user-add.page:23
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:21
-#: C/user-delete.page:29
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:25
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:17
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:17
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:17
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:16
-#: C/wacom.page:23
-msgid "Michael Hill"
-msgstr "Michael Hill"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:32
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:26
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:32
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:27
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:26
-#: C/a11y.page:21
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:33
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:32
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:27
-#: C/accounts-add.page:23
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:19
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:37
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:30
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:30
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:25
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:24
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24
-#: C/color-notifications.page:18
-#: C/color-testing.page:19
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:22
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:20
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:23
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:23
-#: C/contacts-search.page:22
-#: C/display-brightness.page:30
-#: C/display-brightness.page:38
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:23
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:19
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:19
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:28
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:34
-#: C/look-background.page:44
-#: C/look-resolution.page:34
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:26
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:29
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25
-#: C/mouse.page:18
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:25
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:22
-#: C/net-default-email.page:22
-#: C/net-findip.page:27
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:26
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:23
-#: C/net-proxy.page:31
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:24
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:25
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:23
-#: C/net.page:15
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:23
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:28
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:22
-#: C/power-closelid.page:21
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:17
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:22
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:20
-#: C/power-suspend.page:18
-#: C/power-whydim.page:26
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:28
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:13
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:25
-#: C/sharing.page:18
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:16
-#: C/shell-exit.page:31
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:26
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:27
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:21
-#: C/shell-overview.page:18
-#: C/sound-alert.page:23
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:23
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:24
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:23
-#: C/user-add.page:27
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:20
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:19
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
-#: C/user-autologin.page:16
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:25
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:25
-#: C/user-delete.page:33
-#: C/video-dvd.page:17
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:22
-msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
-msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
-msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
-msgstr "Ignorér hurtige gentagne tastetryk på den samme tast."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
-msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
-msgstr "Aktivér rystetaster"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly "
-"repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a "
-"key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
-"bounce keys."
-msgstr ""
-"Aktivér <em>rystetaster</em> for at ignorere hurtige tastetryk efter "
-"hinanden. Hvis du f.eks. har rystelser i hånden, der får dig til at trykke "
-"gentagne gange når du kun ville trykke én gang, bør du aktivere rystetaster."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54
-#: C/clock-set.page:37
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:42
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:40
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:55
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:50
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:43
-#: C/color-testing.page:64
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:48
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:48
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:55
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:50
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:51
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:67
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47
-#: C/net-manual.page:41
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:62
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:154
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:90
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:126
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Indstillinger</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:58
-#: C/clock-set.page:41
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:46
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:59
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:54
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:47
-#: C/color-testing.page:68
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:52
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:54
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:55
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:71
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51
-#: C/net-manual.page:45
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:66
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:158
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:94
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:130
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
-msgid "Click on <gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Indstillinger</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:55
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:58
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:61
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:55
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:57
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:58
-msgid "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Press <gui>Typing Assist (AccessX)</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <gui>Skrivehjælp (AccessX)</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Skrivning</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:62
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Rystetaster</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:67
-msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
-msgstr "Slå hurtigt rystetaster til og fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:68
-msgid ""
-"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</"
-"gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been "
-"enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan slå rystetaster til og fra ved at klikke på ikonet <link xref=\"a11y-"
-"icon\">tilgængelighed</link> på toplinjen og vælge <gui>Rystetaster</gui>. "
-"Ikonet tilgængelighed er synligt når en eller flere indstillinger er blevet "
-"aktiveret i panelet <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
-"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
-"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
-"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
-"happened too soon after the previous key press."
-msgstr ""
-"Brug skyderen <gui>Ventetid for accept</gui> for at ændre hvor længe "
-"rystetaster skal vente før et nyt tastetryk registreres, efter du første "
-"gang trykker på tasten. Vælg <gui>Bip når en tast afvises</gui> hvis du vil "
-"have computeren til at lave en lyd, hver gang den ignorerer et tastetryk "
-"fordi det sker for tidligt efter det forrige tastetryk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:20
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19
-msgid "Jana Heves"
-msgstr "Jana Heves"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:24
-msgid ""
-"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
-msgstr ""
-"Brug <app>Orca</app>-skærmlæseren med et Braille-display der kan ændres."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:28
-msgid "Read screen in Braille"
-msgstr "Læs skærm i Braille"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:30
-msgid ""
-"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
-"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed "
-"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. If not, install Orca first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:34
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:33
-msgid "<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>"
-msgstr "<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:orca\">Installér Orca</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:36
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they’re "
-"easier to see."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:34
-msgid "Adjust the contrast"
-msgstr "Justér kontrasten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
-msgid ""
-"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they’re easier to "
-"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
-"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:53
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:41
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:42
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:47
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:48
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:48
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:48
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:45
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:46
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:52
-msgid "Click on <gui>Universal Access</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui> for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>High Contrast</gui> switch in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section "
-"to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Høj kontrast</gui>-kontakten i afsnittet <gui>Syn</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:57
-msgid "Quickly turn high contrast on and off"
-msgstr "Slå høj kontrast til og fra, hurtigt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:58
-msgid ""
-"You can turn high contrast on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High "
-"Contrast</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:36
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by "
-"holding the mouse still."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:40
-msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
-msgstr "Simulér klik når markøren holdes over"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:42
-msgid ""
-"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
-"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
-"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called <gui>Hover Click</"
-"gui> or Dwell Click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:47
-msgid ""
-"When <gui>Hover Click</gui> is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over "
-"a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button "
-"will be clicked for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:57
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:51
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:52
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57
-msgid "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Press <gui>Click Assist</gui> in the <gui>Pointing &amp; Clicking</gui> "
-"section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:64
-msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Svæveklik</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
-"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
-"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
-"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
-"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74
-msgid ""
-"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and do not move it, it will "
-"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
-"clicked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:78
-msgid ""
-"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
-"mouse pointer still before clicking."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:81
-msgid ""
-"You do not need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. "
-"The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a "
-"while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85
-msgid ""
-"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
-"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:31
-msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:34
-msgid "Change text size on the screen"
-msgstr "Skift tekststørrelse på skærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
-msgid ""
-"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
-"size of the font."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:48
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Seeing</gui> section, switch the <gui>Large Text</gui> switch to "
-"on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Stor tekst</gui>-kontakten i afsnittet <gui>Syn</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
-"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
-"<gui>Large Text</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:58
-msgid ""
-"In many applications, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:63
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Large Text</gui> will scale the text by 1.2 times. You can use "
-"<app>Tweaks</app> to make text size bigger or smaller."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:21
-msgid ""
-"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
-"person."
-msgstr "Tilgængelighedsmenuen er ikonet på toplinjen, der ligner en person."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
-msgid "Find the universal access menu"
-msgstr "Find tilgængelighedsmenuen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:27
-msgid ""
-"The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on some of the "
-"accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
-"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:32
-msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
-msgstr "Tilgængelighedsmenuen findes på toplinjen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:36
-msgid ""
-"If you do not see the universal access menu, you can enable it from the "
-"<gui>Universal Access</gui> settings panel:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:48
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Always Show Universal Access Menu</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Vis altid tilgængelighedsmenu</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:53
-msgid ""
-"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
-"keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the "
-"<gui>Activities</gui> button — this tells you which item on the top bar is "
-"selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "
-"the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. "
-"You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "
-"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:30
-msgid "Zoom in on your screen so that it is easier to see things."
-msgstr "Zoom ind på din skærm, så det er lettere at se tingene."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:33
-msgid "Magnify a screen area"
-msgstr "Forstør et skærmområde"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
-"font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
-"glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:49
-msgid "Press on <gui>Zoom</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>Zoom</gui> switch in the top-right corner of the <gui>Zoom "
-"Options</gui> window to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:63
-msgid ""
-"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
-"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
-"allowing you to view your area of choice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:68
-msgid ""
-"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:73
-msgid ""
-"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
-"position of the magnified view on the screen. Adjust these in the "
-"<gui>Magnifier</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom Options</gui> window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:77
-msgid ""
-"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
-"Switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness in the "
-"<gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom</gui> settings window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:81
-msgid ""
-"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "
-"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "
-"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
-"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "
-"conditions. Select the <gui>Color Effects</gui> tab in the <gui>Zoom</gui> "
-"settings window to enable and change these options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y.page:25
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"
-"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
-"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Syn</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hørelse</"
-"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobilitet</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
-"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">skærmforstørrelsesglas</"
-"link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:34
-#: C/keyboard.page:39
-msgid "Universal access"
-msgstr "Tilgængelighed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y.page:36
-msgid ""
-"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
-"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
-"devices. An accessibility menu can be added to the top bar, giving easier "
-"access to many of the accessibility features."
-msgstr ""
-"GNOME-skrivebordet inkluderer assisterende teknologier til at hjælpe brugere "
-"med diverse handikap og særlige behov, og til at interagere med almindelige "
-"assisterende enheder. Der kan tilføjes en tilgængelighedsmenu til toplinjen "
-"som giver let adgang til mange af tilgængelighedsfaciliteterne."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/a11y.page:42
-msgid "Visual impairments"
-msgstr "Synshandikap"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:45
-msgid "Blindness"
-msgstr "Blindhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:48
-msgid "Low vision"
-msgstr "Nedsat syn"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:51
-msgid "Color-blindness"
-msgstr "Farveblindhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:54
-#: C/a11y.page:76
-#: C/keyboard.page:43
-msgid "Other topics"
-msgstr "Andre emner"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/a11y.page:59
-msgid "Hearing impairments"
-msgstr "Hørehandikap"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/a11y.page:64
-msgid "Mobility impairments"
-msgstr "Mobilitetshandikap"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:67
-msgid "Mouse movement"
-msgstr "Musebevægelse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:70
-msgid "Clicking and dragging"
-msgstr "Klikke og trække"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:73
-msgid "Keyboard use"
-msgstr "Brug af tastaturet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:22
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
-#: C/contacts.page:15
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:17
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:18
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:19
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:24
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:15
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
-#: C/status-icons.page:15
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:19
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:19
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
-msgid "2012"
-msgstr "2012"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:37
-msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
-msgstr "Tryk og hold den venstre museknap nede for at højreklikke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:40
-msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
-msgstr "Simulér et højreklik med musen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42
-msgid ""
-"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
-"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
-"your pointing device only has a single button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:59
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Click Assist</gui> window, switch the <gui>Simulated Secondary "
-"Click</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:64
-msgid ""
-"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
-"is registered as a right click by changing the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:68
-msgid ""
-"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
-"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
-"with a different color as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it will "
-"change this color entirely, release the mouse button to right-click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
-"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you do not "
-"get visual feedback from the pointer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:77
-msgid ""
-"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
-"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
-"keypad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:82
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
-"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
-"differently in the overview: you do not have to release the button to right-"
-"click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:23
-msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:27
-msgid "Read screen aloud"
-msgstr "Læs højt fra skærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:29
-msgid ""
-"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
-"interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca "
-"installed. If not, install Orca first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:35
-msgid "To start <app>Orca</app> using the keyboard:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:39
-msgid "Press <key>Super</key>+<key>Alt</key>+<key>S</key>."
-msgstr "Tryk på <key>Super</key>+<key>Alt</key>+<key>S</key>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:43
-msgid "Or to start <app>Orca</app> using a mouse and keyboard:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Screen Reader</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section, then switch "
-"<gui>Screen Reader</gui> on in the dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:60
-msgid "Quickly turn Screen Reader on and off"
-msgstr "Slå hurtigt skærmlæser til og fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:61
-msgid ""
-"You can turn Screen Reader on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
-"\">accessibility icon</link> in the top bar and selecting <gui>Screen "
-"Reader</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
-"screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:40
-msgid "Turn on slow keys"
-msgstr "Slå langsomme taster til"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
-"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
-"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
-"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
-"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
-"the keyboard first time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Slow Keys</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Langsomme taster</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:70
-msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
-msgstr "Slå hurtigt langsomme taster til og fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
-"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
-"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</"
-"key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:76
-msgid ""
-"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
-"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</"
-"gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been "
-"enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:83
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
-"hold a key down for it to register."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:86
-msgid ""
-"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
-"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn’t hold "
-"the key down long enough."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
-"all of the keys at once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:40
-msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
-msgstr "Slå klæbrige taster til"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
-msgid ""
-"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
-"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
-"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
-"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
-"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "
-"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
-msgid ""
-"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
-"several keys at once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:68
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Klæbetaster</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:73
-msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
-msgstr "Slå hurtigt klæbrige taster til og fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
-"features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
-"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five "
-"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:79
-msgid ""
-"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
-"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
-"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "
-"been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:86
-msgid ""
-"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
-"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:89
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
-"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
-"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "
-"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "
-"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "
-"close together), but not others."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:99
-msgid ""
-"You can have the computer make a “beep” sound when you start typing a "
-"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
-"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
-"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
-"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
-"played."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:35
-msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
-msgstr "Blink med skærmen ved påmindelseslyde"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
-"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
-"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
-"alert sound is played."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:42
-msgid ""
-"This can also be useful if you’re in an environment where you need your "
-"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
-"> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55
-msgid "Press <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> in the <gui>Hearing</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:58
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Visuelle påmindelser</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title "
-"to flash."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:67
-msgid ""
-"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
-"\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
-"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
-msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
-msgstr "Nogle få tips til brug af skrivebordets hjælpevejledning."
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:10
-#: C/backup-check.page:12
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:16
-#: C/backup-how.page:16
-#: C/backup-restore.page:15
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17
-#: C/backup-what.page:12
-#: C/backup-where.page:13
-#: C/backup-why.page:13
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:17
-#: C/clock-set.page:16
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:16
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:14
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:8
-#: C/disk-check.page:9
-#: C/disk-format.page:9
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
-#: C/disk-repair.page:9
-#: C/disk-resize.page:9
-#: C/display-brightness.page:18
-#: C/files-autorun.page:18
-#: C/files-lost.page:14
-#: C/files-recover.page:14
-#: C/files-rename.page:13
-#: C/files-search.page:16
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:13
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:14
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:11
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15
-#: C/look-background.page:16
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:15
-#: C/look-resolution.page:18
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9
-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:12
-#: C/net-mobile.page:16
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:16
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:16
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:17
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:19
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:18
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:15
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:20
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:14
-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:14
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:18
-#: C/power-closelid.page:17
-#: C/power-constantfan.page:14
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:14
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:13
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:18
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:14
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:16
-#: C/power-suspend.page:14
-#: C/power-whydim.page:18
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:14
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:14
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:15
-#: C/session-language.page:14
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:17
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14
-#: C/shell-overview.page:14
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:13
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:16
-#: C/shell-windows.page:12
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:14
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:14
-#: C/sound-broken.page:14
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
-#: C/user-accounts.page:14
-#: C/user-add.page:15
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:15
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:18
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:17
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:17
-#: C/user-delete.page:21
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:13
-#: C/video-dvd.page:13
-#: C/video-sending.page:14
-msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
-msgstr "GNOMEs dokumentationsprojekt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
-msgid "About this guide"
-msgstr "Om vejledningen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
-msgid ""
-"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
-"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
-"computer more effectively. Here are a few notes regarding the help guide:"
-msgstr ""
-"Vejledningen er designet til at give dig en rundvisning i funktionerne til "
-"dit skrivebord, svare på computerrelaterede spørgsmål og give tips til at "
-"bruge din computer mere effektivt. Her er nogle bemærkninger til "
-"hjælpevejledningen:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
-msgid ""
-"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics — not chapters. This "
-"means that you don’t need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
-"answer to your questions."
-msgstr ""
-"Vejledningen er sorteret i små, opgaveorienterede emner — ikke kapitler. Det "
-"betyder at du ikke behøver se hele manualen igennem for at finde svar på "
-"dine spørgsmål."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Related items are linked together. “See Also” links at the bottom of some "
-"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
-"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
-msgstr ""
-"Relaterede emner, som er sammenkædet. “Se også”-links nederst på nogle sider "
-"viderestiller dig til relaterede emner. Det gør det let at finde lignende "
-"emner som måske kan hjælpe dig med at udføre en bestemt opgave."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
-msgid ""
-"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
-"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
-"you start typing."
-msgstr ""
-"Den inkluderer indbygget søgning. Linjen øverst i hjælpebrowseren er en "
-"<em>søgelinje</em>, og relaterede resultater vises når du begynder at skrive."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:32
-msgid ""
-"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
-"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we can’t answer all "
-"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
-"more helpful."
-msgstr ""
-"Vejledningen forbedres konstant. Selvom vi prøver på at give dig et "
-"omfattende sæt af hjælpsom information, så ved vi godt at du ikke får svar "
-"på alle dine spørgsmål her. Vi tilføjer løbende mere information for at gøre "
-"tingene mere hjælpsomme."
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-add.page:15
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:21
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:17
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:17
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:28
-#: C/files-delete.page:23
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:13
-#: C/files-rename.page:21
-#: C/files-search.page:32
-#: C/files-sort.page:17
-#: C/files.page:23
-#: C/more-help.page:14
-#: C/net-findip.page:19
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:17
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:18
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:13
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:15
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:17
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:17
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:17
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:20
-#: C/printing-order.page:17
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:15
-#: C/printing-setup.page:20
-#: C/privacy.page:18
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:16
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:16
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:26
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:29
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:24
-msgid "Jim Campbell"
-msgstr "Jim Campbell"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/accounts-add.page:25
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:24
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:32
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:23
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:28
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
-#: C/privacy-location.page:14
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:31
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:20
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:15
-msgid "2014"
-msgstr "2014"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/accounts-add.page:30
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:25
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:37
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:38
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
-#: C/clock-world.page:15
-#: C/gnome-version.page:11
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:28
-#: C/mouse.page:20
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:32
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27
-#: C/net.page:17
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:26
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:29
-#: C/shell-overview.page:20
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:24
-msgid "2015"
-msgstr "2015"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-add.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Allow applications to access your accounts online for photos, contacts, "
-"calendars, and more."
-msgstr ""
-"Giv programmer adgang til dine onlinekonti for billeder, kontakter, "
-"kalendere mm."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-add.page:39
-msgid "Add an account"
-msgstr "Tilføj en konto"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
-"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program and other related "
-"applications will be set up for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:47
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:38
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Online Accounts</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Onlinekonti</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:51
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:42
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:56
-msgid "Click on <gui>Online Accounts</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:54
-msgid "Select an account from the list on the right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:57
-msgid "Select the type of account which you want to add."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:60
-msgid ""
-"A small website window or dialog will open where you can enter your online "
-"account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, "
-"enter your Google username and password. Some providers allow you to create "
-"a new account from the login dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:66
-msgid ""
-"If you have entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to "
-"allow GNOME access to your online account. Authorize access to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:71
-msgid ""
-"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
-"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch</link> individual "
-"services to off to disable them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:77
-msgid ""
-"After you have added accounts, applications can use those accounts for the "
-"services you have chosen to allow. See <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service"
-"\"/> for information on controlling which services to allow."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:82
-msgid ""
-"Many online services provide an authorization token which GNOME stores "
-"instead of your password. If you remove an account, you should also revoke "
-"that certificate in the online service. See <link xref=\"accounts-remove\"/> "
-"for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
-msgid ""
-"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
-"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
-"applications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:24
-msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
-msgstr "Styr hvilke onlinetjenester en konto kan tilgå"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Some types of online account providers allow you to access several services "
-"with the same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to "
-"calendar, email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for "
-"some services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "
-"account for email but not chat if you have a different online account that "
-"you use for chat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:33
-msgid ""
-"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
-"account:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45
-msgid "Select the account which you want to change from the list on the right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:49
-msgid ""
-"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
-"<gui>Use for</gui>. See <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> to see "
-"which applications access which services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:54
-msgid "Switch off any of the services that you do not want to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
-"computer will not be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
-"more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:62
-msgid ""
-"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
-"Accounts</gui> panel and switch it on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:13
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:14
-#: C/help-irc.page:12
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:17
-#: C/net-proxy.page:23
-msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
-msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:23
-msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
-msgstr "Hvad hvis en onlinetjenesteudbyder ikke findes i listen?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:26
-msgid "Why is my account type not on the list?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor er min kontotype ikke i listen?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "
-"it. Only the account types that are listed are currently supported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If you are interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
-"developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?"
-"product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:30
-msgid "Remove access to an online service provider from your applications."
-msgstr "Fjern adgang til en onlinetjenesteudbyder fra dine programmer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:34
-msgid "Remove an account"
-msgstr "Fjern en konto"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:36
-msgid "You can remove an online account which you no longer wish to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Many online services provide an authorization token which GNOME stores "
-"instead of your password. If you remove an account, you should also revoke "
-"that certificate in the online service. This will ensure that no other "
-"application or website can connect to that service using the authorization "
-"for GNOME."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:45
-msgid ""
-"How to revoke the authorization depends on the service provider. Check your "
-"settings on the provider’s website for authorized or connected apps or "
-"sites. Look for an app called “GNOME” and remove it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:59
-msgid "Select the account which you wish to remove."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:62
-msgid "Click the <gui>-</gui> button in the lower-left corner of the window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:66
-msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Instead of deleting the account completely, it is possible to <link xref="
-"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
-"desktop."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:16
-msgid "2012, 2013"
-msgstr "2012, 2013"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:23
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:38
-#: C/look-background.page:32
-#: C/session-language.page:22
-#: C/shell-exit.page:23
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:27
-msgid "Andre Klapper"
-msgstr "Andre Klapper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
-"the services they exploit."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
-msgid "Online services and applications"
-msgstr "Onlinetjenester og programmer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Once you have added an online account, any application can use that account "
-"for any of the available services that you have not <link xref=\"accounts-"
-"disable-service\">disabled</link>. Different providers provide different "
-"services. This page lists the different services and some of the "
-"applications that are known to use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:49
-msgid "Calendar"
-msgstr "Kalender"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:50
-msgid ""
-"The Calendar service allows you to view, add, and edit events in an online "
-"calendar. It is used by applications like <app>Calendar</app>, "
-"<app>Evolution</app>, and <app>California</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:56
-msgid "Chat"
-msgstr "Chat"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:57
-msgid ""
-"The Chat service allows you to chat with your contacts on popular instant "
-"messaging platforms. It is used by the <app>Empathy</app> application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:63
-#: C/contacts.page:24
-msgid "Contacts"
-msgstr "Kontakter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:64
-msgid ""
-"The Contacts service allows you to see the published details of your "
-"contacts on various services. It is used by applications like <app>Contacts</"
-"app> and <app>Evolution</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:70
-msgid "Documents"
-msgstr "Dokumenter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:71
-msgid ""
-"The Documents service allows you to view your online documents such as those "
-"in Google docs. You can view your documents using the <app>Documents</app> "
-"application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:77
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:43
-msgid "Files"
-msgstr "Filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:78
-msgid ""
-"The Files service adds a remote file location, as if you had added one using "
-"the <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">Connect to Server</link> functionality "
-"in the file manager. You can access remote files using the file manager, as "
-"well as through file open and save dialogs in any application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:86
-msgid "Mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:87
-msgid ""
-"The Mail service allows you to send and receive email through an email "
-"provider like Google. It is used by <app>Evolution</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:98
-msgid "Photos"
-msgstr "Billeder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:99
-msgid ""
-"The Photos service allows you to view your online photos such as those you "
-"post on Facebook. You can view your photos using the <app>Photos</app> "
-"application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:105
-msgid "Printers"
-msgstr "Printere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:106
-msgid ""
-"The Printers service allows you to send a PDF copy to a provider from within "
-"the print dialog of any application. The provider might provide print "
-"services, or it might just serve as storage for the PDF, which you can "
-"download and print later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:113
-msgid "Read Later"
-msgstr "Læs senere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:114
-msgid ""
-"The Read Later service allows you to save a web page to external services so "
-"that you can read it later on another device. No applications currently use "
-"this service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:13
-msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
-msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:29
-msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvorfor tilføje dine konti for e-mail eller sociale medier til dit "
-"skrivebord?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:32
-msgid "Why add an account?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor tilføje en konto?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Adding your online accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, "
-"chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the "
-"services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can "
-"easily keep in touch using services from different accounts, like chats, at "
-"the same time. Just set up your online accounts once and every time you "
-"start your computer all the accounts and services that you have added are "
-"ready to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:42
-msgid ""
-"See <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> for information on which "
-"applications can access which online services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts.page:19
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"accounts-add\">Add an online account</link>, <link xref="
-"\"accounts-remove\">Remove an account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-which-"
-"application\">Learn about services</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"accounts-add\">Tilføj en onlinekonto</link>, <link xref="
-"\"accounts-remove\">Fjern en konto</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-which-"
-"application\">Læs om tjenester</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts.page:26
-msgid "Online accounts"
-msgstr "Onlinekonti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts.page:28
-msgid ""
-"You can enter your login details for some online services, such as Google "
-"and Facebook, into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This lets you use "
-"applications to access online services like email, calendars, chat, and "
-"documents."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/backup-check.page:16
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:41
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:26
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:35
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:36
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:35
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:31
-#: C/files-autorun.page:30
-#: C/files-browse.page:31
-#: C/files-delete.page:31
-#: C/files-hidden.page:22
-#: C/files-lost.page:26
-#: C/files-preview.page:20
-#: C/files-recover.page:18
-#: C/files-rename.page:29
-#: C/files-search.page:28
-#: C/files-templates.page:21
-#: C/files-tilde.page:22
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:20
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:23
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:21
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:20
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:21
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:29
-#: C/net-mobile.page:24
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:27
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:23
-msgid "David King"
-msgstr "David King"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-check.page:22
-msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-check.page:25
-msgid "Check your backup"
-msgstr "Tjek din sikkerhedskopiering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-check.page:27
-msgid ""
-"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
-"was successful. If it didn’t work properly, you could lose important data "
-"since some files could be missing from the backup."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-check.page:31
-msgid ""
-"When you use <app>Files</app> to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
-"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
-"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
-"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-check.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
-"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
-"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
-"confidence that the process was successful."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/backup-check.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
-"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
-"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "
-"and pasting files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:12
-#: C/backup-how.page:12
-#: C/backup-restore.page:11
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13
-#: C/backup-what.page:16
-#: C/backup-where.page:17
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:15
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:15
-#: C/contacts-search.page:14
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:15
-#: C/files-browse.page:15
-#: C/files-copy.page:18
-#: C/get-involved.page:12
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:13
-#: C/more-help.page:9
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:14
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:21
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12
-#: C/mouse.page:14
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:16
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:12
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:12
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:20
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:13
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:13
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:13
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13
-#: C/translate.page:11
-#: C/user-delete.page:17
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:21
-msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
-msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
-msgid ""
-"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
-"they are safe."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:26
-msgid "Frequency of backups"
-msgstr "Hyppighed for sikkerhedskopieringer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
-msgid ""
-"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
-"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
-"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:32
-msgid ""
-"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
-"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
-"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
-msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:38
-msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:41
-msgid ""
-"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
-"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
-"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
-"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:46
-msgid ""
-"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
-"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
-"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
-"you should back up at least once per week."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-how.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
-"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-how.page:30
-msgid "How to back up"
-msgstr "Lav en sikkerhedskopi"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:32
-msgid ""
-"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
-"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
-"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:36
-msgid ""
-"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
-"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:39
-msgid ""
-"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
-"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
-"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
-"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
-"them from there."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:44
-msgid ""
-"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
-"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
-"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:49
-msgid ""
-"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
-"other removable media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
-"you do not have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
-"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
-"local/share/Trash</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-restore.page:7
-msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
-msgstr "Hent dine filer fra en sikkerhedskopi."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-restore.page:22
-msgid "Restore a backup"
-msgstr "Gendan en sikkerhedskopi"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-restore.page:24
-msgid ""
-"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
-"you can restore them from the backup:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-restore.page:28
-msgid ""
-"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
-"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="
-"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-restore.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
-"app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "
-"backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "
-"specific instructions on how to restore your files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:27
-msgid ""
-"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
-"may want to back up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:31
-msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
-msgstr "Hvor finder jeg de filer, jeg vil sikkerhedskopiere?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:33
-msgid ""
-"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
-"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
-"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:39
-msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
-#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
-#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
-msgid ""
-"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
-"They could be in subfolders such as <file>Desktop</file>, <file>Documents</"
-"file>, <file>Pictures</file>, <file>Music</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:44
-msgid ""
-"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it is an external hard disk, "
-"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
-"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
-"Analyzer</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:51
-msgid "Hidden files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:54
-msgid "View options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
-"To view hidden files, click the <gui><_:media-1/></gui> button in the "
-"toolbar, and then choose <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can copy these to a backup "
-"location like any other file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:61
-msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
-"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
-"<file>.config</file> and <file>.local</file> in your Home folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:69
-msgid "System-wide settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Settings for important parts of the system are not stored in your Home "
-"folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most "
-"are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you will not need to "
-"back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, "
-"however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-what.page:26
-msgid "Back up anything that you cannot bear to lose if something goes wrong."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:30
-msgid "What to back up"
-msgstr "Hvad der skal sikkerhedskopieres"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout"
-"\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to "
-"recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:39
-msgid "Your personal files"
-msgstr "Dine personlige filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:40
-msgid ""
-"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
-"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
-"consider irreplaceable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:46
-msgid "Your personal settings"
-msgstr "Dine personlige indstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:47
-msgid ""
-"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
-"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
-"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
-"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
-"while to recreate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:55
-msgid "System settings"
-msgstr "Systemindstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
-"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
-"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:63
-msgid "Installed software"
-msgstr "Installeret software"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:64
-msgid ""
-"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
-"computer problem by reinstalling it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:69
-msgid ""
-"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
-"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
-"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
-"space by having backups of them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/backup-where.page:7
-msgctxt "sort"
-msgid "c"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-where.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-where.page:27
-msgid "Where to store your backup"
-msgstr "Hvor din sikkerhedskopiering skal gemmes"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:29
-msgid ""
-"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
-"computer — on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
-"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn’t "
-"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
-"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:35
-msgid ""
-"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
-"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
-"all of the backed-up files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: list/title
-#: C/backup-where.page:40
-msgid "Local and remote storage options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:42
-msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:45
-msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:48
-msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:51
-msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:54
-msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:57
-msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"
-"link>, for example; capacity depends on price)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
-"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/backup-why.page:7
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Backups"
-msgstr "Sikkerhedskopieringer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-why.page:19
-msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
-msgstr "Hvorfor, hvad, hvor og hvordan du foretager sikkerhedskopier."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-why.page:22
-msgid "Back up your important files"
-msgstr "Sikkerhedskopiér dine vigtige filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-why.page:24
-msgid ""
-"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
-"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
-"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
-"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
-"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
-"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-why.page:31
-msgid ""
-"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
-"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth.page:22
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
-"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
-"\">turn on and off</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Opret forbindelse</link>, <link xref="
-"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send filer</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
-"\">slå til og fra</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth.page:29
-msgid "Bluetooth"
-msgstr "Bluetooth"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
-"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
-"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
-"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
-"as from your computer to your cell phone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/bluetooth.page:53
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Bluetooth problems"
-msgstr "Bluetooth-problemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/bluetooth.page:56
-#: C/color.page:33
-#: C/power.page:53
-msgid "Problems"
-msgstr "Problemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:25
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:21
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:23
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:14
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:13
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:19
-#: C/printing-setup.page:24
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:19
-msgid "Paul W. Frields"
-msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:47
-msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
-msgstr "Parring af Bluetooth-enheder."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
-msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
-msgstr "Tilslut din computer til en Bluetooth-enhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
-"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called "
-"<em>pairing</em> the Bluetooth devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:58
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:54
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:60
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:58
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:45
-msgid "Click on <gui>Bluetooth</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch at the top should be set to on. "
-"With the panel open and the switch on, your computer will begin searching "
-"for devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
-"\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 5-10 meters (about "
-"16-33 feet) of your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Click the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list. The panel for the device "
-"will open."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:79
-msgid ""
-"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
-"you the PIN you see on your computer screen. Confirm the PIN on the device "
-"(you may need to click <gui>Pair</gui> or <gui>Confirm</gui>), then click "
-"<gui>Confirm</gui> on the computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:83
-msgid ""
-"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
-"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
-"list and start again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:88
-msgid ""
-"The entry for the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list will show a "
-"<gui>Connected</gui> status."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:92
-msgid ""
-"To edit the device, click on it in the <gui>Device</gui> list. You will see "
-"a panel specific to the device. It may display additional options applicable "
-"to the type of device to which you are connecting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:97
-msgid "Close the panel once you have changed the settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:103
-msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
-msgstr "Bluetooth-ikonet på toplinjen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:105
-msgid ""
-"When one or more Bluetooth devices are connected, the Bluetooth icon appears "
-"in the system status area."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:10
-msgid "Bastien Nocera"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:16
-msgid "How to pair specific devices with your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:19
-msgid "Pairing instructions for specific devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:21
-msgid ""
-"Even if you manage to source the manual for a device, it might not contain "
-"enough information to make pairing possible. Here are details for a few "
-"common devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:27
-msgid "PlayStation 3 joypads"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Those devices use “cable-pairing”. Plug the joypads in via USB with the "
-"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> opened, and Bluetooth turned on. After "
-"pressing the “PS” button, you will get asked whether to set those joypads "
-"up. Unplug them and press the “PS” button to use them over Bluetooth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:34
-msgid "PlayStation 4 joypads"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Those devices use “cable-pairing” as well. Plug the joypads in via USB with "
-"the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> opened, and Bluetooth turned on. You will "
-"get asked whether to set those joypads up without needing to press the PS "
-"button. Unplug them and press the PS button to use them over Bluetooth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Using the “PS” and “Share” button combination to pair the joypad can also be "
-"used to make the joypad visible and pair it like any other Bluetooth device, "
-"if you don’t have a USB cable at hand."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:44
-msgid "PlayStation 3 BD Remote Control"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Hold the “Start” and “Enter” buttons at the same time for around 5 seconds. "
-"You can then select the remote in the devices list as usual."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:49
-msgid "Nintendo Wii and Wii U Remotes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Use the red “Sync” button inside the battery compartment to start the "
-"pairing process. Other button combinations will not keep pairing "
-"information, so you would need to do it all over again in short order. Also "
-"note that some software wants direct access to the remotes, and, in those "
-"cases, you should not set them up in the Bluetooth panel. Refer to the "
-"application’s manual for instructions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:32
-msgid ""
-"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
-"be disabled or blocked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:36
-msgid "I cannot connect my Bluetooth device"
-msgstr "Jeg kan ikke tilslutte min Bluetooth-enhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:38
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
-"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:43
-msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
-"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
-"is set up to allow connections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:49
-msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
-msgstr "Bluetooth-hardware er ikke genkendt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Your Bluetooth adapter or dongle may not have been recognized by the "
-"computer. This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</"
-"link> for the adapter are not installed. Some Bluetooth adapters are not "
-"supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for "
-"them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth "
-"adapter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
-msgid "Adapter is not switched on"
-msgstr "Adapter er ikke slået til"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Open the Bluetooth "
-"panel and check that it is not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
-"\">disabled</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:64
-msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
-msgstr "Enhedens Bluetooth-forbindelse er slået fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you are trying to connect "
-"to, and that it is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or "
-"visible</link>. For example, if you are trying to connect to a phone, make "
-"sure that it is not in airplane mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:71
-msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
-msgstr "Ingen Bluetooth-adapter i din computer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:72
-msgid ""
-"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
-"want to use Bluetooth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
-msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
-msgstr "Fjern en enhed fra listen over Bluetooth-enheder."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:45
-msgid "Disconnect a Bluetooth device"
-msgstr "Fjern en Bluetooth-enhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:47
-msgid ""
-"If you do not want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
-"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
-"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
-"from a device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:61
-msgid "Select the device which you want to disconnect from the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:64
-msgid ""
-"In the device dialog box, switch the <gui>Connection</gui> switch to off, or "
-"to remove the device from the <gui>Devices</gui> list, click <gui>Remove "
-"Device</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:70
-msgid ""
-"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
-"device</link> later if desired."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:43
-msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
-msgstr "Del filer til Bluetooth-enheder såsom din telefon."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:46
-msgid "Send files to a Bluetooth device"
-msgstr "Send filer til en Bluetooth-enhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:48
-msgid ""
-"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
-"phones or other computers. Some types of devices do not allow the transfer "
-"of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
-"settings window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Send Files</gui> does not work on unsupported devices such as iPhones."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch in the titlebar should be set to "
-"on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Devices</gui> list, select the device to which to send the "
-"files. If the desired device is not shown as <gui>Connected</gui> in the "
-"list, you need to <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connect</link> to "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
-msgid "A panel specific to the external device appears."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:77
-msgid "Click <gui>Send Files…</gui> and the file chooser will appear."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:80
-msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:81
-msgid ""
-"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
-"select each file."
-msgstr ""
-"For at sende end mere en fil i en mappe, holdes <key>Ctrl</key> nede mens du "
-"vælger hver fil."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85
-msgid ""
-"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
-"the file. The <gui>Bluetooth File Transfer</gui> dialog will show the "
-"progress bar. Click <gui>Close</gui> when the transfer is complete."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:42
-msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
-msgstr "Aktivér eller deaktivér Bluetooth-enheden på din computer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:45
-msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
-msgstr "Slå Bluetooth til eller fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:55
-msgid ""
-"You can turn Bluetooth on to connect to other Bluetooth devices, or turn it "
-"off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:67
-msgid "Set the switch at the top to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for kontakten øverst."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
-"Bluetooth on and off. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your "
-"keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the <key>Fn</"
-"key> key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:76
-msgid "To turn Bluetooth off:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:79
-#: C/net-mobile.page:49
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:37
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from "
-"the right side of the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</gui> fra højre "
-"side af toplinjen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:83
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Not In Use</gui>. The Bluetooth section of the menu "
-"will expand."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:88
-msgid "Select <gui>Turn Off</gui>."
-msgstr "Vælg <gui>Sluk</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:92
-msgid ""
-"Your computer is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible</link> as long "
-"as the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:38
-msgid "Whether other devices can discover your computer."
-msgstr "Om andre enheder kan opdage din computer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:41
-msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
-msgstr "Hvad er Bluetooth-synlighed?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Bluetooth visibility refers to whether other devices can discover your "
-"computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth is turned on "
-"and the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open, your computer will advertise "
-"itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to "
-"connect to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:50
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:59
-msgid ""
-"You can <link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">change</link> the name your "
-"computer displays to other devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:54
-msgid ""
-"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
-"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
-"communicate with each other."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Devices without a display usually have a pairing mode that can be entered by "
-"pressing a button, or a combination of buttons for a while, whether when "
-"they’ve already been turned on, or as they are being turned on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:63
-msgid ""
-"The best way to find out how to enter that mode is to refer to the device’s "
-"manual. For some devices, the procedure might be <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
-"device-specific-pairing\">slightly different from usual</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Display your appointments in the calendar area at the top of the screen."
-msgstr "Vis dine aftaler i kalenderområdet øverst på skærmen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:35
-msgid "Calendar appointments"
-msgstr "Kalenderaftaler"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:38
-msgid ""
-"This requires you to use your <app>Evolution</app> calendar or for you to "
-"have an online account set up which <gui>Calendar</gui> supports."
-msgstr ""
-"Det kræver at du bruger din <app>Evolution</app>-kalender, eller at du har "
-"opsat en onlinekonto som understøttes af <gui>Kalender</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Most distributions come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If "
-"yours does not, you may need to install it using your distribution’s package "
-"manager."
-msgstr ""
-"De fleste distributioner har <app>Evolution</app> installeret som standard. "
-"Hvis din ikke har så skal du først installere den med din distributions "
-"pakkehåndtering."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:45
-msgid "To view your appointments:"
-msgstr "Vis dine aftaler:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:48
-msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
-msgstr "Klik på uret på toplinjen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments from the calendar."
-msgstr "Klik på den dato hvor du vil se dine aftaler i kalenderen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:55
-msgid "A dot is shown under each date that has an appointment."
-msgstr "Datoer som har en aftale vises med en prik."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Existing appointments will be displayed to the left of the calendar. As "
-"appointments are added to your <app>Evolution</app> calendar, they will "
-"appear in the clock’s appointment list."
-msgstr ""
-"Eksisterende aftaler vises til venstre i kalenderen. Efterhånden som aftaler "
-"tilføjes til din <app>Evolution</app>-kalender, vil de blive vist i urets "
-"aftaleliste."
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:66
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:168
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='88574ac27d9d387e738ee9739b33a843'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:67
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:72
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:174
-msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
-msgstr "Ur, kalender og aftaler"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:71
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:173
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' "
-"md5='e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock-set.page:26
-msgid "Use the <gui>Date &amp; Time Settings</gui> to alter the date or time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock-set.page:30
-msgid "Change the date and time"
-msgstr "Skift datoen og klokkeslættet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "
-"format, you can change them:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:44
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:49
-msgid "Click <gui>Details</gui> in the sidebar."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Detaljer</gui> i sidebjælken."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:47
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:52
-msgid "Click <gui>Date &amp; Time</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui>Dato &amp; klokkeslæt</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:50
-msgid ""
-"If you have the <gui>Automatic Date &amp; Time</gui> switch set to on, your "
-"date and time should update automatically if you have an internet "
-"connection. To update your date and time manually, set this to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:55
-msgid "Click <gui>Date &amp; Time</gui>, then adjust the time and date."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:58
-msgid ""
-"You can change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</gui> or "
-"<gui>AM/PM</gui> for <gui>Time Format</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:63
-msgid ""
-"You may also wish to <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">set the timezone "
-"manually</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Update your time zone to your current location so that your time is correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Opdater din tidszone til din nuværende placering, så dit klokkeslæt er "
-"korrekt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:38
-msgid "Change your timezone"
-msgstr "Skift din tidszone"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:55
-msgid ""
-"If you have the <gui>Automatic Time Zone</gui> switch set to on, your time "
-"zone should update automatically if you have an internet connection and the "
-"<link xref=\"privacy-location\">location services feature</link> is enabled. "
-"To update your time zone manually, set this to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Time Zone</gui>, then select your location on the map or search "
-"for your current city."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:67
-msgid ""
-"The time will be updated automatically when you select a different location. "
-"You may also wish to <link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock-world.page:20
-msgid "Display times in other cities under the calendar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock-world.page:23
-msgid "Add a world clock"
-msgstr "Tilføj et verdensur"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:25
-msgid "Use <app>Clocks</app> to add times in other cities."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:28
-msgid "This requires the <app>Clocks</app> application to be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Most distributions come with <app>Clocks</app> installed by default. If "
-"yours does not, you may need to install it using your distribution’s package "
-"manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:34
-msgid "To add a world clock:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:38
-msgid "Click the clock on the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>Add world clock</gui> link under the calendar to launch "
-"<app>Clocks</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:45
-msgid ""
-"If you already have one or more world clocks, click on one and <app>Clocks</"
-"app> will launch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:51
-msgid ""
-"In the <app>Clocks</app> window, click <gui style=\"button\">New</gui> "
-"button or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> to add a new "
-"city."
-msgstr ""
-"I <app>Ure</app>-vinduet skal du klikke på <gui style=\"button\">Ny</gui>-"
-"knappen, eller trykke på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> for at "
-"tilføje en ny by."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:56
-msgid "Start typing the name of the city into the search."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:59
-msgid "Select the correct city or the closest location to you from the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:63
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to finish adding the city."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Refer to the <link href=\"help:gnome-clocks\">Clocks Help</link> for more of "
-"the capabilities of <app>Clocks</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock.page:19
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-world"
-"\">world clocks</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">timezone</link>, <link "
-"xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and appointments</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Indstil dato og klokkeslæt</link>, <link xref="
-"\"clock-world\">verdensure</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">tidszone</"
-"link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">kalender og aftaler</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock.page:27
-msgid "Date &amp; time"
-msgstr "Dato &amp; klokkeslæt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/color.page:9
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:16
-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:18
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:17
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:16
-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11
-#: C/color-notifications.page:14
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11
-#: C/color-testing.page:15
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:12
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:11
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:11
-msgid "Richard Hughes"
-msgstr "Richard Hughes"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color.page:14
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="
-"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
-"\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Hvorfor er det vigtigt</link>, <link xref="
-"\"color#profiles\">Farveprofiler</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"
-"\">Kalibrer en enhed</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color.page:22
-msgid "Color management"
-msgstr "Farvestyring"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/color.page:25
-msgid "Color profiles"
-msgstr "Farveprofiler"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/color.page:29
-msgid "Calibration"
-msgstr "Kalibrering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to add a color "
-"profile for your screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:33
-msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
-msgstr "Hvordan tildeler jeg profiler til enheder?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You may want to assign a color profile for your screen or printer so that "
-"the colors which it shows are more accurate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:47
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:62
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:57
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:50
-#: C/color-testing.page:71
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:74
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:54
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43
-msgid "Click <gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Enheder</gui> i sidebjælken."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:50
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:65
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:60
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:53
-#: C/color-testing.page:74
-msgid "Click <gui>Color</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Farve</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:53
-msgid "Select the device for which you want to add a profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:56
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select an existing profile or import a new "
-"profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:60
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:63
-#: C/color-testing.page:85
-msgid "Press <gui>Add</gui> to confirm your selection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
-"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
-"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
-"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
-"glossy paper and another plain paper."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:77
-msgid ""
-"If calibration hardware is connected, the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
-"create a new profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
-msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
-msgstr "Kalibrering af dit kamera er vigtig for at indfange farverne præcist."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
-msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
-msgstr "Hvordan kalibrerer jeg mit kamera?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
-msgid ""
-"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
-"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
-"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
-msgid ""
-"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "
-"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "
-"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
-msgid ""
-"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
-"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
-"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
-"em> lighting conditions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
-msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
-msgstr "Kalibrering af din printer er vigtig for at udskrive farverne præcist."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
-msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
-msgstr "Hvordan kalibrerer jeg min printer?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
-msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
-msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
-msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
-"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
-"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
-"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
-"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
-"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
-msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:32
-msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
-msgstr "Kalibrering af din skanner er vigtig for at indfange farverne præcist."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:35
-msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
-msgstr "Hvordan kalibrerer jeg min skanner?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If you want your scanner to represent the color accurately in scans, you "
-"should calibrate it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Make sure your scanner is connected to your computer with a cable or over "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:51
-msgid "Scan your calibration target and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:68
-msgid "Select your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:71
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Press <gui style=\"button\">Calibrate…</gui> to commence the calibration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature, so do not "
-"usually need to be recalibrated."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
-msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
-msgstr "Kalibrering af din skærm er vigtig for at vise farverne præcist."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:35
-msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
-msgstr "Hvordan kalibrerer jeg min skærm?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You can calibrate your screen so that it shows more accurate color. This is "
-"especially useful if you are involved in digital photography, design or "
-"artwork."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:41
-msgid ""
-"You will need either a colorimeter or a spectrophotometer to do this. Both "
-"devices are used to profile screens, but they work in slightly different "
-"ways."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
-msgid "Make sure your calibration device is connected to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:63
-msgid "Select your screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Screens change all the time: the backlight in a TFT display will halve in "
-"brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets "
-"older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon "
-"appears in the <gui>Color</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:76
-msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
-msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
-msgid "What’s the difference between calibration and characterization?"
-msgstr "Hvad er forskellen på kalibrering og karakterisering?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
-msgid ""
-"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
-"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
-"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
-msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
-msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
-msgid ""
-"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
-"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
-"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
-"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
-"calibration curves."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
-"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
-"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
-"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
-"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
-"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
-"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
-"it’s in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
-msgid ""
-"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
-"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
-"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
-"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
-"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
-"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
-"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
-msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19
-msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
-msgstr "Hvilke farvemålingsinstrumenter understøttes?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21
-msgid ""
-"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
-"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
-msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
-msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
-msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
-msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
-msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
-msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
-msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
-msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
-msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
-msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
-msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42
-msgid ""
-"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
-"Linux."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Thanks to Argyll there’s also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
-"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
-"printers:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
-msgid "X-Rite DTP20 “Pulse” (“swipe” type reflective spectrometer)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
-msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
-msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
-msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
-msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
-msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
-msgid "Which target types are supported?"
-msgstr "Hvilke måltyper understøttes?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
-msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
-msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
-msgid "ColorChecker 24"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
-msgid "ColorChecker DC"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
-msgid "ColorChecker SG"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
-msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
-msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 14"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
-msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
-msgid "QPcard 201"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
-msgid "IT8.7/2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
-msgid ""
-"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
-"LaserSoft in various online shops."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."
-"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
-msgid ""
-"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
-msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
-msgstr "Kan jeg dele min farveprofil?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
-msgid ""
-"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
-"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
-"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
-"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
-"for a thousand hours."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
-msgid ""
-"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
-"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it’s misleading at best to "
-"say that their display is calibrated."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
-"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
-"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
-"specific lighting conditions doesn’t make a lot of sense."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
-msgid ""
-"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
-"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
-msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
-msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
-msgstr "Hvor finder jeg farveprofiler?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
-msgid ""
-"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
-"does require some initial outlay."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
-msgid ""
-"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
-"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
-"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
-"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
-"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
-"then it’s likely dummy data generated that is useless."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
-msgid ""
-"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
-"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
-msgid "Color profiles can be imported by opening them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:33
-msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
-msgstr "Hvordan importerer jeg farveprofiler?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You can import a color profile by double clicking on a <file>.ICC</file> or "
-"<file>.ICM</file> file in the file browser."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively you can manage your color profiles through the <gui>Color</"
-"gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:56
-msgid "Select your device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:67
-msgid ""
-"The manufacturer of your display may supply a profile that you can use. "
-"These profiles are usually made for the average display, so may not be "
-"perfect for your specific one. For the best calibration, you should <link "
-"xref=\"color-calibrate-screen\">create your own profile</link> using a "
-"colorimeter or a spectrophotometer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
-msgid ""
-"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
-msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
-msgstr "Manglende information om farvekorrigering af hele skærmen?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
-msgid ""
-"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
-"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
-"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
-"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
-msgid ""
-"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
-"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
-"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-notifications.page:24
-msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-notifications.page:27
-msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
-msgstr "Kan jeg blive underrettet når min farveprofil er upræcis?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notifications.page:29
-msgid ""
-"You can be reminded to recalibrate your devices after a specific period of "
-"time. Unfortunately, it is not possible to tell without recalibrating "
-"whether a device profile is accurate, so it is best to recalibrate devices "
-"regularly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notifications.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Some companies have very specific calibration expiry policies for profiles, "
-"as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notifications.page:38
-msgid ""
-"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "
-"red warning triangle will be shown in the <gui>Color</gui> panel next to the "
-"profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into "
-"your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notifications.page:43
-msgid ""
-"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
-"age of the profile in days:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/screen
-#: C/color-notifications.page:46
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
-"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 90</input>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
-"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 90</input>\n"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
-msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
-msgid "Why don’t the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor har standardskærmprofilerne ikke en udløbsdato på kalibrering?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
-msgid ""
-"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
-"based on the display <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
-"Extended_Display_Identification_Data\"> EDID</link> which is stored in a "
-"memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the "
-"available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was "
-"manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color "
-"correction."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
-msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
-msgstr "Eftersom EDID'en ikke kan opdateres, så har den ikke nogen udløbsdato."
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:30
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
-"md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
-"would lead to more accurate color correction."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-testing.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Use the supplied test profiles to check that your profiles are being applied "
-"correctly to your screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-testing.page:33
-msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
-msgstr "Hvordan tester jeg om farvestyring virker korrekt?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:35
-msgid ""
-"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "
-"see if anything much has changed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:38
-msgid ""
-"GNOME comes with several profiles for testing that make it very clear when "
-"the profiles are being applied:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/color-testing.page:43
-msgid "Blue"
-msgstr "Blå"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:44
-msgid ""
-"This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being "
-"sent to the display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Select the device for which you want to add a profile. You may wish to make "
-"a note of which profile is currently being used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:81
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select a test profile, which should be at "
-"the bottom of the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:88
-msgid ""
-"To revert to your previous profile, select the device in the <gui>Color</"
-"gui> panel, then select the profile that you were using before you tried one "
-"of the test profiles and press <gui>Enable</gui> to use it again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:96
-msgid ""
-"Using these profiles, you can clearly see when an application supports color "
-"management."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
-msgid ""
-"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
-"response."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
-msgid "What is a color profile?"
-msgstr "Hvad er en farveprofil?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
-msgid ""
-"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
-"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
-msgid ""
-"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
-"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
-msgid ""
-"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
-"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Every device that is processing color should have its own ICC profile and "
-"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
-"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
-"colors are not being lost or modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:9
-msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:18
-msgid "What is a color space?"
-msgstr "Hvad er et farverum?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:20
-msgid ""
-"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
-"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:25
-msgid ""
-"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
-"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
-"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
-"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
-"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
-"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
-"colors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
-"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
-"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
-"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "
-"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
-msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
-msgstr "sRGB, AdobeRGB og ProPhotoRGB vist som hvide trekanter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:52
-msgid ""
-"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
-"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
-"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
-"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
-"applications (including the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:60
-msgid ""
-"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
-"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
-"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
-"crushed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:66
-msgid ""
-"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
-"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
-"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don’t we use it for everything? The "
-"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
-"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
-"steps between each value."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
-"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
-"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
-"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:86
-msgid ""
-"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
-"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
-"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:92
-msgid ""
-"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
-"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
-"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:8
-msgid ""
-"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17
-msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor skal jeg selv kalibrere?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:19
-msgid ""
-"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
-"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
-"together:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:26
-msgid "Averaged profiles"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
-"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
-"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
-"state and make the profile inaccurate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:37
-msgid ""
-"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
-"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
-"profile based on your exact characterization state."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:8
-msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
-msgid "Why is color management important?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor er farvestyring vigtigt?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:18
-msgid ""
-"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
-"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
-"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:24
-msgid ""
-"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
-"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
-msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
-msgstr "En fugl på en frosset væg som det ses i kameraets søger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
-"cold."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
-msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
-msgstr "Hvad brugeren ser på skærmen på en bærbar til typisk virksomhedsbrug"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Notice how the white is not “paper white” and the black of the eye is now a "
-"muddy brown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
-msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
-msgstr "Hvad brugeren ser når der udskrives på en typisk inkjet-printer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:54
-msgid ""
-"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
-"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
-"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
-"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
-"you can’t have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
-"as the paper color."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
-"measured, we don’t know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
-"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
-"like 62% on another display. It’s like telling a person that you’ve just "
-"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don’t know if that’s 7 "
-"kilometers or 7 meters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:77
-msgid ""
-"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
-"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
-"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
-"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
-"“washed out”."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:85
-msgid ""
-"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
-"we send to it, but in other cases where that’s not possible (you can’t print "
-"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
-"like."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:92
-msgid ""
-"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
-"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
-"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you’re trying "
-"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
-"exact Red Hat Red."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:14
-msgid "Lucie Hankey"
-msgstr "Lucie Hankey"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:28
-msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
-msgstr "Tilføj eller fjern en kontakt i din lokale adressebog."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32
-msgid "Add or remove a contact"
-msgstr "Tilføj eller fjern en kontakt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:34
-msgid "To add a contact:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:38
-msgid "Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:41
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>New contact</gui> dialog, enter the contact name and their "
-"information. Click on the drop down box next to each field to chose the type "
-"of detail."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:46
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:50
-msgid "To remove a contact:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:54
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:36
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:39
-msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:57
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:42
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
-"<app>Contacts</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:61
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts.page:20
-msgid "Access your contacts."
-msgstr "Tilgå dine kontakter."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
-"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:22
-msgid "2013-2014"
-msgstr "2013-2014"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:27
-msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
-msgstr "Send e-mail til, chat med eller ring til en kontakt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:30
-msgid "Connect with your contact"
-msgstr "Tag kontakt til dine kontakter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:32
-msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Press on the <em>detail</em> that you want to use. For example, to email "
-"your contact, press the email address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:43
-msgid ""
-"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact’s details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:49
-msgid ""
-"If there is no available application for the detail that you wish to use, "
-"you will not be able to select it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:29
-msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
-msgstr "Rediger informationen for hver kontakt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32
-msgid "Edit contact details"
-msgstr "Rediger kontaktdetaljer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
-"up to date and complete."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:46
-msgid "Edit the contact details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:47
-msgid ""
-"To add a <em>detail</em> such as a new phone number or email address, press "
-"<gui style=\"button\">New Detail</gui> and select the field that you want to "
-"add."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:52
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:83
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29
-msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
-msgstr "Kombiner information for en kontakt fra flere kilder."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32
-msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
-msgstr "Sammenkæd og fjern sammenkædning af kontakter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:35
-msgid "Link contacts"
-msgstr "Sammenkæd kontakter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
-"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
-"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
-"list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:47
-msgid ""
-"A checkbox will appear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
-"contacts that you want to merge."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:51
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:59
-msgid "Unlink contacts"
-msgstr "Fjern sammenkædning af kontakter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:61
-msgid ""
-"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
-"should not be linked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
-msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Accounts</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlink</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
-"contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:80
-msgid "Close the window once you have finished unlinking the entries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-search.page:28
-msgid "Search for a contact."
-msgstr "Søg efter en kontakt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-search.page:31
-msgid "Search for a contact"
-msgstr "Søg efter en kontakt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:33
-msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:37
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
-"applications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
-"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:51
-msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:55
-msgid "Click inside the search field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:58
-msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:22
-msgid "Paul Cutler"
-msgstr "Paul Cutler"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:24
-msgid "2017"
-msgstr "2017"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:29
-msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
-msgstr "Gem dine kontakter i en lokal adressebog eller i en onlinekonto."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:32
-msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
-msgstr "Starter Kontakter for første gang"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:34
-msgid ""
-"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Select Address "
-"Book</gui> window opens."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:37
-msgid ""
-"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
-"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
-"and click <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui>. All new contacts you create will "
-"be saved to the address book you choose. You are also able to view and edit "
-"contacts in other address books."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:43
-msgid ""
-"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style=\"button"
-"\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you do not wish to set up "
-"online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local Address "
-"Book</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:18
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:12
-#: C/disk-check.page:13
-#: C/display-brightness.page:22
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:19
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19
-#: C/look-background.page:24
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:19
-#: C/look-resolution.page:22
-msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
-msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:28
-msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
-msgstr "Kør benchmarks på din harddisk for at tjekke hvor hurtig den er."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:31
-msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
-msgstr "Test ydelsen af din harddisk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40
-msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
-msgid "Choose the disk from the list in the left pane."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Click the menu button and select <gui>Benchmark disk…</gui> from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Start Benchmark…</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> "
-"and <gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
-"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
-"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
-"administrator account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:64
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will test "
-"how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
-"longer to complete."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:71
-msgid ""
-"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
-"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
-"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
-"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
-"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
-"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
-"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:80
-msgid ""
-"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
-"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
-"benchmark test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check "
-"space and capacity."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:28
-msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
-msgstr "Tjek hvor meget diskplads der er tilbage"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:30
-msgid ""
-"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
-"app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:34
-msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
-msgstr "Tjek med Diskforbrugsanalyse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:36
-msgid ""
-"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
-"Analyzer</app>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Open <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
-"The window will display a list of file locations together with the usage and "
-"capacity of each."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Click one of the items in the list to view a detailed summary of the usage "
-"for that item. Click the menu button, and then <gui>Scan Folder…</gui> or "
-"<gui>Scan Remote Folder…</gui> to scan a different location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:52
-msgid ""
-"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Size</"
-"gui>, <gui>Contents</gui> and when the data was last <gui>Modified</gui>. "
-"See more details in <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
-"app></link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:61
-msgid "Check with System Monitor"
-msgstr "Tjek med Systemovervågning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:63
-msgid ""
-"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
-"app>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
-"gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn programmet <app>Systemovervågning</app> fra <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</"
-"gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system’s partitions and "
-"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"
-"gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:80
-msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
-msgstr "Hvad hvis disken er for fuld?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:82
-msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:86
-msgid "Delete files that aren’t important or that you won’t use anymore."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:89
-msgid ""
-"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
-"you won’t need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-check.page:24
-msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it’s healthy."
-msgstr "Test din harddisk for problemer for at sikre at den har det godt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-check.page:28
-msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
-msgstr "Tjek din harddisk for problemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-check.page:31
-msgid "Checking the hard disk"
-msgstr "Tjek harddisken"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
-"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
-"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
-"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk’s health by "
-"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/disk-check.page:41
-msgid "Check your disk’s health using the Disks application"
-msgstr "Tjek din disks helbred med Diske-programmet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:44
-#: C/disk-format.page:31
-#: C/disk-repair.page:33
-#: C/disk-repair.page:76
-#: C/disk-resize.page:34
-msgid "Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Select the disk you want to check from the list of storage devices on the "
-"left. Information and status of the disk will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Click the menu button and select <gui>SMART Data &amp; Self-Tests…</gui>. "
-"The <gui>Overall Assessment</gui> should say “Disk is OK”."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:55
-msgid ""
-"See more information under <gui>SMART Attributes</gui>, or click the <gui "
-"style=\"button\">Start Self-test</gui> button to run a self-test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-check.page:65
-msgid "What if the disk isn’t healthy?"
-msgstr "Hvad hvis disken ikke er i god stand?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Even if the <gui>Overall Assessment</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn’t</"
-"em> healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it’s better to be "
-"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:72
-msgid ""
-"If the status says “Pre-fail”, the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
-"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
-"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
-"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
-"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
-"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:79
-msgid ""
-"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
-"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-format.page:16
-msgid ""
-"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
-"drive by formatting it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-format.page:21
-msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
-msgstr "Fjern alt på en flytbar disk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:23
-msgid ""
-"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
-"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
-"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk — this deletes all "
-"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/disk-format.page:29
-msgid "Format a removable disk"
-msgstr "Formatér en flytbar disk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Select the disk you want to wipe from the list of storage devices on the "
-"left."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
-"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:43
-msgid ""
-"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "
-"button. Then click <gui>Format…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:47
-msgid ""
-"In the window that pops up, choose a file system <gui>Type</gui> for the "
-"disk."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:49
-msgid ""
-"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
-"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"
-"gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system "
-"type</gui> will be presented as a label."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format…</gui> to continue and show a "
-"confirmation window. Check the details carefully, and click <gui>Format</"
-"gui> to wipe the disk."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Once the formatting has finished, click the eject icon to safely remove the "
-"disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/disk-format.page:66
-msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
-"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
-"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
-"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
-"as <app>shred</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
-msgid ""
-"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
-"manage them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
-msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
-msgstr "Håndter diskenheder og partitioner"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
-msgid ""
-"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
-"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
-"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
-"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
-"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
-"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
-"(and possibly write) files on it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
-"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
-"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
-"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
-"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
-"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
-msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
-msgstr "Vis og håndter diskenheder og partitioner med diskredskabet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
-msgid ""
-"You can check and modify your computer’s storage volumes with the disk "
-"utility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
-msgid "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start <app>Disks</app>."
-msgstr "Åbn <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og start <app>Diske</app>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
-msgid ""
-"In the list of storage devices on the left, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD "
-"drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
-msgid ""
-"The right pane provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions "
-"present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to "
-"manage these volumes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
-"these utilities."
-msgstr ""
-"Vær forsigtig: det er muligt helt at slette dataene fra din disk med disse "
-"redskaber."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
-"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
-"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
-"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
-"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
-"or convenience."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
-msgid ""
-"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
-"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
-"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, select the "
-"partition and click the menu button in the toolbar underneath the partition "
-"list. Then, click <gui>Edit Partition…</gui> and look at its <gui>Flags</"
-"gui>. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable "
-"volume."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-repair.page:15
-msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged and bring it back into a usable state."
-msgstr ""
-"Tjek om et filsystem er beskadiget og bring det tilbage til en brugbar "
-"tilstand."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-repair.page:20
-msgid "Repair a damaged filesystem"
-msgstr "Reparer et beskadiget filsystem"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:22
-msgid ""
-"Filesystems can be corrupted due to unexpected power loss, system crashes "
-"and unsafe removal of the drive. After such an incident it is recommended to "
-"<em>repair</em> or at least <em>check</em> the filesystem to prevent future "
-"data loss."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes a repair is required in order to mount or modify a filesystem. "
-"Even if a <em>check</em> does not report any damage the filesystem might "
-"still be marked as ‘dirty’ internally and require a repair."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/disk-repair.page:31
-msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged"
-msgstr "Tjek om et filsystem er beskadiget"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:36
-#: C/disk-repair.page:79
-#: C/disk-resize.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Select the disk containing the filesystem in question from the list of "
-"storage devices on the left. If there is more than one volume on the disk, "
-"select the volume which contains the filesystem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:41
-msgid ""
-"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "
-"button. Then click <gui>Check Filesystem…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Depending on how much data is stored in the filesystem a check may take "
-"longer time. Confirm to start the action in the dialog that pops up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:47
-msgid ""
-"The action will not modify the filesystem but will unmount it if needed. Be "
-"patient while the filesystem is checked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:51
-msgid ""
-"After completion you will be notified whether the filesystem is damaged. "
-"Note that in some cases even if the filesystem is undamaged it still may "
-"need to be repaired to reset an internal ‘dirty’ marker."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/disk-repair.page:58
-msgid "Possible data loss when repairing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:59
-msgid ""
-"If the filesystem structure is damaged it can affect the files stored in it. "
-"In some cases these files can not be brought into a valid form again and "
-"will be deleted or moved to a special directory. It is normally the <em>lost"
-"+found</em> folder in the top level directory of the filesystem where these "
-"recovered file parts can be found."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:64
-msgid ""
-"If the data is too valuable to be lost during this process, you are advised "
-"to back it up by saving an image of the volume before repairing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:67
-msgid ""
-"This image can be then processed with forensic analysis tools like "
-"<app>sleuthkit</app> to further recover missing files and data parts which "
-"were not restored during the repair, and also previously removed files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/disk-repair.page:74
-msgid "Repair a filesystem"
-msgstr "Reparer et filsystem"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:84
-msgid ""
-"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "
-"button. Then click <gui>Repair Filesystem…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:88
-msgid ""
-"Depending on how much data is stored in the filesystem a repair may take "
-"longer time. Confirm to start the action in the dialog that pops up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:90
-msgid ""
-"The action will unmount the filesystem if needed. The repair action tries to "
-"bring the filesystem into a consistent state and moves files which were "
-"damaged in a special folder. Be patient while the filesystem is repaired."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:96
-msgid ""
-"After completion you will be notified whether the filesystem could be "
-"successfully repaired. In case of success it can be used again in the normal "
-"way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:99
-msgid ""
-"If the filesystem could not be repaired, back it up by saving an image of "
-"the volume to be able to retrieve important files later. This can be done by "
-"mounting the image read-only or using forensic analysis tools like "
-"<app>sleuthkit</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:103
-msgid ""
-"To make use of the volume again it has to be <link xref=\"disk-format"
-"\">formatted</link> with a new filesystem. All data will be discarded."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-resize.page:15
-msgid "Shrink or grow a filesystem and its partition."
-msgstr "Gør et filsystem eller dets partition mindre eller større."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-resize.page:19
-msgid "Adjust the size of a filesystem"
-msgstr "Justér størrelsen på et filsystem"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:21
-msgid ""
-"A filesystem can be grown to make use of the free space after its partition. "
-"Often this is even possible while the filesystem is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:24
-msgid ""
-"To make space for another partition after the filesystem, it can be shrunk "
-"according to the free space within it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:26
-msgid "Not all filesystems have resize support."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:27
-msgid ""
-"The partition size will be changed together with the filesystem size. It is "
-"also possible to resize a partition without a filesystem in the same way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/disk-resize.page:32
-msgid "Resize a filesystem/partition"
-msgstr "Tilpas størrelsen på et filsystem/partition"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:42
-msgid ""
-"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "
-"button. Then click <gui>Resize Filesystem…</gui> or <gui>Resize…</gui> if "
-"there is no filesystem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:47
-msgid ""
-"A dialog will open where the new size can be chosen. The filesystem will be "
-"mounted to calculate the minimum size by the amount of current content. If "
-"shrinking is not supported the minimum size is the current size. Leave "
-"enough space within the filesystem when shrinking to ensure that it can work "
-"fast and reliably."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Depending on how much data has to be moved from the shrunk part, the "
-"filesystem resize may take longer time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:55
-msgid ""
-"The filesystem resize automatically involves <link xref=\"disk-repair"
-"\">repairing</link> of the filesystem. Therefore it is advised to back up "
-"important data before starting. The action must not be stopped or it will "
-"result in a damaged filesystem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Confirm to start the action by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Resize</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:64
-msgid ""
-"The action will unmount the filesystem if resizing a mounted filesystem is "
-"not supported. Be patient while the filesystem is resized."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:68
-msgid ""
-"After completion of the needed resize and repair actions the filesystem is "
-"ready to be used again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk.page:15
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark"
-"\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, <link xref="
-"\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Diskplads</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark"
-"\">ydelse</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problemer</link>, <link xref="
-"\"disk-partitions\">diskenheder og partitioner</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk.page:25
-msgid "Disks &amp; storage"
-msgstr "Diske &amp; lager"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/display-blank.page:19
-#: C/get-involved.page:16
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:17
-#: C/gnome-version.page:9
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:20
-#: C/power-closelid.page:25
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:21
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:17
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:17
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:18
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:26
-#: C/translate.page:20
-msgid "Petr Kovar"
-msgstr "Petr Kovar"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/display-blank.page:30
-msgid "Change the screen blanking time to save power."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/display-blank.page:33
-msgid "Set screen blanking time"
-msgstr "Indstil tiden for sort skærm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/display-blank.page:35
-msgid ""
-"To save power, you can adjust the time before the screen blanks when left "
-"idle. You can also disable the blanking completely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/display-blank.page:39
-msgid "To set the screen blanking time:"
-msgstr "Indstil tiden for sort skærm:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-blank.page:41
-#: C/display-brightness.page:69
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:33
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:33
-#: C/power-status.page:31
-#: C/power-whydim.page:51
-#: C/power-wireless.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Power</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Strøm</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-blank.page:45
-#: C/display-brightness.page:73
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:37
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:37
-#: C/power-whydim.page:55
-#: C/power-wireless.page:36
-msgid "Click <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-blank.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Blank screen</gui> drop-down list under <gui>Power Saving</gui> "
-"to set the time until the screen blanks, or disable the blanking completely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-blank.page:55
-msgid ""
-"When your computer is left idle, the screen will automatically lock itself "
-"for security reasons. To change this behavior, see <link xref=\"session-"
-"screenlocks\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/display-brightness.page:44
-msgid "Change the screen brightness to make it more readable in bright light."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/display-brightness.page:48
-msgid "Set screen brightness"
-msgstr "Indstil skærmens lysstyrke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Depending on your hardware, you can change the brightness of your screen to "
-"save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:53
-msgid ""
-"To change the brightness of your screen, click the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> on the right side of the top bar "
-"and adjust the screen brightness slider to the value you want to use. The "
-"change should take effect immediately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These "
-"often have a picture that looks like the sun. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> "
-"key to use these keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:64
-msgid ""
-"You can also adjust the screen brightness by using the <gui>Power</gui> "
-"panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/display-brightness.page:67
-msgid "To set the screen brightness using the Power panel:"
-msgstr "Indstil skærmens lysstyrke med Strøm-panelet:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Adjust the <gui>Screen brightness</gui> slider to the value you want to use. "
-"The change should take effect immediately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:82
-msgid ""
-"If your computer features an integrated light sensor, the screen brightness "
-"will automatically be adjusted for you. You can disable automatic screen "
-"brightness in the <gui>Power</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:87
-msgid ""
-"If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, you can also have "
-"the screen dim automatically to save power. For more information, see <link "
-"xref=\"power-whydim\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:29
-msgid "Set up an additional monitor."
-msgstr "Opsæt en ekstra skærm."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32
-msgid "Connect another monitor to your computer"
-msgstr "Tilslut en anden skærm til din computer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83
-msgid "Set up an additional monitor"
-msgstr "Opsæt en ekstra skærm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:84
-msgid ""
-"To set up an additional monitor, connect the monitor to your computer. If "
-"your system does not recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "
-"the settings:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:90
-#: C/display-night-light.page:32
-#: C/look-resolution.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Displays</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Skærme</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94
-#: C/display-night-light.page:36
-#: C/look-resolution.page:62
-msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Skærme</gui> for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97
-msgid ""
-"In the display arrangement diagram, drag your displays to the relative "
-"positions you want."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:100
-msgid ""
-"The numbers on the diagram are shown at the top-left of each display when "
-"the <gui>Displays</gui> panel is active."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:105
-msgid "Click <gui>Primary Display</gui> to choose your primary display."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Primær skærm</gui> for at vælge din primære skærm."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:108
-msgid ""
-"The primary display is the one with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction"
-"\">top bar</link>, and where the <gui>Activities</gui> overview is shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
-#: C/look-resolution.page:70
-msgid "Select the orientation, resolution or scale, and refresh rate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:117
-#: C/look-resolution.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 20 seconds "
-"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
-"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
-"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep Changes</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:128
-msgid "Display modes"
-msgstr "Skærmtilstande"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:129
-msgid "With two screens, these display modes are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:131
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Join Displays:</gui> screen edges are joined so things can pass from "
-"one display to another."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:133
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Mirror:</gui> the same content is shown on two displays, with the same "
-"resolution and orientation for both."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:135
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Single Display:</gui> only one display is configured, effectively "
-"turning off the other one. For instance, an external monitor connected to a "
-"docked laptop with the lid closed would be the single configured display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:145
-msgid "Adding more than one monitor"
-msgstr "Tilføjelse af mere end én skærm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:146
-msgid ""
-"With more than two screens, <gui>Join Displays</gui> is the only mode "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:150
-msgid "Press the button for the display that you would like to configure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:154
-msgid "Drag the screens to the desired relative positions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/display-night-light.page:14
-msgid "2018"
-msgstr "2018"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/display-night-light.page:19
-msgid ""
-"Night Light changes the color of your displays according to the time of day."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/display-night-light.page:23
-msgid "Adjust the color temperature of your screen"
-msgstr "Justér farvetemperaturen på din skærm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/display-night-light.page:25
-msgid ""
-"A computer monitor emits blue light which contributes to sleeplessness and "
-"eye strain after dark. <gui>Night Light</gui> changes the color of your "
-"displays according to the time of day, making the color warmer in the "
-"evening. To enable <gui>Night Light</gui>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-night-light.page:39
-msgid "Click <gui>Night Light</gui> to open the settings."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Nattelys</gui> for at åbne indstillingerne."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-night-light.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Press <gui>Sunset to Sunrise</gui> to make the screen color follow the "
-"sunset and sunrise times for your location. Press the <gui>Manual</gui> "
-"button to set the times to a custom schedule."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-night-light.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Use the slider to adjust the <gui>Color Temperature</gui> to be more warm or "
-"less warm."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-night-light.page:52
-msgid ""
-"The <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> shows when <gui>Night "
-"Light</gui> is active. It can be temporarily disabled from the system menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/files-autorun.page:26
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:30
-#: C/look-background.page:40
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31
-#: C/look-resolution.page:30
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
-msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
-msgstr "Shobha Tyagi"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-autorun.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
-"other devices and media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:41
-msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
-msgstr "Åbn programmer til enheder eller diske"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:43
-msgid ""
-"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
-"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
-"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
-"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:48
-msgid ""
-"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:53
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:40
-#: C/net-default-email.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Details</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Detaljer</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:57
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:44
-#: C/net-default-email.page:45
-msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:60
-msgid "Click <gui>Removable Media</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
-"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
-"types of devices and media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
-"will be shown in the file manager, with the <gui>Open folder</gui> option. "
-"When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen "
-"automatically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:72
-msgid ""
-"If you do not see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
-"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media…</"
-"gui> to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or "
-"media from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from "
-"the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:81
-msgid ""
-"If you do not want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
-"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
-"at the bottom of the <gui>Details</gui> window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:87
-msgid "Types of devices and media"
-msgstr "Typer af enheder og medier"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:90
-msgid "Audio discs"
-msgstr "Lyddiske"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:91
-msgid ""
-"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
-"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
-"Media…</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
-"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:98
-msgid "Video discs"
-msgstr "Videodiske"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:99
-msgid ""
-"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
-"<gui>Other Media…</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
-"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
-"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:106
-msgid "Blank discs"
-msgstr "Tomme diske"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:107
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
-"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:112
-msgid "Cameras and photos"
-msgstr "Kameraer og billeder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:113
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
-"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
-"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "
-"your photos using the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:117
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Other Media…</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
-"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
-"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>Pictures</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:123
-msgid "Music players"
-msgstr "Musikafspillere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:124
-msgid ""
-"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
-"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:128
-msgid "E-book readers"
-msgstr "E-bogslæsere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:129
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to choose an application to manage "
-"the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
-"manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:134
-msgid "Software"
-msgstr "Software"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:135
-msgid ""
-"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
-"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
-"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "
-"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:141
-msgid "Never run software from media you don’t trust."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-browse.page:37
-msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-browse.page:40
-msgid "Browse files and folders"
-msgstr "Gennemse filer eller mapper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
-"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
-"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"
-"link>, and on network shares."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:55
-msgid ""
-"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview. You can also search for "
-"files and folders through the overview in the same way you would <link xref="
-"\"shell-apps-open\">search for applications</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-browse.page:62
-msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
-msgstr "Udforsk indholdet i mapper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:64
-msgid ""
-"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
-"double-click or <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle-click</link> any "
-"file to open it with the default application for that file. Middle-click a "
-"folder to open it in a new tab. You can also right-click a folder to open it "
-"in a new tab or new window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:70
-msgid ""
-"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
-"\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
-"sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:75
-msgid ""
-"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
-"folder you’re viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
-"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
-"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, or access its "
-"properties."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:81
-msgid ""
-"If you want to quickly <link xref=\"files-search\">search for a file</link>, "
-"in or below the folder you are viewing, start typing its name. A <em>search "
-"bar</em> will appear at the top of the window and only files which match "
-"your search will be shown. Press <key>Esc</key> to cancel the search."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:86
-msgid ""
-"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
-"not see the sidebar, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the "
-"window and then select <gui>Sidebar</gui>. You can add bookmarks to folders "
-"that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Drag a folder to the "
-"sidebar, and drop it over <gui>New bookmark</gui>, which appears "
-"dynamically, or click the current folder in the path bar and then select "
-"<gui style=\"menuitem\">Add to Bookmarks</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/files-copy.page:14
-#: C/files-delete.page:15
-#: C/files-open.page:13
-msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
-msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-copy.page:28
-msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
-msgstr "Kopiér eller flyt elementer til en ny mappe."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-copy.page:31
-msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
-msgstr "Kopiér eller flyt filer og mapper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:33
-msgid ""
-"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
-"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
-"keyboard shortcuts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:37
-msgid ""
-"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
-"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
-"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
-"don’t like your changes)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:42
-msgid ""
-"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
-"and folders in exactly the same way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-copy.page:46
-msgid "Copy and paste files"
-msgstr "Kopiér og indsæt filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:47
-msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:50
-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Click the menu button and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, "
-"or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a "
-"copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-copy.page:59
-msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
-msgstr "Klip og indsæt filer for at flytte dem"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:60
-msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
-"key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-"Højreklik og vælg <gui>Klip</gui>, eller tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:63
-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Click the menu button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
-"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
-"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-copy.page:71
-msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
-msgstr "Træk filer for at kopiere eller flytte"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:72
-msgid ""
-"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
-"to copy."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
-"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
-"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
-"file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
-"em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
-"if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:82
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
-"it will be copied, because you’re dragging from one device to another."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:84
-msgid ""
-"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
-"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
-"key while dragging."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:91
-msgid ""
-"You cannot copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. "
-"Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their "
-"contents. You can change things from being read-only by <link xref="
-"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-delete.page:37
-msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
-msgstr "Fjern filer eller mapper som du ikke længere bruger."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-delete.page:40
-msgid "Delete files and folders"
-msgstr "Slet filer og mapper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If you do not want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
-"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
-"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-recover"
-"\">restore items</link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their original "
-"location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-delete.page:49
-msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
-msgstr "Send en fil til papirkurven:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:50
-msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to "
-"the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <key>Delete</key> på dit tastatur. Eller: Træk elementet til "
-"<gui>Papirkurven</gui> i sidepanelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:56
-msgid ""
-"The file will be moved to the trash, and you’ll be presented with an option "
-"to <gui>Undo</gui> the deletion. The <gui>Undo</gui> button will appear for "
-"a few seconds. If you select <gui>Undo</gui>, the file will be restored to "
-"its original location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:61
-msgid ""
-"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
-"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
-"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-delete.page:66
-msgid "Permanently delete a file"
-msgstr "Slet en fil permanent"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:67
-msgid ""
-"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
-"the trash first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-delete.page:71
-msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
-msgstr "Slet en fil permanent:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:72
-msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
-"key on your keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på og hold <key>Skift</key>-tasten nede, og tryk herefter på "
-"<key>Delete</key>-tasten på dit tastatur."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
-"delete the file or folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
-"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
-"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
-"into your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:18
-msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
-msgstr ""
-"Læg filer og dokumenter på en tom cd eller dvd ved brug af en cd/dvd-brænder."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:22
-msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
-msgstr "Skriv filer til en cd eller dvd"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:24
-msgid ""
-"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
-"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
-"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
-"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
-"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:32
-msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:34
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the "
-"bottom of the screen, select <gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
-"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:37
-msgid ""
-"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</"
-"gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
-msgstr ""
-"(du kan også klikke på <gui>Tom cd/dvd-r-disk</gui> under <gui>Enheder</gui> "
-"i filhåndteringens sidepanel)."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:41
-msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:44
-msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:47
-msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:50
-msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:51
-msgid ""
-"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
-"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
-"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
-msgstr ""
-"(du kan i stedet vælge <gui>Aftryksfil</gui>. Dette lægger filerne i et "
-"<em>diskaftryk</em>, som gemmes på din computer. Du kan herefter brænde "
-"diskaftrykket på en tom disk på et senere tidspunkt)."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
-"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
-"be fine."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui>Egenskaber</gui> hvis du vil justere brændingshastigheden, "
-"placeringen af midlertidige filer, og andre valgmuligheder. "
-"Standardindstillingerne skulle virke fint."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:61
-msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Brænd</gui>-knappen for at starte optagelsen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:62
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
-"additional discs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:66
-msgid ""
-"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
-"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:72
-msgid "If the disc wasn’t burned properly"
-msgstr "Hvis disken ikke blev brændt ordentligt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes the computer doesn’t record the data correctly, and you won’t be "
-"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:78
-msgid ""
-"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, for "
-"example, 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You "
-"can choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the "
-"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-hidden.page:28
-msgid "Make a file invisible, so you cannot see it in the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-hidden.page:32
-msgid "Hide a file"
-msgstr "Skjul en fil"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:34
-msgid ""
-"The <app>Files</app> file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide "
-"files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it is not displayed by the "
-"file manager, but it is still there in its folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:38
-msgid ""
-"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <file>.</"
-"file> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named "
-"<file>example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
-"by placing a <file>.</file> at the beginning of the folder’s name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-hidden.page:49
-msgid "Show all hidden files"
-msgstr "Vis alle skjulte filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:51
-msgid ""
-"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
-"either click the view options button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
-"Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. "
-"You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:58
-msgid ""
-"To hide these files again, either click the view options button in the "
-"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-hidden.page:66
-msgid "Unhide a file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:68
-msgid ""
-"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
-"view options button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. "
-"Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it does not have a <file>.</"
-"file> in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called <file>."
-"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the view options button "
-"in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files "
-"again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:83
-msgid ""
-"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
-"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
-"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:88
-msgid ""
-"Most hidden files will have a <file>.</file> at the beginning of their name, "
-"but others might have a <file>~</file> at the end of their name instead. "
-"These files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
-"information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-lost.page:32
-msgid "Follow these tips if you can’t find a file you created or downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-lost.page:36
-msgid "Find a lost file"
-msgstr "Find en mistet fil"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:38
-msgid ""
-"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you cannot find it, follow "
-"these tips."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If you do not remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
-"how you named it, you can <link xref=\"files-search\">search for the file by "
-"name</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:46
-msgid ""
-"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
-"saved it to a common folder. Check the <file>Desktop</file> and "
-"<file>Downloads</file> folders in your home folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:51
-msgid ""
-"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
-"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
-"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:56
-msgid ""
-"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
-"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
-"the file manager. Click the view options button in the <app>Files</app> "
-"toolbar and enable <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link "
-"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-open.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Open files using an application that isn’t the default one for that type of "
-"file. You can change the default too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-open.page:27
-msgid "Open files with other applications"
-msgstr "Åbn filer med andre programmer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-open.page:29
-msgid ""
-"When you double-click (or middle-click) a file in the file manager, it will "
-"be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it "
-"in a different application, search online for applications, or set the "
-"default application for all files of the same type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-open.page:34
-msgid ""
-"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
-"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you do "
-"not see the application you want, select <gui>Open With Other Application</"
-"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications that are known to "
-"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "
-"click <gui>View All Applications</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-open.page:41
-msgid ""
-"If you still cannot find the application you want, you can search for more "
-"applications by clicking <gui>Find New Applications</gui>. The file manager "
-"will search online for packages containing applications that are known to "
-"handle files of that type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-open.page:47
-msgid "Change the default application"
-msgstr "Skift standardprogrammet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-open.page:48
-msgid ""
-"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
-"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
-"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
-"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
-"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
-"<file>.mp3</file> file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:57
-msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:58
-msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:59
-msgid "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
-"to use, but do not want to make the default, select that application and "
-"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
-"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
-"file and selecting it from the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-open.page:68
-msgid ""
-"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
-"all files with the same type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-preview.page:26
-msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-preview.page:30
-msgid "Preview files and folders"
-msgstr "Forhåndsvis filer og mapper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-preview.page:33
-msgid ""
-"You need to have <app>Sushi</app> installed on your computer to perform "
-"these steps."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#. Translators: This button is only shown on Ubuntu, where this link
-#. format is preferred over 'install:gnome-sushi'.
-#: C/files-preview.page:36
-msgid ""
-"<link style=\"button\" href=\"apt:gnome-sushi\">Install <app>Sushi</app></"
-"link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link style=\"button\" href=\"apt:gnome-sushi\">Installér <app>Sushi</app></"
-"link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-preview.page:40
-msgid ""
-"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
-"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
-"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-preview.page:44
-msgid ""
-"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
-"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
-"seek through your video and audio."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-preview.page:48
-msgid ""
-"To view a preview full-screen, press <key>F</key> or <key>F11</key>. Press "
-"<key>F</key> or <key>F11</key> again to leave full-screen, or press the "
-"space bar to exit the preview completely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-recover.page:24
-msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-recover.page:28
-msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
-msgstr "Gendan en fil fra papirkurven"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:30
-msgid ""
-"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
-"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-recover.page:34
-msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
-msgstr "Gendan en fil fra papirkurven:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <app>Files</app>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <app>Filer</app>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:40
-msgid "Click on <app>Files</app> to open the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, press "
-"the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "
-"<gui>Sidebar</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:48
-msgid ""
-"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui>Restore</gui>. It "
-"will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:54
-msgid ""
-"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
-"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
-"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can’t be recovered from "
-"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:59
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
-"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
-"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
-"it’s probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
-"recover it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:28
-msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
-msgstr "Afmontér eller skub et USB-flash-drev, cd, dvd eller anden enhed, ud."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:31
-msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
-msgstr "Sikker fjernelse af eksternt drev"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:33
-msgid ""
-"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
-"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
-"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
-"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
-"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
-"from your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:41
-msgid "To eject a removable device:"
-msgstr "Skub en flytbar enhed ud:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
-msgid ""
-"From the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview, open <app>Files</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
-"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
-"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
-msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
-msgstr "Sikker fjernelse af en enhed som er i brug"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
-msgid ""
-"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
-"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
-"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:63
-msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:64
-msgid "Close all the files on the device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:65
-msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:71
-msgid ""
-"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
-"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
-"files open."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-rename.page:35
-msgid "Change file or folder name."
-msgstr "Skift navn på fil eller mappe."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:38
-msgid "Rename a file or folder"
-msgstr "Omdøb en fil eller mappe"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:40
-msgid ""
-"As with other file managers, you can use <app>Files</app> to change the name "
-"of a file or folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:44
-msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
-msgstr "Omdøb en fil eller mappe:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
-"press <key>F2</key>."
-msgstr ""
-"Højreklik på elementet og vælg <gui>Omdøb</gui>, eller vælg filen og tryk på "
-"<key>F2</key>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Rename</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Skriv det nye navn og tryk på <key>Enter</key> eller klik på <gui>Omdøb</"
-"gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:51
-msgid ""
-"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
-"basic\">properties</link> window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:54
-msgid ""
-"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
-"selected, not the file extension (the part after the last <file>.</file>). "
-"The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (for example, "
-"<file>file.pdf</file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to "
-"change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire "
-"file name and change it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:62
-msgid ""
-"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
-"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the menu button in the "
-"toolbar and select <gui>Undo Rename</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>Z</key></keyseq>, to restore the former name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:70
-msgid "Valid characters for file names"
-msgstr "Gyldige tegn til filnavne"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:72
-msgid ""
-"You can use any character except the <file>/</file> (slash) character in "
-"file names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
-"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
-"following characters in your file names: <file>|</file>, <file>\\</file>, "
-"<file>?</file>, <file>*</file>, <file>&lt;</file>, <file>\"</file>, <file>:</"
-"file>, <file>&gt;</file>, <file>/</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:80
-msgid ""
-"If you name a file with a <file>.</file> as the first character, the file "
-"will be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view "
-"it in the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:88
-#: C/hardware.page:39
-#: C/mouse.page:50
-msgid "Common problems"
-msgstr "Almindelige problemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:92
-msgid "The file name is already in use"
-msgstr "Filnavnet er allerede i brug"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:93
-msgid ""
-"You cannot have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
-"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
-"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:96
-msgid ""
-"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
-"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
-"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:102
-msgid "The file name is too long"
-msgstr "Filnavnet er for langt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:103
-msgid ""
-"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
-"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
-"path to the file (for example, <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-"
-"proposals/…</file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where "
-"possible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:110
-msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:111
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
-"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
-"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
-"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-search.page:38
-msgid "Locate files based on file name and type."
-msgstr "Find filer baseret på filnavn og -type."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-search.page:41
-msgid "Search for files"
-msgstr "Søg efter filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-search.page:43
-msgid ""
-"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
-"the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/files-search.page:47
-msgid "Other search applications"
-msgstr "Andre søgeprogrammer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/files-search.page:53
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:118
-msgid "Search"
-msgstr "Søg"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:55
-#: C/files-share.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn programmet <app>Filer</app> fra <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:59
-msgid ""
-"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
-"folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name, and they will be "
-"shown in the search bar. For example, if you name all your invoices with the "
-"word “Invoice”, type <input>invoice</input>. Words are matched regardless of "
-"case."
-msgstr ""
-"Skriv et eller flere ord som du ved indgår i filnavnet, og de vil blive vist "
-"i søgelinjen. F.eks. hvis du navngiver alle dine fakturaer med ordet "
-"“Faktura”, så skriv <input>faktura</input>. Der skelnes ikke mellem store og "
-"små bogstaver i ordene."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-search.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Instead of typing words directly to bring up the search bar, you can click "
-"the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</"
-"key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:76
-msgid ""
-"You can narrow your results by date, by file type, and by whether to search "
-"a file's full text, or to only search for file names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:78
-msgid ""
-"To apply filters, select the drop-down menu button to the left of the file "
-"manager's <_:media-1/> icon, and choose from the available filters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:84
-msgid "<gui>When</gui>: How far back do you want to search?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:87
-msgid "<gui>What</gui>: What is the type of item?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:90
-msgid ""
-"Should your search include a full-text search, or search only the file names?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:96
-msgid ""
-"To remove a filter, select the <gui>X</gui> beside the filter tag that you "
-"want to remove."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:100
-msgid ""
-"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
-"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:105
-msgid ""
-"Click the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to "
-"the folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-search.page:113
-msgid "Customize files search"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-search.page:115
-msgid ""
-"You may want certain directories to be included or excluded from searches in "
-"the <app>Files</app> application. To customize which directories are "
-"searched:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:121
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Search</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Søg</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:125
-msgid ""
-"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Search</gui></guiseq> from the "
-"results. This will open the <gui>Search Settings</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:129
-msgid ""
-"Select the <_:media-1/> icon from the bottom of the <gui>Search</gui> "
-"settings panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-search.page:136
-msgid ""
-"This will open a separate settings panel which allows you toggle directory "
-"searches on or off. You can toggle searches on each of the three tabs:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:141
-msgid "<gui>Places</gui>: Lists common home directory locations"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:144
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Bookmarks</gui>: Lists directory locations that you have bookmarked in "
-"the <app>Files</app> application"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:148
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Other</gui>: Lists directory locations that you include via the <gui>+</"
-"gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-select.page:18
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
-"which have similar names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-select.page:22
-msgid "Select files by pattern"
-msgstr "Vælg filer efter mønster"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-select.page:24
-msgid ""
-"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
-"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
-"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
-"available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:31
-msgid ""
-"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
-"all."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:33
-msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-select.page:36
-msgid "For example:"
-msgstr "F.eks.:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:39
-msgid ""
-"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
-"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
-"pattern"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du har en OpenDocument-tekstfil, en PDF-fil, og et billede som alle har "
-"det samme grundnavn <file>Faktura</file>, vælges alle tre med mønsteret"
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/files-select.page:42
-msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
-msgstr "<file>Faktura.*</file>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:44
-msgid ""
-"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
-"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
-"all with the pattern"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du har nogle billeder, der er navngivet som <file>Ferie-001.jpg</file>, "
-"<file>Ferie-002.jpg</file>, <file>Ferie-003.jpg</file>; så vælges de alle "
-"med mønsteret"
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/files-select.page:47
-msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
-msgstr "<file>Ferie-???.jpg</file>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:49
-msgid ""
-"If you have photos as before, but you have edited some of them and added "
-"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you have "
-"edited, select the edited photos with"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/files-select.page:52
-msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
-msgstr "<file>Ferie-???-redigeret.jpg</file>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-share.page:26
-msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-share.page:30
-msgid "Share files by email"
-msgstr "Del filer via e-mail"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-share.page:42
-msgid ""
-"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
-"file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-share.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> or <app>Geary</app> is "
-"installed on your computer, and your email account is configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-share.page:51
-msgid "To share a file by email:"
-msgstr "Del en fil via e-mail:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-share.page:56
-msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-share.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send to…</gui>. An email compose window "
-"will appear with the file attached."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-share.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
-"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
-"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-share.page:67
-msgid ""
-"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
-"<key>Ctrl</key> while clicking the files, then right-click any selected file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-sort.page:27
-msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:30
-msgid "Sort files and folders"
-msgstr "Sortér filer og mapper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:36
-msgid ""
-"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
-"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
-"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "
-"information on how to change the default sort order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:41
-msgid ""
-"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
-"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
-"the toolbar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:46
-msgid "Icon view"
-msgstr "Ikonvisning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:48
-msgid ""
-"To sort files in a different order, click the view options button in the "
-"toolbar and choose <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</"
-"gui>, <gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or <gui>By Access Date</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:54
-msgid ""
-"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
-"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:58
-msgid ""
-"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
-"from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:64
-msgid "List view"
-msgstr "Listevisning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:66
-msgid ""
-"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
-"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
-"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:69
-msgid ""
-"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
-"columns. Click the view options button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible "
-"Columns…</gui> and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will "
-"then be able to sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> "
-"for descriptions of available columns."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:79
-msgid "Ways of sorting files"
-msgstr "Filsortering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:83
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:55
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:38
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Navn"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:84
-msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/files-sort.page:87
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:76
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:62
-msgid "Size"
-msgstr "Størrelse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:88
-msgid ""
-"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
-"smallest to largest by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/files-sort.page:92
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
-msgid "Type"
-msgstr "Type"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:93
-msgid ""
-"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
-"together, then sorted by name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:97
-msgid "Last Modified"
-msgstr "Sidst ændret"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:98
-msgid ""
-"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
-"to newest by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/files-templates.page:13
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:14
-msgid "Anita Reitere"
-msgstr "Anita Reitere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-templates.page:27
-msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-templates.page:30
-msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
-msgstr "Skabeloner til almindelige dokumenttyper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
-"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
-"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
-"could create a template document with your letterhead."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-templates.page:38
-msgid "Make a new template"
-msgstr "Opret en ny skabelon"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
-"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates</file> folder "
-"in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates</file> folder does "
-"not exist, you will need to create it first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-templates.page:52
-msgid "Use a template to create a document"
-msgstr "Brug en skabelon til at oprette et dokument"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:54
-msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
-"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
-"be listed in the submenu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:62
-msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Double-click the file to open it and start editing. You may wish to <link "
-"xref=\"files-rename\">rename the file</link> when you are finished."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-tilde.page:28
-msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
-msgstr "Disse er sikkerhedskopier. De er skjult som standard."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-tilde.page:31
-msgid "What is a file with a <file>~</file> at the end of its name?"
-msgstr "Hvad er en fil med en <file>~</file> i slutningen af dens navn?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-tilde.page:33
-msgid ""
-"Files with a <file>~</file> at the end of their names (for example, "
-"<file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of "
-"documents edited in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. "
-"It is safe to delete them, but there is no harm to leave them on your "
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-tilde.page:39
-msgid ""
-"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
-"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the view options menu "
-"of the <app>Files</app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
-"key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-tilde.page:46
-msgid ""
-"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
-"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/files.page:27
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Files"
-msgstr "Filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files.page:29
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
-"\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link "
-"xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"files-search\">Søgning</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">slet "
-"filer</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">sikkerhedskopier</link>, <link "
-"xref=\"files#removable\">flytbare drev</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files.page:38
-msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
-msgstr "Filer, mapper &amp; søgning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:41
-msgid "Common tasks"
-msgstr "Almindelige opgaver"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:46
-msgid "More file-related tasks"
-msgstr "Flere filrelaterede opgaver"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:51
-msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
-msgstr "Flytbare drev og eksterne diske"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:56
-msgid "Backing up"
-msgstr "Sikkerhedskopiering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:61
-msgid "Tips and questions"
-msgstr "Tips og spørgsmål"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/get-involved.page:7
-msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
-msgstr "Hvordan og hvor problemer med hjælpeemnerne kan rapporteres."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/get-involved.page:22
-msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
-msgstr "Vær med til at forbedre vejledningen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/get-involved.page:26
-msgid "Submit an issue"
-msgstr "Indsend en problemstilling"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:28
-msgid ""
-"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "
-"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
-"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but are not), you "
-"can submit a <em>new issue</em>. To submit a new issue, go to the <link href="
-"\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\">issue tracker</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hjælpedokumentationen er skabt af et fællesskab af frivillige. Du er "
-"velkommen til at være med. Hvis du støder på et problem med hjælpesiderne "
-"(såsom stavefejl, ukorrekte instruktioner eller emner som bør dækkes men "
-"ikke er), så kan du indsende et <em>nyt issue</em>. Gå til <link href="
-"\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\">issue-trackeren</"
-"link> for at indsende et nyt issue."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You need to register, so you can submit an issue and receive updates by "
-"email about its status. If you do not already have an account, click the "
-"<gui><link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/users/sign_in\">Sign in / "
-"Register</link></gui> button to create one."
-msgstr ""
-"Du skal tilmelde dig for at kunne indsende et issue og modtage opdateringer "
-"via e-mail om dets status. Har du ikke allerede en konto, så klik på "
-"<gui><link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/users/sign_in\">Sign in/Register</"
-"link></gui>-knappen for at oprette en."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Once you have an account, make sure you are logged in, then go back to the "
-"<link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues"
-"\">documentation issue tracker</link> and click <gui><link href=\"https://"
-"gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues/new\">New issue</link></gui>. "
-"Before reporting a new issue, please <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/"
-"GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\">browse</link> for the issue to see if "
-"something similar already exists."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du har en konto, så sørg for at du er logget ind og gå herefter tilbage "
-"til <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues"
-"\">dokumentationens issue-tracker</link> og klik på <gui><link href="
-"\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues/new\">New issue</"
-"link></gui>. <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/"
-"issues\">Gennemse</link> venligst først eksisterende issues for at se om der "
-"allerede findes noget lignende."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Before submitting your issue, choose the appropriate label in the "
-"<gui>Labels</gui> menu. If you are filing an issue against this "
-"documentation, you should choose the <gui>gnome-help</gui> label. If you are "
-"not sure which component your issue pertains to, do not choose any."
-msgstr ""
-"Inden du indsender dit issue, så vælg den rette etiket i <gui>Labels</gui>-"
-"menuen. Hvis du udfylder et issue til dokumentationen, så skal du vælge "
-"<gui>gnome-help</gui>-etiketten. Hvis du er i tvivl om hvilken komponent dit "
-"issue hører til, så undlad at vælge nogen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:53
-msgid ""
-"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "
-"choose <gui>Feature</gui> as the label. Fill in the Title and Description "
-"sections and click <gui>Submit issue</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du prøver at få hjælp til et emne som du føler ikke er dækket, så vælg "
-"<gui>Feature</gui> som etiketten. Udfyld Title og Description og klik på "
-"<gui>Submit issue</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Your issue will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
-"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"
-msgstr ""
-"Dit issue får et id-nummer og dets status opdateres efterhånden som der "
-"arbejdes på det. Tak fordi du hjælper med at forbedre GNOME Hjælp!"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/get-involved.page:63
-msgid "Contact us"
-msgstr "Kontakt os"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:65
-msgid ""
-"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "
-"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "
-"the documentation team."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan sende en <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">e-mail</link> "
-"til GNOME docs-mailinglisten for at læse mere om hvordan du kan være en del "
-"af dokumentationsholdet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "
-"experience."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:27
-msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
-msgstr "Hvad er GNOME Classic?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:31
-msgid ""
-"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
-"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
-"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
-"such as the <gui>Applications</gui> and <gui>Places</gui> menus on the top "
-"bar, and a window list at the bottom of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:39
-msgid ""
-"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "
-"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"
-"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "
-"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> "
-"and <gui>Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list at the bottom "
-"of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:48
-msgid ""
-"You can use the <gui>Applications</gui> menu on the top bar to launch "
-"applications. The <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</"
-"gui> overview is available by selecting the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> "
-"item from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:53
-msgid ""
-"To access the <em><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em>, you can also press "
-"the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-"For at få adgang til <em><gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui></em>, kan du også "
-"trykke på <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:57
-msgid "Window list"
-msgstr "Vinduesliste"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:59
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:299
-msgid ""
-"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
-"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:302
-msgid ""
-"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
-"for the current workspace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
-"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
-"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
-"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:71
-msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
-msgstr "Skift til og fra GNOME Classic"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:74
-msgid ""
-"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "
-"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "
-"available or installed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:80
-msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
-msgstr "Skift fra <em>GNOME</em> til <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:82
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:107
-msgid ""
-"Save any open work, and then log out. Click the system menu on the right "
-"side of the top bar, click your name and then choose the right option."
-msgstr ""
-"Gem dit igangværende arbejde og log ud. Klik på systemmenuen i højre side af "
-"toplinjen, og klik herefter på dit navn og den ønskede valgmulighed."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:86
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:111
-msgid ""
-"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:90
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:115
-msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:93
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:118
-msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:96
-msgid ""
-"Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the <gui>Sign In</"
-"gui> button, and select <gui>GNOME Classic</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:100
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:125
-msgid "Click the <gui>Sign In</gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:105
-msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
-msgstr "Skift fra <em>GNOME Classic</em> til <em>GNOME</em>:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:121
-msgid ""
-"Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the <gui>Sign In</"
-"gui> button, and select <gui>GNOME</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/gnome-version.page:16
-msgid "How to determine which version of GNOME is running."
-msgstr "Find ud af hvilken version af GNOME, som kører."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/gnome-version.page:19
-msgid "Determine which version of GNOME is running"
-msgstr "Find ud af hvilken version af GNOME, som kører"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/gnome-version.page:21
-msgid ""
-"You can determine the version of GNOME that is running on your system by "
-"going to the <gui>Details/About</gui> panel in <gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan finde ud af hvilken version af GNOME, som kører på dit system, ved at "
-"gå til <gui>Detaljer/Om</gui>-panelet i <gui>Indstillinger</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-version.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>About</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Om</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-version.page:30
-msgid "Click on <gui>About</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Om</gui> for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-version.page:31
-msgid ""
-"A window appears showing information about your system, including your "
-"distribution’s name and the GNOME version."
-msgstr ""
-"Der vises et vindue med information om dit system, inklusive navnet på din "
-"distribution og GNOME-versionen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingeraftrykslæsere</link>, smart cards …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/hardware-auth.page:24
-msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
-msgstr "Fingeraftryk &amp; smart cards"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
-msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers."
-msgstr "Fejlsøg mediekortlæsere."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:23
-msgid "Media card reader problems"
-msgstr "Problemer med mediekortlæser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:25
-msgid ""
-"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
-"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
-"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
-"not:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
-"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
-"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "
-"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "
-"up against something solid, do not force it.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Activities</gui> overview. Does the inserted card appear in the "
-"<gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in "
-"this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not "
-"visible, press <key>F9</key> or click <gui style=\"menu\">Files</gui> in the "
-"top bar and select the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Sidebar</gui>.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:48
-msgid ""
-"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>L</key></keyseq>, then type <input>computer:///</input> and press "
-"<key>Enter</key>. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader "
-"should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when "
-"the card has been mounted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:56
-msgid ""
-"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
-"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
-"possible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If no cards or drives are shown when browsing the <gui>Computer</gui> "
-"location, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due "
-"to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer "
-"instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to "
-"directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
-"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
-"supported by Linux."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:17
-msgid ""
-"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
-"attached to it."
-msgstr ""
-"En hardware-/enhedsdriver gør det muligt for din computer at bruge enheder "
-"som er forbundet til den."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:21
-msgid "What is a driver?"
-msgstr "Hvad er en driver?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Devices are the physical “parts” of your computer. They may be <em>external</"
-"em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like graphics and audio "
-"cards."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:27
-msgid ""
-"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
-"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
-"<em>device driver</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:31
-msgid ""
-"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
-"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
-"the correct driver is not available, you will not be able to use the "
-"printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible "
-"with any other model."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:37
-msgid ""
-"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
-"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
-"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:41
-msgid ""
-"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
-"functional. For example, you might find that your printer cannot do double-"
-"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
-msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
-msgstr "Fejlsøg problemer med skærm og grafikkort."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
-msgid "Screen problems"
-msgstr "Skærmproblemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
-msgid ""
-"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
-"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
-"experiencing?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/hardware.page:13
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Hardware"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/hardware.page:15
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="
-"\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "
-"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth"
-"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardwareproblemer</link>, <link xref="
-"\"printing\">printere</link>, <link xref=\"power\">strømindstillinger</"
-"link>, <link xref=\"color\">farvestyring</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth"
-"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">diske</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/hardware.page:26
-msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
-msgstr "Hardware &amp; drivere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/hardware.page:31
-msgid "More topics"
-msgstr "Flere emner"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/hardware.page:36
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Problems"
-msgstr "Problemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/hardware.page:37
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Hardware problems"
-msgstr "Hardwareproblemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/help-irc.page:7
-msgid "Get live support on IRC."
-msgstr "Få livesupport på IRC."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/help-irc.page:18
-msgid "IRC"
-msgstr "IRC"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:19
-msgid ""
-"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "
-"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "
-"users and developers."
-msgstr ""
-"IRC står for Internet Relay Chat. Det er et beskedsystem til flere brugere i "
-"realtid. Du kan få hjælp og råd på GNOME IRC-serveren fra andre GNOME-"
-"brugere og -udviklere."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:24
-msgid ""
-"To connect to the GNOME IRC server, use <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</"
-"app>, or use a web interface like <link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/"
-"\">mibbit</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Brug <app>empathy</app> eller <app>xchat</app> til at oprette forbindelse "
-"til GNOME IRC-serveren, eller brug en webgrænseflade såsom <link href="
-"\"http://chat.mibbit.com/\">mibbit</link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:28
-msgid ""
-"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-"
-"manage\">Empathy documentation</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"I <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-manage\">Empathys dokumentation</link> kan "
-"du se hvordan du opretter en IRC-konto."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:32
-msgid ""
-"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "
-"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "
-"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "
-"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
-msgstr ""
-"GNOMEs IRC-server er <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. Du kan også se den omtalt som "
-"GIMP-netværket (\"GIMP network\"). Hvis din computer er konfigureret "
-"korrekt, så kan du klikke på linket <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/"
-"> for at åbne <sys>gnome</sys>-kanalen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:37
-msgid ""
-"While IRC is a real-time discussion medium, people tend to not reply "
-"immediately, so be patient."
-msgstr ""
-"Selvom IRC er et diskussionsmedie i realtid så har folk det med ikke at "
-"svare lige med det samme, så vær tålmodig."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Please note the <link href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Foundation/CodeOfConduct"
-"\">GNOME code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
-msgstr ""
-"Bemærk venligst at <link href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Foundation/"
-"CodeOfConduct\">GNOME-adfærdskodekset</link> gælder når du chatter på IRC."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
-msgid "Request support by e-mail."
-msgstr "Få hjælp via e-mail."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:26
-msgid "Mailing list"
-msgstr "Mailingliste"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "
-"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "
-"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail."
-"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Mailinglister er diskussioner baseret på e-mails. Du kan spørge om hjælp med "
-"GNOME-mailinglisterne. Næsten alle GNOME-programmer har deres egen "
-"mailingliste. Den fulde liste over mailinglister findes på <link href="
-"\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
-msgid ""
-"You may need to subscribe to the mailing-list before being able to send an "
-"email to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Det kan være nødvendigt at abonnere på mailinglisten inden du kan sende e-"
-"mail til den."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:38
-msgid ""
-"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "
-"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "
-"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."
-msgstr ""
-"Standardsproget på mailinglisterne er engelsk. Der findes "
-"brugermailinglister til andre sprog. F.eks. <sys>gnome-de</sys> til dem der "
-"taler tysk eller <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for alt hvad der har med Chile at "
-"gøre."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/index.page:7
-msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users."
-msgstr "En vejledning til dem der bruger GNOME 3-skrivebordet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/index.page:9
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "GNOME Help"
-msgstr "GNOME Hjælp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/index.page:10
-msgctxt "text"
-msgid "GNOME Help"
-msgstr "GNOME Hjælp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/index.page:11
-msgid "Help"
-msgstr "Hjælp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/index.page:16
-msgid "Yelp logo"
-msgstr "Yelp-logo"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/index.page:16
-msgid "<_:media-1/> GNOME Help"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> GNOME Hjælp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:23
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:19
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:20
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:22
-#: C/keyboard.page:22
-msgid "Julita Inca"
-msgstr "Julita Inca"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:37
-msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:41
-msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
-msgstr "Få tastaturets markør til at blinke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:43
-msgid ""
-"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
-"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:58
-msgid "Press <gui>Cursor Blinking</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
-msgstr "Tryk på <gui>Markørblink</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Skrivning</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:15
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
-msgid "Juanjo Marín"
-msgstr "Juanjo Marín"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:25
-msgid ""
-"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
-"than with a right-click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
-msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
-msgstr "Hvad er <key>Menu</key>-tasten?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:31
-msgid ""
-"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
-"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
-"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "
-"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "
-"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <_:media-1/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:45
-msgid ""
-"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
-"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
-"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "
-"is not present."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:50
-msgid ""
-"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
-"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
-"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "
-"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:55
-msgid ""
-"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
-"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
-"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "
-"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "
-"the point when the key is pressed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
-msgid ""
-"The <key>Super</key> key opens the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. You can "
-"usually find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:30
-msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
-msgstr "Hvad er <key>Super</key>-tasten?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:32
-msgid ""
-"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the <gui>Activities</gui> overview "
-"is displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
-"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "
-"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:38
-msgid ""
-"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
-"instead of the Windows key, while Chromebooks have a magnifying glass "
-"instead."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:43
-msgid ""
-"To change which key is used to display the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:58
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77
-msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tastatur</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:61
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>System</gui> category, click the row with <gui>Show the "
-"activities overview</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:65
-msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:29
-#: C/prefs-sharing.page:15
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:24
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:17
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:25
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:15
-#: C/privacy.page:20
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:28
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:26
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
-#: C/user-autologin.page:18
-msgid "2013"
-msgstr "2013"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41
-msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
-msgstr "Tilføj tastaturlayouts og skift mellem dem."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:44
-msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Brug alternative tastaturlayouts"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
-"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
-"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
-"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
-"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
-"languages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui>Region &amp; sprog</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the <gui>Input Sources</gui> section, "
-"select the language which is associated with the layout, then select a "
-"layout and press <gui>Add</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:73
-#: C/session-formats.page:69
-#: C/session-language.page:89
-msgid ""
-"If there are multiple user accounts on your system, there is a separate "
-"instance of the <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> panel for the login screen. "
-"Click the <gui>Login Screen</gui> button at the top right to toggle between "
-"the two instances."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:78
-msgid ""
-"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not available by default when "
-"you click the <gui>+</gui> button. To make also those input sources "
-"available you can open a terminal window by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>Alt</key><key>T</key></keyseq> and run this command:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:90
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:95
-msgid "preview"
-msgstr "forhåndsvis"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88
-msgid ""
-"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list of "
-"<gui>Input Sources</gui> and clicking <gui><_:media-1/></gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98
-msgid "preferences"
-msgstr "præferencer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:93
-msgid ""
-"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
-"those languages because they have a <gui><_:media-1/></gui> icon next to "
-"them. If you want to access these extra parameters, select the language from "
-"the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-2/"
-"></gui> button will give you access to the extra settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101
-msgid ""
-"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
-"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
-"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you’re writing an article "
-"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
-"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "
-"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "
-"multiple layouts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109
-msgid ""
-"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
-"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
-"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "
-"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "
-"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "
-"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116
-msgid ""
-"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
-"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
-"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "
-"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="
-"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> and to the "
-"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></"
-"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' "
-"md5='2ee80298080e748428543267cb499806'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:34
-msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:37
-msgid "Keyboard navigation"
-msgstr "Tastaturnavigation"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:47
-msgid ""
-"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
-"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
-"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
-"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:53
-msgid ""
-"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
-"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
-"mousekeys\"/> for details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:59
-msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
-msgstr "Naviger i brugerflader"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:61
-msgid "<key>Tab</key> and"
-msgstr "<key>Tab</key> og"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
-"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
-"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
-"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
-"text area."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:70
-msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:74
-msgid "Arrow keys"
-msgstr "Piletaster"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
-"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
-"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Piletaster</keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:83
-msgid ""
-"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
-"changing which item is selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key>Piletaster</keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:88
-msgid ""
-"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
-"the newly focused item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
-msgid ""
-"In a tree view, items that have children can be expanded or collapsed, to "
-"show or hide their children: expand by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</"
-"key><key>→</key></keyseq>, and collapse by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</"
-"key><key>←</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
-msgid "<key>Space</key>"
-msgstr "<key>Mellemrum</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:97
-msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:101
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
-msgid ""
-"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
-"deselecting other items."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
-msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
-msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
-msgid ""
-"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
-"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
-"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
-"on it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
-msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
-msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:114
-msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:117
-msgid "<key>F10</key>"
-msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:118
-msgid ""
-"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
-"navigate the menus."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:122
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
-msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:127
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> eller"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:128
-msgid "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key>"
-msgstr "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:130
-msgid ""
-"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
-"clicked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:135
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
-msgid ""
-"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
-"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:140
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:141
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
-msgid "and"
-msgstr "og"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:142
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:143
-msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:149
-msgid "Navigate the desktop"
-msgstr "Naviger på skrivebordet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:166
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:167
-msgid ""
-"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
-"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
-"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"
-"key></keyseq> feature."
-msgstr ""
-"Gennemløb vinduer i det samme program. Hold <key>Alt</key>-tasten nede og "
-"tryk på <key>F6</key> indtil det ønskede vindue fremhæves, og slip så "
-"<key>Alt</key>. Det er samme fremgangsmåde som <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>½</"
-"key></keyseq>-funktionen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:228
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:75
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
-msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:129
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:178
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">Open the notification "
-"list.</link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
-msgid "Navigate windows"
-msgstr "Naviger i vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:186
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:187
-msgid "Close the current window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> eller <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:192
-msgid ""
-"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</"
-"key></keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:198
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
-msgid ""
-"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
-"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
-"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:205
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:206
-msgid ""
-"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
-"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
-"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
-"original size."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:221
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> eller <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:224
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:230
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:231
-msgid "Minimize a window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:234
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:473
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:235
-msgid ""
-"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
-"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:241
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:242
-msgid ""
-"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
-"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:248
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:249
-msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:16
-msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
-msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse "
-"or a touchscreen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
-msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard"
-msgstr "Brug et skærmtastatur"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:40
-msgid ""
-"If you do not have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
-"it, you can turn on the <em>on-screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:44
-msgid ""
-"The on-screen keyboard is automatically enabled if you use a touchscreen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:60
-msgid "Switch on <gui>Screen Keyboard</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:65
-msgid ""
-"When you next have the opportunity to type, the on-screen keyboard will open "
-"at the bottom of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Press the <gui style=\"button\">?123</gui> button to enter numbers and "
-"symbols. More symbols are available if you then press the <gui style=\"button"
-"\">=/&lt;</gui> button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, press the <gui "
-"style=\"button\">ABC</gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:74
-msgid "down"
-msgstr "ned"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:73
-msgid ""
-"You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> button to hide "
-"the keyboard temporarily. The keyboard will show again automatically when "
-"you next press on something where you can use it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:78
-msgid "flag"
-msgstr "flag"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> button to change your "
-"settings for <link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link> or <link xref="
-"\"keyboard-layouts\">Input Sources</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
-"delay and speed of repeat keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
-msgid "Manage repeated key presses"
-msgstr "Håndter gentagne tastetryk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43
-msgid ""
-"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
-"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
-"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
-"how long it takes before key presses start repeating, or how quickly key "
-"presses repeat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:61
-msgid "Press <gui>Repeat Keys</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
-msgstr "Tryk på <gui>Gentagende taster</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Skrivning</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:64
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Repeat Keys</gui> switch to off."
-msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Gentagende taster</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
-"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
-"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44
-msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48
-msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
-msgstr "Indstil tastaturgenveje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:63
-msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80
-msgid ""
-"Click the row for the desired action. The <gui>Set shortcut</gui> window "
-"will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
-msgid ""
-"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
-"reset, or press <key>Esc</key> to cancel."
-msgstr ""
-"Hold den ønskede tastekombination nede eller tryk på <key>Backspace</key> "
-"for at nulstille, eller tryk på <key>Esc</key> for at annullere."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:91
-msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
-msgstr "Prædefinerede genveje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:92
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
-"into these categories:"
-msgstr ""
-"Der findes et antal prækonfigurerede genveje som kan ændres, grupperet i "
-"følgende kategorier:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
-msgid "Launchers"
-msgstr "Programstartere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:98
-msgid "Home folder"
-msgstr "Hjemmemappe"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:99
-msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or <key>Explorer</key>"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <_:media-2/> eller <key>Explorer</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:102
-msgid "Launch calculator"
-msgstr "Start lommeregner"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:103
-msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Calculator</key>"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <key>Calculator</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:106
-msgid "Launch email client"
-msgstr "Start e-mailklient"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:107
-msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Mail</key>"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <key>Mail</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:110
-msgid "Launch help browser"
-msgstr "Start hjælpebrowser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:111
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:132
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:180
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:184
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:188
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:212
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:216
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:220
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:224
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:445
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "Deaktiveret"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:114
-msgid "Launch web browser"
-msgstr "Start webbrowser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:115
-msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or <key>WWW</key>"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <_:media-2/> eller <key>WWW</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:119
-msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Search</key>"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <key>Search</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:122
-msgid "Settings"
-msgstr "Indstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:123
-msgid "<key>Tools</key>"
-msgstr "<key>Tools</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:129
-msgid "Navigation"
-msgstr "Navigation"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
-msgid "Hide all normal windows"
-msgstr "Skjul alle normale vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135
-msgid "Move to workspace above"
-msgstr "Flyt til arbejdsområdet ovenfor"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:136
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
-msgid "Move to workspace below"
-msgstr "Flyt til arbejdsområdet nedenfor"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:140
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
-msgid "Move window one monitor down"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue én skærm ned"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:144
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>↓</"
-"key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>↓</"
-"key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
-msgid "Move window one monitor to the left"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue én skærm til venstre"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:148
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:113
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
-msgid "Move window one monitor to the right"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue én skærm til højre"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:152
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
-msgid "Move window one monitor up"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue én skærm op"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:156
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
-msgid "Move window one workspace down"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue ét arbejdsområde ned"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:160
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:164
-msgid "Move window one workspace up"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue ét arbejdsområde op"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:165
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:169
-msgid "Move window to last workspace"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue til sidste arbejdsområde"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174
-msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue til arbejdsområde 1"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
-msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue til arbejdsområde 2"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
-msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue til arbejdsområde 3"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
-msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
-msgstr "Flyt vindue til arbejdsområde 4"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
-msgid "Switch applications"
-msgstr "Skift programmer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:192
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:195
-msgid "Switch system controls"
-msgstr "Skift systemstyring"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:83
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
-msgid "Switch system controls directly"
-msgstr "Skift systemstyring direkte"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:200
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
-msgid "Switch to last workspace"
-msgstr "Skift til sidste arbejdsområde"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:204
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
-msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
-msgstr "Skift til arbejdsområde 1"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:208
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
-msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
-msgstr "Skift til arbejdsområde 2"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
-msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
-msgstr "Skift til arbejdsområde 3"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
-msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
-msgstr "Skift til arbejdsområde 4"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
-msgid "Switch windows"
-msgstr "Skift vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:227
-msgid "Switch windows directly"
-msgstr "Skift vinduer direkte"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
-msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
-msgstr "Skift vinduer af et program direkte"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
-msgid "Switch windows of an application"
-msgstr "Skift vinduer af et program"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:241
-msgid "Screenshots"
-msgstr "Skærmbilleder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
-msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
-msgstr "Kopiér et skærmbillede af et vindue til udklipsholderen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
-msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
-msgstr "Kopiér et skærmbillede af et område til udklipsholderen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251
-msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
-msgstr "Kopiér et skærmbillede til udklipsholderen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255
-msgid "Record a short screencast"
-msgstr "Optag en kort skærmoptagelse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
-msgid "Save a screenshot of a window to Pictures"
-msgstr "Gem et skærmbillede af et vindue til Billeder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:261
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
-msgid "Save a screenshot of an area to Pictures"
-msgstr "Gem et skærmbillede af et område til Billeder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:265
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
-msgid "Save a screenshot to Pictures"
-msgstr "Gem et skærmbillede til Billeder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:269
-msgid "<key>Print</key>"
-msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:274
-msgid "Sound and Media"
-msgstr "Lyd og medie"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
-msgid "Eject"
-msgstr "Skub ud"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:277
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Eject)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (skub ud)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
-msgid "Launch media player"
-msgstr "Start medieafspiller"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:281
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio media)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd medie)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
-msgid "Next track"
-msgstr "Næste spor"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:285
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio next)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd næste)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
-msgid "Pause playback"
-msgstr "Sæt afspilning på pause"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio pause)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd pause)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
-msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
-msgstr "Afspil (eller afspil/pause)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio play)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd afspil)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
-msgid "Previous track"
-msgstr "Forrige spor"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio previous)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd forrige)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
-msgid "Stop playback"
-msgstr "Stop afspilning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio stop)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd stop)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
-msgid "Volume down"
-msgstr "Lavere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio lower volume)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd lavere)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:307
-msgid "Volume mute"
-msgstr "Stilhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:308
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio mute)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd stilhed)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311
-msgid "Volume up"
-msgstr "Højere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio raise volume)"
-msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd højere)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "System"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:319
-msgid "Focus the active notification"
-msgstr "Giv fokus til den aktive påmindelse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:323
-msgid "Lock screen"
-msgstr "Lås skærm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:125
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:327
-msgid "Log out"
-msgstr "Log ud"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:331
-msgid "Open the application menu"
-msgstr "Åbn programmenuen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:332
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:335
-msgid "Restore the keyboard shortcuts"
-msgstr "Gendan tastaturgenvejene"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:339
-msgid "Show all applications"
-msgstr "Vis alle programmer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:343
-msgid "Show the activities overview"
-msgstr "Vis aktivitetsoversigten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:347
-msgid "Show the notification list"
-msgstr "Vis påmindelseslisten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:351
-msgid "Show the overview"
-msgstr "Vis oversigten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:355
-msgid "Show the run command prompt"
-msgstr "Vis prompten Kør kommando"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:55
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
-msgid "Typing"
-msgstr "Skrivning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:363
-msgid "Switch to next input source"
-msgstr "Skift til den næste indtastningskilde"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:368
-msgid "Switch to previous input source"
-msgstr "Skift til den forrige indtastningskilde"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:369
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:374
-msgid "Universal Access"
-msgstr "Tilgængelighed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
-msgid "Decrease text size"
-msgstr "Mindre tekst"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
-msgid "High contrast on or off"
-msgstr "Høj kontrast til eller fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384
-msgid "Increase text size"
-msgstr "Større tekst"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
-msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
-msgstr "Slå skærmtastatur til eller fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392
-msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
-msgstr "Slå skærmlæser til eller fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
-msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
-msgstr "Slå zoom til eller fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400
-msgid "Zoom in"
-msgstr "Zoom ind"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404
-msgid "Zoom out"
-msgstr "Zoom ud"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:410
-msgid "Windows"
-msgstr "Vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
-msgid "Activate the window menu"
-msgstr "Aktivér vinduesmenuen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416
-msgid "Close window"
-msgstr "Luk vinduet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
-msgid "Hide window"
-msgstr "Skjul vinduet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
-msgid "Lower window below other windows"
-msgstr "Sænk vinduet under de andre vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
-msgid "Maximize window"
-msgstr "Maksimer vinduet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
-msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
-msgstr "Maksimer vinduet vandret"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
-msgid "Maximize window vertically"
-msgstr "Maksimer vinduet lodret"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
-msgid "Move window"
-msgstr "Flyt vinduet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:444
-msgid "Raise window above other windows"
-msgstr "Løft vinduet over de andre vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
-msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
-msgstr "Løft vinduet hvis det er tildækket, ellers sænk det"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:452
-msgid "Resize window"
-msgstr "Tilpas størrelsen på vinduet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:456
-msgid "Restore window"
-msgstr "Gendan vinduet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:457
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:460
-msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
-msgstr "Fuldskærmstilstand til/fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
-msgid "Toggle maximization state"
-msgstr "Maksimeret tilstand til/fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:465
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:468
-msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
-msgstr "Vindue på alle arbejdsområder eller ét til/fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:472
-msgid "View split on left"
-msgstr "Opdelt visning til venstre"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:476
-msgid "View split on right"
-msgstr "Opdelt visning til højre"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:484
-msgid "Custom shortcuts"
-msgstr "Tilpassede genveje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:486
-msgid ""
-"To create your own application keyboard shortcut in the <app>Keyboard</app> "
-"settings:"
-msgstr ""
-"Opret din egen tastaturgenvej for et program i <app>Tastatur</app>-"
-"indstillingerne:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:491
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button. The <gui>Add Custom "
-"Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495
-msgid ""
-"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
-"run an application. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open "
-"<app>Rhythmbox</app>, you could name it <input>Music</input> and use the "
-"<input>rhythmbox</input> command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:502
-msgid ""
-"Click the row that was just added. When the <gui>Set Custom Shortcut</gui> "
-"window opens, hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:507
-#: C/user-add.page:83
-msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilføj</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:511
-msgid ""
-"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
-"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
-"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "
-"application itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:516
-msgid ""
-"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
-"shortcut, click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Set Custom "
-"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard.page:11
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="
-"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility"
-"\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Tastaturlayouts</link>, <link xref="
-"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">markørblink</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility"
-"\">tastaturtilgængelighed</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard.page:32
-msgid "Keyboard"
-msgstr "Tastatur"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard.page:35
-#: C/prefs-language.page:26
-msgid "Region &amp; Language"
-msgstr "Region &amp; sprog"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/look-background.page:20
-msgid "April Gonzales"
-msgstr "April Gonzales"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/look-background.page:50
-msgid "Set an image as your desktop background or lock screen background."
-msgstr "Indstil et billede som baggrund på dit skrivebord eller låseskærm."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/look-background.page:53
-msgid "Change the desktop and lock screen backgrounds"
-msgstr "Skift baggrunde på skrivebordet og låseskærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/look-background.page:55
-msgid "To change the image used for your backgrounds:"
-msgstr "Skift billedet som bruges på dine baggrunde:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Background</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Baggrund</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Background</gui> to open the panel. The current selections for "
-"Background and Lock Screen are shown at the top."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:67
-msgid "There are two ways to change the image used for your backgrounds:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Click one of the many professional background images that ship with GNOME. "
-"You can choose <gui>Set Background</gui>, <gui>Set Lock Screen</gui>, or "
-"<gui>Set Background and Lock Screen</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/look-background.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Some wallpapers change throughout the day. These wallpapers have a small "
-"clock icon in the bottom-right corner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Add Picture...</gui> to use one of your own photos from your "
-"<file>Pictures</file> folder. Most photo management applications store "
-"photos there."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:86
-msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
-msgstr "Indstillingerne anvendes med det samme."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/look-background.page:88
-msgid ""
-"If you would like to use an image that is not in your <file>Pictures</file> "
-"folder, right-click on the image file in <app>Files</app> and select "
-"<gui>Set as Wallpaper</gui>, or open the image file in <app>Image Viewer</"
-"app>, click the menu button in the titlebar and select <gui>Set as "
-"Wallpaper</gui>. This will affect only the desktop background."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:97
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
-"to view your entire desktop."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Skift til et tomt arbejdsområde</"
-"link> for at vise hele dit skrivebord."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:37
-msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
-msgstr "Skærmopløsningen kan være indstillet forkert."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:40
-msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor er tingene slørede/pixelerede på min skærm?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:42
-msgid ""
-"The display resolution that is configured may not be the correct one for "
-"your screen. To solve this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57
-msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Skærme</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and select the one that makes "
-"the screen look better."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66
-msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
-msgstr "Når flere skærme er tilsluttet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:73
-msgid ""
-"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
-"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different optimal, or "
-"<link xref=\"look-resolution#native\">native</link>, resolutions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Using <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Mirror</link> mode, you can "
-"display the same thing on two screens. Both screens use the same resolution, "
-"which may not match the native resolution of either screen, so the sharpness "
-"of the image may suffer on both screens."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:82
-msgid ""
-"Using <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Join Displays</link> mode, "
-"the resolution of each screen can be set independently, so they can both be "
-"set to their native resolution."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/look-resolution.page:40
-msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:44
-msgid "Change the resolution or orientation of the screen"
-msgstr "Skift opløsningen eller orienteringen af skærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:46
-msgid ""
-"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
-"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
-"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
-"<em>rotation</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:65
-msgid ""
-"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
-"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:81
-msgid "Resolution"
-msgstr "Opløsning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:83
-msgid ""
-"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
-"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
-"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16∶9 "
-"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4∶3. If you choose a resolution "
-"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "
-"letterboxed to avoid distortion, by adding black bars to the top and bottom "
-"or both sides of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:91
-msgid ""
-"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
-"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
-"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:98
-msgid "Native Resolution"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:100
-msgid ""
-"The <em>native resolution</em> of a laptop screen or LCD monitor is the one "
-"that works best: the pixels in the video signal will line up precisely with "
-"the pixels on the screen. When the screen is required to show other "
-"resolutions, interpolation is necessary to represent the pixels, causing a "
-"loss of image quality."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:109
-msgid "Refresh Rate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:111
-msgid ""
-"The refresh rate is the number of times per second the screen image is "
-"drawn, or refreshed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:116
-msgid "Scale"
-msgstr "Skalering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:118
-msgid ""
-"The scale setting increases the size of objects shown on the screen to match "
-"the density of your display, making them easier to read. Choose <gui>100%</"
-"gui> or <gui>200%</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:125
-msgid "Orientation"
-msgstr "Orientering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:127
-msgid ""
-"On some devices, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. "
-"Click <gui>Orientation</gui> in the panel and choose from <gui>Landscape</"
-"gui>, <gui>Portrait Right</gui>, <gui>Portrait Left</gui>, or <gui>Landscape "
-"(flipped)</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/look-resolution.page:135
-msgid "rotation lock"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/look-resolution.page:136
-msgid "rotation unlock"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:133
-msgid ""
-"If your device rotates the screen automatically, you can lock the current "
-"rotation using the <_:media-1/> button at the bottom of the <gui xref="
-"\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui>. To unlock, press the <_:"
-"media-2/> button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/media.page:13
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music"
-"\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link "
-"xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digitale kameraer</link>, <link xref="
-"\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">billedredigering</"
-"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">videoafspilning</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/media.page:22
-msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"
-msgstr "Lyd, video &amp; billeder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/media.page:26
-msgctxt "sort"
-msgid "Sound"
-msgstr "Lyd"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/media.page:27
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Sound"
-msgstr "Lyd"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/media.page:28
-msgctxt "link:topic"
-msgid "Sound"
-msgstr "Lyd"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/media.page:29
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"
-"\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</"
-"link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Lydstyrke</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"
-"\">højttalere og hovedtelefoner</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic"
-"\">mikrofoner</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/media.page:36
-msgid "Basic sound"
-msgstr "Grundlæggende lyd"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/media.page:40
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Music and players"
-msgstr "Musik og afspillere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/media.page:41
-msgid "Music and portable audio players"
-msgstr "Musik og bærbare lydafspillere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/media.page:45
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Photos"
-msgstr "Billeder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/media.page:46
-msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
-msgstr "Billeder og digitalkameraer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/media.page:50
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Videos"
-msgstr "Videoer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/media.page:51
-msgid "Videos and video cameras"
-msgstr "Videoer og videokamera"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/more-help.page:18
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="
-"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"
-"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips til at bruge vejledningen</link>, <link "
-"xref=\"get-involved\">hjælp med at forbedre vejledningen</link>, <link xref="
-"\"help-mailing-list\">mailingliste</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</"
-"link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/more-help.page:26
-msgid "Get more help"
-msgstr "Få mere hjælp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
-"double-click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
-msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
-msgstr "Justér hastigheden for dobbeltklik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
-"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you’ll just get two "
-"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
-"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Pointing &amp; Clicking</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-Click "
-"Delay</gui> slider to a value you find comfortable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:60
-msgid ""
-"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
-"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
-"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
-"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
-"if it still has the same problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:67
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:57
-msgid ""
-"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
-"pointing device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
-msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:37
-msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
-msgstr "Brug din mus venstrehåndet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
-msgid ""
-"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
-"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:46
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:112
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:148
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Mus &amp; pegeplade</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:48
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:50
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:116
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:152
-msgid "Click on <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Mus &amp; pegeplade</gui> for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:51
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>General</gui> section, click to switch <gui>Primary button</gui> "
-"to <gui>Right</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik for at skifte <gui>Primær knap</gui> til <gui>Højre</gui> i afsnittet "
-"<gui>Generelt</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:33
-msgid "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, open tabs and more."
-msgstr ""
-"Brug den midterste museknap til at åbne programmer, åbne faneblade og mere."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
-msgid "Middle-click"
-msgstr "Midterklik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
-"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
-"middle-click. If you don’t have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
-"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
-msgid ""
-"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
-"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
-"\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:50
-msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53
-msgid ""
-"In applications with scrollbars, left-clicking in the empty space of the bar "
-"moves the scroll position directly to that place. Middle-clicking moves up "
-"to a single page towards that location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "
-"an application with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application’s "
-"icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the applications overview. The "
-"applications overview is displayed using the grid button in the dash."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
-"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
-"open in a new tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:67
-msgid ""
-"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
-"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
-"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
-"had double-clicked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
-"other functions. Search your application’s help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
-"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:27
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:23
-msgid "2013, 2015"
-msgstr "2013, 2015"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:36
-msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the numeric keypad."
-msgstr "Aktivér musetaster for at styre musen med det numeriske tastatur."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40
-msgid "Click and move the mouse pointer using the keypad"
-msgstr "Klik og flyt musemarkøren med det numeriske tastatur"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
-"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
-"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:50
-msgid ""
-"You can access the <gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing on it, by "
-"moving your mouse pointer against the top-left corner of the screen, by "
-"using <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> followed "
-"by <key>Enter</key>, or by using the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
-"key> key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> in the "
-"<gui>Pointing &amp; Clicking</gui> section, then press <key>Enter</key> to "
-"switch the <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
-"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72
-msgid ""
-"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
-"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
-"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
-"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
-"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB or Bluetooth "
-"numeric keypads."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
-"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
-"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
-"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:84
-msgid ""
-"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "
-"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "
-"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "
-"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
-"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:90
-msgid ""
-"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
-"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
-"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:95
-msgid ""
-"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
-"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
-msgid "How to check why your mouse is not working."
-msgstr "Tjek hvorfor din mus ikke virker."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:26
-msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
-msgstr "Musemarkøren bevæger sig ikke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:31
-msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
-msgstr "Tjek at musen er sat i"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:36
-msgid ""
-"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
-"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
-"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
-"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
-"if it was not plugged in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:46
-msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
-msgstr "Tjek at musen virker"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:47
-msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
-msgstr "Sæt musen i en anden computer og se om den virker."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:49
-msgid ""
-"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
-"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
-"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
-"broken."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:56
-msgid "Checking wireless mice"
-msgstr "Tjek trådløs mus"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
-"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can take it with you "
-"without it constantly waking up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:64
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
-"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
-"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
-"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:74
-msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
-msgstr "Tjek at batteriet i musen er opladet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:84
-msgid ""
-"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
-"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:90
-msgid ""
-"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
-"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
-"this is the case."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:98
-msgid ""
-"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
-"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
-"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
-"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
-msgid "Adjust the speed of the mouse and touchpad"
-msgstr "Justér hastigheden på musen og pegepladen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41
-msgid ""
-"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
-"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Adjust the <gui>Mouse Speed</gui> or <gui>Touchpad Speed</gui> slider until "
-"the pointer motion is comfortable for you. Sometimes the most comfortable "
-"settings for one type of device are not the best for the other."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad, "
-"while the <gui>Mouse</gui> section is only visible when a mouse is connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32
-msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36
-msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
-msgstr "Klik, træk eller rul med pegepladen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:38
-msgid ""
-"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
-"without separate hardware buttons."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan klikke, dobbeltklikke, trække og rulle kun med pegepladen, uden "
-"separate hardwareknapper."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"touchscreen-gestures\">Touchscreen gestures</link> are covered "
-"separately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
-msgid "Tap to click"
-msgstr "Tryk for at klikke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49
-msgid "You can tap your touchpad to click instead of using a button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:119
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, make sure the <gui>Touchpad</gui> switch "
-"is set to on."
-msgstr ""
-"Sørg for at <gui>Pegeplade</gui>-kontakten er tændt i afsnittet "
-"<gui>Pegeplade</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Tap to click</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Tryk for at klikke</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:74
-msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:77
-msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80
-msgid ""
-"To drag an item, double-tap but don’t lift your finger after the second tap. "
-"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:85
-msgid ""
-"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
-"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
-"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
-"without a second mouse button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91
-msgid ""
-"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick"
-"\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98
-msgid ""
-"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
-"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
-"think they’re a single finger."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106
-msgid "Two finger scroll"
-msgstr "Rulning med to fingre"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:108
-msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:123
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Two-finger Scrolling</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Tofingerrulning</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:127
-msgid ""
-"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "
-"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "
-"scroll instead. Move your fingers between the top and bottom of your "
-"touchpad to scroll up and down, or move your fingers across the touchpad to "
-"scroll sideways. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your "
-"fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your "
-"touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:135
-msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
-msgstr "Tofingerrulning virker måske ikke på alle pegeplader."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:141
-msgid "Natural scrolling"
-msgstr "Naturlig rulning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:143
-msgid ""
-"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "
-"touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:155
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, make sure that the <gui>Touchpad</gui> "
-"switch is set to on."
-msgstr ""
-"Sørg for at <gui>Pegeplade</gui>-kontakten er tændt i afsnittet "
-"<gui>Pegeplade</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:159
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Natural Scrolling</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Naturlig rulning</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:164
-msgid "This feature is also known as <em>Reverse Scrolling</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:14
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:21
-#: C/translate.page:13
-msgid "2011"
-msgstr "2011"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:27
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:22
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:15
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:23
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:22
-msgid "Jana Svarova"
-msgstr "Jana Svarova"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:34
-msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:37
-msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
-msgstr "Musens bevægelser er forsinket i starten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
-"“wake up” before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not "
-"in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "
-"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse.page:29
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
-"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"
-"\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Venstrehåndet</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
-"sensitivity\">hastighed og følsomhed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
-"click\">klik og rul med pegeplade</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse.page:36
-msgid "Mouse, Touchpad &amp; Touchscreen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/mouse.page:47
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Common mouse problems"
-msgstr "Almindelige museproblemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/mouse.page:48
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Common problems"
-msgstr "Almindelige problemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/mouse.page:55
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Mouse tips"
-msgstr "Musetips"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/mouse.page:56
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Tips"
-msgstr "Tips"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse.page:58
-msgid "Tips"
-msgstr "Tips"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
-msgid ""
-"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
-"“copy protected”."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
-msgid "I can’t play the songs I bought from an online music store"
-msgstr "Jeg kan ikke afspille de sange, jeg har købt fra en online musikbutik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
-msgid ""
-"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won’t "
-"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
-"computer and then copied it over."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
-msgid ""
-"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
-"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
-"right audio formats installed — for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
-"you need MP3 support installed. If you don’t have support for a given audio "
-"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
-"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
-"that format so that you can play it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
-msgid ""
-"If you do have support installed for the song’s audio format but still can’t "
-"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
-"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
-"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
-"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
-"will probably not be able to play it — you generally need special software "
-"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
-"supported on Linux."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
-msgid ""
-"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
-"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13
-msgid ""
-"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17
-msgid "Songs don’t appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
-msgstr "Sangene vises ikke på min iPod når jeg kopierer dem til den"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19
-msgid ""
-"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
-"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
-"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "
-"the iPod using the music player — if you copy them across using the file "
-"manager, it won’t work because the songs won’t be put into the right "
-"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "
-"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21
-msgid ""
-"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
-"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="
-"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "
-"of the songs have been copied across properly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23
-msgid ""
-"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
-"music player application you’re using does not support converting the songs "
-"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
-"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
-"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
-"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
-"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
-"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "
-"software installer for an appropriate codec."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13
-msgid ""
-"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
-"use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17
-msgid "My new iPod won’t work"
-msgstr "Min nye iPod virker ikke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19
-msgid ""
-"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
-"it won’t be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
-"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"
-"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21
-msgid ""
-"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
-"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
-"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
-"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
-"into a Linux computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
-msgid ""
-"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
-"trash behavior."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:28
-msgid "Sindhu S"
-msgstr "Sindhu S"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
-msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
-msgstr "Indstillinger for opførsel i filhåndtering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:39
-msgid ""
-"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "
-"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click the menu "
-"button in the top-right corner of the window and select <gui>Preferences</"
-"gui>, and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:45
-msgid "Behavior"
-msgstr "Opførsel"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:48
-msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:49
-msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:50
-msgid ""
-"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
-"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
-"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
-"while clicking to select one or more files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:59
-msgid "Executable text files"
-msgstr "Eksekverbare tekstfiler"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60
-msgid ""
-"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
-"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
-"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
-"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "
-"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."
-"pl</file>, respectively."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67
-msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:71
-msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74
-msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77
-msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:81
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "
-"wish to run or view the selected text file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91
-msgid ""
-"Executable text files are also called <em>scripts</em>. All scripts in the "
-"<file>~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the "
-"context menu for a file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> "
-"submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files "
-"will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:99
-msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:102
-msgid "Select the desired file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105
-msgid ""
-"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "
-"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111
-msgid ""
-"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "
-"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:120
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "File manager trash preferences"
-msgstr "Filhåndteringens præferencer for papirkurven"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:122
-msgid "Trash"
-msgstr "Papirkurv"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:126
-msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:127
-msgid ""
-"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
-"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
-"files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:26
-msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30
-msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
-msgstr "Rediger mappebogmærker"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:32
-msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
-msgid "Add a bookmark:"
-msgstr "Tilføj et bogmærke:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
-msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Click the window menu in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</"
-"gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46
-msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
-msgstr "Slet et bogmærke:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select <gui>Remove</gui> from "
-"the menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:54
-msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
-msgstr "Omdøb et bogmærke:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select <gui>Rename…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:60
-msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
-"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
-"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won’t be able to tell "
-"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
-"than the name of the folder it points to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:29
-msgid ""
-"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
-"WebDAV."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:34
-msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
-msgstr "Gennemse filer på en server eller netværksdeling"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
-"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
-"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
-"files with other people on your local network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
-msgid ""
-"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
-"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Other Locations</gui> in "
-"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "
-"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "
-"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you’re "
-"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"
-"network address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:60
-msgid "Connect to a file server"
-msgstr "Opret forbindelse til en filserver"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:61
-msgid "In the file manager, click <gui>Other Locations</gui> in the sidebar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
-msgid ""
-"In <gui>Connect to Server</gui>, enter the address of the server, in the "
-"form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</link>. Details on supported URLs are "
-"<link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
-msgid ""
-"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
-"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. The files on the server will be shown. You can "
-"browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The "
-"server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the "
-"future."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:82
-msgid "Writing URLs"
-msgstr "Skrivning af URL'er"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84
-msgid ""
-"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
-"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
-"like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:87
-msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>scheme://servernavn.eksempel.dk/mappe</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:89
-msgid ""
-"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
-"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
-"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:93
-msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>scheme://brugernavn@servernavn.eksempel.dk/mappe</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
-msgid ""
-"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
-"domain name:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:97
-msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>scheme://servernavn.eksempel.dk:port/mappe</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:99
-msgid ""
-"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103
-msgid "Types of servers"
-msgstr "Typer af servere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:105
-msgid ""
-"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
-"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
-"username and password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:108
-msgid ""
-"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
-"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
-"delete files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111
-msgid ""
-"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
-"file shares."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:115
-msgid "SSH"
-msgstr "SSH"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116
-msgid ""
-"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
-"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
-"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:120
-msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:122
-msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>ssh://brugernavn@servernavn.eksempel.dk/mappe</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:129
-msgid ""
-"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
-"so that other users on your network can’t see it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:133
-msgid "FTP (with login)"
-msgstr "FTP (uden login)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
-msgid ""
-"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
-"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
-"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
-"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
-"upload files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:139
-msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
-msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>ftp://brugernavn@ftp.eksempel.dk/sti/</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:145
-msgid "Public FTP"
-msgstr "Offentlig FTP"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:146
-msgid ""
-"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
-"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
-"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:150
-msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:152
-msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.eksempel.dk/sti/</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
-msgid ""
-"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
-"password, or with a public username using your email address as the "
-"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
-"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
-msgid "Windows share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:162
-msgid ""
-"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
-"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
-"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
-"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
-"share from the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:167
-msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:169
-msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>smb://servernavn/Share</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:173
-msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:174
-msgid ""
-"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
-"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
-"server you’re connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
-"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
-"can’t see your password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:179
-msgid "A WebDAV URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:181
-msgid "<sys>dav://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>dav://eksempel.værtsnavn.dk/sti</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:192
-msgid "NFS share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:193
-msgid ""
-"UNIX computers traditionally use the Network File System protocol to share "
-"files over a local network. With NFS, security is based on the UID of the "
-"user accessing the share, so no authentication credentials are needed when "
-"connecting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:197
-msgid "A typical NFS share URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:199
-msgid "<sys>nfs://servername/path</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>nfs://servernavn/sti</sys>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:27
-msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:31
-msgid "File manager display preferences"
-msgstr "Indstillinger for visning i filhåndtering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
-msgid ""
-"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "
-"the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "
-"<gui>Preferences</gui>, then select the <gui>Views</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
-msgid "Icon captions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:41
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
-"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
-msgid "File manager icons with captions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:44
-msgid ""
-"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
-"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
-"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:48
-msgid ""
-"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the view options button in the toolbar "
-"and choosing a zoom level with the slider. As you zoom in, the file manager "
-"will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to "
-"three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom "
-"levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:54
-msgid ""
-"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
-"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
-"information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:61
-msgid "List View"
-msgstr "Listevisning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:63
-msgid ""
-"When viewing files as a list, you can <gui>Navigate folders in a tree</gui>. "
-"This shows expanders on each directory in the file list, so that the "
-"contents of several folders can be shown at once. This is useful if the "
-"folder structure is relevant, such as if your music files are organized with "
-"a folder per artist, and a subfolder per album."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
-msgid ""
-"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
-"applications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:31
-msgid "File properties"
-msgstr "Filegenskaber"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:33
-msgid ""
-"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
-"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:37
-msgid ""
-"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
-"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
-"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list"
-"\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions"
-"\">icon captions</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:43
-msgid ""
-"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
-"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions"
-"\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">Open "
-"With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and "
-"videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the "
-"dimensions, duration, and codec."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:51
-msgid "Basic properties"
-msgstr "Grundlæggende egenskaber"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:54
-msgid "<gui>Name</gui>"
-msgstr "<gui>Navn</gui>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
-msgid ""
-"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
-"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:60
-msgid "<gui>Type</gui>"
-msgstr "<gui>Type</gui>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
-msgid ""
-"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
-"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
-"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can’t "
-"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
-"information on this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
-msgid ""
-"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
-"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
-msgid ""
-"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
-"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
-"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
-"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
-"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
-msgid ""
-"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
-"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
-"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
-"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
-msgid ""
-"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
-"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
-"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
-msgid "Parent Folder"
-msgstr "Ophavsmappe"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
-msgid ""
-"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
-"path</em>. This is a unique “address” of the file on your computer, made up "
-"of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
-"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
-"folder, its parent folder would be <file>/home/jim</file> and its location "
-"would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:92
-msgid "Free Space"
-msgstr "Ledig plads"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
-msgid ""
-"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
-"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
-"if the hard disk is full."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:99
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:140
-msgid "Accessed"
-msgstr "Tilgået"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:100
-msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:104
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:72
-msgid "Modified"
-msgstr "Ændret"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:105
-msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:15
-msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:33
-msgid "Set file permissions"
-msgstr "Indstil filtilladelser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
-"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
-"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:39
-msgid ""
-"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
-"on the types of permissions you can set."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:45
-msgid ""
-"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
-"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
-"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
-"only if you don’t want to accidentally change it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
-"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
-"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
-"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
-"group. You can set the file’s group and control the permissions for all "
-"users in that group. You can only set the file’s group to a group you belong "
-"to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
-msgid ""
-"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
-"the file’s group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
-"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
-"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
-"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
-"information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:69
-msgid "Folders"
-msgstr "Mapper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70
-msgid ""
-"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
-"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
-"groups, and other users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:73
-msgid ""
-"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
-"set for a file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:77
-msgctxt "permission"
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Ingen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:78
-msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:82
-msgid "List files only"
-msgstr "Vis kun filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:83
-msgid ""
-"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
-"able to open, create, or delete files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:87
-msgid "Access files"
-msgstr "Tilgå filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:88
-msgid ""
-"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
-"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
-"new files or delete files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:93
-msgid "Create and delete files"
-msgstr "Opret og slet filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:94
-msgid ""
-"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
-"and deleting files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:99
-msgid ""
-"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
-"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "
-"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "
-"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "
-"subfolders as well, to any depth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
-msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:40
-msgid "Files list columns preferences"
-msgstr "Indstillinger for kolonner i filliste"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:42
-msgid ""
-"There are eleven columns of information that you can display in the "
-"<gui>Files</gui> list view. Click the menu button in the top-right corner of "
-"the window, select <gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</"
-"gui> tab to select which columns will be visible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
-"order in which the selected columns will appear. Click <gui>Reset to "
-"Default</gui> to undo any changes and return to the default columns."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:56
-msgid "The name of folders and files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
-msgid "The <gui>Name</gui> column cannot be hidden."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
-msgid ""
-"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
-"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
-"audio, and more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
-msgid "Gives the date of the last time the file was modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
-msgid "Owner"
-msgstr "Ejer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:77
-msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:80
-msgid "Group"
-msgstr "Gruppe"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:81
-msgid ""
-"The group the file is owned by. Each user is normally in their own group, "
-"but it is possible to have many users in one group. For example, a "
-"department may have their own group in a work environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Tilladelser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:87
-msgid ""
-"Displays the file access permissions. For example, <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
-msgid ""
-"The first character is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means regular file and "
-"<gui>d</gui> means directory (folder). In rare cases, other characters can "
-"also be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:96
-msgid ""
-"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
-"who owns the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:100
-msgid ""
-"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
-"group that owns the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:104
-msgid ""
-"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
-"for all other users on the system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:108
-msgid "Each permission has the following meanings:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:111
-msgid "<gui>r</gui>: readable, meaning that you can open the file or folder"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:115
-msgid "<gui>w</gui>: writable, meaning that you can save changes to it"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:118
-msgid ""
-"<gui>x</gui>: executable, meaning that you can run it if it is a program or "
-"script file, or you can access subfolders and files if it is a folder"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:123
-msgid "<gui>-</gui>: permission not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:128
-msgid "MIME Type"
-msgstr "MIME-type"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:129
-msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:132
-msgid "Location"
-msgstr "Placering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:133
-msgid "The path to the location of the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:136
-msgid "Modified — Time"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:137
-msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:141
-msgid "Gives the date or time of the last time the file was modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:11
-msgid "View and set preferences for the file browser."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:16
-msgid "File manager preferences"
-msgstr "Indstillinger for filhåndtering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:27
-msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:30
-msgid "File manager preview preferences"
-msgstr "Indstillinger for forhåndsvisning i filhåndtering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:32
-msgid ""
-"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
-"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
-"control when previews are made. Click the menu button in the top-right of "
-"the window, select <gui>Preferences</gui>, then select the <gui>Search &amp; "
-"Preview</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:40
-msgid "<gui>Files</gui>"
-msgstr "<gui>Filer</gui>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:41
-msgid ""
-"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Files on this computer only</"
-"gui>, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this "
-"feature to <gui>All Files</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can "
-"<link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over "
-"a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local "
-"area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the "
-"preview option to <gui>All Files</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:49
-msgid ""
-"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "
-"to limit the size of files previewed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:53
-msgid "<gui>File count</gui>"
-msgstr "<gui>Antal filer</gui>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:54
-msgid ""
-"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"
-"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "
-"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "
-"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "
-"folders, or over a network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:59
-msgid ""
-"You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your "
-"computer and local external drives."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:38
-msgid "Specify the default sort order and grouping for the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:43
-msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
-msgstr "Visningsindstillinger i <app>Filer</app>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
-msgid ""
-"You can change how files and folders are grouped and sorted by default. "
-"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui "
-"style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui>, and then select the <gui style=\"tab"
-"\">Views</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:51
-msgid "Default view"
-msgstr "Standardvisning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:54
-msgid "Arrange items"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the view selector
-#. button that opens the view popover in the main window for 'View options'
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
-msgid ""
-"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
-"individual folder by clicking the view options menu button in the toolbar "
-"and choosing the desired option under <gui>Sort</gui>, or by clicking the "
-"list column headers in list view."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:64
-msgid "Sort folders before files"
-msgstr "Sortér mapper før filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
-msgid ""
-"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
-"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:18
-msgid ""
-"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don’t need anti-virus software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
-msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
-msgstr "Behøver jeg at have antivirussoftware?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
-msgid ""
-"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
-"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
-"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
-"way onto your computer and cause problems."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don’t need to use "
-"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
-"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no one "
-"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
-"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don’t really need to "
-"worry about them at the moment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:39
-msgid ""
-"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
-"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
-"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "
-"or search online; a number of applications are available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/net-browser.page:12
-#: C/net-email.page:12
-#: C/net-general.page:12
-#: C/net-problem.page:12
-#: C/net-security.page:12
-#: C/net-wired.page:17
-#: C/net-wireless.page:22
-msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
-msgstr "Ubuntus dokumentationshold"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-browser.page:17
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
-"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Vælg standardbrowseren</link>, <link xref="
-"\"net-install-flash\">installér Flash</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-browser.page:23
-msgid "Web browsers"
-msgstr "Webbrowsere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
-"<gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:31
-msgid "Change which web browser opens websites by default"
-msgstr "Vælg webbrowser der åbner websteder som standard"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:33
-msgid ""
-"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
-"automatically open up to that page. However, if you have more than one "
-"browser installed, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
-"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:47
-#: C/net-default-email.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the list on the left side of the "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Choose which web browser you would like to open links by changing the "
-"<gui>Web</gui> option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:56
-msgid ""
-"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it’s not "
-"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
-"button (or similar) so that it does not try to set itself as the default "
-"browser again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-default-email.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "
-"<gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-default-email.page:31
-msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
-msgstr "Vælg postprogram som bruges til at skrive e-mails"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-default-email.page:33
-msgid ""
-"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
-"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
-"with a blank message, ready for you to write. However, if you have more than "
-"one mail application installed, the wrong mail application might open up. "
-"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-default-email.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
-"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-email-virus.page:21
-msgid ""
-"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
-"of people you email."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-email-virus.page:25
-msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
-msgstr "Behøver jeg at skanne mine e-mails for virusser?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-email-virus.page:27
-msgid ""
-"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
-"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
-"through email messages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-email-virus.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
-"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
-"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
-"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don’t need "
-"to scan your email for viruses."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-email-virus.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
-"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
-"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
-"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
-"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
-"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it’s "
-"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
-"software of their own anyway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/net-email.page:15
-#: C/net-general.page:15
-msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
-msgstr "GNOMEs dokumentationsprojekt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-email.page:25
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
-"email-virus\">Should I scan for viruses?</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Standard e-mailprogram</link>, <link xref="
-"\"net-email-virus\">Skal jeg skanne efter virusser?</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-email.page:31
-msgid "Email &amp; email software"
-msgstr "E-mail &amp; e-mailsoftware"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-findip.page:33
-msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-findip.page:36
-msgid "Find your IP address"
-msgstr "Find din IP-adresse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
-"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"
-"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "
-"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-findip.page:44
-msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
-msgstr "Find din interne (netværks) IP-adresse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:46
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:49
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:49
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:46
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:66
-#: C/net-proxy.page:64
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Network</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Netværk</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:50
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:53
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:53
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:50
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:70
-#: C/net-proxy.page:68
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:66
-msgid "Click on <gui>Network</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Choose which connection, <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> or <gui>Wired</gui>, from the left "
-"pane."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:55
-msgid "The IP address for a wired connection will be displayed on the right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/net-findip.page:59
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:58
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:61
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:62
-#: C/net-manual.page:55
-#: C/net-manual.page:58
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:57
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:77
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:95
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:37
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:48
-msgid "settings"
-msgstr "indstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Click the <_:media-1/> button to see the IP address for the wireless network "
-"in the <gui>Details</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-findip.page:66
-msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
-msgstr "Find din eksterne (internet) IP-adresse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:72
-msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, both of these "
-"addresses may be the same."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:20
-msgid ""
-"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
-"your computer secure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:23
-msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
-msgstr "Aktivér og bloker adgang til firewall"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "
-"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "
-"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "
-"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "
-"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "
-"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "
-"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "
-"may need to “open” its assigned port on the firewall:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "
-"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "
-"yourself if you can’t find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "
-"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "
-"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "
-"the firewall tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
-msgid ""
-"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
-"for a program with your firewall."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:23
-msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
-msgstr "Populære netværksporte"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25
-msgid ""
-"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
-"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
-"change your system’s firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
-"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
-"use, so this table isn’t complete."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:35
-msgid "Port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41
-msgid "Description"
-msgstr "Beskrivelse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:48
-msgid "5353/udp"
-msgstr "5353/udp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:51
-msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
-msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
-"without you having to specify the details manually."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60
-msgid "631/udp"
-msgstr "631/udp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:63
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:74
-#: C/printing.page:28
-msgid "Printing"
-msgstr "Udskrivning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66
-msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71
-msgid "631/tcp"
-msgstr "631/tcp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77
-msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
-msgid "5298/tcp"
-msgstr "5298/tcp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
-msgid "Presence"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
-"network, such as “online” or “busy”."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:95
-msgid "5900/tcp"
-msgstr "5900/tcp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:98
-msgid "Remote desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:101
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
-"remote assistance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:107
-msgid "3689/tcp"
-msgstr "3689/tcp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:110
-msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:113
-msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
-"services from your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:36
-msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
-msgstr "Opret en forbindelse med en fast IP-adresse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
-"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
-"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
-"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
-"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:47
-msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
-msgstr "Giv din computer en fast (statisk) IP-adresse:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Find the network connection that you want to have a fixed address. Click the "
-"<_:media-1/> button next to the network connection. For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> "
-"connection, the <_:media-2/> button will be located next to the active "
-"network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:65
-#: C/net-manual.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Select the <gui>IPv4</gui> or <gui>IPv6</gui> tab and change the "
-"<gui>Method</gui> to <gui>Manual</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:69
-#: C/net-manual.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Type in the <gui xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP Address</gui> and "
-"<gui>Gateway</gui>, as well as the appropriate <gui>Netmask</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:73
-#: C/net-manual.page:71
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>DNS</gui> section, switch the <gui>Automatic</gui> switch to "
-"off. Enter the IP address of a DNS server you want to use. Enter additional "
-"DNS server addresses using the <gui>+</gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:78
-#: C/net-manual.page:76
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Routes</gui> section, switch the <gui>Automatic</gui> switch to "
-"off. Enter the <gui>Address</gui>, <gui>Netmask</gui>, <gui>Gateway</gui> "
-"and <gui>Metric</gui> for a route you want to use. Enter additional routes "
-"using the <gui>+</gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:84
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-general.page:21
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
-"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress"
-"\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find din IP-adresse</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
-"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP- &amp; WPA-sikkerhed</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
-"macaddress\">MAC-adresser</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-general.page:29
-msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"
-msgstr "Netværkstermer &amp; -tips"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:19
-msgid ""
-"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
-"which display videos and interactive web pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:23
-msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
-msgstr "Installér Flash-plugin"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:25
-msgid ""
-"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
-"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
-"websites won’t work without Flash."
-msgstr ""
-"<app>Flash</app> er et <em>plugin</em> til din webbrowser, som giver dig "
-"mulighed for at se videoer og bruge interaktive websider på nogle websteder. "
-"Nogle websteder virker ikke uden Flash."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:34
-msgid ""
-"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
-"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
-"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux "
-"distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their "
-"software installer (package manager) too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:41
-msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"
-msgstr "Hvis Flash er tilgængelig i softwareinstallationsprogrammet:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> "
-"or similar and click to install it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
-msgid ""
-"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
-"The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it "
-"again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:59
-msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis Flash <em>ikke er</em> tilgængelig i softwareinstallationsprogrammet:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player "
-"download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be "
-"automatically detected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the "
-"type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you "
-"don’t know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:72
-msgid ""
-"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html"
-"\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it for "
-"your web browser."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:80
-msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
-msgstr "Open source-alternativer til Flash"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:82
-msgid ""
-"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
-"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
-"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
-"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:88
-msgid ""
-"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
-"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
-"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:94
-msgid "LightSpark"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-install-flash.page:97
-msgid "Gnash"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
-msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
-msgid "What is a MAC address?"
-msgstr "Hvad er en MAC-adresse?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:37
-msgid ""
-"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
-"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
-"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
-"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:42
-msgid ""
-"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
-"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:45
-msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Choose which device, <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> or <gui>Wired</gui>, from the left "
-"pane."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:58
-msgid ""
-"The MAC address for the wired device will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware "
-"Address</gui> on the right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Click the <_:media-1/> button to see the MAC address for the wireless device "
-"displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui> in the <gui>Details</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:68
-msgid ""
-"In practice, you may need to modify or “spoof” a MAC address. For example, "
-"some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be "
-"used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you "
-"need to swap a new card in, the service won’t work anymore. In such cases, "
-"you would need to spoof the MAC address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-manual.page:25
-msgid ""
-"You may have to enter network settings if they don’t get assigned "
-"automatically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-manual.page:30
-msgid "Manually set network settings"
-msgstr "Manuel opsætning af netværksindstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If your network doesn’t automatically assign network settings to your "
-"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
-"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
-"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
-"router or network switch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-manual.page:39
-msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
-msgstr "Manuel opsætning af dine netværksindstillinger:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:48
-msgid ""
-"If you plug in to the network with a cable, click <gui>Network</gui>. "
-"Otherwise click <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "
-"in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:54
-msgid "Click the <_:media-1/>button."
-msgstr "Klik på <_:media-1/>-knappen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:57
-msgid ""
-"For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection, the <_:media-1/> button will be located "
-"next to the active network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:82
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, open the "
-"<gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right "
-"side of the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to "
-"visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-mobile.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Use your phone or Internet stick to connect to the mobile broadband network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-mobile.page:33
-msgid "Connect to mobile broadband"
-msgstr "Opret forbindelse til mobilt bredbånd"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You can set up a connection to a cellular (3G) network with your computer’s "
-"built-in 3G modem, your mobile phone, or an Internet stick."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan opsætte en forbindelse til et mobilnetværk (3G) med din computers "
-"indbyggede 3G-modem, din mobiltelefon eller en internet-pen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Most phones have a setting called <link xref=\"net-tethering\">USB "
-"tethering</link> that requires no setup on the computer, and is generally "
-"the better method to connect to the cellular network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:45
-msgid ""
-"If you do not have a built-in 3G modem, connect your phone or Internet stick "
-"to a USB port on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Mobile Broadband Off</gui>. The <gui>Mobile "
-"Broadband</gui> section of the menu will expand."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:58
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> does not appear in the system menu, ensure "
-"that your device is not set to connect as Mass Storage."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Connect</gui>. If you are connecting for the first time, the "
-"<gui>Set up a Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard is launched. The "
-"opening screen displays a list of required information. Click <gui style="
-"\"button\">Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Choose your provider’s country or region from the list. Click <gui style="
-"\"button\">Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose your provider from the list. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Select a plan according to the type of device you are connecting. This will "
-"determine the Access Point Name. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Confirm the settings you have selected by clicking <gui style=\"button"
-"\">Apply</gui>. The wizard will close and the <gui>Network</gui> panel will "
-"display the properties of your connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:29
-msgid ""
-"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
-"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:32
-msgid "Other users can’t connect to the internet"
-msgstr "Andre brugere kan ikke oprette forbindelse til internettet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:40
-msgid ""
-"When you set up a network connection, all other users on your computer will "
-"normally be able to use it. If the connection information is not shared, you "
-"should check the connection settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:73
-msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> from the list on the left."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:56
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:76
-msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button to open the connection details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:61
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:81
-msgid "Select <gui>Identity</gui> from the pane on the left."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:64
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:84
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the <gui>Identity</gui> panel, check the <gui>Make "
-"available to other users</gui> option to allow other users to use the "
-"network connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:69
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:89
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui> to save the changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
-"entering any further details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:77
-msgid "Any user can change this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:29
-msgid ""
-"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
-"network connection settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:32
-msgid "Other users can’t edit the network connections"
-msgstr "Andre brugere kan ikke redigere netværksforbindelserne"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
-msgid ""
-"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can’t, "
-"you may have set the connection to be <em>available to all users</em>. This "
-"makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using that "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-problem.page:17
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
-"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your Wi-Fi "
-"network</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Fejlsøg trådløse forbindelser</"
-"link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">find dit Wi-Fi-netværk</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-problem.page:23
-msgid "Network problems"
-msgstr "Netværksproblemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-proxy.page:37
-msgid ""
-"A proxy is an intermediary for web traffic, it can be used for accessing web "
-"services anonymously, for control or security purposes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-proxy.page:40
-msgid "Define proxy settings"
-msgstr "Vælg proxyindstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-proxy.page:43
-msgid "What is a proxy?"
-msgstr "Hvad er en proxy?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:45
-msgid ""
-"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receives requests "
-"from your web browser to fetch web pages and their elements, and following a "
-"policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in "
-"businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can "
-"look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to "
-"do security checks on websites."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-proxy.page:55
-msgid "Change proxy method"
-msgstr "Skift proxymetode"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:71
-msgid "Select <gui>Network proxy</gui> from the list on the left."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:74
-msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use from:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-proxy.page:77
-msgctxt "proxy"
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Ingen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:78
-msgid ""
-"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content from the "
-"web."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-proxy.page:82
-msgid "Manual"
-msgstr "Manuel"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:83
-msgid ""
-"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
-"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"
-"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-proxy.page:88
-msgid "Automatic"
-msgstr "Automatisk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:89
-msgid ""
-"A URL pointing to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
-"for your system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:96
-msgid ""
-"Applications that use the network connection will use your specified proxy "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:13
-msgid "Steven Richards"
-msgstr "Steven Richards"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:19
-msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:22
-msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
-msgstr "Sikkerhed på internettet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:24
-msgid ""
-"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
-"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
-"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
-"targeted at popular operating systems, like Windows, that have an extremely "
-"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
-"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
-"with each distribution."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
-"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
-"you can still be susceptible to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
-"through deception)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:42
-msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:45
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"
-"link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:49
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorized remote/local network access</"
-"link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:54
-msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
-"not know."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:62
-msgid ""
-"If a website’s offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
-"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
-"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
-"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Be careful in providing <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">root level "
-"permissions</link> to any application, especially ones that you have not "
-"used before or which are not well-known. Providing anyone or anything with "
-"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
-"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
-"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
-"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
-"intrusion."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-security.page:17
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
-"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>, <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports"
-"\">firewall ports</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirussoftware</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
-"firewall-on-off\">grundlæggende firewalls</link>, <link xref=\"net-firewall-"
-"ports\">firewall-porte</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-security.page:24
-msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
-msgstr "Sikkerhed på internettet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-slow.page:19
-msgid ""
-"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
-"could be a busy time of day."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-slow.page:23
-msgid "The internet seems slow"
-msgstr "Internettet virker til at være langsomt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:25
-msgid ""
-"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
-"things that could be causing the slow down."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
-"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
-"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:34
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
-"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
-"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
-"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
-"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
-"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You’re most likely to experience "
-"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
-"evenings, for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:45
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:46
-msgid ""
-"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
-"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
-"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:52
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
-"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
-"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:59
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:60
-msgid ""
-"If you are connected to the internet by wireless (Wi-Fi), check the network "
-"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
-"internet may be slow because you don’t have a very strong signal."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:66
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:67
-msgid ""
-"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
-"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
-"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast “mobile "
-"broadband” connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
-"like GPRS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:74
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
-"could be for any number of reasons — you could have visited a website that "
-"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
-"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser’s windows and then "
-"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:28
-msgid "Set up a VPN connection to a local network over the internet."
-msgstr "Opsæt en VPN-forbindelse til et lokalt netværk over internettet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:32
-msgid "Connect to a VPN"
-msgstr "Opret forbindelse til et VPN"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:34
-msgid ""
-"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
-"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
-"local network at your workplace while you’re on a business trip. You would "
-"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
-"your workplace’s VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
-"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
-"hotel’s internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
-"to prevent people from accessing the local network you’re connecting to "
-"without logging in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:44
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
-"extra software depending on what type of VPN you’re connecting to. Find out "
-"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
-"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "
-"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "
-"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:52
-msgid ""
-"If there isn’t a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
-"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
-"that provides the VPN software. You’ll probably have to follow some "
-"different instructions to get that working."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
-msgid "To set up the VPN connection:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:69
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add "
-"a new connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:73
-msgid "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:76
-msgid "Choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Fill in the VPN connection details, then press <gui>Add</gui> once you are "
-"finished."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:83
-msgid ""
-"When you have finished setting up the VPN, open the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right side of the top "
-"bar, click <gui>VPN off</gui> and select <gui>Connect</gui>. You may need to "
-"enter a password for the connection before it is established. Once the "
-"connection is made, you will see a lock shaped icon in the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:91
-msgid ""
-"Hopefully you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
-"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this from the "
-"<gui>Network</gui> panel that you used to create the connection. Select the "
-"VPN connection from the list, then press the <_:media-1/> button to review "
-"the settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:98
-msgid ""
-"To disconnect from the VPN, click the system menu on the top bar and click "
-"<gui>Turn Off</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
-msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:25
-msgid "What is an IP address?"
-msgstr "Hvad er en IP-adresse?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:27
-msgid ""
-"“IP address” stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device "
-"that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
-msgstr ""
-"“IP-adresse” står for <em>internetprotokol-adresse</em>, og hver enhed som "
-"er forbundet til et netværk (såsom internettet) har en."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:30
-msgid ""
-"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
-"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
-"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
-"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
-"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:40
-msgid ""
-"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
-"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
-"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
-"addresses are more common that static addresses — static addresses are "
-"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as in the "
-"administration of a server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
-msgid ""
-"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
-"network cable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:29
-msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
-msgstr "Opret forbindelse til et kablet (ethernet) netværk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:33
-msgid ""
-"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
-"network cable. The wired network icon (<_:media-1/>) is displayed on the top "
-"bar with three dots while the connection is being established. The dots "
-"disappear when you are connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:41
-msgid ""
-"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
-"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
-"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
-"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
-"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
-"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:49
-msgid ""
-"You cannot plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
-"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
-"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:55
-msgid ""
-"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
-"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
-"manually</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wired.page:11
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
-"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Kablede internetforbindelser</link>, <link "
-"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Faste IP-adresser</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wired.page:22
-msgid "Wired networking"
-msgstr "Kablet netværk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27
-msgid ""
-"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
-"its network connections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:33
-msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
-msgstr "Opret et trådløst hotspot"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
-"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
-"internet connection you’ve made with another interface, such as to a wired "
-"network or over the cellular network."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan bruge din computer som et trådløst hotspot. Så kan andre enheder "
-"forbinde til dig uden et separat netværk, og du kan dele en "
-"internetforbindelse, du har lavet, med en anden grænseflade såsom med en "
-"kabelforbindelse eller over mobilnetværket."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui> or the name of the "
-"wireless network to which you are already connected. The Wi-Fi section of "
-"the menu will expand."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:62
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:49
-msgid "Click <gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "
-"<gui>Turn On Wi-Fi Hotspot…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:65
-msgid ""
-"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
-"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can connect "
-"to or create only one network at a time. Click <gui>Turn On</gui> to confirm."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:71
-msgid ""
-"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
-"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
-"need this information to connect to the hotspot you’ve just created."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30
-msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34
-msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
-msgstr "Slå trådløs fra (flytilstand)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36
-msgid ""
-"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
-"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
-"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
-"power, for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off all wireless "
-"connections, including Wi-Fi, 3G and Bluetooth connections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:46
-msgid "To turn on airplane mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:50
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:41
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:54
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:54
-msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> switch to on. This will turn off your "
-"wireless connection until you disable airplane mode again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:63
-msgid ""
-"You can turn off your Wi-Fi connection from the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> by clicking on the connection "
-"name and choosing <gui>Turn Off</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:25
-msgid "Get on the internet — wirelessly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:29
-msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
-msgstr "Opret forbindelse til et trådløst netværk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
-msgid ""
-"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
-"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
-"files on the network, and so on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:41
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui>. The Wi-Fi section of the "
-"menu will expand."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:46
-msgid "Click <gui>Select Network</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:49
-msgid "Click the name of the network you want, then click <gui>Connect</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:51
-msgid ""
-"If the name of the network is not in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "
-"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still do not see the "
-"network, you may be out of range, or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
-"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:57
-msgid ""
-"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
-"\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
-"<gui>Connect</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:60
-msgid ""
-"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
-"wireless router or base station, or in its instruction manual, or you may "
-"have to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:65
-msgid ""
-"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
-"to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:69
-msgid ""
-"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
-"curved bars above it (<_:media-1/>). More bars indicate a stronger "
-"connection to the network. Fewer bars mean the connection is weaker and "
-"might not be very reliable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:77
-msgid ""
-"If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password "
-"again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. "
-"There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You "
-"could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too "
-"weak, or your computer’s wireless card might have a problem, for example. "
-"See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:84
-msgid ""
-"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
-"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
-"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
-"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
-"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
-"speeds."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
-msgid ""
-"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
-"properly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
-msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor bliver mit trådløse netværk ved med at afbryde forbindelsen?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
-msgid ""
-"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
-"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
-"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
-"top bar will display three dots if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "
-"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
-msgid "Weak wireless signal"
-msgstr "Svagt trådløst signal"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
-msgid ""
-"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
-"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
-"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
-"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
-"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:46
-msgid ""
-"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
-"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:52
-msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
-"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
-"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
-"successful in connecting to the network — it managed to establish a "
-"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
-"was disconnected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:61
-msgid ""
-"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
-"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
-"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:68
-msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
-"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
-"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
-"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
-"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
-"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:80
-msgid "Busy wireless networks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:82
-msgid ""
-"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
-"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
-"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
-"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:23
-msgid ""
-"The wireless could be turned off or broken, or you may be trying to connect "
-"to a hidden network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:27
-msgid "I can’t see my wireless network in the list"
-msgstr "Jeg kan ikke se mit trådløse netværk i listen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:29
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
-"network on the list of available networks from the system menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
-msgid ""
-"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
-"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
-"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:48
-msgid ""
-"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
-"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:53
-msgid ""
-"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
-"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
-"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:58
-msgid ""
-"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden"
-"\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27
-msgid ""
-"Connect to a wireless network that is not displayed in the network list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:32
-msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
-msgstr "Opret forbindelse til et skjult trådløst netværk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is “hidden.” Hidden "
-"networks won’t show up in the list of wireless networks displayed in the "
-"<gui>Network</gui> settings. To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "
-"<gui>Connect to Hidden Network…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:54
-msgid ""
-"In the window that appears, select a previously-connected hidden network "
-"using the <gui>Connection</gui> drop-down list, or <gui>New</gui> for a new "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:59
-msgid ""
-"For a new connection, type the network name and choose the type of wireless "
-"security from the <gui>Wi-Fi security</gui> drop-down list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:63
-msgid "Enter the password or other security details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:66
-msgid "Click <gui>Connect</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:70
-msgid ""
-"You may have to check the settings of the wireless access point or router to "
-"see what the network name is. If you don’t have the network name (SSID), you "
-"can use the <em>BSSID</em> (Basic Service Set Identifier, the access point’s "
-"MAC address), which looks something like <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui> and "
-"can usually be found on the underside of the access point."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:76
-msgid ""
-"You should also check the security settings for the wireless access point. "
-"Look for terms like WEP and WPA."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:80
-msgid ""
-"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
-"preventing people who don’t know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
-"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
-"detectable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
-msgid "Double-check the password, and other things to try."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:22
-msgid "I’ve entered the correct password, but I still can’t connect"
-msgstr ""
-"Jeg har indtastet den korrekte adgangskode, men jeg kan stadigvæk ikke "
-"oprette forbindelse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
-msgid ""
-"If you’re sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"
-"\">wireless password</link> but you still can’t successfully connect to a "
-"wireless network, try some of the following:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:28
-msgid "Double-check that you have the correct password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
-"case letters), so check that you didn’t get the case of one of the letters "
-"wrong."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:33
-msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
-msgid ""
-"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way — as a "
-"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
-"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
-"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
-"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
-"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
-"Key</gui> if you’re typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
-"connection)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:38
-msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
-"they won’t connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it — "
-"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:43
-msgid "Check that you’re using the correct type of wireless security"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
-msgid ""
-"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
-"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
-"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
-"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don’t know which one it is, "
-"use trial and error to go through the different options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:48
-msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:49
-msgid ""
-"Some wireless cards aren’t supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
-"connection, but they can’t connect to a network because their drivers lack "
-"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
-"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
-"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
-"more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:14
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:16
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
-msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
-msgstr "Bidragsydere til Ubuntu-dokumentationens wiki"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:24
-msgid ""
-"Some device drivers don’t work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
-"you may need to find a better one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:28
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
-msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
-msgstr "Fejlsøgning af trådløst netværk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
-msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
-msgstr "Sørg for at der er installeret enhedsdrivere som virker"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:34
-msgid ""
-"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
-"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
-"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
-"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
-"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
-"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
-"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
-"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
-"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
-"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"https://wiki."
-"archlinux.org/index.php/Wireless_network_configuration\">Arch</link>, <link "
-"href=\"http://linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link "
-"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSUSE</link>) and "
-"see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to "
-"use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:58
-msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"
-"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "
-"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "
-"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or “binary-only” version, "
-"it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on the "
-"wireless adapter manufacturer’s website to see if they have any Linux "
-"drivers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "
-"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "
-"any wireless drivers for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:71
-msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:72
-msgid ""
-"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
-"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
-"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
-"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
-"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
-"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
-"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
-"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
-"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
-"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:85
-msgid ""
-"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "
-"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "
-"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "
-"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24
-msgid ""
-"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
-"recognized properly by the computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:28
-msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
-msgstr "Fejlsøgning af trådløs forbindelse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
-msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
-msgstr "Tjek at den trådlåse adapter blev genkendt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
-"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
-"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
-"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "
-"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
-"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
-"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/code
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"*-network\n"
-"       description: Wireless interface\n"
-"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
-"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
-msgstr ""
-"*-network\n"
-"       description: Wireless interface\n"
-"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
-"       vendor: Intel Corporation"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
-msgid ""
-"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
-"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:54
-msgid ""
-"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
-"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
-"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
-"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
-"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
-msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
-"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
-"recognized:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
-msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
-"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
-"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
-"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
-"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
-"entry might look like:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/code
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
-msgstr "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:84
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:117
-msgid ""
-"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="
-"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "
-"If you didn’t find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="
-"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:95
-msgid "USB wireless adapter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:97
-msgid ""
-"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less "
-"common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB "
-"cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (Wi-Fi) "
-"adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that "
-"it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was "
-"recognized:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:106
-msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:109
-msgid ""
-"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
-"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
-"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"
-"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "
-"the entry might look like:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/code
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:114
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
-msgstr "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:128
-msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:130
-msgid ""
-"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
-"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
-"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:136
-msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:140
-msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/code
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:142
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
-msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:143
-msgid ""
-"This will display a list of messages related to your computer’s hardware, "
-"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:148
-msgid ""
-"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
-"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
-"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:154
-msgid ""
-"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "
-"Terminal if you like."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:159
-msgid ""
-"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
-"step</link>. If you didn’t find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
-"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:169
-msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:171
-msgid ""
-"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
-"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "
-"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "
-"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Arch, Fedora or openSUSE)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:176
-msgid ""
-"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution’s "
-"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
-"about your wireless adapter, for example."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24
-msgid ""
-"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
-"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
-msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
-msgstr "Indsaml information om din netværkshardware"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:31
-msgid ""
-"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
-"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
-"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
-"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
-"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
-"following items, if you still have them:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:40
-msgid ""
-"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
-"user guide for your router)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:44
-msgid ""
-"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
-"contains Windows drivers)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:48
-msgid ""
-"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
-"router. This information can usually be found on the underside or reverse of "
-"the device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Any version or revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
-"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
-"carefully."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
-"“firmware” version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:63
-msgid ""
-"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
-"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
-"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
-"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
-"few troubleshooting steps."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30
-msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
-msgstr "Udfør et indledende tjek af forbindelsen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
-msgid ""
-"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
-"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn’t "
-"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
-"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:43
-msgid ""
-"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
-"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
-"the proper slot on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
-msgid ""
-"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
-"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
-"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from "
-"the right side of the top bar and select the Wi-Fi network, then select "
-"<gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>. Make sure that the <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> switch is set "
-"to on. You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane"
-"\">Airplane Mode</link> is <em>not</em> switched on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:64
-msgid ""
-"This will display information about your network interfaces and connection "
-"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is an item "
-"related to the wireless network adapter. If the state is <code>connected</"
-"code>, it means that the adapter is working and connected to your wireless "
-"router."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:72
-msgid ""
-"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
-"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
-"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
-"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
-"contact your ISP for support."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:78
-msgid ""
-"If the information from <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> did not indicate that you "
-"were connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
-"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:24
-msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
-msgid ""
-"This is a step-by-step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
-"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
-"reason, try following the instructions here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
-msgid ""
-"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
-"to the internet:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
-msgid "Performing an initial check"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41
-msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:44
-msgid "Checking your hardware"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:47
-msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:50
-msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:54
-msgid ""
-"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the "
-"page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
-"through each step in the guide."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:59
-msgid "Using the command line"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
-"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the <app>Terminal</app> "
-"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:63
-msgid ""
-"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don’t worry — this guide "
-"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
-"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
-"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
-msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:23
-msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
-msgstr "Hvad betyder WEP og WPA?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:25
-msgid ""
-"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
-"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
-"connection so that no one can “listen in” to it and look at which web pages "
-"you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent Privacy</"
-"em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is the "
-"second version of the WPA standard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
-"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
-"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
-"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
-"wireless network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless.page:15
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to Wi-Fi</link>, <link xref="
-"\"net-wireless-hidden\">hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
-"disconnecting\">Wi-Fi disconnecting</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Opret forbindelse til Wi-Fi</link>, "
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">skjulte netværk</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
-"wireless-disconnecting\">Wi-Fi afbryder forbindelsen</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless.page:33
-msgid "Wireless networking"
-msgstr "Trådløst netværk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:31
-msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"
-msgstr "Min computer opretter forbindelse til det forkerte netværk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33
-msgid ""
-"When you turn your computer on, your computer will automatically try to "
-"connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it "
-"tries to connect to a network that you do not want to connect to, follow the "
-"steps below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:39
-msgid "To forget a wireless connection:"
-msgstr "Glem en trådløs forbindelse:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Find the network that you <em>do not</em> want it to keep connecting to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:48
-msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button located next to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>Forget Connection</gui> button. Your computer will not try to "
-"connect to that network any more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:56
-msgid ""
-"If you later want to connect to the network that your computer just forgot, "
-"follow the steps in <link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net.page:20
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"
-"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="
-"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "
-"accounts</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Trådløst</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired"
-"\">kablet</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">forbindelsesproblemer</link>, "
-"<link xref=\"net-browser\">webbrowsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">e-"
-"mailkonti</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net.page:45
-msgid "Networking, web &amp; email"
-msgstr "Netværk, web &amp; e-mail"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:15
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:17
-#: C/power-status.page:16
-#: C/power-wireless.page:16
-msgid "2016"
-msgstr "2016"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:20
-msgid "Automatically control screen brightness to reduce battery use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:23
-msgid "Enable automatic brightness"
-msgstr "Aktivér automatisk lysstyrke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:25
-msgid ""
-"If your computer has an integrated light sensor, it can be used to "
-"automatically control screen brightness. This ensures that the screen is "
-"always easy to see in different ambient light conditions, and helps to "
-"reduce battery consumption."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:40
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Power Saving</gui> section, ensure that the <gui>Automatic "
-"brightness</gui> switch is set to on."
-msgstr ""
-"Sørg for at <gui>Automatisk lysstyrke</gui>-kontakten er tændt i afsnittet "
-"<gui>Strømbesparelse</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:46
-msgid "To disable automatic screen brightness, switch it to off."
-msgstr "Sluk for den for at deaktivere automatisk skærmlysstyrke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:22
-msgid "Configure your computer to suspend automatically."
-msgstr "Konfigurer din computer, så den automatisk går i hviletilstand."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:25
-msgid "Set up automatic suspend"
-msgstr "Opsæt automatisk hviletilstand"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:27
-msgid ""
-"You can configure your computer to automatically suspend when idle. "
-"Different intervals can be specified for running on battery or plugged in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:40
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Suspend &amp; Power Button</gui> section, click <gui>Automatic "
-"suspend</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Choose <gui>On Battery Power</gui> or <gui>Plugged In</gui>, set the switch "
-"to on, and select a <gui>Delay</gui>. Both options can be configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:49
-msgid ""
-"On a desktop computer, there is one option labeled <gui>When Idle</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:12
-msgid ""
-"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
-"an estimate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:34
-msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
-msgstr "Den anslåede levetid for batteriet er forkert"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36
-msgid ""
-"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
-"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
-"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
-"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:41
-msgid ""
-"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
-"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
-"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
-"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
-"intensive tasks (like watching high-definition video or converting music "
-"files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to "
-"predict."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
-"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
-"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:52
-msgid ""
-"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
-"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
-"will never be completely accurate, though."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:57
-msgid ""
-"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
-"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
-"make a sensible estimate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:60
-msgid ""
-"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
-"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
-"data it needs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:38
-msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
-msgstr "Tips til at reducere din computers strømforbrug."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:41
-msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
-msgstr "Brug mindre strøm og forbedr batteriets levetid"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
-"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:47
-msgid "General tips"
-msgstr "Generelle tips"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:51
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
-"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
-"can be woken up very quickly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:56
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "
-"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "
-"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "
-"case."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Power</gui> panel in <app>Settings</app> to change your power "
-"settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you "
-"can <link xref=\"display-blank\">automatically blank the screen</link> after "
-"a certain time, reduce the <link xref=\"display-brightness\">screen "
-"brightness</link>, and have the computer <link xref=\"power-autosuspend"
-"\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain period "
-"of time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "
-"using them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:79
-msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
-msgstr "Bærbare, netbooks og andre enheder med batterier"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:83
-msgid ""
-"Reduce the <link xref=\"display-brightness\">screen brightness</link>. "
-"Powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop power "
-"consumption."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:86
-msgid ""
-"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
-"can use to reduce the brightness."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:90
-msgid ""
-"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
-"wireless or Bluetooth cards. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
-"which takes quite a bit of power."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:93
-msgid ""
-"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
-"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
-"turn it on again when you need it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:102
-msgid "More advanced tips"
-msgstr "Flere avancerede tips"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:106
-msgid ""
-"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
-"more power when they have more work to do."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:108
-msgid ""
-"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
-"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
-"internet or play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:11
-msgid "Tips such as “Do not let the battery charge get too low”."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:29
-msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
-msgstr "Få mest ud af batteriet i din bærbare"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:31
-msgid ""
-"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
-"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
-"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
-"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
-"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
-"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
-"discharged is worse for the battery."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "
-"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
-"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
-"battery — always buy replacements when you need them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:55
-msgid ""
-"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
-"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
-"treatment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
-msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:25
-msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor er min bærbare langsom når den bruger batteri?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:27
-msgid ""
-"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
-"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "
-"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "
-"battery should last longer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:32
-msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:15
-msgid ""
-"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
-"cause of this problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
-msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvorfor har jeg mindre batterilevetid end da jeg brugte Windows/Mac OS?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
-"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
-"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
-"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
-"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
-"them in Linux is difficult."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
-"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
-"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
-"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
-"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
-"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
-"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
-"different estimates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-closelid.page:31
-msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-closelid.page:35
-msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor slukker min computer når jeg lukker låget?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:37
-msgid ""
-"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
-"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
-"the computer is not actually turned off — it has just gone to sleep. You can "
-"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "
-"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
-"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
-"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
-"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "
-"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
-"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-closelid.page:52
-msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
-msgstr "Stop computeren i at gå i hviletilstand når låget lukkes"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:55
-msgid ""
-"These instructions will only work if you are using <app>systemd</app>. "
-"Contact your distribution for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:60
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:37
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66
-msgid ""
-"You need to have <app>Tweaks</app> installed on your computer to change this "
-"setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: if/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:63
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:40
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69
-msgid ""
-"<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:gnome-tweaks\">Install <app>Tweaks</"
-"app></link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:gnome-tweaks\">Installér "
-"<app>Tilpasninger</app></link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:68
-msgid ""
-"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
-"change the setting for that behavior."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:72
-msgid ""
-"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
-"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
-"confined place like a backpack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:79
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:48
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Tweaks</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Tilpasninger</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:83
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:52
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81
-msgid "Click <gui>Tweaks</gui> to open the application."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilpasninger</gui> for at åbne programmet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:86
-msgid "Select the <gui>General</gui> tab."
-msgstr "Vælg fanebladet <gui>Generelt</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:89
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Suspend when laptop lid is closed</gui> switch to off."
-msgstr ""
-"Sluk for <gui>Sæt i hviletilstand, når låget lukkes på den bærbare lukkes</"
-"gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:93
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
-msgid "Close the <gui>Tweaks</gui> window."
-msgstr "Luk <gui>Tilpasninger</gui>-vinduet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-constantfan.page:10
-msgid ""
-"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
-"hot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
-msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
-msgstr "Blæseren i den bærbare kører altid"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-constantfan.page:23
-msgid ""
-"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "
-"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "
-"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "
-"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "
-"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "
-"the time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-constantfan.page:29
-msgid ""
-"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
-"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="
-"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "
-"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "
-"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "
-"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-constantfan.page:37
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
-"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
-"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
-"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
-"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
-"laptop which may help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:11
-msgid ""
-"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
-"can be damaging."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:21
-msgid "My computer gets really hot"
-msgstr "Min computer bliver meget varm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
-"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "
-"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
-"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
-"It is generally nothing to worry about — computers produce a lot of heat and "
-"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
-"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
-"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
-"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
-"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
-"cooling."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:36
-msgid ""
-"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
-"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
-"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
-"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
-"ventilated area too — if kept in confined spaces (for example, in a "
-"cupboard), the cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat "
-"and circulate cool air fast enough."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:49
-msgid ""
-"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
-"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
-"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
-"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
-"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
-"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
-"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
-"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
-"probably need to get it repaired."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
-msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:32
-msgid "Why did my computer turn off when the battery got to 10%?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor slukkede min computer da batteriet var på 10 %?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:34
-msgid ""
-"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
-"automatically turn off. It does this to make sure that the battery does not "
-"completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just "
-"ran out, the computer would not have time to shut down properly either."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Bear in mind that when your computer automatically turns off, your "
-"applications and documents <em>are not</em> saved. To avoid losing your "
-"work, save it before the battery gets too low."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
-"and does not resume properly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
-msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
-msgstr "Jeg har ikke noget trådløst netværk når jeg vækker computeren"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:38
-msgid ""
-"If you have suspended your computer, you may find that your wireless "
-"internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens "
-"when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the wireless "
-"device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the "
-"wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
-msgid ""
-"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> switch at the top-right of the window to off and "
-"then on again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If the wireless still does not work, switch the <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> "
-"switch to on and then switch it off again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:66
-msgid ""
-"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "
-"work again. If you are still having problems after that, connect to the "
-"internet using an Ethernet cable and update your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
-msgid ""
-"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
-"travel adapter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
-msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
-msgstr "Virker min computer med en strømforsyning fra et andet land?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:27
-msgid ""
-"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
-"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
-"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
-"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
-"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
-"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
-"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:37
-msgid ""
-"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
-"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
-"the voltage switch on the computer’s power supply, if there is one. Many "
-"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
-"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
-"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
-"“110V” or “230V” (for example). Switch it if you need to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
-"everything off first if you can."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-status.page:21
-msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-status.page:24
-msgid "Check the battery status"
-msgstr "Tjek batteriets status"
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/power-status.page:28
-msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices"
-msgstr "Vis statussen af batteriet og tilsluttede enheder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-status.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel. The status of known devices is "
-"displayed."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui>Strøm</gui> for at åbne panelet. Statussen på kendte enheder "
-"vises."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-status.page:41
-msgid ""
-"If an internal battery is detected, the <gui>Battery</gui> section displays "
-"the status of one or more laptop batteries. The indicator bar shows the "
-"percent charged, as well as time until fully charged if plugged in, and time "
-"remaining when running on battery power."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-status.page:58
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Devices</gui> section displays the status of connected devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
-msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:27
-msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvorfor tænder min computer ikke efter jeg har sat den i hviletilstand?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:29
-msgid ""
-"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> your computer, then try "
-"to resume it, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could "
-"be because suspend is not supported properly by your hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
-msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
-msgstr "Min computer går i hviletilstand og genoptager ikke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:35
-msgid ""
-"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
-"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "
-"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "
-"once)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:39
-msgid ""
-"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer’s monitor is "
-"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41
-msgid ""
-"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for "
-"5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
-"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:44
-msgid ""
-"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
-"may not work with your hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47
-msgid ""
-"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "
-"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:53
-msgid ""
-"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "
-"computer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:55
-msgid ""
-"If you suspend your computer and then resume it again, you may find that "
-"your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not work "
-"properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not properly "
-"support suspend. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with the "
-"driver</link> and not the device itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
-"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
-"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
-"works."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:65
-msgid ""
-"If you cannot turn off or unplug the device, or if this does not work, you "
-"may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-suspend.page:9
-msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
-msgstr ""
-"Hviletilstand får din computer til at sove, så den bruger mindre strøm."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-suspend.page:25
-msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
-msgstr "Hvad sker der når jeg sætter min computer i hviletilstand?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-suspend.page:33
-msgid ""
-"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
-"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
-"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
-"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
-"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
-"pressing the power button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-suspend.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
-"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend properly</link>. "
-"It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work "
-"before relying on it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/power-suspend.page:46
-msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-suspend.page:47
-msgid ""
-"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
-"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
-"recovered when you resume the computer again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-whydim.page:32
-msgid "The screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-whydim.page:35
-msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor nedtones min skærm efter noget tid?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-whydim.page:43
-msgid ""
-"If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, it will dim when the "
-"computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer "
-"again, the screen will brighten."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-whydim.page:47
-msgid "To stop the screen from dimming itself:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-whydim.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>Dim Screen When Inactive</gui> switch to off in the "
-"<gui>Power Saving</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Sluk for <gui>Dæmp skærmen ved inaktivitet</gui>-kontakten i afsnittet "
-"<gui>Strømbesparelse</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
-msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
-msgid "My computer will not turn on"
-msgstr "Min computer tænder ikke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:23
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
-"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:34
-msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
-"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
-"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
-"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
-"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "
-"removable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:44
-msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
-msgstr "Problemer med computerens hardware"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:45
-msgid ""
-"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
-"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
-"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory "
-"or RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:52
-msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
-msgstr "Computeren bipper og slukker bagefter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:53
-msgid ""
-"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
-"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
-"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
-"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
-"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
-"consult the manual for your computer’s motherboard, or take your computer in "
-"for repairs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:63
-msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
-msgstr "Computerens blæser kører, men der er ikke noget på skærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
-msgid ""
-"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:66
-msgid ""
-"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
-"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
-"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-wireless.page:21
-msgid ""
-"Bluetooth, wi-fi and mobile broadband can be switched off to reduce battery "
-"use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-wireless.page:24
-msgid "Switch off unused wireless technologies"
-msgstr "Sluk for trådløse teknologier der ikke bruges"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-wireless.page:26
-msgid ""
-"You can reduce battery use by switching off bluetooth, wi-fi or mobile "
-"broadband when they are not in use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-wireless.page:39
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Power Saving</gui> section contains switches for <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>, "
-"<gui>Mobile broadband</gui>, and <gui>Bluetooth</gui>. Switch the unused "
-"services to off. Re-enable when needed by switching to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/power.page:13
-msgid "Natalia Ruz"
-msgstr "Natalia Ruz"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power.page:23
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"power-status\">Battery status</link>, <link xref=\"power-suspend"
-"\">suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"power-status\">Batteristatus</link>, <link xref=\"power-suspend"
-"\">hviletilstand</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">skærmnedtoning</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power.page:31
-msgid "Power &amp; battery"
-msgstr "Strøm &amp; batteri"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power.page:39
-msgid "Power saving settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power.page:43
-msgid "Questions"
-msgstr "Spørgsmål"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/power.page:49
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Power problems"
-msgstr "Strømproblemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power.page:51
-msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
-msgstr "Fejlsøg problemer med strøm og batterier."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/prefs-display.page:17
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
-"resolution\">size and orientation</link>, <link xref=\"display-brightness"
-"\">brightness</link>, <link xref=\"display-night-light\">color temperature</"
-"link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"look-background\">Baggrund</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution"
-"\">størrelse og orientering</link>, <link xref=\"display-brightness"
-"\">lysstyrke</link>, <link xref=\"display-night-light\">farvetemperatur</"
-"link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/prefs-display.page:27
-msgid "Display &amp; screen"
-msgstr "Visning &amp; skærm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/prefs-language.page:17
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"
-"\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard "
-"layouts</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"session-language\">Sprog</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"
-"\">region og formater</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts"
-"\">tastaturlayouts</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/prefs-sharing.page:20
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
-"\"sharing-personal\">Personal file sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
-"desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media sharing</"
-"link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth-deling</link>, <link xref="
-"\"sharing-personal\">Personlig fildeling</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-desktop"
-"\">Skærmdeling</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Mediedeling</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/prefs-sharing.page:28
-msgid "Sharing Settings"
-msgstr "Delingsindstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/prefs-sharing.page:30
-msgid ""
-"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
-"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/prefs.page:7
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Settings"
-msgstr "Indstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/prefs.page:14
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse &amp; "
-"touchpad</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref="
-"\"prefs-language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user "
-"accounts</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Tastatur</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mus &amp; "
-"pegeplade</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-display\">skærm</link>, <link xref="
-"\"prefs-language\">sprog</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">brugerkonti</"
-"link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/prefs.page:24
-msgid "User &amp; system settings"
-msgstr "Bruger- &amp; systemindstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
-msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
-msgstr "Udskriv på begge sider af papiret eller flere sider pr. ark."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:26
-msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
-msgstr "Udskriv layouts, dobbeltsidet eller flersidet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:28
-msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:38
-#: C/printing-select.page:28
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Open the print dialog by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></"
-"keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
-"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
-"sided printing is not available for your printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It is a good idea to "
-"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:43
-msgid ""
-"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
-"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:49
-msgid ""
-"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
-"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
-"be available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) from a PDF using normal A4/"
-"Letter-size paper."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
-msgid "Print a booklet on a double-sided printer"
-msgstr "Udskriv en brochure/pjece på en duplexprinter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:29
-msgid ""
-"You can make a folded booklet (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
-"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:33
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:29
-msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
-msgstr "Instruktioner til at udskrive en brochure/pjece fra et PDF-dokument."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:35
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:30
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
-msgid ""
-"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
-"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
-"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "
-"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
-msgid "To print a booklet:"
-msgstr "Sådan udskrives en brochure/pjece:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:81
-msgid ""
-"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
-"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:49
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
-msgid "Click the <gui>Properties…</gui> button"
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Egenskaber …</gui>-knappen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:47
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Orientation</gui> drop-down list, make sure that <gui>Landscape</"
-"gui> is selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
-msgid "In the <gui>Duplex</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Short Edge</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:54
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:49
-msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui> to go back to the print dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
-msgid "Under <gui>Range and Copies</gui>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
-"and a multiple of 4):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:62
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
-msgid ""
-"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
-"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
-msgstr ""
-"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
-"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11 …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:64
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:59
-msgid "Examples:"
-msgstr "Eksempler:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:66
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
-msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
-msgstr "4-siders brochure/pjece: Skriv <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:67
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
-msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
-msgstr "8-siders brochure/pjece: Skriv <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:68
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
-msgid ""
-"20 page booklet: Type "
-"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
-msgstr ""
-"20-siders brochure/pjece: Skriv "
-"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:73
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:86
-msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Layout</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:74
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:69
-msgid "Under <gui>Layout</gui>, select <gui>Brochure</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, "
-"select <gui>All pages</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:79
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:74
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:91
-msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Udskriv</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
-msgid "Print a booklet from a PDF using a single-sided printer."
-msgstr ""
-"Udskriv en brochure/pjece fra en PDF ved brug af en enkeltsidet printer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:26
-msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
-msgstr "Udskriv en brochure/pjece på en enkeltsidet printer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
-msgid "To print:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:57
-msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
-msgstr "… indtil du har skrevet alle siderne."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:62
-msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
-msgstr ""
-"12-siders brochure/pjece: Skriv <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
-msgid ""
-"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
-msgstr ""
-"16-siders brochure/pjece: Skriv "
-"<input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, "
-"select <gui>Front sides / right pages</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:77
-msgid ""
-"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
-"the printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:87
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, "
-"select <gui>Back sides / left pages</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
-msgid ""
-"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:23
-msgid "Print a booklet"
-msgstr "Udskriv en brochure/pjece"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:25
-msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
-msgstr "Du kan udskrive en brochure/pjece fra en PDF."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
-msgid ""
-"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
-"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
-"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
-"pages needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
-"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
-"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
-"below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
-msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32
-msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
-msgstr "Annuller, paus eller genoptag et udskrivningsjob"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:34
-msgid ""
-"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
-"printer settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
-msgid "Cancel a print job"
-msgstr "Annuller et udskrivningsjob"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:40
-msgid ""
-"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
-"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44
-msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
-msgstr "Annullér et udskrivningsjob:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:86
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:48
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:76
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:50
-#: C/printing-setup.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Printers</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Printere</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:50
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:90
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:52
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:80
-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Printere</gui> for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
-"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:57
-msgid "Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
-"the <em>cancel</em> button on your printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:64
-msgid ""
-"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
-"that will not cancel, remove the paper from the printer’s paper input tray. "
-"The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. "
-"You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer "
-"off and then on again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Be careful that you don’t damage the printer when removing the paper, "
-"though. If you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
-"probably just leave it where it is."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:79
-msgid "Pause and release a print job"
-msgstr "Paus og genoptag et udskrivningsjob"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:81
-msgid ""
-"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
-"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:93
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
-"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
-"on your needs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
-msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:30
-msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
-msgstr "Vælg en anden papirstørrelse til udskrivning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
-"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
-"document."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:42
-msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Under the <gui>Paper</gui> column, choose your <gui>Paper size</gui> from "
-"the drop-down list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:49
-msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> to print your document."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Udskriv</gui> for at udskrive dit dokument."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:53
-msgid ""
-"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> drop-down list to choose a "
-"different orientation:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/gui
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:57
-msgid "Portrait"
-msgstr "Portræt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/gui
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:58
-msgid "Landscape"
-msgstr "Landskab"
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/gui
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:59
-msgid "Reverse portrait"
-msgstr "Omvendt portræt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/gui
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:60
-msgid "Reverse landscape"
-msgstr "Omvendt landskab"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that you have the envelope the right way up, and have chosen the "
-"correct paper size."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:27
-msgid "Print envelopes"
-msgstr "Udskriv konvolutter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope. This is "
-"especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:34
-msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
-msgstr "Udskrivning på konvolutter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:36
-msgid ""
-"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:38
-msgid ""
-"The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. Press "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> to open the Print dialog, go to "
-"the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as "
-"“Envelope” if you can. If you cannot do this, see if you can change the "
-"<gui>Paper size</gui> to an envelope size (for example, <gui>C5</gui>). The "
-"pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in "
-"standard sizes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
-"side up in the printer’s in-tray. Check the printer’s manual for this, or "
-"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
-"which way is the right way up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
-"some laser printers. Check your printer’s manual to see if it accepts "
-"envelopes. Otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:20
-msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:23
-msgid "How can I check my printer’s ink or toner levels?"
-msgstr "Hvordan tjekker jeg min printers blæk- eller tonerniveauer?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
-msgid ""
-"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
-"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
-"installed on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
-"information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Some printers report toner or ink levels to the computer, which can be found "
-"in the <gui>Printers</gui> panel in <app>Settings</app>. The ink level will "
-"be shown with the printer details if it is available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:36
-msgid ""
-"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
-"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
-"proprietary drivers with similar features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
-"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
-"printers. See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel."
-"sourceforge.net/#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink "
-"levels application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mtink</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
-"designed to report their ink levels."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:27
-msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:31
-msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
-msgstr "Skift navn eller placering på en printer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:33
-msgid ""
-"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link> "
-"on the system to change the name or location of a printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:42
-msgid "Change printer name"
-msgstr "Skift printernavn"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:44
-msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:83
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61
-#: C/printing-setup.page:83
-#: C/user-add.page:54
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:49
-#: C/user-autologin.page:44
-#: C/user-delete.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in "
-"your password when prompted."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Lås op</gui> i øverste højre hjørne og skriv "
-"din adgangskode, når du bliver spurgt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Click the name of your printer, and start typing a new name for the printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:63
-msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save your changes."
-msgstr "Tryk på <key>Enter</key> for at gemme dine ændringer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:70
-msgid "Change printer location"
-msgstr "Skift printerplacering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:72
-msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:87
-msgid "Click the location, and start editing the location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:90
-msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
-msgstr "Tryk på <key>Enter</key> for at gemme ændringerne."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-order.page:23
-msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
-msgstr "Saml sætvis og omvend rækkefølgen på udskriften."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:26
-msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
-msgstr "Udskriv sider i en anden rækkefølge"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:29
-msgid "Reverse"
-msgstr "Omvendt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
-"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
-"reverse this printing order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:36
-msgid "To reverse the order:"
-msgstr "Omvendt rækkefølge:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:38
-#: C/printing-order.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> to open the Print dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:42
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, under <gui>Copies</gui>, check <gui>Reverse</"
-"gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:50
-msgid "Collate"
-msgstr "Sætvis"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:52
-msgid ""
-"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
-"be grouped by page number by default (that is, all of the copies of page one "
-"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
-"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
-"instead."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:59
-msgid "To collate:"
-msgstr "Saml sætvis:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:65
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, under <gui>Copies</gui>, check <gui>Collate</"
-"gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Vælg <gui>Sætvis</gui> i fanebladet <gui>Generelt</gui> under <gui>Kopier</"
-"gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
-msgid ""
-"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
-"you have."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
-msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
-msgstr "Fjern papir der har sat sig fast"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:26
-msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:28
-msgid ""
-"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
-"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer’s "
-"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
-"jammed paper out of the printer’s feeding mechanism."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:33
-msgid ""
-"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer’s "
-"<em>resume</em> button to start printing again. With some printers, you may "
-"even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
-"print job again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-select.page:19
-msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-select.page:22
-msgid "Print only certain pages"
-msgstr "Udskriv kun bestemte sider"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-select.page:24
-msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-select.page:32
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, choose <gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</"
-"gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-select.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
-"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-select.page:40
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you enter “1,3,5-7,9” in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
-"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/printing-select.page:42
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
-"md5='9d2e7d75fbf695d4362b0d6dfb493d96'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35
-msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
-msgstr "Vælg den printer du bruger mest."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38
-msgid "Set the default printer"
-msgstr "Indstil standardprinteren"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
-"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link> "
-"on the system to set the default printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:54
-#: C/printing-setup.page:80
-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Printere</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:65
-msgid "Select the <gui>Default printer</gui> checkbox."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:69
-msgid ""
-"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
-"unless you choose a different printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-setup.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Set up a printer that is connected to your computer, or your local network."
-msgstr ""
-"Opsæt en printer som er forbundet til din computer eller dit lokale netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-setup.page:42
-msgid "Set up a local printer"
-msgstr "Opsæt en lokal printer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they are "
-"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
-"your computer, but some printers connect to your wired or wireless network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:50
-msgid ""
-"If your printer is connected to the network, it will not be set up "
-"automatically – you should add it from the <gui>Printers</gui> panel in "
-"<gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:57
-msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
-"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
-"asked to authenticate to install them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:65
-msgid ""
-"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
-"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
-"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:71
-msgid ""
-"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
-"settings:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:87
-msgid "Press the <gui style=\"button\">Add…</gui> button."
-msgstr "Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Tilføj …</gui>-knappen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:90
-msgid ""
-"In the pop-up window, select your new printer and press <gui style=\"button"
-"\">Add</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:93
-msgid ""
-"If your printer is not discovered automatically, but you know its network "
-"address, enter it into the text field at the bottom of the dialog and then "
-"press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:100
-msgid ""
-"If your printer does not appear in the <gui>Add Printer</gui> window, you "
-"may need to install print drivers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:108
-msgid ""
-"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
-"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:20
-msgid ""
-"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
-"or clean the print head."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:24
-msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
-msgstr ""
-"Hvorfor er der striber, linjer eller forkerte farver på det jeg udskriver?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:27
-msgid ""
-"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that should not be "
-"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
-"the printer or a low ink or toner supply."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:33
-msgid "Fading text or images"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:34
-msgid ""
-"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink or toner supply and "
-"buy a new cartridge if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:38
-msgid "Streaks and lines"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:39
-msgid ""
-"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
-"blocked. Try cleaning the print head. See the printer’s manual for "
-"instructions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:44
-msgid "Wrong colors"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:45
-msgid ""
-"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink or "
-"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
-msgid "Jagged lines, or lines are not straight"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:50
-msgid ""
-"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
-"need to align the print head. See the printer’s instruction manual for "
-"details on how to do this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
-msgid ""
-"Save a document as a PDF, PostScript or SVG file instead of sending it to a "
-"printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:24
-msgid "Print to file"
-msgstr "Udskriv til fil"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:26
-msgid ""
-"You can choose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
-"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
-"<sys>PostScript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "
-"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
-"or to share it with someone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:33
-msgid "To print to file:"
-msgstr "Udskriv til fil:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
-"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:43
-msgid ""
-"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
-"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
-"gui> once you have finished choosing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:48
-msgid ""
-"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
-"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>PostScript</sys> or "
-"<sys>SVG</sys>."
-msgstr ""
-"<sys>PDF</sys> er dokumentets standardfiltype. Hvis du vil bruge et andet "
-"<gui>outputformat</gui>, så vælg enten <sys>PostScript</sys> eller <sys>SVG</"
-"sys>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
-msgid "Choose your other page preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:56
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing.page:18
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order"
-"\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and "
-"multi-page</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Lokal opsætning</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
-"order\">rækkefølge og sætvis udskrift</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided"
-"\">tosidet og multiside</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/printing.page:37
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Setup"
-msgstr "Opsætning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing.page:39
-msgid "Set up a printer"
-msgstr "Opsæt en printer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/printing.page:44
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Sizes and layouts"
-msgstr "Størrelser og layouts"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing.page:46
-msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
-msgstr "Andre papirstørrelser og layouts"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing.page:52
-msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
-msgstr ""
-"Uregistrerede printere, fastsiddende papir, udskrifter med forkert udseende …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing.page:54
-msgid "Printer problems"
-msgstr "Udskrivningsproblemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy.page:29
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
-"history-recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge"
-"\">Purge trash &amp; temporary files</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Skærmlås</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
-"history-recent-off\">Forbrugshistorik</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge"
-"\">Tøm papirkurven &amp; midlertidige filer</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy.page:36
-msgid "Privacy Settings"
-msgstr "Privatlivsindstillinger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy.page:38
-msgid ""
-"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
-"certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
-"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean out unnecessary "
-"files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:26
-msgid "Stop or limit your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:30
-msgid "Turn off or limit file history tracking"
-msgstr "Sluk for eller begræns sporing af filhistorik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Tracking recently used files and folders makes it easier to find items that "
-"you have been working on in the file manager and in file dialogs in "
-"applications. You may wish to keep your file usage history private instead, "
-"or only track your very recent history."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38
-msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
-msgstr "Slå sporing af filhistorik fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:40
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:66
-#: C/privacy-location.page:33
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:50
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Privacy</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Privatliv</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:44
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:70
-#: C/privacy-location.page:37
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:54
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:58
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:52
-msgid "Click on <gui>Privacy</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:47
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:73
-msgid "Select <gui>Usage &amp; History</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:50
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch to off."
-msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Seneste</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:51
-msgid ""
-"To re-enable this feature, switch the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Seneste</gui>-kontakten for at genaktivere funktionen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:55
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:84
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Clear Recent History</gui> button to purge the history "
-"immediately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:60
-msgid ""
-"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
-"the web sites you visit."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:64
-msgid "Restrict the amount of time your file history is tracked"
-msgstr "Begræns hvor længe din filhistorik spores"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:76
-msgid "Ensure the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch is set to on."
-msgstr "Sørg for at <gui>Seneste</gui>-kontakten er tændt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Select the length of time to <gui>Retain History</gui>. Choose from options "
-"<gui>1 day</gui>, <gui>7 days</gui>, <gui>30 days</gui>, or <gui>Forever</"
-"gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy-location.page:19
-msgid "Enable or disable geolocation."
-msgstr "Aktivér eller deaktivér geoplacering."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy-location.page:22
-msgid "Control location services"
-msgstr "Styr placeringstjenester"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-location.page:24
-msgid ""
-"Geolocation, or location services, uses cell tower positioning, GPS, and "
-"nearby Wi-Fi access points to determine your current location for use in "
-"setting your timezone and by applications such as <app>Maps</app>. When "
-"enabled, it is possible for your location to be shared over the network with "
-"a great deal of precision."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-location.page:31
-msgid "Turn off the geolocation features of your desktop"
-msgstr "Slå skrivebordets geoplacering-funktionerne fra"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-location.page:40
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to off."
-msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Placeringstjenester</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-location.page:41
-msgid ""
-"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-"Tænd for <gui>Placeringstjenester</gui>-kontakten for at genaktivere "
-"funktionen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:35
-msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
-msgstr "Tøm papirkurven og midlertidige filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
-"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
-"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "
-"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Temporary files are files created automatically by applications in the "
-"background. They can increase performance by providing a copy of data that "
-"was downloaded or computed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:48
-msgid "Automatically empty your trash and clear temporary files"
-msgstr "Tøm automatisk din papirkurv og ryd midlertidige filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:57
-msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Switch one or both of the <gui>Automatically empty Trash</gui> or "
-"<gui>Automatically purge Temporary Files</gui> switches to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
-"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Empty Trash</gui> or <gui>Purge Temporary Files</gui> buttons "
-"to perform these actions immediately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:75
-msgid ""
-"You can delete files immediately and permanently without using the Trash. "
-"See <link xref=\"files-delete#permanent\"/> for information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:33
-msgid ""
-"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Forhindr andre i at bruge dit skrivebord, når du er væk fra din computer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:37
-msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
-msgstr "Lås din skærm automatisk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
-msgid ""
-"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen"
-"\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your desktop "
-"and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your screen, you "
-"may wish to have your computer’s screen lock automatically after a set "
-"period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren’t using "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
-msgid ""
-"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
-"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
-"them again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:51
-msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
-msgstr "Indstil hvor længe der skal gå inden skærmen låses automatisk:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:61
-msgid "Select <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
-"length of time from the drop-down list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Applications can present notifications to you that are still displayed on "
-"your lock screen. This is convenient, for example, to see if you have any "
-"email without unlocking your screen. If you’re concerned about other people "
-"seeing these notifications, switch <gui>Show Notifications</gui> off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:82
-msgid ""
-"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
-"or swipe up from the bottom of the screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
-"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>. "
-"Alternatively, just start typing your password and the lock curtain will be "
-"automatically raised as you type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34
-msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what is happening on your screen."
-msgstr "Tag et billede eller optag en video af din skærm."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:38
-msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
-msgstr "Skærmbilleder og skærmoptagelser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:40
-msgid ""
-"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
-"video of what is happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
-"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
-"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
-"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:47
-msgid "Take a screenshot"
-msgstr "Tag et skærmbillede"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <app>Skærmbillede</app> fra <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:55
-msgid ""
-"In the <app>Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
-"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
-"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
-"Then choose any effects you want."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61
-msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Gem skærmbillede</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:62
-msgid ""
-"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
-"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
-"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Indtast et filnavn og vælg en mappe i <gui>Gem skærmbillede</gui>-vinduet, "
-"og klik så på <gui>Gem</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
-"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
-"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "
-"to the application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:77
-msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
-msgstr "Tastaturgenveje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
-"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tag hurtigt et skærmbillede af skrivebordet, et vindue eller et område når "
-"som helst med følgende globale tastaturgenveje:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:84
-msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
-msgstr "<key>Prt Scrn</key> for at tage et skærmbillede af skrivebordet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> for at tage et "
-"skærmbillede af et vindue."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
-"an area you select."
-msgstr ""
-"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> for at tage et "
-"skærmbillede af et område, du har markeret."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:96
-msgid ""
-"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
-"<file>Pictures</file> folder in your home folder with a file name that "
-"begins with <file>Screenshot</file> and includes the date and time it was "
-"taken."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:101
-msgid ""
-"If you do not have a <file>Pictures</file> folder, the images will be saved "
-"in your home folder instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Har du ikke en <file>Billeder</file>-mappe, så gemmes billederne i stedet i "
-"din hjemmemappe."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
-msgid ""
-"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
-"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan også holde <key>Ctrl</key> nede med genvejene ovenfor for at kopiere "
-"skærmbilledet til udklipsholderen i stedet for at gemme det."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:111
-msgid "Make a screencast"
-msgstr "Lav en skærmoptagelse"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:113
-msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
-msgstr "Du kan lave en videooptagelse af din skærm:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:117
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
-"keyseq> to start recording what is on your screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Skift</key><key>R</key></"
-"keyseq> for at starte optagelsen af din skærm."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:120
-msgid ""
-"A red circle is displayed in the top right corner of the screen when the "
-"recording is in progress."
-msgstr ""
-"Der vises en rød cirkel i øverste højre hjørne af skærmen når optagelsen er "
-"i gang."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:124
-msgid ""
-"Once you have finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du er færdig så tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Skift</"
-"key><key>R</key></keyseq> igen for at stoppe optagelsen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:129
-msgid ""
-"The video is automatically saved in your <file>Videos</file> folder in your "
-"home folder, with a file name that starts with <file>Screencast</file> and "
-"includes the date and time it was taken."
-msgstr ""
-
-# scootergrisen: "Videos" er oversat til "Videoer" med vilje selvom det på nuværende tidspunkt (marts 2019) er oversat til "Videoklip" i xdg-user-dirs men det bliver forhåbentligt ændret i fremtiden.

-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:136
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:136
-msgid ""
-"If you do not have a <file>Videos</file> folder, the videos will be saved in "
-"your home folder instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Har du ikke en <file>Videoer</file>-mappe, så gemmes videoerne i stedet i "
-"din hjemmemappe."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
-msgid ""
-"You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner instead "
-"of typing in your password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
-msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
-msgstr "Log ind med et fingeraftryk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
-"fingerprint and use it to log in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:46
-msgid "Record a fingerprint"
-msgstr "Optag et fingeraftryk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Before you can log in with your fingerprint, you need to record it so that "
-"the system can use it to identify you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:52
-msgid ""
-"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
-"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
-"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:57
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:65
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:41
-msgid ""
-"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
-"to edit user accounts other than your own."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62
-#: C/user-add.page:47
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:42
-#: C/user-autologin.page:33
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:46
-#: C/user-delete.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Users</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Brugere</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66
-#: C/user-add.page:51
-msgid "Click on <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Press on <gui>Disabled</gui>, next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui> to add a "
-"fingerprint for the selected account. If you are adding the fingerprint for "
-"a different user, you will first need to <gui>Unlock</gui> the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Select the finger that you want to use for the fingerprint, then <gui style="
-"\"button\">Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Follow the instructions in the dialog and swipe your finger at a "
-"<em>moderate speed</em> over your fingerprint reader. Once the computer has "
-"a good record of your fingerprint, you will see a <gui>Done!</gui> message."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Next</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
-"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:94
-msgid "Check that your fingerprint works"
-msgstr "Tjek at dit fingeraftryk virker"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
-msgid ""
-"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
-"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:101
-msgid ""
-"Save any open work, and then <link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">log out</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:105
-msgid ""
-"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
-"will appear."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:109
-msgid ""
-"Instead of typing your password, you should be able to swipe your finger on "
-"the fingerprint reader."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-formats.page:25
-msgid ""
-"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-formats.page:29
-msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
-msgstr "Skift formater for dato og måling"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:31
-msgid ""
-"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
-"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:36
-#: C/session-language.page:49
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Region &amp; sprog</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:40
-#: C/session-language.page:53
-msgid "Click on <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:43
-msgid "Click <gui>Formats</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/session-formats.page:48
-#: C/session-language.page:61
-msgid "…"
-msgstr "…"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Select the region and language that most closely matches the formats you "
-"would like to use. If your region and language are not listed, click <gui><_:"
-"media-1/></gui> at the bottom of the list to select from all available "
-"regions and languages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:53
-#: C/session-language.page:66
-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to save."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:56
-#: C/session-language.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for changes "
-"to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</gui>, or "
-"click <gui style=\"button\">×</gui> to restart later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:63
-msgid ""
-"After you have selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
-"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
-"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
-"calendars."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-language.page:32
-msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-language.page:36
-msgid "Change which language you use"
-msgstr "Vælg sprog"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-language.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
-"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-language.page:56
-msgid "Click <gui>Language</gui>."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Sprog</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-language.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Select your desired region and language. If your region and language are not "
-"listed, click <gui><_:media-1/></gui> at the bottom of the list to select "
-"from all available regions and languages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-language.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not "
-"support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the "
-"language in which the software was originally developed, usually American "
-"English."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-language.page:81
-msgid ""
-"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
-"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
-"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
-"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
-"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
-"update the folder names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Vælg hvor længe der skal ventes inden skærmen låses i <gui>Privatliv</gui>-"
-"indstillingerne."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
-msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
-msgstr "Skærmen låser sig selv for hurtigt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
-msgid ""
-"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
-"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
-"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
-"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
-"too quickly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
-msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:55
-msgid "Press on <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:58
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
-"<gui>Lock screen after blank for</gui> drop-down list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:64
-msgid ""
-"If you don’t ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch the "
-"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> switch to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing.page:11
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
-"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "
-"sharing</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Skrivebordsdeling</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
-"share\">Del filer via e-mail</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media"
-"\">Mediedeling</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing.page:25
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Deling"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:25
-msgid "2014-2015"
-msgstr "2014-2015"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:30
-msgid "Allow files to be uploaded to your computer over Bluetooth."
-msgstr "Tillad upload af filer til din computer via Bluetooth."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:33
-msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
-msgstr "Styr deling via Bluetooth"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You can enable <gui>Bluetooth</gui> sharing to receive files over Bluetooth "
-"in the <file>Downloads</file> folder"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
-msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
-msgstr "Tillad deling af filer i din <file>Hentet</file>-mappe"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"><gui>Bluetooth</gui> is "
-"switched on</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Bluetooth-enabled devices can send files to your <file>Downloads</file> "
-"folder only when the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:29
-msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:32
-msgid "Share your desktop"
-msgstr "Del dit skrivebord"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
-"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
-"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:50
-msgid ""
-"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
-"gui> to be visible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
-msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
-msgstr "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Installér Vino</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:69
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:161
-msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Deling</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:72
-msgid ""
-"If the <gui>Sharing</gui> switch at the top-right of the window is set to "
-"off, switch it to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
-#: C/sharing-media.page:66
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:75
-msgid ""
-"If the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> allows you to edit it, you can "
-"<link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">change</link> the name your computer "
-"displays on the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:80
-msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:83
-msgid ""
-"To let others view your desktop, switch the <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> switch "
-"to on. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "
-"your computer and view what’s on your screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:88
-msgid ""
-"To let others interact with your desktop, ensure that <gui>Allow connections "
-"to control the screen</gui> is checked. This may allow the other person to "
-"move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, "
-"depending on the security settings which you are currently using."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:97
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:95
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Sikkerhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:99
-msgid ""
-"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
-"option means before changing it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:104
-msgid "New connections must ask for access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:105
-msgid ""
-"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
-"desktop, enable <gui>New connections must ask for access</gui>. If you "
-"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "
-"to connect to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:110
-msgid "This option is enabled by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:114
-msgid "Require a Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:115
-msgid ""
-"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
-"enable <gui>Require a Password</gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone "
-"can attempt to view your desktop."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:119
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:105
-msgid ""
-"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
-"secure password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:140
-#: C/sharing-media.page:93
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:113
-msgid "Networks"
-msgstr "Netværk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:142
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "
-"currently connected. Use the switch next to each to choose where your "
-"desktop can be shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:148
-msgid "Stop sharing your desktop"
-msgstr "Stop deling af dit skrivebord"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:150
-msgid "To disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:164
-msgid "<gui>Screen Sharing</gui> will show as <gui>Active</gui>. Click on it."
-msgstr "<gui>Skærmdeling</gui> vises som <gui>Aktiv</gui>. Klik på den."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:168
-msgid "Toggle the switch at the top to off."
-msgstr "Sluk for kontakten øverst."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:20
-msgid "Control how your computer will appear to other computers or devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:24
-msgid "Set the display name for your computer"
-msgstr "Indstil navnet som vises for computeren"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:26
-msgid ""
-"You can change the name your computer uses to display itself to other "
-"computers or devices, on the network or over Bluetooth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:30
-msgid "Change the display name of your computer:"
-msgstr "Skift navnet som vises for din computer:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:32
-#: C/sharing-media.page:56
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Sharing</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Deling</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:36
-#: C/sharing-media.page:60
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:69
-msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Edit the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> to change the name your "
-"computer displays on the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-media.page:23
-msgid "Share media on your local network using UPnP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-media.page:26
-msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
-msgstr "Del din musik, billeder og videoer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:38
-msgid ""
-"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
-"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
-"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "
-"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
-"gui> to be visible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:49
-msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
-msgstr "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Installér Rygel</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:63
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:72
-msgid ""
-"If the <gui>Sharing</gui> switch in the top-right of the window is set to "
-"off, switch it to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:71
-msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:74
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Media Sharing</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Mediedeling</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:77
-msgid ""
-"By default, <file>Music</file>, <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</"
-"file> are shared. To remove one of these, click the <gui>×</gui> next to the "
-"folder name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:82
-msgid ""
-"To add another folder, click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the "
-"<gui>Choose a folder</gui> window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder "
-"and click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:87
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui style=\"button\">×</gui>. You will now be able to browse or play "
-"media in the folders you selected using the external device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:95
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "
-"currently connected. Use the switch next to each to choose where your media "
-"can be shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:23
-msgid "Let other people access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:27
-msgid "Share your personal files"
-msgstr "Del dine personlige filer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:45
-msgid ""
-"You can allow access to the <file>Public</file> folder in your <file>Home</"
-"file> folder from another computer on the network. Configure <gui>Personal "
-"File Sharing</gui> to allow others to access the contents of the folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:51
-msgid ""
-"You must have the <app>gnome-user-share</app> package installed for "
-"<gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> to be visible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:56
-msgid ""
-"<link action=\"install:gnome-user-share\" style=\"button\">Install gnome-"
-"user-share</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link action=\"install:gnome-user-share\" style=\"button\">Installér gnome-"
-"user-share</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:80
-msgid "Select <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:83
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> switch to on. This means that "
-"other people on your current network will be able to attempt to connect to "
-"your computer and access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:88
-msgid ""
-"A <em>URI</em> is displayed by which your <file>Public</file> folder can be "
-"accessed from other computers on the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:99
-msgid "Require Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:100
-msgid ""
-"To require other people to use a password when accessing your <file>Public</"
-"file> folder, switch the <gui>Require Password</gui> switch to on. If you do "
-"not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your <file>Public</file> "
-"folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:115
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "
-"currently connected. Use the switch next to each to choose where your "
-"personal files can be shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:14
-msgid "Aruna Sankaranarayanan"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:22
-msgid "Use <app>Tweaks</app> to start applications automatically on login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:26
-msgid "Have applications start automatically on log in"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:28
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, your computer automatically starts some applications and "
-"runs them in the background. These are usually important programs that help "
-"your desktop session to run smoothly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:32
-msgid ""
-"You can use the <app>Tweaks</app> application to add other applications that "
-"you use frequently, such as web browsers or editors, to the list of programs "
-"that start automatically on login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:46
-msgid "To start an application automatically on login:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:55
-msgid "Click the <gui>Startup Applications</gui> tab."
-msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <gui>Opstartsprogrammer</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button to get a list of available "
-"applications."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>-knappen for at få en liste over "
-"tilgængelige programmer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to add an application of your choice "
-"to the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:68
-msgid ""
-"You can remove an application from the list by clicking the <gui style="
-"\"button\">Remove</gui> button next to the application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:29
-msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
-msgstr "Tilføj (eller fjern) programikoner som ofte bruges i favoritområdet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
-msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
-msgstr "Fastgør dine favoritprogrammer til favoritområdet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
-msgid ""
-"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">dash</link> for easy access:"
-msgstr ""
-"Tilføj et program til <link xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">favoritområdet</link> for let adgang:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview by clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"ved at klikke på <gui>Aktiviteter</gui> øverst til venstre på skærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> "
-"menu at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
-"gui> item from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Programmer</gui>-menuen "
-"øverst til venstre på skærmen og vælg <gui>Aktivitetsoversigt</gui> fra "
-"menuen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på gitterknappen i favoritområdet og find det program, du vil tilføje."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
-msgstr "Højreklik på programikonet og vælg <gui>Føj til favoritter</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:53
-msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
-msgstr "Alternativt kan du klikke-og-trække ikonet til favoritområdet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:57
-msgid ""
-"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
-"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"For at fjerne et programikon fra favoritområdet skal du højreklikke på "
-"programikonet og vælge <gui>Fjern fra favoritter</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
-"<gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Favoritprogrammer vises også i afsnittet <gui>Favoritter</gui> i <gui xref="
-"\"shell-introduction#activities\">Programmer</gui>-menuen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:28
-msgid "Launch apps from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr "Start programmer fra <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:31
-msgid "Start applications"
-msgstr "Start programmer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
-"of the screen to show the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Activities</gui> overview. This is where you can find all of your "
-"applications. You can also open the overview by pressing the <key xref="
-"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-"Flyt din musemarkør til hjørnet med <gui>Aktiviteter</gui> øverst til "
-"venstre på skærmen for at vise <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>. Her finder du alle dine programmer. Du kan "
-"også åbne oversigten ved at trykke på <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
-"\">Super</key>-tasten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:47
-msgid ""
-"You can start applications from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Applications</gui> menu at the top left of the screen, or you can use the "
-"<gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
-"\">Super</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte programmer fra <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Programmer</gui>-menuen øverst til venstre på skærmen, eller du kan bruge "
-"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> ved at trykke på <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
-"super\">Super</key>-tasten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:52
-msgid ""
-"There are several ways of opening an application once you’re in the "
-"<gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
-msgstr ""
-"Der er flere måder hvorpå du kan åbne et program fra "
-"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Start typing the name of an application — searching begins instantly. (If "
-"this doesn’t happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
-"typing.) If you don’t know the exact name of an application, try to type an "
-"related term. Click the application’s icon to start it."
-msgstr ""
-"Begynd at skrive navnet på et program — søgningen starter med det samme "
-"(sker det ikke, så klik på søgelinjen øverst på skærmen og begynd at "
-"skrive). Kender du ikke det præcise navn på et program, så prøv at skrive "
-"relaterede termer. Klik på programmets ikon for at starte det."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
-"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Click one "
-"of these to start the corresponding application."
-msgstr ""
-"Nogle programmer har ikoner i <em>favoritområdet</em> (den lodrette stribe "
-"med ikoner i venstre side af <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>). Klik på et af "
-"dem for at starte det tilhørende program."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:66
-msgid ""
-"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
-"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du har programmer som du bruger meget tit, så kan du selv <link xref="
-"\"shell-apps-favorites\">tilføje dem i favoritområdet</link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
-"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
-"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style=\"button"
-"\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. Press on the "
-"application to start it."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på gitterknappen nederst i favoritområdet. Du ser de programmer der "
-"bruges mest hvis <gui style=\"button\">Ofte</gui>-visningen er aktiveret. "
-"Hvis du vil køre et nyt program, så tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Alle</gui>-"
-"knappen nederst for at vise alle programmerne. Tryk så på programmet for at "
-"starte det."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78
-msgid ""
-"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
-"\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash, and dropping it onto "
-"one of the workspaces on the right-hand side of the screen. The application "
-"will open in the chosen workspace."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte et program i et separat <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
-"\">arbejdsområde</link> ved at trække dets ikon fra favoritområdet og slippe "
-"det i et af arbejdsområderne i højre side af skærmen. Programmet åbnes i det "
-"valgte arbejdsområde."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83
-msgid ""
-"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by dragging its "
-"icon to the empty workspace at the bottom of the workspace switcher, or to "
-"the small gap between two workspaces."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan starte et program i et <em>nyt</em> arbejdsområde ved at trække dets "
-"ikon til det tomme arbejdsområde nederst i arbejdsområdeskifteren, eller til "
-"det lille mellemrum mellem to arbejdsområder."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
-msgid "Quickly running a command"
-msgstr "Kør en kommando hurtigt"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91
-msgid ""
-"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
-"the <key>Enter</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan også starte et program ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, og så indtaste dets <em>kommandonavn</em>, og "
-"herefter trykke på <key>Enter</key>-tasten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94
-msgid ""
-"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type ‘<cmd>rhythmbox</cmd>’ (without the "
-"single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan f.eks. starte <app>Rhythmbox</app> ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> og skrive “<cmd>rhythmbox</cmd>” (uden "
-"citationstegn). Programmets navn er kommandoen til at starte programmet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:98
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57
-msgid "Use the arrow keys to quickly access previously run commands."
-msgstr ""
-"Brug piletasterne til hurtigt at tilgå kommandoer som blev kørt tidligere."
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/shell-exit.page:27
-msgid "Alexandre Franke"
-msgstr "Alexandre Franke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/shell-exit.page:35
-msgid "David Faour"
-msgstr "David Faour"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-exit.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
-"so on."
-msgstr "Læs om at forlade din brugerkonto ved at logge ud, skifte bruger osv."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:50
-msgid "Log out, power off or switch users"
-msgstr "Log ud, sluk eller skift bruger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:58
-msgid ""
-"When you have finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
-"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du er færdig med at bruge din computer, så kan du slukke den, sætte den "
-"i hviletilstand (for at spare på strømmen) eller lade den være tændt og "
-"logge ud."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:62
-msgid "Log out or switch users"
-msgstr "Log ud eller skift bruger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:64
-msgid ""
-"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
-"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
-"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
-"when you log back in."
-msgstr ""
-"For at lade andre brugere bruge din computer, så kan du enten logge ud eller "
-"forblive logget ind og bare skifte bruger. Hvis du skifter bruger, så vil "
-"alle dine programmer fortsat køre, og alt vil være som du forlod det, næste "
-"gang du logger ind."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:69
-msgid ""
-"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click the <link xref="
-"\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</link> on the right side of "
-"the top bar, click your name and then choose the correct option."
-msgstr ""
-"For at <gui>logge ud</gui> eller <gui>skifte bruger</gui> skal du klikke på "
-"<link xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</link> i højre "
-"side af toplinjen, og herefter klikke på dit navn og vælge den korrekte "
-"valgmulighed."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:74
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
-"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
-msgstr ""
-"<gui>Log ud</gui>- og <gui>Skift bruger</gui>-punkterne vises kun i menuen, "
-"hvis der er mere end én brugerkonto på dit system."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:79
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
-"than one user account on your system."
-msgstr ""
-"<gui>Skift bruger</gui>-punktet vises kun i menuen, hvis der er mere end én "
-"brugerkonto på dit system."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:90
-msgid "Lock the screen"
-msgstr "Lås skærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:92
-msgid ""
-"If you’re leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
-"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
-"applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-lockscreen"
-"\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back in. If you "
-"don’t lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of "
-"time."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du forlader din computer i et stykke tid, så bør du låse skærmen for at "
-"forhindre andre i at tilgå dine filer og køre programmer. Når du vender "
-"tilbage så træk gardinet op på <link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">låseskærmen</"
-"link> og indtast din adgangskode for at logge ind igen. Hvis du undlader at "
-"låse skærmen, så låses den automatisk efter et stykke tid."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:99
-msgid ""
-"To lock your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar "
-"and press the lock screen button at the bottom of the menu."
-msgstr ""
-"For at låse din skærm skal du klikke på systemmenuen i højre side af "
-"toplinjen, og trykke på lås skærm-knappen nederst i menuen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:102
-msgid ""
-"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
-"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
-"switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
-msgstr ""
-"Når din skærm er låst, kan andre brugere logge ind på deres egne konti ved "
-"at klikke på <gui>Log ind som en anden bruger</gui> på adgangskodeskærmen. "
-"Du kan skifte tilbage til dit skrivebord når de er færdige."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:113
-msgid "Suspend"
-msgstr "Hviletilstand"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:115
-msgid ""
-"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
-"laptop, GNOME, by default, suspends your computer automatically when you "
-"close the lid. This saves your state to your computer’s memory and powers "
-"off most of the computer’s functions. A very small amount of power is still "
-"used during suspend."
-msgstr ""
-"For at spare på strømmen kan du sætte din computer i hviletilstand når du "
-"ikke bruger den. Hvis du bruger en bærbar, så sætter GNOME, som standard, "
-"automatisk din computer i hviletilstand når du lukker låget. Det gemmer "
-"tilstanden i din computers hukommelse og slukker for de fleste af "
-"computerens funktioner. Der bruges fortsat en lille mængde strøm i "
-"hviletilstand."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:122
-msgid ""
-"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu on the right side "
-"of the top bar. From there you may either hold down the <key>Alt</key> key "
-"and click the power off button, or simply long-click the power off button."
-msgstr ""
-"For at sætte din computer i hviletilstand manuelt kan du klikke på "
-"systemmenuen på højre side af toplinjen. Der kan du enten holde <key>Alt</"
-"key>-tasten nede og klikke på slukknappen eller ganske enkelt klikke på "
-"slukknappen hvor du holder knappen nede længe."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:133
-msgid "Power off or restart"
-msgstr "Sluk eller genstart"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:135
-msgid ""
-"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
-"the system menu on the right side of the top bar and press the power off "
-"button at the bottom of the menu. A dialog will open offering you the "
-"options to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du vil slukke helt for din computer eller foretage en fuld genstart, så "
-"klik på systemmenuen i højre side af toplinjen og tryk på slukknappen "
-"nederst i menuen. Der vises en dialog med <gui>Genstart</gui> og <gui>Sluk</"
-"gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:140
-msgid ""
-"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
-"restart the computer because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
-"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis der er andre brugere som er logget ind, så vil du måske ikke have "
-"tilladelse til at slukke eller genstarte computeren da det vil afslutte "
-"deres session. Hvis du er en administrativ bruger, så kan du blive spurgt om "
-"din adgangskode for at slukke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:145
-msgid ""
-"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
-"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
-"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"
-"link> than one which is suspended."
-msgstr ""
-"Du vil måske slukke din computer hvis du skal flytte den eller ikke har et "
-"batteri, hvis batteriet er lavt eller har ringe kapacitet. En slukket "
-"computer bruger også <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">mindre energi</link> "
-"end en som er i hviletilstand."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:32
-msgid ""
-"A visual overview of your desktop, the top bar, and the <gui>Activities</"
-"gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-"En visuel oversigt af dit skrivebord, toplinjen og "
-"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
-msgid "Visual overview of GNOME"
-msgstr "En visuel oversigt af GNOME"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:38
-msgid ""
-"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
-"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
-"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-"GNOME 3 har en nytænkt brugerflade som er designet til ikke at være i vejen "
-"for dig, minimere forstyrrelser og hjælpe dig med at få ting gjort. Første "
-"gang du logger ind, vil du se et tomt skrivebord og toplinjen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:44
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
-"md5='55f7ae9983112f7b1052e10f21ac84c3'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:45
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:50
-#: C/status-icons.page:30
-#: C/status-icons.page:36
-msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
-msgstr "Toplinjen i GNOME Shell"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:49
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' "
-"md5='b102db16e8fb7c87cb4e718422359ba4'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:55
-msgid ""
-"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
-"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
-"like sound, networking, and power. In the system menu in the top bar, you "
-"can change the volume or screen brightness, edit your <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> "
-"connection details, check your battery status, log out or switch users, and "
-"turn off your computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Toplinjen giver adgang til dine vinduer og programmer, din kalender og "
-"aftaler, og <link xref=\"status-icons\">systemegenskaber</link> såsom lyd, "
-"netværk og strøm. I systemmenuen i toplinjen kan du ændre lydstyrken eller "
-"skærmens lysstyrke, redigere detaljerne i din <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>-forbindelse, "
-"tjekke din batteristatus, logge ud eller skifte bruger og slukke for din "
-"computer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
-msgid "<gui>Activities</gui> overview"
-msgstr "<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:69
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
-"md5='f21d5d62e41f6823325a144cf82ca1f6'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:70
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:75
-msgid "Activities button"
-msgstr "Aktiviteter-knappen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:74
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' "
-"md5='3e44ebb1a8da23348a1727c60d65d013'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:80
-msgid ""
-"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
-"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
-"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "
-"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "
-"also just start typing to search your applications, files, folders, and the "
-"web."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui>Aktivitetsoversigt</gui>-knappen for at få adgang til dine "
-"vinduer og programmer, eller flyt din musemarkør til øverste venstre hjørne. "
-"Du kan også trykke på <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten på "
-"dit tastatur. Du kan se dine vinduer og programmer i oversigten. Du kan også "
-"bare begynde at skrive for at søge efter dine programmer, filer, mapper og "
-"webbet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:87
-msgid ""
-"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu at the top left of the "
-"screen and select the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also "
-"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see your "
-"windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start "
-"typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Programmer</gui>-menuen, "
-"øverst til venstre på skærmen, for at få adgang til dine vinduer og "
-"programmer, og vælg <gui>Aktivitetsoversigt</gui>. Du kan også trykke på "
-"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten for at se dine vinduer "
-"og programmer i <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>. Begynd blot at skrive for "
-"at søge efter dine programmer, filer og mapper."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:95
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='fe0f72dadeb6ef4f8bd48296b075f00e'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:96
-msgid "The dash"
-msgstr "Favoritområdet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:99
-msgid ""
-"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
-"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
-"open that application; if the application is already running, it will be "
-"highlighted. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. "
-"You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the "
-"right."
-msgstr ""
-"I venstre side af oversigten finder du <em>favoritområdet</em>. "
-"Favoritområdet viser dine favoritprogrammer og programmer som kører. Klik på "
-"et ikon i favoritområdet for at åbne programmet; hvis det kører i forvejen, "
-"så fremhæves det. Når der klikkes på dets ikon, så vises vinduet som sidst "
-"blev brugt. Du kan også trække ikonet til oversigten eller hen til et "
-"arbejdsområde til højre."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:106
-msgid ""
-"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
-"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
-"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
-msgstr ""
-"Når der højreklikkes på ikonet, så vises en menu som giver dig mulighed for "
-"at vælge et vindue i et program som kører, eller at åbne et nyt vindue. Du "
-"kan også klikke på ikonet mens du holder <key>Ctrl</key> nede, for at åbne "
-"et nyt vindue."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:110
-msgid ""
-"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
-"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du træder ind i oversigten, så møder du først vinduesoversigten. Her "
-"vises live-miniaturer over alle vinduerne i det nuværende arbejdsområde."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:114
-msgid ""
-"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
-"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
-"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "
-"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "
-"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
-"they’re not running, so you can access them quickly."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på gitterknappen nederst i favoritområdet for at vise "
-"programoversigten. Her vises alle de programmer som er installeret på din "
-"computer. Klik på et program for at køre det eller træk et program til "
-"oversigten eller hen til en arbejdsområde-miniature. Du kan også trække et "
-"program hen på favoritområdet for at gøre det til en favorit. Dine "
-"favoritprogrammer bliver på favoritområdet selv når de ikke kører, så du "
-"hurtigt kan få adgang til dem."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:123
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Læs mere om at starte programmer.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:127
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Læs mere om vinduer og arbejdsområder.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
-msgid "Application menu"
-msgstr "Programmenuen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:139
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-shell.png' "
-"md5='870b7e88bdac60ef6fd0f32941bc3526'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:140
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:151
-msgid "App Menu of <app>Terminal</app>"
-msgstr "Programmenuen i <app>Terminal</app>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:142
-msgid ""
-"Application menu, located beside the <gui>Activities</gui> button, shows the "
-"name of the active application alongside with its icon and provides quick "
-"access to windows and details of the application, as well as a quit item."
-msgstr ""
-"Programmenuen findes ved siden af <gui>Aktivitetsoversigt</gui>-knappen, og "
-"viser navnet på det aktive program samt dets ikon og giver hurtig adgang til "
-"vinduer og detaljer om programmet samt et afslut-punkt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:150
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-classic.png' "
-"md5='6e28997f340de69969bbd0ea6d4ec822'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:153
-msgid ""
-"Application menu, located next to the <gui>Applications</gui> and "
-"<gui>Places</gui> menus, shows the name of the active application alongside "
-"with its icon and provides quick access to application preferences or help. "
-"The items that are available in the application menu vary depending on the "
-"application."
-msgstr ""
-"Programmenuen findes ved siden af <gui>Programmer</gui>- og <gui>Steder</"
-"gui>-menuerne, og viser navnet på det aktive program samt dets ikon. Menuen "
-"giver hurtig adgang til programindstillinger eller hjælp. Punkterne som "
-"findes i programmenuen afhænger af programmet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:164
-msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
-msgstr "Uret, kalenderen &amp; aftaler"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:169
-msgid "Clock, calendar, appointments and notifications"
-msgstr "Ur, kalender, aftaler og påmindelser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:179
-msgid ""
-"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
-"calendar, a list of your upcoming appointments and new notifications. You "
-"can also open the calendar by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></"
-"keyseq>. You can access the date and time settings and open your full "
-"<app>Evolution</app> calendar directly from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på uret i toplinjen for at se den nuværende dato, en månedskalender, en "
-"liste over dine kommende aftaler og nye påmindelser. Du kan også åbne "
-"kalenderen ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. "
-"Du kan få adgang til indstillingerne for dato og klokkeslæt og åbne din "
-"fulde <app>Evolution</app>-kalender direkte fra menuen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:188
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
-"</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Læs mere om kalenderen og aftaler.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:192
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
-"notification list.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Læs mere om påmindelser og "
-"påmindelseslisten.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:201
-msgid "System menu"
-msgstr "Systemmenu"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:205
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='d1151d6ca5276564830b92a2af45902b'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:206
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:211
-msgid "User menu"
-msgstr "Brugermenu"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:210
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' "
-"md5='f36e3a0a115ff2181a6fc787e6a83283'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:216
-msgid ""
-"Click the system menu in the top-right corner to manage your system settings "
-"and your computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på systemmenuen i øverste højre hjørne for at håndtere dine "
-"systemindstillinger og din computer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:243
-msgid ""
-"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
-"people from using it. You can also quickly switch users without logging out "
-"completely to give somebody else access to the computer, or you can suspend "
-"or power off the computer from the menu. If you have a screen that supports "
-"vertical or horizontal rotation, you can quickly rotate the screen from the "
-"system menu. If your screen does not support rotation, you will not see the "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du forlader din computer, så kan du låse din skærm for at forhindre "
-"andre personer i at bruge den. Du kan også hurtigt skifte bruger uden at "
-"logge helt ud for at give en anden person adgang til computeren, eller du "
-"kan sætte computeren i hviletilstand eller slukke for den fra menuen. Hvis "
-"du har en skærm, der understøtter lodret eller vandret drejning, så kan du "
-"hurtigt dreje skærmen fra systemmenuen. Hvis din skærm ikke understøtter "
-"drejning, så kan du ikke se knappen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:253
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
-"turning off your computer.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Læs mere om at skifte bruger, logge ud og slukke "
-"for din computer.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:260
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:263
-msgid "Lock Screen"
-msgstr "Låseskærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:262
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='dcc0335a64450a3a7abed4448bfa84f2'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:266
-msgid ""
-"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
-"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you’re away from "
-"your computer, the lock screen displays the date and time. It also shows "
-"information about your battery and network status."
-msgstr ""
-"Når du låser din skærm, eller den låses automatisk, så vises låseskærmen. "
-"Udover at beskytte din skærm når du er væk fra din computer, så viser "
-"låseskærmen også datoen og klokkeslættet. Den viser også information om dit "
-"batteri og netværksstatus."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:273
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Læs mere om låseskærmen.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:281
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:297
-msgid "Window List"
-msgstr "Vindueslisten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:285
-msgid ""
-"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
-"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
-"on the task at hand without distractions."
-msgstr ""
-"GNOME har en anderledes måde til at skifte vinduer end en vinduesliste som "
-"altid er synlig, som det kendes fra andre skrivebordsmiljøer. Det lader dig "
-"fokusere på den opgave, du er i gang med, uden at der er forstyrrelser."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:290
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows.</"
-"link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Læs mere om at skifte vinduer.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:296
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' "
-"md5='83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:33
-msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
-msgstr "Find rundt på skrivebordet med tastaturet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:36
-msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
-msgstr "Nyttige tastaturgenveje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
-msgid ""
-"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
-"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
-"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
-"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-"Siden giver en oversigt over tastaturgenveje der kan hjælpe dig til mere "
-"effektivt at bruge dit skrivebord og programmer. Hvis du slet ikke kan bruge "
-"en mus eller pegeenhed så se <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for mere "
-"information om at navigere brugerflader kun med tastaturet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:44
-msgid "Getting around the desktop"
-msgstr "Find rundt på skrivebordet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:46
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> eller"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
-msgid "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key"
-msgstr "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
-"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
-"documents."
-msgstr ""
-"Skift mellem <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og skrivebordet. Begynd at "
-"skrive i oversigten for straks at søge efter dine programmer, kontakter og "
-"dokumenter."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
-msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)."
-msgstr "Pop op-kommandovindue (til hurtigt at køre kommandoer)."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</"
-"link>. Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Skift hurtigt mellem vinduer</link>. "
-"Hold <key>Skift</key> nede for omvendt rækkefølge."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:65
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>½</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
-"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-"Skift mellem vinduer fra det samme program eller fra det valgte program "
-"efter <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
-msgid ""
-"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
-"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
-"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
-msgstr ""
-"Genvejen bruger <key>`</key> på USA-tastaturer, hvor <key>`</key>-tasten er "
-"over <key>Tab</key>. På alle andre tastaturer er genvejen <key>Super</key> "
-"plus tasten over <key>Tab</key>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Switch between windows in the current workspace. Hold down <key>Shift</key> "
-"for reverse order."
-msgstr ""
-"Skift mellem vinduer i det nuværende arbejdsområde. Hold <key>Skift</key> "
-"nede for omvendt rækkefølge."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85
-msgid ""
-"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
-"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
-"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
-msgstr ""
-"Giv tastaturfokus til toplinjen. I <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> skifter "
-"tastaturfokus mellem toplinjen, favoritområdet, vinduesoversigten, "
-"programlisten og søgefeltet. Brug piletasterne til at navigere."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93
-msgid "Show the list of applications."
-msgstr "Vis listen over programmer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Skift mellem arbejdsområder</link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:104
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:109
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
-"different workspace</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Flyt det nuværende vindue til et "
-"andet arbejdsområde</link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
-msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the left."
-msgstr "Flyt det nuværende vindue én skærm til venstre."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:118
-msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the right."
-msgstr "Flyt det nuværende vindue én skærm til højre."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:122
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">Log Out</link>."
-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">Log ud</link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:126
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lås skærmen.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:130
-msgid ""
-"Show <link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">the notification "
-"list</link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> again or "
-"<key>Esc</key> to close."
-msgstr ""
-"Vis <link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">påmindelseslisten</"
-"link>. Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> igen eller "
-"<key>Esc</key> for at lukke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:137
-msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
-msgstr "Almindelige redigeringsgenveje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:139
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
-msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
-msgstr "Vælg al teksten eller punkterne i en liste."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:143
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
-msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
-msgstr ""
-"Klip (fjern) den valgte tekst eller punkter og læg det i udklipsholderen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:147
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:148
-msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
-msgstr "Kopiér den valgte tekst eller punkter til udklipsholderen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:151
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:152
-msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
-msgstr "Indsæt indholdet fra udklipsholderen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:156
-msgid "Undo the last action."
-msgstr "Fortryd den sidste handling."
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:161
-msgid "Capturing from the screen"
-msgstr "Optag fra skærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:163
-msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
-msgstr "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:164
-msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Tag et skærmbillede.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:167
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:168
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
-"link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Tag et skærmbillede af et "
-"vindue.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:172
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:173
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
-"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
-"select an area."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Tag et skærmbillede af et "
-"område på skærmen.</link> Markøren skifter til et sigtekorn. Klik og træk "
-"for at vælge et område."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:178
-msgid ""
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Skift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:179
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and stop screencast "
-"recording.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start og stop skærmoptagelse.</"
-"link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
-msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
-msgstr "Den dekorative og funktionelle låseskærm formidler nyttig information."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:24
-msgid "The lock screen"
-msgstr "Låseskærmen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
-msgid ""
-"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
-"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
-"while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an attractive image "
-"on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:"
-msgstr ""
-"Med låseskærmen kan du se hvad der sker mens din computer er låst og den "
-"giver dig mulighed for at få en oversigt over, hvad der er sket, mens du har "
-"været væk. Låseskærmens gardin viser et fint billede mens din computer er "
-"låst og giver nyttige informationer:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:33
-msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
-msgstr "navnet på brugeren, som er logget ind"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:34
-msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
-msgstr "dato og klokkeslæt, samt bestemte påmindelser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:35
-msgid "battery and network status"
-msgstr "batteri- og netværksstatus"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:41
-msgid ""
-"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
-"with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
-"will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
-"Alternatively, just start typing your password and the curtain will be "
-"automatically raised as you type. You can also switch users if your computer "
-"is configured for more than one."
-msgstr ""
-"For at låse din computer op skal du løfte låseskærmens gardin ved at trække "
-"det op med markøren eller ved at trykke på <key>Esc</key> eller <key>Enter</"
-"key>. Så vises loginskærmen, hvor du kan indtaste din adgangskode for at "
-"låse op. Alternativt kan du blot skrive din adgangskode, og gardinet løftes "
-"automatisk når du skriver. Du kan også skifte bruger, hvis din computer er "
-"konfigureret til mere end én bruger."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:48
-msgid ""
-"To hide notifications from the lock screen, see <link xref=\"shell-"
-"notifications#lock-screen-notifications\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:13
-msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
-msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Messages drop down from the top of the screen telling you when certain "
-"events happen."
-msgstr ""
-"Meddelelser dropper ned øverst på skærmen og fortæller dig når bestemte "
-"hændelser sker."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:35
-msgid "Notifications and the notification list"
-msgstr "Påmindelser og påmindelseslisten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:38
-msgid "What is a notification?"
-msgstr "Hvad er en påmindelse?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:40
-msgid ""
-"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
-"notification will be shown at the top of the screen, or on your lock screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis et program eller en systemkomponent vil have din opmærksomhed, så vises "
-"der en påmindelse øverst på skærmen eller på din låseskærm."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:43
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you get a new chat message or a new email, you will get a "
-"notification informing you. Chat notifications are given special treatment, "
-"and are represented by the individual contacts who sent you the chat "
-"messages."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du f.eks. modtager en chatmeddelelese eller en ny e-mail, så får du "
-"besked med en påmindelse. Chatpåmindelser gives særlig behandling og vises "
-"med de kontakter som sendte chatmeddelelsen til dig."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
-"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
-msgstr ""
-"Andre påmindelser har knapper med valgmuligheder der kan vælges. For at "
-"lukke påmindelserne uden at vælge en valgmulighed kan du klikke på luk-"
-"knappen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
-"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the notification "
-"list."
-msgstr ""
-"Når der klikkes på luk-knappen på nogle påmindelser så afvises de. Andre "
-"såsom Rhythmbox eller dit chatprogram forbliver skjulte i påmindelseslisten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:63
-msgid "The notification list"
-msgstr "Påmindelseslisten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:65
-msgid ""
-"The notification list gives you a way to get back to your notifications when "
-"it is convenient for you. It appears when you click on the clock, or press "
-"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. "
-"The notification list contains all the notifications that you have not acted "
-"upon or that permanently reside in it."
-msgstr ""
-"Påmindelseslisten giver dig en måde til at vende tilbage til dine "
-"påmindelser når det passer dig. Den vises når du klikker på uret eller "
-"trykker på <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>V</key></"
-"keyseq>. Påmindelseslisten indeholder alle de påmindelser, som du ikke har "
-"handlet på, eller som findes permanent i den."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:72
-msgid ""
-"You can view a notification by clicking on it in the list. You can close the "
-"notification list by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> "
-"again or <key>Esc</key>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan vise en påmindelse ved at klikke på den i listen. Du kan lukke "
-"påmindelseslisten ved igen at trykke på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</"
-"key></keyseq> eller <key>Esc</key>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>Clear List</gui> button to empty the list of notifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui>Ryd liste</gui>-knappen for at tømme listen over påmindelser."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:83
-msgid "Hiding notifications"
-msgstr "Skjul påmindelser"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:85
-msgid ""
-"If you are working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
-"switch off notifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis du arbejder på noget og ikke vil forstyrres, så kan du slukke for "
-"påmindelser."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:97
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:133
-msgid "Click on <gui>Notifications</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Påmindelser</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:100
-msgid "Switch <gui>Notification Popups</gui> to off."
-msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Pop op'er til påmindelser</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:104
-msgid ""
-"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the top of the "
-"screen. Notifications will still be available in the notification list when "
-"you display it (by clicking on the clock, or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>V</key></keyseq>), and they will start popping up again when you "
-"switch the switch back to on."
-msgstr ""
-"Når de er slået fra, så vil de fleste påmindelser ikke poppe op øverst på "
-"skærmen. Påmindelserne vil stadigvæk findes i påmindelseslisten, når du "
-"viser den (ved at klikke på uret eller ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>V</key></keyseq>), og de begynder at poppe op igen, når du tænder "
-"for kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:111
-msgid ""
-"You can also disable or re-enable notifications for individual applications "
-"from the <gui>Notifications</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan også deaktivere eller genaktivere påmindelser for enkelte programmer "
-"fra <gui>Påmindelser</gui>-panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:118
-msgid "Hiding lock screen notifications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:120
-msgid ""
-"When your screen is locked, notifications appear on the lock screen. You can "
-"configure the lock screen to hide these notifications for privacy reasons."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:124
-msgid "To switch off notifications when your screen is locked:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:135
-msgid "Switch <gui>Lock Screen Notifications</gui> to off."
-msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Påmindelser for låst skærm</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/shell-overview.page:8
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Desktop"
-msgstr "Skrivebord"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-overview.page:25
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
-"notifications\">notifications</link>, <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts"
-"\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"shell-windows\">windows and "
-"workspaces</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Kalender</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
-"notifications\">påmindelser</link>, <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts"
-"\">tastaturgenveje</link>, <link xref=\"shell-windows\">vinduer og "
-"arbejdsområder</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-overview.page:33
-msgid "Your desktop"
-msgstr "Dit skrivebord"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-overview.page:38
-msgid "Customize your desktop"
-msgstr "Tilpas dit skrivebord"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-overview.page:42
-msgid "Applications and windows"
-msgstr "Programmer og vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:23
-msgid "Check the <gui>Activities</gui> overview or other workspaces."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
-msgid "Find a lost window"
-msgstr "Find et mistet vindue"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:28
-msgid ""
-"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
-"easily found using the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Activities</gui> overview:"
-msgstr ""
-"Det er let at finde et vindue på et andet arbejdsområde eller et som er "
-"skjult bag et andet vindue med <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. If the missing window is on the "
-"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
-"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
-"redisplay the window, or"
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>. Hvis det manglende vindue er på det "
-"nuværende <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces"
-"\">arbejdsområde</link>, bliver det vist her som miniature. Klik blot på "
-"miniaturen for at vise vinduet igen, eller"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace "
-"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
-"window, or"
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på de forskellige arbejdsområder i <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
-"\">arbejdsområdevælgeren</link> på højre side af skærmen og prøv om du kan "
-"finde dit vindue, eller"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
-"Click the window in the list to switch to it."
-msgstr ""
-"Højreklik på programmet i favoritområdet for at vise dets åbne vinduer. Klik "
-"på vinduet i listen for at skifte til det."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
-msgid "Using the window switcher:"
-msgstr "Med vinduesskifteren:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></"
-"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">window "
-"switcher</link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press "
-"<key>Tab</key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</"
-"key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></"
-"keyseq> for at vise <link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">vinduesskifteren</"
-"link>. Bliv ved med at holde <key>Super</key>-tasten nede og tryk på "
-"<key>Tab</key> for at gennemløbe de åbne vinduer, eller <keyseq><key>Skift</"
-"key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> for at gennemløbe baglæns."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:69
-msgid ""
-"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
-"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
-msgstr ""
-"Hvis programmet har flere åbne vinduer, så hold <key>Super</key> nede og "
-"tryk på <key>½</key> (eller tasten over <key>Tab</key>) for at gennemløbe "
-"dem."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:20
-msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
-msgstr ""
-"Dobbeltklik eller træk en titellinje for at maksimere eller gendanne et "
-"vindue."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24
-msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
-msgstr "Maksimér og afmaksimér et vindue"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:26
-msgid ""
-"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
-"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
-"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
-"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
-"for details."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan maksimere et vindue for at bruge al pladsen på skrivebordet og "
-"afmaksimere et vindue for at gendanne det til sin normale størrelse. Du kan "
-"også maksimere vinduer lodret langs venstre og højre side af skærmen, så du "
-"let kan kigge på to vinduer på samme tid. Se <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled"
-"\"/> for detaljer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:32
-msgid ""
-"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
-"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
-"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
-"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-"For at maksimere et vindue skal du tage fat i titellinjen, og trække det "
-"øverste på skærmen. For at maksimere et vindue med tastaturet skal du holde "
-"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten nede og trykke på "
-"<key>↑</key>, eller trykke på <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:38
-msgid ""
-"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
-"titlebar."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan også maksimere et vindue ved at klikke på maksimér-knappen på "
-"titellinjen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41
-msgid ""
-"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
-"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
-"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "
-"used to maximize the window."
-msgstr ""
-"For at gendanne et vindue til sin afmaksimeret størrelse, skal du trække det "
-"væk fra skærmens kanter. Hvis vinduet er fuldt maksimeret kan du "
-"dobbeltklikke på titellinjen for at gendanne det. Du kan også bruge de samme "
-"tastaturgenveje som du brugte til at maksimere vinduet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:47
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Hold down the <key>Super</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
-msgstr ""
-"Hold <key>Super</key>-tasten nede og træk, hvor som helst, i vinduet for at "
-"flytte det."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:20
-msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
-msgstr "Opstil vinduer i et arbejdsområde så du kan arbejde mere effektivt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:24
-msgid "Move and resize windows"
-msgstr "Flyt og tilpas størrelsen på vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:26
-msgid ""
-"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
-"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
-"and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-"
-"key-super\">Super</key> and drag anywhere in the window. Hold down "
-"<key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the window to the edges of the screen "
-"and other windows."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
-"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
-"screen and other windows."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
-msgid ""
-"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
-"the titlebar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
-"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "
-"the original position and size."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:52
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
-"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
-"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled"
-"\">tile windows side by side</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:27
-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr "Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:30
-msgid "Switch between windows"
-msgstr "Skift mellem vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You can see all the running applications that have a graphical user "
-"interface in the <em>window switcher</em>. This makes switching between "
-"tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
-"applications are running."
-msgstr ""
-"I <em>vinduesskifteren</em> kan du se alle de kørende programmer, der har en "
-"grafisk brugerflade. Så skal der kun udføres ét trin for at skifte mellem "
-"opgaver, og det giver et fuldt billede af, hvilke programmer som kører."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:42
-msgid "From a workspace:"
-msgstr "Fra et arbejdsområde:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></"
-"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></"
-"keyseq> for at få <gui>vinduesskifteren</gui> frem."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
-"(highlighted) window in the switcher."
-msgstr ""
-"Slip <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> for at vælge det næste "
-"(fremhævede) vindue i skifteren."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
-"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
-msgstr ""
-"Ellers bliv ved med at holde <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-"
-"tasten nede, tryk på <key>Tab</key> for at gennemløbe listen over åbne "
-"vinduer, eller <keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> for at "
-"gennemløbe baglæns."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
-msgid ""
-"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
-"windows and switch between them."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan også bruge vindueslisten på bundlinjen for at få adgang til alle dine "
-"åbne vinduer og skifte mellem dem."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
-"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
-"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "
-"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Vinduerne i vinduesskifteren grupperes efter programmer. Forhåndsvisninger "
-"af programmer med flere vinduer popper ned efterhånden som du klikker. Hold "
-"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> nede og tryk på <key>½</key> "
-"(eller tasten over <key>Tab</key>) for at gennemløbe listen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72
-msgid ""
-"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
-"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
-"mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan også flytte mellem programikonerne i vinduesskifteren med <key>→</"
-"key>- eller <key>←</key>-tasterne eller vælge et ved at klikke på det med "
-"musen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
-"<key>↓</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-"Forhåndsvisninger af programmer med et enkelt vindue kan vises med <key>↓</"
-"key>-tasten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:79
-msgid ""
-"From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a <link xref=\"shell-"
-"windows\">window</link> to switch to it and leave the overview. If you have "
-"multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspaces</"
-"link> open, you can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each "
-"workspace."
-msgstr ""
-"Fra <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> kan du klikke på et <link xref=\"shell-"
-"windows\">vindue</link> for at skifte til det og forlade oversigten. Hvis du "
-"har flere åbne <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces"
-"\">arbejdsområder</link>, så kan du klikke på et arbejdsområde for at vise "
-"de åbne vinduer på hvert arbejdsområde."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:19
-msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
-msgstr "Maksimer to vinduer side om side."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
-msgid "Tile windows"
-msgstr "Fliselæg vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
-msgid ""
-"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
-"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
-"them."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan kun maksimere et vindue på den venstre eller højre side af skærmen, "
-"og dermed placere to vinduer side om side, så du hurtigt kan skifte mellem "
-"dem."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
-msgid ""
-"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
-"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
-"the keyboard, hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and "
-"press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-"For at maksimere et vindue langs en af skærmens sider, skal du tage fat i "
-"titellinjen, og trække det til den venstre eller højre side indtil skærmen "
-"fremhæves. Med tastaturet skal du holde <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
-"\">Super</key> nede og trykke på <key>Venstre</key>- eller <key>Højre</key>-"
-"tasten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
-msgid ""
-"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
-"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
-msgstr ""
-"For at gendanne et vindue til sin oprindelige størrelse, skal du trække det "
-"væk fra skærmens side eller bruge den samme tastaturgenvej som du brugte til "
-"at maksimere."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows.page:18
-msgid "Move and organize your windows."
-msgstr "Flyt og organiser dine vinduer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:21
-msgid "Windows and workspaces"
-msgstr "Vinduer og arbejdsområder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running "
-"applications. Using both the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Activities</gui> overview and the <em>dash</em>, you can launch new "
-"applications and control active windows."
-msgstr ""
-"GNOME bruger, ligesom de andre skriveborde, vinduer til at vise dine kørende "
-"programmer. Du kan med både <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og <em>favoritområdet</em> starte nye "
-"programmer og styre aktive vinduer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows.page:28
-msgid ""
-"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
-"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
-"features."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan også gruppere dine programmer i arbejdsområder. Besøg hjælpeemnerne "
-"for vinduer og arbejdsområder nedenfor, for bedre at lære hvordan du bruger "
-"funktionerne."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:60
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Windows"
-msgstr "Vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:62
-msgid "Working with windows"
-msgstr "Arbejd med vinduer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:67
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Workspaces"
-msgstr "Arbejdsområder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:69
-msgid "Working with workspaces"
-msgstr "Arbejd med arbejdsområder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and drag the window to a different "
-"workspace."
-msgstr ""
-"Gå til <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og træk vinduet til et andet "
-"arbejdsområde."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
-msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
-msgstr "Flyt et vindue til et andet arbejdsområde"
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:26
-msgid "Using the mouse:"
-msgstr "Med musen:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities Overview</"
-"gui> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> "
-"menu at the top left of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"fra menuen <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Programmer</gui> "
-"øverst til venstre på skærmen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
-msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
-msgstr "Klik og træk vinduet mod højre side af skærmen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
-msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
-msgstr "<em xref=\"shell-workspaces\">Arbejdsområdevælgeren</em> vises."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
-"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
-"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
-msgstr ""
-"Træk vinduet til et tomt arbejdsområde. Arbejdsområdet indeholder nu det "
-"vindue, du slap, og et nyt arbejdsområde vises nederst i "
-"<em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
-"window you have dropped."
-msgstr ""
-"Slip vinduet på et tomt arbejdsområde. Arbejdsområdet indeholder nu det "
-"vindue, du slap."
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#. (itstool) path: list/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:50
-msgid "Using the keyboard:"
-msgstr "Med tastaturet:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
-"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
-"\"shell-windows-switching\">window switcher</em>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Vælg vinduet du vil flytte (f.eks. med <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
-"\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref=\"shell-windows-switching"
-"\">vinduesskifteren</em>)."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
-"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
-"<em>workspace selector</em>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Skift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> "
-"for at flytte vinduet til et arbejdsområde, som er ovenover det nuværende "
-"arbejdsområde i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
-"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
-"the <em>workspace selector</em>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Skift</key><key>Page Down</key></"
-"keyseq> for at flytte vinduet til et arbejdsområde, som er nedenunder det "
-"nuværende arbejdsområde i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:20
-msgid "Use the workspace selector."
-msgstr "Brug arbejdsområdevælgeren."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:23
-msgid "Switch between workspaces"
-msgstr "Skift mellem arbejdsområder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:30
-msgid ""
-"At the top left of the screen, click the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu and choose <gui>Activities "
-"Overview</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Øverst til venstre på skærmen skal du klikke på <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#activities\">Programmer</gui>-menuen og vælge "
-"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace "
-"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
-"that workspace."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på et arbejdsområde i <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
-"\">arbejdsområdevælgeren</link> på højre side af skærmen for at vise de åbne "
-"vinduer i arbejdsområdet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:40
-msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
-msgstr "Klik på en vinduesminiature for at aktivere arbejdsområdet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
-"identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
-"selecting the workspace you want to use from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Alternativt kan du skifte mellem arbejdsområder ved at klikke på "
-"arbejdsområdeidentifikatoren på højre side af vindueslisten på bundlinjen, "
-"og vælge det arbejdsområde, du vil bruge fra menuen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
-"key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq> "
-"to move to the workspace shown above the current workspace in the workspace "
-"selector."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
-"key></keyseq> eller <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Op</key></"
-"keyseq> for at flytte til arbejdsområdet som vises ovenover det nuværende "
-"arbejdsområde i arbejdsområdevælgeren."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> or "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Down</key></keyseq> to move to the "
-"workspace shown below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> eller "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Ned</key></keyseq> for at flytte "
-"til arbejdsområdet som vises nedenunder det nuværende arbejdsområde i "
-"arbejdsområdevælgeren."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:20
-msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
-msgstr "Arbejdsområder er en måde til at gruppere vinduer på dit skrivebord."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
-msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
-msgstr "Hvad er et arbejdsområde og hvordan kan det hjælpe mig?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' "
-"md5='5a7e511449e645bf69111c82868f4db8'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
-msgid "Workspace selector"
-msgstr "Arbejdsområdevælger"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
-"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
-"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
-msgstr ""
-"Arbejdsområder refererer til gruppering af vinduer på dit skrivebord. Du kan "
-"oprette flere arbejdsområder som fungerer som virtuelle skriveborde. "
-"Arbejdsområder er beregnet til at reducere rod og gøre det lettere at finde "
-"rundt på skrivebordet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
-"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
-"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
-msgstr ""
-"Arbejdsområder refererer til gruppering af vinduer på dit skrivebord. Du kan "
-"bruge flere arbejdsområder som fungerer som virtuelle skriveborde. "
-"Arbejdsområder er beregnet til at reducere rod og gøre det lettere at finde "
-"rundt på skrivebordet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
-"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
-"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
-"manager could be on a third workspace."
-msgstr ""
-"Arbejdsområder kan bruges til at organisere dit arbejde. Du kan f.eks. have "
-"alle dine kommunikationsvinduer såsom e-mail- og chatprogrammer på ét "
-"arbejdsområde og dit arbejde på et andet arbejdsområde. Din musiksamling "
-"kunne være på et tredje arbejdsområde."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
-msgid "Using workspaces:"
-msgstr "Brug af arbejdsområder:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview, move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"I <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"skal du flytte markøren til det yderste af skærmens højre side."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "
-"<gui>Activities</gui> overview and then move your cursor to the right-most "
-"side of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten for at åbne "
-"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og flyt så din markør til det yderste af "
-"skærmens højre side."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58
-msgid ""
-"A vertical panel will appear showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "
-"workspace. This is the workspace selector."
-msgstr ""
-"Der vises et lodret panel med arbejdsområder som er i brug, plus et tomt "
-"arbejdsområde. Det er arbejdsområdevælgeren."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61
-msgid ""
-"A vertical panel will appear showing available workspaces. This is the "
-"workspace selector."
-msgstr ""
-"Der vises et lodret panel med tilgængelige arbejdsområder. Det er "
-"arbejdsområdevælgeren."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:65
-msgid ""
-"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "
-"the empty workspace in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains "
-"the window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace will appear below it."
-msgstr ""
-"For at tilføje et arbejdsområde skal du trække og slippe et vindue fra et "
-"eksisterende arbejdsområde til det tomme arbejdsområde i "
-"arbejdsområdevælgeren. Arbejdsområdet indeholder nu kun vinduet, som du har "
-"sluppet, og et nyt arbejdsområde vises nedenunder."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:71
-msgid ""
-"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
-"workspaces."
-msgstr ""
-"For at fjerne et arbejdsområde skal du ganske enkelt lukke alle dets vinduer "
-"eller flytte dem til et andet arbejdsområde."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:76
-msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
-msgstr "Der er altid mindst ét arbejdsområde."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-alert.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
-"alert sounds."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-alert.page:33
-msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
-msgstr "Vælg eller deaktivér påmindelseslyden"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
-"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
-"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:42
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:51
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:92
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:55
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:60
-#: C/sound-volume.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Sound</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Lyd</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:46
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:55
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:96
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:59
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:64
-#: C/sound-volume.page:65
-msgid "Click on <gui>Sound</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Lyd</gui> for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:49
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Alert Sound</gui> section, select an alert sound. Each sound "
-"will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Use the volume slider for <gui>System Sounds</gui>in the <gui>Volume Levels</"
-"gui> section to set the volume of the alert sound. This will not affect the "
-"volume of your music, movies, or other sound files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-broken.page:20
-msgid ""
-"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
-msgstr "Fejlsøg problemer såsom manglende lyd eller dårlig lydkvalitet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-broken.page:24
-msgid "Sound problems"
-msgstr "Lydproblemer"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-broken.page:31
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
-"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:19
-msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
-msgstr "Tjek dine lydkabler og drivere til lydkortet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
-msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
-msgstr "Jeg hører knitren eller brummelyd når der afspilles lyde"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:24
-msgid ""
-"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
-"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
-"with the drivers for the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:30
-msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:31
-msgid ""
-"If the speakers are not fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
-"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:36
-msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable is not damaged."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
-"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
-"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
-"need to replace the cable or headphones."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:44
-msgid "Check if the sound drivers are not very good."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Some sound cards do not work very well on Linux because they do not have "
-"very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching "
-"for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search "
-"term “Linux”, to see if other people are having the same problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:49
-msgid ""
-"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
-"sound card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:24
-msgid ""
-"Check that the sound is not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and "
-"that the sound card is detected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
-msgid "I cannot hear any sounds on the computer"
-msgstr "Jeg kan ikke høre nogen lyd på computeren"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
-msgid ""
-"If you cannot hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
-"play music, go through the following troubleshooting tips."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:34
-msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
-msgstr "Sørg for at lyden ikke er på stilhed"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> and "
-"make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</gui> og sørg "
-"for at lyden ikke er slået fra eller skruet ned."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards — try pressing "
-"that key to see if it unmutes the sound."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
-msgid ""
-"You should also check that you have not muted the application that you are "
-"using to play sound (for example, your music player or movie player). The "
-"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
-"that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Also, you can check the <gui>Applications</gui> tab in the <gui>Sound</gui> "
-"GUI:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Volume Levels</gui>, check that your application is not muted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:66
-msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:67
-msgid ""
-"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
-"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
-"securely plugged into the “output” audio socket on your computer. This "
-"socket is usually light green in color."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:72
-msgid ""
-"Some sound cards can switch between the socket they use for output (to the "
-"speakers) and the socket for input (from a microphone, for instance). The "
-"output socket may be different when running Linux, Windows or Mac OS. Try "
-"connecting the speaker cable to a different audio socket on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
-msgid ""
-"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
-"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input, too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:83
-msgid "Check that the correct sound device is selected"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:85
-msgid ""
-"Some computers have multiple “sound devices” installed. Some of these are "
-"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
-"have the correct sound device selected. This might involve some trial-and-"
-"error to choose the right one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:99
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Output</gui>, change the <gui>Profile</gui> settings for the "
-"selected device and play a sound to see if it works. You might need to go "
-"through the list and try each profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:103
-msgid ""
-"If that does not work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
-"devices that are listed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:112
-msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:114
-msgid ""
-"Your sound card may not have been detected properly probably because the "
-"drivers for the card are not installed. You may need to install the drivers "
-"for the card manually. How you do this depends on the type of the card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
-msgid ""
-"Run the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command in the Terminal to find out what sound card "
-"you have:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:122
-msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:125
-msgid ""
-"Run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; "
-"either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password, or type <cmd>su</"
-"cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> (administrative) password, then type "
-"<cmd>lspci</cmd>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:131
-msgid ""
-"Check if an <em>audio controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed: in "
-"such case you should see the make and model number of the sound card. Also, "
-"<cmd>lspci -v</cmd> shows a list with more detailed information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:137
-msgid ""
-"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It is best to ask "
-"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
-"instructions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:141
-msgid ""
-"If you cannot get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
-"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
-"computer and external USB sound cards."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:29
-msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
-msgstr "Brug en analog- eller USB-mikrofon og vælg en standardinputenhed."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:33
-msgid "Use a different microphone"
-msgstr "Brug en anden mikrofon"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
-"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
-"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
-"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
-"quality."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:41
-msgid ""
-"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
-"audio socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
-"microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light red in color "
-"or is accompanied by a picture of a microphone. Microphones plugged into the "
-"appropriate socket are usually used by default. If not, see the instructions "
-"below for selecting a default input device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:48
-msgid ""
-"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
-"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
-"which microphone to use by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:53
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:58
-msgid "Select a default audio input device"
-msgstr "Vælg en standardenhed til lydinput"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:62
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use. The "
-"input level indicator should respond when you speak."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:67
-msgid ""
-"You can adjust the volume and switch the microphone off from this panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:34
-msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
-msgstr "Brug andre højttalere eller hovedtelefoner"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:36
-msgid ""
-"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
-"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
-"plug or a USB."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40
-msgid ""
-"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
-"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
-"microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light green in "
-"color or is accompanied by a picture of headphones. Speakers or headphones "
-"plugged into a TRS socket are usually used by default. If not, see the "
-"instructions below for selecting the default device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
-"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
-"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52
-msgid ""
-"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
-"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
-"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:67
-msgid "In the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:72
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui style=\"button\">Test Speakers</gui> button to check that all "
-"speakers are working and are connected to the correct socket."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-volume.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
-"application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-volume.page:32
-msgid "Change the sound volume"
-msgstr "Skift lydstyrken"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:34
-msgid ""
-"To change the sound volume, open the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right side of the top "
-"bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off "
-"sound by dragging the slider to the left."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
-"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
-"the “F” keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the “F” "
-"keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:44
-msgid ""
-"If you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the "
-"speakers’ volume control. Some headphones have a volume control too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-volume.page:49
-msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:51
-msgid ""
-"You can change the volume for one application and leave the volume for "
-"others unchanged. This is useful if you are listening to music and browsing "
-"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the audio in the web "
-"browser so sounds from websites do not interrupt the music."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
-"application has its volume control, use that to change the volume. If not:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Volume Levels</gui>, change the volume of the application listed "
-"there."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:72
-msgid ""
-"Only applications that are playing sounds are listed. If an application is "
-"playing sounds but is not listed, it might not support the feature that lets "
-"you control its volume in this way. In such case, you cannot change its "
-"volume."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/status-icons.page:13
-msgid "Monica Kochofar"
-msgstr "Monica Kochofar"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/status-icons.page:20
-msgid "Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
-msgstr "Forklarer betydningen af de ikoner som findes til højre på toplinjen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:23
-msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
-msgstr "Hvad betyder ikonerne på toplinjen?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:24
-msgid ""
-"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
-"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
-"provided by the GNOME interface are described."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/status-icons.page:29
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' "
-"md5='ec52429596ce2045c08b989c18f1a579'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/status-icons.page:35
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/top-bar-icons-classic.png' "
-"md5='a297d2b5fa52907add3f075cd4753e08'"
-msgstr "[Strengen bruges ikke]"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:44
-msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons"
-msgstr "Ikoner for tilgængelighedsmenuen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:49
-msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
-msgstr "Fører til en menu som slår tilgængelighedsindstillinger til."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:57
-msgid "Volume Control Icons"
-msgstr "Ikoner for lydstyrkestyring"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:62
-msgid "The volume is set to high."
-msgstr "Lydstyrken er indstillet til høj."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:66
-msgid "The volume is set to medium."
-msgstr "Lydstyrken er indstillet til medium."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:70
-msgid "The volume is set to low."
-msgstr "Lydstyrken er indstillet til lav."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:74
-msgid "The volume is muted."
-msgstr "Lydstyrken er indstillet til stilhed."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:81
-msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
-msgstr "Ikoner for Bluetooth-håndtering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:86
-msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
-msgstr "Bluetooth er aktiveret."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:90
-msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
-msgstr "Bluetooth er deaktiveret."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/status-icons.page:98
-msgid "Explains the meanings of the Network Manager icons."
-msgstr "Forklarer betydningen af ikonerne for netværkshåndtering."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:101
-msgid "Network Manager Icons"
-msgstr "Ikoner for netværkshåndtering"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:103
-msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
-msgstr "<app>Mobilnetværksforbindelse</app>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:108
-msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et 3G-netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:112
-msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et 4G-netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:116
-msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et EDGE-netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:120
-msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et GPRS-netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:124
-msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et UMTS-netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:128
-msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et mobilnetværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:132
-msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
-msgstr "Opretter forbindelse til et mobilnetværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:136
-#: C/status-icons.page:238
-msgid "Very high signal strength."
-msgstr "Meget høj signalstyrke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:140
-#: C/status-icons.page:242
-msgid "High signal strength."
-msgstr "Høj signalstyrke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:144
-#: C/status-icons.page:246
-msgid "Medium signal strength."
-msgstr "Medium signalstyrke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:148
-#: C/status-icons.page:250
-msgid "Low signal strength."
-msgstr "Lav signalstyrke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:152
-msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
-msgstr "Ekstrem lav signalstyrke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:158
-msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
-msgstr "<app>Forbindelse for lokalt netværk (LAN)</app>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:162
-msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
-msgstr "Der opstod en fejl ved forsøg på at finde netværket."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:166
-msgid "The network is inactive."
-msgstr "Netværket er inaktivt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:170
-msgid "There is no route found for the network."
-msgstr "Der blev ikke fundet nogen rute for netværket."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:174
-msgid "The network is offline."
-msgstr "Netværket er offline."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:178
-msgid "The network is receiving data."
-msgstr "Netværket modtager data."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:182
-msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
-msgstr "Netværket sender og modtager data."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:186
-msgid "The network is transmitting data."
-msgstr "Netværket sender data."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:192
-msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
-msgstr "<app>Forbindelse for virtuelt privat netværk (VPN)</app>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:196
-#: C/status-icons.page:209
-msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
-msgstr "Opretter forbindelse til et netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:200
-msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et VPN-netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:205
-msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
-msgstr "<app>Kablet forbindelse</app>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:213
-msgid "Disconnected from the network."
-msgstr "Forbindelsen til netværket er afbrudt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:217
-msgid "Connected to a wired network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et kablet netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:222
-msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
-msgstr "<app>Trådløs forbindelse</app>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:226
-msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
-msgstr "Opretter trådløs forbindelse."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:230
-msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
-msgstr "Det trådløse netværk er krypteret."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:234
-msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
-msgstr "Forbundet til et trådløst netværk."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:254
-msgid "Very low signal strength."
-msgstr "Meget lav signalstyrke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:261
-msgid "Power Manager Icons"
-msgstr "Ikoner for strømstyring"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:266
-msgid "The battery is full."
-msgstr "Batteriet er fuldt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:270
-msgid "The battery is partially drained."
-msgstr "Batteriet er delvist afladet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:274
-msgid "The battery is low."
-msgstr "Batteriet er lavt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:278
-msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
-msgstr "Forsigtig: Batteriet er meget lavt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:282
-msgid "The battery is extremely low."
-msgstr "Batteriet er ekstremt lavt."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:286
-msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
-msgstr "Batteriet er blevet fjernet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:290
-msgid "The battery is fully charged."
-msgstr "Batteriet er fuldt opladet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:294
-msgid "The battery is full and charging."
-msgstr "Batteriet er fuldt og oplades."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:298
-msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
-msgstr "Batteriet er delvist fuldt og oplades."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:302
-msgid "The battery is low and charging."
-msgstr "Batteriet er lavt og oplades."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:306
-msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
-msgstr "Batteriet er meget lavt og oplades."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:310
-msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
-msgstr "Batteriet er tomt og oplades."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:33
-msgid ""
-"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
-"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
-msgstr ""
-"Skriv tegn som ikke findes på dit tastatur. inklusive fremmede alfabeter, "
-"matematiske symboler og dingbats."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36
-msgid "Enter special characters"
-msgstr "Indtast specialtegn"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38
-msgid ""
-"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world’s "
-"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
-"different ways you can enter special characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan indtaste og vise tusindvis af tegn fra de fleste af verdens "
-"skrivesystemer — selv dem der ikke findes på dit tastatur. Siden viser nogle "
-"forskellige måder til at indtaste specialtegn."
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:43
-msgid "Methods to enter characters"
-msgstr "Metoder til at indtaste tegn"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47
-msgid "Characters"
-msgstr "Tegn"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:48
-msgid ""
-"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to find and "
-"insert unusual characters, including emoji, by browsing character categories "
-"or searching for keywords."
-msgstr ""
-"GNOME kommer med et tegnkort-program som giver dig mulighed for at finde og "
-"indsætte ualmindelige tegn, inklusive emoji, ved at gennemse tegnkategorier "
-"eller søge efter nøgleord."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:52
-msgid "You can launch <app>Characters</app> from the Activities overview."
-msgstr "Du kan starte <app>Tegn</app> fra Aktivitetsoversigten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57
-msgid "Compose key"
-msgstr "Compose-tasten"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
-msgid ""
-"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
-"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
-"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"
-"key>."
-msgstr ""
-"En compose-tast er en speciel tast som giver dig mulighed for at trykke på "
-"flere taster efter hinanden for at få et specialtegn. For f.eks. at skrive "
-"<em>é</em> med accenttegn, kan du trykke på <key>compose</key> og så <key>'</"
-"key> og <key>e</key>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Keyboards don’t have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
-"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
-msgstr ""
-"Tastaturer har ikke en bestemt compose-tast. Du kan i stedet definere en af "
-"de eksisterende taster på dit tastatur som en compose-tast."
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
-msgid "Define a compose key"
-msgstr "Vælg en compose-tast"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84
-msgid "Click the <gui>Keyboard &amp; Mouse</gui> tab."
-msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <gui>Tastatur &amp; mus</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87
-msgid "Click <gui>Disabled</gui> next to the <gui>Compose Key</gui> setting."
-msgstr ""
-"Klik på <gui>Deaktiveret</gui> ved siden af <gui>Compose-tast</gui>-"
-"indstillingen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:91
-msgid ""
-"Turn the switch on in the dialog and pick the keyboard shortcut you want to "
-"use."
-msgstr ""
-"Tænd for kontakten i dialogen og vælg den tastaturgenvej, du vil bruge."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:95
-msgid "Tick the checkbox of the key that you want to set as the Compose key."
-msgstr ""
-"Tilvælg afkrydsningsboksen til den tast du vil indstille som Compose-tast."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99
-msgid "Close the dialog."
-msgstr "Luk dialogen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106
-msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
-msgstr "Du kan skrive mange almindelige tegn med compose-tasten, f.eks.:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
-msgid ""
-"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
-"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <key>compose</key> og så <key>'</key> og så et bogstav for at sætte "
-"et accent aigu over, såsom <em>é</em>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:112
-msgid ""
-"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
-"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <key>compose</key> og så <key>`</key> (omvendt ´) og så et bogstav "
-"for at sætte et accent grave over, såsom <em>è</em>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115
-msgid ""
-"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
-"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <key>compose</key> og så <key>\"</key> og så et bogstav for at sætte "
-"et umlaut over bogstavet, såsom <em>ë</em>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:117
-msgid ""
-"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
-"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
-msgstr ""
-"Tryk på <key>compose</key> og så <key>-</key> og så et bogstav for at sætte "
-"en macron over bogstavet, såsom <em>ē</em>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:120
-msgid ""
-"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"
-"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "
-"Wikipedia</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Se <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
-"Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">Wikipedias side om Compose-tasten</"
-"link> for flere sekvenser til Compose-tasten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:126
-msgid "Code points"
-msgstr "Kodepunkter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:128
-msgid ""
-"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
-"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
-"character code point. To find the code point for a character, look it up in "
-"the <app>Characters</app> application. The code point is the four characters "
-"after <gui>U+</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan indtaste alle Unicode-tegn med dit tastatur ved at bruge tegnets "
-"numeriske kodepunkt. Hvert tegn identificeres af et kodepunkt på 4 tegn. Du "
-"kan finde et tegns kodepunkt ved at slå det op i <app>Tegn</app>-programmet. "
-"Kodepunktet er de fire tegn efter <gui>U+</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:134
-msgid ""
-"To enter a character by its code point, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>Shift</key><key>U</key></keyseq>, then type the four-character code "
-"and press <key>Space</key> or <key>Enter</key>. If you often use characters "
-"that you can’t easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to "
-"memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly."
-msgstr ""
-"For at indtaste et tegns kodepunkt skal du trykke på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>Skift</key><key>U</key></keyseq> og så skrive koden på 4 tegn og "
-"trykke på <key>Mellemrum</key> eller <key>Enter</key>. Hvis du ofte bruger "
-"tegn som du ikke har let adgang til på andre måder, så kan det være, du vil "
-"huske kodepunkterne for de tegn udenad så du hurtigt kan indtaste dem."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:144
-msgid "Keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Tastaturlayouts"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:145
-msgid ""
-"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
-"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
-"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
-"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan få et tastatur til at opføre sig som tastaturet på et andet sprog, "
-"uanset hvilke bogstaver der er trykt på tasterne. Du kan endda let skifte "
-"mellem forskellige tastaturlayouts ved at bruge et ikon på toplinjen. Se "
-"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/> for at læse mere."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:152
-msgid "Input methods"
-msgstr "Indtastningsmetoder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:154
-msgid ""
-"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
-"not only with keyboard but also any input devices. For instance you could "
-"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
-"characters using a Latin keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-"En indtastningsmetode udvider de forrige metoder ved at give mulighed for at "
-"indtaste tegn, ikke kun med tastaturet, men alle inputenheder. Du kan f.eks. "
-"indtaste tegn med en mus ved at bruge en gestusmetode eller indtaste "
-"japanske tegn med et latin-tastatur."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:159
-msgid ""
-"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
-"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
-"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
-"to see how to use them."
-msgstr ""
-"Højreklik på tekst-widgeten for at vælge en indtastningsmetode, og vælg den "
-"indtastningsmetode du vil bruge i <gui>Indtastningsmetode</gui>-menuen. Der "
-"leveres ikke nogen standardindtastningsmetode, så referer til "
-"dokumentationen for indtastningsmetode for at se hvordan de bruges."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/tips.page:12
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="
-"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Specialtegn</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
-"middleclick\">genveje for midterklik</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/tips.page:16
-msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"
-msgstr "Tips &amp; tricks"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:19
-msgid "Manipulate your desktop using gestures on your touchscreen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:22
-msgid "Use touchscreen gestures to navigate the desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:24
-msgid ""
-"Multitouch gestures can be used on touchscreens for system navigation, as "
-"well as in applications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:27
-msgid ""
-"A number of applications make use of gestures. In <app>Document Viewer</"
-"app>, documents can be zoomed and swiped with gestures, and <app>Image "
-"Viewer</app> allows you to zoom, rotate and pan."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:32
-msgid "System-wide gestures"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:37
-msgid "<em>Open the Activities Overview</em>"
-msgstr "<em>Åbn aktivitetsoversigten</em>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:38
-msgid "Bring three or more fingers closer together while touching the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:42
-msgid "<em>Open the Applications View</em>"
-msgstr "<em>Åbn programvisningen</em>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:43
-msgid "Slide right from the left screen edge."
-msgstr "Stryg til højre fra skærmens venstre kant."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:47
-msgid "<em>Bring down the notifications list</em>"
-msgstr "<em>Vis påmindelseslisten</em>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:48
-msgid "Slide down from the top center edge."
-msgstr "Stryg ned fra øverste midterste kant."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:52
-msgid "<em>Bring down the system menu</em>"
-msgstr "<em>Vis systemmenuen</em>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:53
-msgid "Slide down from the top right edge."
-msgstr "Stryg ned fra øverste højre kant."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:57
-msgid "<em>Bring up the on-screen keyboard</em>"
-msgstr "<em>Vis skærmtastaturet</em>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:58
-msgid "Slide up from the bottom screen edge."
-msgstr "Stryg op fra skærmens nederste kant."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:62
-msgid "<em>Switch Application</em>"
-msgstr "<em>Skift program</em>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:63
-msgid "Hold three fingers on the surface while tapping with the fourth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:67
-msgid "<em>Switch Workspace</em>"
-msgstr "<em>Skift arbejdsområde</em>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:68
-msgid "Drag up or down with four fingers touching the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:75
-msgid "Application gestures"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:80
-msgid "<em>Open an item, launch an application, play a song</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:81
-msgid "Tap on an item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:85
-msgid "<em>Select an item and list actions that can be performed</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:86
-msgid "Press and hold for a second or two."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:90
-msgid "<em>Scroll the area on the screen</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:91
-msgid "Drag: slide a finger touching the surface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:98
-msgid ""
-"<em>Change the zoom level of a view (<app>Maps</app>, <app>Photos</app>)</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:100
-msgid ""
-"Two-finger pinch or stretch: Touch the surface with two fingers while "
-"bringing them closer or further apart."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:106
-msgid "<em>Rotate a photo</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:107
-msgid "Two-finger rotate: Touch the surface with two fingers and rotate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/translate.page:7
-msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
-msgstr "Hvordan og hvor du kan hjælpe med at oversætte emnerne."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/translate.page:27
-msgid "Participate to improve translations"
-msgstr "Vær med til at forbedre oversættelserne"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/translate.page:29
-msgid ""
-"GNOME’s help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
-"are welcome to participate."
-msgstr ""
-"GNOMEs hjælp oversættes af et verdensomspændende fællesskab af frivillige. "
-"Du er velkommen til at være med."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/translate.page:33
-msgid ""
-"There are <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "
-"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Der findes stadigvæk <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-"
-"docs/\">mange sprog</link> som har brug for at blive oversat."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/translate.page:37
-msgid ""
-"To start translating, you will need to <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/"
-"register/\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"https://l10n."
-"gnome.org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give "
-"you the ability to upload new translations."
-msgstr ""
-"For at komme i gang med at oversætte skal du <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome."
-"org/register/\">oprette en konto</link> og tilmelde <link href=\"https://"
-"l10n.gnome.org/teams/\">oversættelsesholdet</link> på dit sprog. Så kan du "
-"uploade nye oversættelser."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/translate.page:43
-msgid ""
-"You can chat with GNOME translators by joining the #i18n channel on the "
-"<link xref=\"help-irc\">GNOME IRC server</link>. People on the channel are "
-"located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of "
-"timezone differences."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan chatte med GNOME-oversættere ved at deltage i #i18n-kanalen på <link "
-"xref=\"help-irc\">GNOME IRC-serveren</link>. Folk på kanalen er fra hele "
-"verden, så det kan godt være du ikke får svar med det samme pga. "
-"tidsforskellen."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/translate.page:49
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "
-"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "
-"list</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Alternativt kan du kontakte internationaliseringsholdet ved at bruge deres "
-"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n"
-"\">mailingliste</link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:20
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Users"
-msgstr "Brugere"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-accounts.page:21
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword"
-"\">change password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</"
-"link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"user-add\">Tilføj bruger</link>, <link xref=\"user-"
-"changepassword\">skift adgangskode</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change"
-"\">administratorer</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:28
-msgid "User accounts"
-msgstr "Brugerkonti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-accounts.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
-"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
-"own settings. It is also more secure. You can only access a different user "
-"account if you know their password."
-msgstr ""
-"Hver person som bruger computeren bør have en brugerkonto. Det gør det "
-"muligt at holde deres filer adskilt fra dine og for at vælge deres egne "
-"indstillinger. Det er også mere sikkert. Du kan kun tilgå en anden bruger "
-"hvis du kender deres adgangskode."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:38
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Accounts"
-msgstr "Konti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:40
-msgid "Manage user accounts"
-msgstr "Håndter brugerkonti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:44
-msgid "Passwords"
-msgstr "Adgangskoder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:49
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Privileges"
-msgstr "Rettigheder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:51
-msgid "User privileges"
-msgstr "Brugerrettigheder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-add.page:33
-msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
-msgstr "Tilføj nye brugere så andre personer kan logge ind på computeren."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-add.page:36
-msgid "Add a new user account"
-msgstr "Tilføj en ny brugerkonto"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-add.page:38
-msgid ""
-"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
-"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
-"folder, documents, and settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan tilføje flere brugerkonti til din computer. Giv en konto til hver "
-"person i dit hjem eller virksomhed. Hver bruger har deres egen hjemmemappe, "
-"dokumenter og indstillinger."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-add.page:42
-msgid ""
-"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
-"to add user accounts."
-msgstr ""
-"Du skal have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative rettigheder</"
-"link> for at tilføje brugerkonti."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button, below the list of accounts "
-"on the left, to add a new user account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:62
-msgid ""
-"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
-"\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</"
-"gui> for the account type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and "
-"drivers, and change the date and time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Enter the new user’s full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
-"based on the full name. If you do not like the proposed username, you can "
-"change it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:74
-msgid ""
-"You can choose to set a password for the new user, or let them set it "
-"themselves on their first login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/user-add.page:79
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
-msgid "generate password"
-msgstr "generér adgangskode"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:76
-msgid ""
-"If you choose to set the password now, you can press the <gui style=\"button"
-"\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to automatically generate a random password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-add.page:87
-msgid ""
-"If you want to change the password after creating the account, select the "
-"account, <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> the panel and press the current "
-"password status."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-add.page:92
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Users</gui> panel, you can click the image next to the user’s "
-"name to the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown "
-"in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you "
-"can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:26
-msgid ""
-"You can allow users to make changes to the system by giving them "
-"administrative privileges."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:30
-msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
-msgstr "Vælg hvem der har administrative rettigheder"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
-"important parts of the system. You can change which users have "
-"administrative privileges and which ones do not. They are a good way of "
-"keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized "
-"changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
-"to change account types."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:46
-#: C/user-autologin.page:37
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:74
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:50
-#: C/user-delete.page:57
-msgid "Click <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:53
-msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account Type</gui> and "
-"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:60
-msgid "The user’s privileges will be changed when they next log in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:65
-msgid ""
-"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has "
-"administrator privileges. This is the user account that was created when you "
-"first installed the system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:68
-msgid ""
-"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
-"on one system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:25
-msgid ""
-"You need administrative privileges to change important parts of your system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
-msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
-msgstr "Hvordan virker administrative rettigheder?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:31
-msgid ""
-"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
-"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
-"important <em>system files</em> are changed incorrectly they can cause "
-"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
-"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
-"also protected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:38
-msgid ""
-"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
-"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
-"applications. In day-to-day use, you will not need to change any system "
-"files or use these applications, so by default you do not have "
-"administrative privileges."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
-"temporarily get administrative privileges to allow you to make the changes. "
-"If an application needs administrative privileges, it will ask for your "
-"password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the "
-"software installer (package manager) will ask for your administrator "
-"password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has "
-"finished, your administrative privileges will be taken away again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Administrative privileges are associated with your user account. "
-"<gui>Administrator</gui> users are allowed to have these privileges while "
-"<gui>Standard</gui> users are not. Without administrative privileges you "
-"will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "
-"“root” account) have permanent administrative privileges. You should not use "
-"administrative privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally "
-"change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, "
-"for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
-msgid ""
-"In summary, administrative privileges allow you to change important parts of "
-"your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
-msgid "What does “super user” mean?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:66
-msgid ""
-"A user with administrative privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</"
-"em>. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. "
-"You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</"
-"cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you “super "
-"user” (administrative) privileges."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:74
-msgid "Why are administrative privileges useful?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Requiring users to have administrative privileges before important system "
-"changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from "
-"being broken, intentionally or unintentionally."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:80
-msgid ""
-"If you had administrative privileges all of the time, you might accidentally "
-"change an important file, or run an application which changes something "
-"important by mistake. Only getting administrative privileges temporarily, "
-"when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:86
-msgid ""
-"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have administrative "
-"privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and "
-"doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing "
-"applications that you don’t want, or changing important files. This is "
-"useful from a security standpoint."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
-msgid ""
-"You can do some things, like installing applications, only if you have "
-"administrative privileges."
-msgstr ""
-"Nogen ting kan kun gøres hvis du har administrative rettigheder, såsom "
-"installation af programmer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:32
-msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
-msgstr "Problemer som er forårsaget af administrative restriktioner"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:34
-msgid ""
-"You may experience a few problems if you do not have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
-"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require "
-"administrative privileges in order to work, such as:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:40
-msgid "connecting to networks or wireless networks,"
-msgstr "forbinde til netværk eller trådløse netværk,"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:43
-msgid ""
-"viewing the contents of a different disk partition (for example, a Windows "
-"partition), or"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:47
-msgid "installing new applications."
-msgstr "installere nye programmer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:51
-msgid ""
-"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has administrative "
-"privileges</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">vælge hvem der har administrative "
-"rettigheder</link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-autologin.page:23
-msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
-msgstr "Opsæt automatisk login til når du tænder din computer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-autologin.page:26
-msgid "Log in automatically"
-msgstr "Automatisk indlogning"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:28
-msgid ""
-"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
-"account when you start up your computer:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
-msgstr "Vælg brugerkontoen som automatisk skal logge ind ved opstart."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:48
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Automatisk login</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:52
-msgid ""
-"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
-"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
-"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "
-"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "
-"including your files and browser history."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:59
-msgid ""
-"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
-"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:35
-msgid "Change your password"
-msgstr "Skift din adgangskode"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:62
-msgid ""
-"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
-"you think someone else knows your password."
-msgstr ""
-"Der er en god ide at skifte din adgangskode en gang imellem. Specielt hvis "
-"du tror at nogen kender din adgangskode."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Click the label <gui>·····</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. If you are "
-"changing the password for a different user, you will first need to "
-"<gui>Unlock</gui> the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:82
-msgid ""
-"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
-"again in the <gui>Verify New Password</gui> field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:84
-msgid ""
-"You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to "
-"automatically generate a random password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
-msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Skift</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
-msgid ""
-"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</"
-"link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
-msgid ""
-"When you update your login password, your login keyring password will "
-"automatically be updated to be the same as your new login password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:102
-msgid ""
-"If you forget your password, any user with administrator privileges can "
-"change it for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:31
-msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
-msgstr "Tilføj dit billede til login- og brugerskærmene."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:34
-msgid "Change your login screen photo"
-msgstr "Skift billedet på din loginskærm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
-msgid ""
-"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
-"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
-"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:53
-msgid ""
-"If you want to edit a user other than yourself, press <gui style=\"button"
-"\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in your password when "
-"prompted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
-"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
-"yourself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:63
-msgid ""
-"If you would rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
-"<gui>Select a file…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:67
-msgid ""
-"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
-"<gui>Take a picture…</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the "
-"square outline to crop out the parts you do not want. If you do not like the "
-"picture you took, click <gui style=\"button\">Take Another Picture</gui> to "
-"try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> to give up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-delete.page:39
-msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
-msgstr "Fjern brugere som ikke længere bruger din computer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-delete.page:42
-msgid "Delete a user account"
-msgstr "Slet en brugerkonto"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You can <link xref=\"user-add\">add multiple user accounts to your computer</"
-"link>. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that "
-"user’s account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:48
-msgid ""
-"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
-"to delete user accounts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Select the user that you want to delete and press the <gui style=\"button\">-"
-"</gui> button, below the list of accounts on the left, to delete that user "
-"account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
-"choose to keep or delete the user’s home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
-"gui> if you are sure they will not be used anymore and you need to free up "
-"disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They cannot be recovered. "
-"You may want to back up the files to an external storage device before "
-"deleting them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
-msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
-msgstr "Brug længere, mere komplicerede adgangskoder."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
-msgid "Choose a secure password"
-msgstr "Vælg en sikker adgangskode"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
-"others (including computer programs) to guess."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
-"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
-"personal information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:45
-msgid ""
-"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
-"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
-"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
-"choosing a good password:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
-"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
-"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "
-"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:57
-msgid ""
-"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
-"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
-"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, “Flatland: A Romance of Many "
-"Dimensions” would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
-"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
-"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
-"“password” — people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
-"any family member’s name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:80
-msgid "Do not use any nouns."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:83
-msgid ""
-"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
-"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
-"watching you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:87
-msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
-msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:95
-msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:96
-msgid ""
-"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
-"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:98
-msgid ""
-"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
-"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
-"use the same one for things that do not matter (like websites), and "
-"different ones for important things (like your online banking account and "
-"your email)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:105
-msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/video-dvd.page:23
-msgid ""
-"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
-"region."
-msgstr ""
-"Du har måske ikke de rette codecs installeret eller dvd'en er en forkert "
-"region."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/video-dvd.page:27
-msgid "Why won’t DVDs play?"
-msgstr "Hvorfor afspilles dvd'er ikke?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:29
-msgid ""
-"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn’t play, you may not have "
-"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
-"different <em>region</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/video-dvd.page:34
-msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
-msgstr "Installere de korrekte codecs til afspilning af dvd"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:36
-msgid ""
-"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
-"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
-"audio format. If your movie player software doesn’t find the right codecs, "
-"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you’ll have to install the "
-"codecs manually — ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "
-"distribution’s support forums."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:43
-msgid ""
-"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
-"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
-"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. This software "
-"is available from a number of Linux distributions, but cannot be legally "
-"used in all countries. You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle "
-"copy protection from <link href=\"https://fluendo.com/en/products/multimedia/"
-"oneplay-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and should be "
-"legal to use in all countries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/video-dvd.page:55
-msgid "Checking the DVD region"
-msgstr "Tjek dvd-regionen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:57
-msgid ""
-"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
-"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer’s DVD "
-"player does not match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you "
-"won’t be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD "
-"player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:63
-msgid ""
-"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
-"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
-"change the DVD region of your computer’s DVD player, use <link href=\"http://"
-"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:68
-msgid ""
-"You can find <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DVD_region_code"
-"\">more information about DVD region codes on Wikipedia</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Du kan finde <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DVD_region_code"
-"\">mere information om regionskodning af dvd'er på Wikipedia</link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/video-sending.page:20
-msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
-msgstr "Tjek at du har de rette video-codecs installeret."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/video-sending.page:23
-msgid "Other people can’t play the videos I made"
-msgstr "Andre personer kan ikke afspille de videoer, jeg har lavet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:25
-msgid ""
-"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
-"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:29
-msgid ""
-"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
-"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
-"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
-"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
-"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
-"\">Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:41
-msgid "Right-click on the video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> or <gui>Video</gui> tab and look at which "
-"<gui>Codec</gui> are listed under <gui>Video</gui> and <gui>Audio</gui> (if "
-"the video also has audio)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
-"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
-"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
-"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
-"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for “theora windows media "
-"player”. You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it’s "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:58
-msgid ""
-"If you can’t find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."
-"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
-"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "
-"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "
-"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "
-"the software installer application to see what’s available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:67
-msgid ""
-"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
-"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
-"big files aren’t copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
-"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
-"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:24
-msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
-msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
-msgstr "Brug tegnepladen venstrehåndet"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
-"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
-"orientation to left-handed:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:35
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:33
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
-"overview and start typing <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "
-"og begynd at skrive <gui>Wacom-tegneplade</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:39
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:37
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:46
-msgid "Click on <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Wacom-tegneplade</gui> for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:41
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:40
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:49
-msgid "Click the <gui>Tablet</gui> button in the header bar."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tegneplade</gui>-knappen i hovedbjælken."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:42
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:41
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:50
-msgid ""
-"If no tablet is detected, you’ll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
-"your Wacom tablet</gui>. Click the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> link to "
-"connect a wireless tablet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:46
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Venstrehåndet orientering</gui>-kontakten."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:24
-msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:27
-msgid "Set the Wacom tablet’s tracking mode"
-msgstr "Indstil Wacom-tegnepladens sporingstilstand"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
-"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:49
-msgid ""
-"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
-"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
-"to the same point on the tablet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:52
-msgid ""
-"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
-"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn’t move. This is "
-"the way a mouse operates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:29
-msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:32
-msgid "Choose a monitor"
-msgstr "Vælg en skærm"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:54
-msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:55
-msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
-"your graphics tablet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:58
-msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>Keep aspect ratio (letterbox)</gui> switch to on to match "
-"the drawing area of the tablet to the proportions of the monitor. This "
-"setting, also called <em>force proportions</em>, “letterboxes” the drawing "
-"area on a tablet to correspond more directly to a display. For example, a "
-"4∶3 tablet would be mapped so that the drawing area would correspond to a "
-"widescreen display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:69
-msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Luk</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:23
-msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:26
-msgid "Configure the stylus"
-msgstr "Konfigurer pennen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46
-msgid "Click <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Wacom-tegneplade</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:49
-msgid "Click the <gui>Stylus</gui> button in the header bar."
-msgstr "Klik på <gui>Pen</gui>-knappen i hovedbjælken."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50
-msgid ""
-"If no stylus is detected, you’ll be asked to <gui>Please move your stylus to "
-"the proximity of the tablet to configure it</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:54
-msgid ""
-"The panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the "
-"device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can "
-"be adjusted:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the “feel” (how "
-"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
-"and <gui>Firm</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:61
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
-"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
-"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "
-"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, or "
-"Forward."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:66
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the “feel” between "
-"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:73
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one stylus, use the pager next to the stylus device "
-"name to choose which stylus to configure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom.page:7
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"
-"stylus\">configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">use "
-"the tablet left handed</link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Kortlæg en skærm</link>, <link xref="
-"\"wacom-stylus\">konfigurer pennen</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed"
-"\">brug tegnepladen med venstre hånd</link> …"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom.page:31
-msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
-msgstr "Wacom-tegneplade"
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2

+msgctxt "_"

+msgid "translator-credits"

+msgstr "scootergrisen <>, 2015-2016, 2019-2021"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:20 C/a11y-braille.page:16 C/a11y-contrast.page:18

+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:20 C/a11y-font-size.page:19 C/a11y-mag.page:18

+#: C/a11y.page:13 C/a11y-right-click.page:20 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:15

+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:18 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:20 C/a11y-visualalert.page:19

+#: C/accounts-add.page:28 C/accounts-remove.page:23 C/bluetooth.page:16

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:29 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:21

+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:17 C/clock.page:13 C/disk.page:9

+#: C/display-brightness.page:26 C/files-browse.page:20 C/files-delete.page:19

+#: C/files-lost.page:18 C/files-open.page:17 C/files-preview.page:16

+#: C/files-removedrive.page:9 C/files-rename.page:17 C/files-search.page:21

+#: C/files-select.page:9 C/files-share.page:16 C/files.page:15

+#: C/hardware-auth.page:9 C/hardware.page:9 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:15

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17 C/keyboard-nav.page:23

+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15 C/keyboard.page:18 C/look-background.page:29

+#: C/media.page:9 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:21 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:20

+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:18 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:21

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:25

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:17 C/mouse-wakeup.page:17

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:20 C/nautilus-connect.page:15

+#: C/nautilus-display.page:13 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:16

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:24 C/nautilus-prefs.page:8

+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13 C/nautilus-views.page:17 C/net-findip.page:16

+#: C/net-macaddress.page:14 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:19

+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:12 C/net.page:11 C/prefs-display.page:9

+#: C/prefs-language.page:9 C/prefs.page:10 C/printing-setup.page:28

+#: C/privacy-purge.page:25 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:19

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18 C/session-formats.page:15

+#: C/session-language.page:18 C/shell-exit.page:20 C/shell-introduction.page:19

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:19 C/shell-windows-maximize.page:14

+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:13 C/shell-windows-tiled.page:13

+#: C/sound-alert.page:15 C/sound-usemic.page:15 C/sound-usespeakers.page:16

+#: C/sound-volume.page:18 C/tips-specialchars.page:15 C/tips.page:8

+#: C/user-add.page:19 C/user-changepicture.page:21 C/user-delete.page:25

+msgid "Shaun McCance"

+msgstr "Shaun McCance"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:24 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:24 C/a11y-icon.page:17

+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:25 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:22 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:24

+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:13 C/accounts.page:13

+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:18 C/files-browse.page:24

+#: C/files-hidden.page:14 C/files-sort.page:13 C/files-tilde.page:14

+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:23

+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:17 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16

+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:17 C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13

+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:17 C/nautilus-list.page:17

+#: C/net-default-browser.page:15 C/net-default-email.page:14

+#: C/net-email-virus.page:15 C/net-manual.page:17 C/net-othersconnect.page:15

+#: C/net-othersedit.page:15 C/net-proxy.page:19 C/net-slow.page:13

+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:15 C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20

+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:18

+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:16 C/power-batteryestimate.page:19

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:24 C/power-batteryoptimal.page:18

+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:22 C/power-othercountry.page:18

+#: C/printing-2sided.page:13 C/printing-cancel-job.page:14

+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:13 C/printing-envelopes.page:13

+#: C/printing-order.page:13 C/printing-select.page:13 C/printing-setup.page:16

+#: C/printing.page:12 C/sound-volume.page:14 C/user-goodpassword.page:17

+msgid "Phil Bull"

+msgstr "Phil Bull"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:28 C/a11y-contrast.page:22 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28

+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:23 C/a11y-mag.page:22 C/a11y.page:17

+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:29 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:26 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28

+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:23 C/accounts-add.page:19

+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:17 C/accounts-remove.page:15

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:19 C/accounts-whyadd.page:18

+#: C/backup-how.page:20 C/backup-thinkabout.page:22 C/backup-what.page:20

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33 C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:22

+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:25 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:27

+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21

+#: C/clock-calendar.page:21 C/clock-set.page:21 C/clock-timezone.page:21

+#: C/clock-world.page:14 C/color-assignprofiles.page:20

+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:22 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:21

+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:20 C/color-testing.page:23

+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:19 C/contacts.page:13 C/contacts-connect.page:16

+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:20 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:19

+#: C/contacts-search.page:18 C/contacts-setup.page:16 C/disk-benchmark.page:22

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:16 C/disk-check.page:17 C/display-blank.page:23

+#: C/display-brightness.page:34 C/display-dual-monitors.page:19

+#: C/display-night-light.page:12 C/files-autorun.page:22 C/files-browse.page:28

+#: C/files-copy.page:22 C/files-delete.page:27 C/files-disc-write.page:13

+#: C/files-hidden.page:18 C/files-lost.page:22 C/files-removedrive.page:17

+#: C/files-rename.page:25 C/files-search.page:25 C/files-share.page:20

+#: C/files-sort.page:21 C/files-templates.page:17 C/files-tilde.page:18

+#: C/files.page:19 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:27 C/keyboard-layouts.page:26

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:15 C/keyboard-osk.page:24 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:27

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:18 C/keyboard.page:26

+#: C/look-background.page:37 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:27

+#: C/look-resolution.page:26 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:25

+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:24 C/mouse-middleclick.page:22

+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:25 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:29

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:21 C/mouse-wakeup.page:22 C/mouse.page:23

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:24 C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19 C/nautilus-display.page:17

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:28 C/nautilus-list.page:21

+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:17 C/nautilus-views.page:21

+#: C/net-default-browser.page:19 C/net-default-email.page:18

+#: C/net-email.page:19 C/net-findip.page:24 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26

+#: C/net-macaddress.page:22 C/net-manual.page:21 C/net-mobile.page:20

+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19 C/net-othersedit.page:19 C/net-proxy.page:27

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:20 C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:17

+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:23

+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 C/net-wireless-connect.page:21

+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19 C/net-wireless.page:25

+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:13 C/power-autosuspend.page:15

+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:27 C/power-batterylife.page:32

+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:18 C/power-batterywindows.page:26

+#: C/power-lowpower.page:25 C/power-nowireless.page:26 C/power-status.page:14

+#: C/power-whydim.page:22 C/power-wireless.page:14 C/power.page:17

+#: C/prefs-display.page:13 C/prefs-language.page:13 C/prefs-sharing.page:13

+#: C/printing-setup.page:32 C/privacy.page:23

+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:21 C/privacy-location.page:13

+#: C/privacy-purge.page:21 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:23

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23 C/session-formats.page:19

+#: C/session-language.page:26 C/session-screenlocks.page:21

+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:18 C/sharing-desktop.page:20

+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:13 C/sharing-media.page:17

+#: C/sharing-personal.page:17 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:18

+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18 C/shell-exit.page:40 C/shell-introduction.page:23

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24 C/shell-lockscreen.page:14

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:17 C/shell-windows-lost.page:17

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:21 C/sound-alert.page:19

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:18 C/sound-usemic.page:19 C/sound-usespeakers.page:20

+#: C/sound-volume.page:22 C/tips-specialchars.page:19

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:13 C/translate.page:16 C/user-add.page:23

+#: C/user-changepassword.page:21 C/user-delete.page:29

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:25 C/wacom-left-handed.page:17 C/wacom-mode.page:17

+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:17 C/wacom-stylus.page:16 C/wacom.page:23

+msgid "Michael Hill"

+msgstr "Michael Hill"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:32 C/a11y-contrast.page:26 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:32

+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:27 C/a11y-mag.page:26 C/a11y.page:21

+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:33 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:32

+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:27 C/accounts-add.page:23 C/accounts-remove.page:19

+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:37

+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:30 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31

+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:30 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26

+#: C/clock-calendar.page:25 C/clock-timezone.page:25

+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26

+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25 C/color-howtoimport.page:24

+#: C/color-notifications.page:18 C/color-testing.page:19

+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:23 C/contacts-connect.page:21

+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:24 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:23

+#: C/contacts-search.page:22 C/display-brightness.page:30

+#: C/display-brightness.page:38 C/display-dual-monitors.page:23

+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:19 C/keyboard-key-super.page:19

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34 C/keyboard-nav.page:28 C/keyboard-osk.page:28

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:34 C/look-background.page:45

+#: C/look-resolution.page:34 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28

+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:26 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:29

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 C/mouse.page:18 C/nautilus-list.page:25

+#: C/nautilus-views.page:25 C/net-default-browser.page:23

+#: C/net-default-email.page:22 C/net-findip.page:28

+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21 C/net-macaddress.page:26

+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23 C/net-othersedit.page:23 C/net-proxy.page:31

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:24 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:25

+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:23 C/net.page:15 C/power-batteryestimate.page:23

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:28 C/power-batteryoptimal.page:22

+#: C/power-closelid.page:21 C/power-lowpower.page:17 C/power-nowireless.page:22

+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:20 C/power-suspend.page:18 C/power-whydim.page:26

+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:28 C/printing-to-file.page:13

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24 C/session-screenlocks.page:25

+#: C/sharing.page:18 C/sharing-desktop.page:16 C/shell-exit.page:32

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:27 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:28

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:21 C/shell-overview.page:18 C/sound-alert.page:23

+#: C/sound-usemic.page:23 C/sound-usespeakers.page:24

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:23 C/user-add.page:27 C/user-admin-change.page:20

+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:19 C/user-admin-problems.page:22

+#: C/user-autologin.page:16 C/user-changepassword.page:25

+#: C/user-changepicture.page:25 C/user-delete.page:33 C/video-dvd.page:17

+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:22

+msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"

+msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36

+msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."

+msgstr "Ignorér hurtige gentagne tastetryk på den samme tast."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39

+msgid "Turn on bounce keys"

+msgstr "Aktivér rystetaster"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41

+msgid ""

+"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly "

+"repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a "

+"key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "

+"bounce keys."

+msgstr ""

+"Aktivér <em>rystetaster</em> for at ignorere hurtige tastetryk efter "

+"hinanden. Hvis du f.eks. har rystelser i hænderne, der får dig til at trykke "

+"gentagne gange når du kun ville trykke én gang, bør du aktivere rystetaster."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54

+#: C/clock-set.page:38 C/clock-timezone.page:43 C/color-assignprofiles.page:40

+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:55 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:50

+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:43 C/color-testing.page:64

+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:48 C/keyboard-key-super.page:48

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:55 C/keyboard-osk.page:50

+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:51 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:67

+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47 C/net-findip.page:51 C/net-findip.page:80

+#: C/net-manual.page:41 C/sharing-desktop.page:62 C/sharing-desktop.page:154

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:90 C/shell-notifications.page:126

+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:36

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Settings</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Indstillinger</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:58

+#: C/clock-set.page:42 C/clock-timezone.page:47 C/color-assignprofiles.page:44

+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:59 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:54

+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:47 C/color-testing.page:68

+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:52 C/keyboard-key-super.page:52

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 C/keyboard-osk.page:54

+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:55 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:71

+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51 C/net-findip.page:55 C/net-findip.page:84

+#: C/net-manual.page:45 C/sharing-desktop.page:66 C/sharing-desktop.page:158

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:94 C/shell-notifications.page:130

+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40

+msgid "Click on <gui>Settings</gui>."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Indstillinger</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:55 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:58 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:61

+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:55 C/keyboard-osk.page:57

+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:58

+msgid "Click <gui>Accessibility</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:64

+msgid ""

+"Press <gui>Typing Assist (AccessX)</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <gui>Skrivehjælp (AccessX)</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Skrivning</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:62

+msgid "Switch the <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> switch to on."

+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Rystetaster</gui>-kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/title

+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:67

+msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"

+msgstr "Slå hurtigt rystetaster til og fra"

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:68

+msgid ""

+"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"

+"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</"

+"gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been "

+"enabled from the <gui>Accessibility</gui> panel."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan slå rystetaster til og fra ved at klikke på <link xref=\"a11y-icon"

+"\">tilgængelighedsikonet</link> på toplinjen og vælge <gui>Rystetaster</"

+"gui>. Tilgængelighedsikonet er synligt når en eller flere indstillinger er "

+"blevet aktiveret i panelet <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:75

+msgid ""

+"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "

+"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "

+"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "

+"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "

+"happened too soon after the previous key press."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug skyderen <gui>Ventetid for accept</gui> for at ændre hvor længe "

+"rystetaster skal vente før et nyt tastetryk registreres, efter du første "

+"gang trykker på tasten. Vælg <gui>Bip når en tast afvises</gui> hvis du vil "

+"have computeren til at lave en lyd, hver gang den ignorerer et tastetryk "

+"fordi det sker for tidligt efter det forrige tastetryk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/a11y-braille.page:20 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19

+msgid "Jana Heves"

+msgstr "Jana Heves"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/a11y-braille.page:24

+msgid ""

+"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug Skærmlæseren <app>Orca</app> med et punktskriftsdisplay, der kan "

+"opdateres."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/a11y-braille.page:28

+msgid "Read screen in Braille"

+msgstr "Læs skærm i Braille"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-braille.page:30

+msgid ""

+"The <app>Orca</app> screen reader can display the user interface on a "

+"refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed your system, you "

+"might not have Orca installed. If not, install Orca first."

+msgstr ""

+"Skærmlæseren <app>Orca</app> kan vise brugerfladen på et "

+"punktskriftsdisplay, der kan opdateres. Afhængig af hvordan du installerede "

+"dit system, så kan det være Orca ikke er installeret. Hvis det ikke er, så "

+"installer først Orca."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-braille.page:34 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:33

+msgid "<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>"

+msgstr "<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:orca\">Installér Orca</link>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-braille.page:36 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:66

+msgid ""

+"Refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."

+msgstr ""

+"Se <link href=\"help:orca\">Hjælp til Orca</link> for mere information."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:30

+msgid ""

+"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they’re "

+"easier to see."

+msgstr ""

+"Gør vinduer og knapper på skærmen mere (eller mindre) tydelige, så de er "

+"lettere at se."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:34

+msgid "Adjust the contrast"

+msgstr "Justér kontrasten"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36

+msgid ""

+"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they’re easier to "

+"see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "

+"only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan justere kontrasten på vinduer og knapper, så de er lettere at se. Det "

+"er ikke det samme som at ændre lysstyrken på hele skærmen; kun dele af "

+"<em>brugerfladen</em> ændres."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:53 C/a11y-font-size.page:41

+#: C/a11y-icon.page:41 C/a11y-mag.page:42 C/a11y-right-click.page:48

+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:47 C/a11y-visualalert.page:48

+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:48 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:48

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Accessibility</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:48 C/a11y-font-size.page:45 C/a11y-icon.page:45

+#: C/a11y-mag.page:46 C/a11y-visualalert.page:52

+msgid "Click on <gui>Accessibility</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51

+msgid ""

+"Switch the <gui>High Contrast</gui> switch in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section "

+"to on."

+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Høj kontrast</gui>-kontakten i afsnittet <gui>Syn</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/title

+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:57

+msgid "Quickly turn high contrast on and off"

+msgstr "Slå høj kontrast til og fra, hurtigt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:58

+msgid ""

+"You can turn high contrast on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"

+"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High "

+"Contrast</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan slå høj kontrast til og fra ved at klikke på <link xref=\"a11y-icon"

+"\">tilgængelighedsikonet</link> på toplinjen og vælge <gui>Høj kontrast</"

+"gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:36

+msgid ""

+"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by "

+"holding the mouse still."

+msgstr ""

+"Funktionaliteten <gui>Svæveklik</gui> (hvileklik) giver dig mulighed for at "

+"klikke ved at holde musen stille."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:40

+msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"

+msgstr "Simulér klik når markøren holdes over"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:42

+msgid ""

+"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "

+"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "

+"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called <gui>Hover Click</"

+"gui> or Dwell Click."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan klikke eller trække blot ved at holde din musemarkør over en kontrol "

+"eller et objekt på skærmen. Det er nyttigt hvis du synes det er svært at "

+"flytte musen og klikke på samme tid. Funktionaliteten kaldes <gui>Svæveklik</"

+"gui> eller hvileklik."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:47

+msgid ""

+"When <gui>Hover Click</gui> is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over "

+"a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button "

+"will be clicked for you."

+msgstr ""

+"Når <gui>Svæveklik</gui> er aktiveret, så kan du flytte din musemarkør over "

+"en kontrol, slippe musen, og vente noget tid inden knappen klikkes for dig."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:57 C/a11y-right-click.page:52

+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:51 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:52

+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57

+msgid "Click <gui>Accessibility</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 C/a11y-right-click.page:55

+msgid ""

+"Press <gui>Click Assist</gui> in the <gui>Pointing &amp; Clicking</gui> "

+"section."

+msgstr "Tryk på <gui>Klikhjælp</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Pege og klikke</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:64

+msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> to on."

+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Svæveklik</gui>-kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68

+msgid ""

+"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "

+"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "

+"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "

+"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "

+"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."

+msgstr ""

+"Vinduet <gui>Svæveklik</gui> åbnes og bliver oven på alle dine andre "

+"vinduer. Du kan bruge det til at vælge hvilken slags klik der skal udføres "

+"når du holder over. Hvis du f.eks. vælger <gui>Sekundært klik</gui>, så "

+"højreklikker du når du holder over. Efter du har dobbeltklikket, "

+"højreklikket eller trukket, så vender du automatisk tilbage til at klikke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74

+msgid ""

+"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and do not move it, it will "

+"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "

+"clicked."

+msgstr ""

+"Når du holder din musemarkør over en knap og ikke flytter den, så ændrer den "

+"gradvist farve. Når farven er ændret helt, så klikkes der på knappen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:78

+msgid ""

+"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "

+"mouse pointer still before clicking."

+msgstr ""

+"Juster indstillingen <gui>Forsinkelse</gui> for at ændre hvor længe du skal "

+"holde musemarkøren stille inden der klikkes."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:81

+msgid ""

+"You do not need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. "

+"The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a "

+"while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."

+msgstr ""

+"Du behøver ikke holde musen helt perfekt stille når du holder over for at "

+"klikke. Markøren må gerne flyttes en lille smule og klikker stadigvæk efter "

+"noget tid. Men hvis den flyttes for meget, så klikkes der ikke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85

+msgid ""

+"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "

+"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."

+msgstr ""

+"Juster indstillingen <gui>Bevægelsestærskel</gui> for at ændre hvor meget "

+"markøren kan flyttes og stadigvæk betragtes som holdes over."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:31

+msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."

+msgstr "Brug større skrifttyper for at gøre teksten lettere at læse."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:34

+msgid "Change text size on the screen"

+msgstr "Skift tekststørrelse på skærmen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36

+msgid ""

+"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "

+"size of the font."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har svært ved at læse teksten på skærmen, så kan du ændre størrelsen "

+"på skrifttypen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:48

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>Seeing</gui> section, switch the <gui>Large Text</gui> switch to "

+"on."

+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Stor tekst</gui>-kontakten i afsnittet <gui>Syn</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53

+msgid ""

+"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "

+"xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "

+"<gui>Large Text</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Eller du kan hurtigt ændre tekststørrelsen ved at klikke på <link xref="

+"\"a11y-icon\">tilgængelighedsikonet</link> på toplinjen og vælge <gui>Stor "

+"tekst</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:58

+msgid ""

+"In many applications, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "

+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "

+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."

+msgstr ""

+"I mange programmer kan du når som helst gøre teksten større ved at trykke på "

+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. Tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"

+"key><key>-</key></keyseq> for at gøre teksten mindre."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:63

+msgid ""

+"<gui>Large Text</gui> will scale the text by 1.2 times. You can use "

+"<app>Tweaks</app> to make text size bigger or smaller."

+msgstr ""

+"<gui>Stor tekst</gui> skalerer teksten 1,2 gange. Du kan bruge "

+"<app>Tilpasninger</app> til at gøre teksten større eller mindre."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/a11y-icon.page:21

+msgid ""

+"The accessibility menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a person."

+msgstr "Tilgængelighedsmenuen er det ikon på toplinjen, der ligner en person."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/a11y-icon.page:25

+msgid "Find the accessibility menu"

+msgstr "Find tilgængelighedsmenuen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-icon.page:27

+msgid ""

+"The <em>accessibility menu</em> is where you can turn on some of the "

+"accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "

+"looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."

+msgstr ""

+"<em>Tilgængelighedsmenuen</em> er stedet hvor du kan slå nogle af "

+"tilgængelighedsindstillingerne til. Du kan finde menuen ved at klikke på det "

+"ikon på toplinjen, der ligner en person i en cirkel."

+

+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc

+#: C/a11y-icon.page:32

+msgid "The accessibility menu can be found on the top bar."

+msgstr "Tilgængelighedsmenuen findes på toplinjen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-icon.page:36

+msgid ""

+"If you do not see the accessibility menu, you can enable it from the "

+"<gui>Accessibility</gui> settings panel:"

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du ikke kan se tilgængelighedsmenuen, så kan du aktivere den i "

+"indstillingspanelet <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui>:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-icon.page:48

+msgid "Switch the <gui>Always Show Accessibility Menu</gui> switch to on."

+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Vis altid tilgængelighedsmenu</gui>-kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-icon.page:53

+msgid ""

+"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "

+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "

+"keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the "

+"<gui>Activities</gui> button — this tells you which item on the top bar is "

+"selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under "

+"the accessibility menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. You "

+"can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press "

+"<key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."

+msgstr ""

+"For at få adgang til menuen med tastaturet, frem for med musen, trykkes på "

+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> for at flytte "

+"tastaturfokusset til toplinjen. En hvid linje vises under knappen "

+"<gui>Aktiviteter</gui> — det fortæller dig hvilket punkt på toplinjen som er "

+"valgt. Brug piletasterne på tastaturet til at flytte den hvide linje under "

+"tilgængelighedsmenuikonet og tryk så på <key>Enter</key> for at åbne den. Du "

+"kan bruge piletasteren op og ned til at vælge punkter i menuen. Tryk på "

+"<key>Enter</key> for at slå det valgte punkt til/fra."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/a11y-mag.page:30

+msgid "Zoom in on your screen so that it is easier to see things."

+msgstr "Zoom ind på din skærm, så det er lettere at se tingene."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/a11y-mag.page:33

+msgid "Magnify a screen area"

+msgstr "Forstør et skærmområde"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-mag.page:35

+msgid ""

+"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"

+"font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "

+"glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."

+msgstr ""

+"Forstørrelse af skærmen er ikke det samme som blot at gøre <link xref=\"a11y-"

+"font-size\">tekststørrelsen</link> større. Funktionaliteten er ligesom at "

+"have et forstørrelsesglas hvor du kan flytte rundt ved at zoome ind på dele "

+"af skærmen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-mag.page:49

+msgid "Press on <gui>Zoom</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section."

+msgstr "Tryk på <gui>Zoom</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Syn</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-mag.page:52

+msgid ""

+"Switch the <gui>Zoom</gui> switch in the top-right corner of the <gui>Zoom "

+"Options</gui> window to on."

+msgstr ""

+"Tænd for <gui>Zoom</gui>-kontakten i øverste højre hjørne af vinduet "

+"<gui>Indstillinger for zoom</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-mag.page:63

+msgid ""

+"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "

+"of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "

+"allowing you to view your area of choice."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan nu flytte rundt på skærmområdet. Ved at flytte din mus til skærmens "

+"kanter flytter du forstørrelsesområdet i forskellige retninger, hvorved du "

+"kan vise det ønskede område."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/a11y-mag.page:68

+msgid ""

+"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"

+"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan hurtigt slå zoom til og fra ved at klikke på <link xref=\"a11y-icon"

+"\">tilgængelighedsikonet</link> på toplinjen og vælge <gui>Zoom</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-mag.page:73

+msgid ""

+"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "

+"position of the magnified view on the screen. Adjust these in the "

+"<gui>Magnifier</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom Options</gui> window."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan ændre forstørrelsesfaktoren, musesporingen og placeringen af den "

+"forstørrede visning på skærmen. Juster dem i fanebladet "

+"<gui>Forstørrelsesglas</gui> i vinduet <gui>Indstillinger for zoom</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-mag.page:77

+msgid ""

+"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "

+"Switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness in the "

+"<gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom</gui> settings window."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan aktivere sigtekorn for at hjælpe dig med at finde musemarkøren eller "

+"pegepladens markør. Tænd for dem eller juster deres længde, farve og "

+"tykkelse i fanebladet <gui>Sigtekorn</gui> i indstillingsvinduet "

+"<gui>Zoom</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-mag.page:81

+msgid ""

+"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust "

+"brightness, contrast and greyscale options for the magnifier. The "

+"combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "

+"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting "

+"conditions. Select the <gui>Color Effects</gui> tab in the <gui>Zoom</gui> "

+"settings window to enable and change these options."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan skifte til negativ video eller <gui>Hvid på sort</gui> og justere "

+"indstillinger for lysstyrke, kontrast og gråtone for forstørrelsesglasset. "

+"Kombinationen af indstillingerne er nyttig for personer med nedsat syn, "

+"enhver grad af fotofobi eller blot til at bruge computeren under dårlige "

+"lysforhold. Vælg fanebladet <gui>Farveeffekter</gui> i indstillingsvinduet "

+"<gui>Zoom</gui> for at aktivere og ændre indstillingerne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/a11y.page:25

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</"

+"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"

+"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Syn</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hørelse</"

+"link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">bevægelse</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"

+"braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">skærmforstørrelsesglas</"

+"link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#. (itstool) path: table/title

+#. (itstool) path: links/title

+#: C/a11y.page:34 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:371 C/keyboard.page:39

+msgid "Accessibility"

+msgstr "Tilgængelighed"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y.page:36

+msgid ""

+"The system includes assistive technologies to support users with various "

+"impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "

+"devices. An accessibility menu can be added to the top bar, giving easier "

+"access to many of the accessibility features."

+msgstr ""

+"Systemet inkluderer assisterende teknologier til at hjælpe brugere med "

+"diverse handikap og særlige behov, og til at interagere med almindelige "

+"assisterende enheder. Der kan tilføjes en tilgængelighedsmenu til toplinjen "

+"som giver let adgang til mange af tilgængelighedsfaciliteterne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/a11y.page:42

+msgid "Visual impairments"

+msgstr "Synshandikap"

+

+#. (itstool) path: links/title

+#: C/a11y.page:45

+msgid "Blindness"

+msgstr "Blindhed"

+

+#. (itstool) path: links/title

+#: C/a11y.page:48

+msgid "Low vision"

+msgstr "Nedsat syn"

+

+#. (itstool) path: links/title

+#: C/a11y.page:51

+msgid "Color-blindness"

+msgstr "Farveblindhed"

+

+#. (itstool) path: links/title

+#: C/a11y.page:54 C/a11y.page:76 C/keyboard.page:43

+msgid "Other topics"

+msgstr "Andre emner"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/a11y.page:59

+msgid "Hearing impairments"

+msgstr "Hørehandikap"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/a11y.page:64

+msgid "Mobility impairments"

+msgstr "Bevægelseshandikap"

+

+#. (itstool) path: links/title

+#: C/a11y.page:67

+msgid "Mouse movement"

+msgstr "Musebevægelse"

+

+#. (itstool) path: links/title

+#: C/a11y.page:70

+msgid "Clicking and dragging"

+msgstr "Klikke og trække"

+

+#. (itstool) path: links/title

+#: C/a11y.page:73

+msgid "Keyboard use"

+msgstr "Brug af tastaturet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/years

+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:22 C/accounts-whyadd.page:15 C/contacts.page:15

+#: C/contacts-connect.page:18 C/contacts-setup.page:18

+#: C/files-removedrive.page:19 C/keyboard-layouts.page:19

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25 C/mouse-wakeup.page:24 C/screen-shot-record.page:20

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:21 C/shell-lockscreen.page:16

+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15 C/status-icons.page:15

+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:19 C/wacom-mode.page:19

+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19 C/wacom-stylus.page:18

+msgid "2012"

+msgstr "2012"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:37

+msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."

+msgstr "Tryk på og hold den venstre museknap nede for at højreklikke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:40

+msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"

+msgstr "Simulér et højreklik med musen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42

+msgid ""

+"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "

+"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "

+"your pointing device only has a single button."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan højreklikke ved at holde den venstre museknap nede. Det er nyttigt "

+"hvis du har svært ved at flytte dine fingre hver for sig på den ene hånd eller "

+"hvis din pegeenhed kun har én knap."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:59

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>Click Assist</gui> window, switch the <gui>Simulated Secondary "

+"Click</gui> switch to on."

+msgstr ""

+"Tænd for <gui>Simuleret sekundært klik</gui> i vinduet <gui>Klikhjælp</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:64

+msgid ""

+"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "

+"is registered as a right click by changing the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan ændre hvor længe du skal holde den venstre museknap nede inden det "

+"registreres som et højreklik ved at ændre <gui>Ventetid for accept</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:68

+msgid ""

+"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "

+"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "

+"with a different color as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it will "

+"change this color entirely, release the mouse button to right-click."

+msgstr ""

+"For at højreklikke med simuleret sekundært klik holdes den venstre museknap "

+"nede, hvor du normalt ville højreklikke, og herefter slippes den. Markøren "

+"udfyldes med en anden farve mens du holder den venstre museknap nede. Når "

+"farven er ændret helt, så slip museknappen for at højreklikke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73

+msgid ""

+"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "

+"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you do not "

+"get visual feedback from the pointer."

+msgstr ""

+"Visse specielle markører såsom markørene til at tilpasse størrelse ændrer "

+"ikke farve. Du kan stadigvæk bruge simuleret sekundært klik som normalt, "

+"selv hvis du ikke får visuel feedback fra markøren."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:77

+msgid ""

+"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "

+"allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "

+"keypad."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du bruger <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">musetaster</link>, så giver "

+"det dig også mulighed for at højreklikke ved at holde <key>5</key>-tasten "

+"nede på dit numeriske tastatur."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:82

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "

+"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "

+"differently in the overview: you do not have to release the button to right-"

+"click."

+msgstr ""

+"I <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> kan du også bruge langvarigt tryk til at "

+"højreklikke, selv hvis funktionaliteten er deaktiveret. Langvarigt tryk "

+"virker en smule anderledes i oversigten: du behøver ikke slippe knappen "

+"for at højreklikke."

+

+# scootergrisen: tjek oversættelsen af "speak" når det engang er blevet besluttet hvad det skal hedde i orca/orca-help

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:23

+msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."

+msgstr "Brug skærmlæseren <app>Orca</app> til at sige brugerfladen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:27

+msgid "Read screen aloud"

+msgstr "Læs højt fra skærmen"

+

+# scootergrisen: tjek oversættelsen af "speak" når det engang er blevet besluttet hvad det skal hedde i orca/orca-help

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:29

+msgid ""

+"The <app>Orca</app> screen reader can speak the user interface. Depending on "

+"how you installed your system, you might not have Orca installed. If not, "

+"install Orca first."

+msgstr ""

+"Skærmlæseren <app>Orca</app> kan sige brugerfladen. Afhængig af hvordan du "

+"installerede dit system, så kan det være Orca ikke er installeret. Hvis det "

+"ikke er, så installer først Orca."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:35

+msgid "To start <app>Orca</app> using the keyboard:"

+msgstr "Start <app>Orca</app> med tastaturet:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:39

+msgid "Press <key>Super</key>+<key>Alt</key>+<key>S</key>."

+msgstr "Tryk på <key>Super</key>+<key>Alt</key>+<key>S</key>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:43

+msgid "Or to start <app>Orca</app> using a mouse and keyboard:"

+msgstr "Eller start <app>Orca</app> med en mus eller et tastatur:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:54

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>Screen Reader</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section, then switch "

+"<gui>Screen Reader</gui> on in the dialog."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <gui>Skærmlæser</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Syn</gui> og tænd herefter "

+"for <gui>Skærmlæser</gui> i dialogen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/title

+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:60

+msgid "Quickly turn Screen Reader on and off"

+msgstr "Slå hurtigt skærmlæser til og fra"

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:61

+msgid ""

+"You can turn Screen Reader on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"

+"\">accessibility icon</link> in the top bar and selecting <gui>Screen "

+"Reader</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan slå skærmlæser til og fra ved at klikke på <link xref=\"a11y-icon"

+"\">tilgængelighedsikonet</link> på toplinjen og vælge <gui>Skærmlæser</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:36

+msgid ""

+"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "

+"screen."

+msgstr ""

+"Hav en forsinkelse mellem at der trykkes på en tast og at bogstavet vises på "

+"skærmen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:40

+msgid "Turn on slow keys"

+msgstr "Slå langsomme taster til"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42

+msgid ""

+"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "

+"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "

+"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "

+"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "

+"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "

+"the keyboard first time."

+msgstr ""

+"Tænd for <em>langsomme taster</em> hvis du vil have en forsinkelse "

+"mellem at der trykkes på en tast og at bogstavet vises på skærmen. Det "

+"betyder at du skal holde hver taste nede som du vil skrive et lille stykke "

+"tid inden det vises. Brug langsomme taster hvis du utilsigtet trykker på "

+"flere taster ad gangen når du skriver eller hvis du har svært ved at trykke "

+"på den korrekte tast på tastaturet første gang."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65

+msgid "Switch the <gui>Slow Keys</gui> switch to on."

+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Langsomme taster</gui>-kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/title

+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:70

+msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"

+msgstr "Slå hurtigt langsomme taster til og fra"

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:71

+msgid ""

+"Switch the <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui> switch to turn slow keys on and off "

+"from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold "

+"<key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."

+msgstr ""

+"Skift <gui>Slå til med tastatur</gui>-kontakten for at slå langsomme taster "

+"til og fra med tastaturet. Når valgmuligheden er tilvalgt, så kan du trykke "

+"på og holde <key>Skift</key> nede i 8 sekunder for at aktivere eller "

+"deaktivere langsomme taster."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:75

+msgid ""

+"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"

+"\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</"

+"gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have been "

+"enabled from the <gui>Accessibility</gui> panel."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan også slå langsomme taster til og fra ved at klikke på <link xref="

+"\"a11y-icon\">tilgængelighedsikonet</link> på toplinjen og vælge "

+"<gui>Langsomme taster</gui>. Tilgængelighedsikonet er synligt når en eller "

+"flere indstillinger er blevet aktiveret i panelet <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:82

+msgid ""

+"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "

+"hold a key down for it to register. See <link xref=\"a11y-bouncekeys\"/> for "

+"more info."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug skyderen <gui>Ventetid for accept</gui> til at styre hvor længe du skal "

+"holde en tast nede før det registreres. Se <link xref=\"a11y-bouncekeys\"/"

+"> for mere information."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:86

+msgid ""

+"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "

+"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn’t hold "

+"the key down long enough."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan få din computer til at lave en lyd når du trykker på en tast, når en "

+"tast accepteres eller når et tastetryk afvises fordi du ikke holdt tasten "

+"nede længe nok."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:36

+msgid ""

+"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "

+"all of the keys at once."

+msgstr ""

+"Skriv tastaturgenveje én tast ad gangen frem for at skulle holde alle "

+"tasterne nede på samme tid."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:40

+msgid "Turn on sticky keys"

+msgstr "Slå klæbetaster til"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42

+msgid ""

+"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "

+"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "

+"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "

+"shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "

+"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, "

+"you would press <key>Super</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."

+msgstr ""

+"<em>Klæbetaster</em> giver dig mulighed for at skrive tastaturgenveje én "

+"tast ad gangen frem for at skulle holde alle tasterne nede på samme tid. "

+"F.eks. bruges genvejen <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"

+"super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> til at skifte mellem vinduer. Uden "

+"klæbetaster skal du holde begge taster nede på samme tid; med klæbetaster "

+"skal du trykke på <key>Super</key> og så <key>Tab</key> for at gøre det "

+"samme."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49

+msgid ""

+"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "

+"several keys at once."

+msgstr ""

+"Det kan være du vil slå klæbetaster til hvis du har svært ved at holde flere "

+"taster nede på samme tid."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:68

+msgid "Switch the <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> switch to on."

+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Klæbetaster</gui>-kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/title

+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:73

+msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"

+msgstr "Slå hurtigt klæbetaster til og fra"

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:74

+msgid ""

+"Switch the <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui> switch to turn sticky keys on and "

+"off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press "

+"<key>Shift</key> five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."

+msgstr ""

+"Tænd for <gui>Slå til med tastatur</gui> for at slå klæbetaster til eller "

+"fra med tastaturet. Når valgmuligheden er tilvalgt, så kan du trykke på "

+"<key>Skift</key> 5 gange i træk for at aktivere eller deaktivere "

+"klæbetaster."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78

+msgid ""

+"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"

+"icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "

+"Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more settings have "

+"been enabled from the <gui>Accessibility</gui> panel."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan også slå klæbetaster til og fra ved at klikke på <link xref="

+"\"a11y-icon\">tilgængelighedsikonet</link> på toplinjen og vælge "

+"<gui>Klæbetaster</gui>. Tilgængelighedsikonet er synligt når en eller "

+"flere indstillinger er blevet aktiveret i panelet <gui>Tilgængelighed</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:85

+msgid ""

+"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "

+"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du trykker på to taster på samme tid, så kan du få klæbetaster til at "

+"slå sig selv fra midlertidigt, så du kan indtaste en tastaturgenvej på den "

+"normale måde."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:88

+msgid ""

+"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "

+"and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "

+"press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait "

+"if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to "

+"press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are "

+"close together), but not others."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du f.eks. har klæbetaster slået til men trykker på <key>Super</key> og "

+"<key>Tab</key> samtidigt, så venter klæbetaster ikke på at du trykker på en "

+"anden tast hvis du havde valgmuligheden slået til. Den <em>venter</em> dog "

+"hvis du kun trykkede på én tast. Det er nyttigt hvis du er i stand til at "

+"trykke på visse taster samtidigt (f.eks. taster som er tæt på hinanden), men "

+"ikke på andre."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95

+msgid ""

+"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."

+msgstr ""

+"Vælg <gui>Deaktivér hvis to taster holdes nede samtidig</gui> for at "

+"aktivere det."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:98

+msgid ""

+"You can have the computer make a “beep” sound when you start typing a "

+"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "

+"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "

+"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "

+"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan få computeren til at lave en “biplyd” når du begynder at skrive en "

+"tastaturgenvej med klæbetaster slået til. Det er nyttigt hvis du vil vide om "

+"klæbetaster forventer at der skrives en tastaturgenvej, så det næste "

+"tastetryk tolkes som del af en genvej. Vælg <gui>Bip når der trykkes på en "

+"modifikationstast</gui> for at aktivere det."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31

+msgid ""

+"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "

+"played."

+msgstr ""

+"Aktivér visuelle påmindelser for at få skærmen eller vinduet til at blinke "

+"når der afspilles en påmindelseslyd."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:35

+msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"

+msgstr "Få skærmen til at blinke ved påmindelseslyde"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37

+msgid ""

+"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "

+"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "

+"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "

+"alert sound is played."

+msgstr ""

+"Din computer afspiller en simpel påmindelseslyd ved bestemte typer meddelelser og "

+"hændelser. Hvis du har svært ved at høre lydene, så kan du enten få hele "

+"skærmen eller dit nuværende vindue til visuelt at blinke når påmindelseslyden "

+"afspilles."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:42

+msgid ""

+"This can also be useful if you’re in an environment where you need your "

+"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"

+"> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."

+msgstr ""

+"Det kan også være nyttigt hvis du er et sted hvor din computer skal være "

+"stille såsom et bibliotek. Se <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> for at lære "

+"hvordan du kan sætte påmindelseslyden på lydløs for så at aktivere visuelle påmindelser."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55

+msgid "Press <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> in the <gui>Hearing</gui> section."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <gui>Visuelle påmindelser</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Hørelse</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:58

+msgid "Switch the <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> switch to on."

+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Visuelle påmindelser</gui>-kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:61

+msgid ""

+"Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title "

+"to flash."

+msgstr ""

+"Vælg om du vil have hele skærmen til at blinke eller blot titlen på det "

+"nuværende vindue."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:67

+msgid ""

+"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="

+"\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "

+"<gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan hurtigt slå visuelle påmindelser til og fra ved at klikke på <link "

+"xref=\"a11y-icon\">tilgængelighedsikonet</link> på toplinjen og vælge "

+"<gui>Visuelle påmindelser</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/about-this-guide.page:8

+msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."

+msgstr "Nogle få tips til brug af skrivebordets hjælpevejledning."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/about-this-guide.page:10 C/backup-check.page:12 C/backup-frequency.page:16

+#: C/backup-how.page:16 C/backup-restore.page:15 C/backup-thinkabout.page:18

+#: C/backup-what.page:12 C/backup-where.page:12 C/backup-why.page:13

+#: C/clock-calendar.page:17 C/clock-set.page:17 C/clock-timezone.page:17

+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:14 C/disk-capacity.page:8 C/disk-check.page:9

+#: C/disk-format.page:9 C/disk-partitions.page:9 C/disk-repair.page:9

+#: C/disk-resize.page:9 C/display-brightness.page:18 C/files-autorun.page:18

+#: C/files-lost.page:14 C/files-recover.page:14 C/files-rename.page:13

+#: C/files-search.page:17 C/gnome-classic.page:13 C/hardware-cardreader.page:14

+#: C/hardware-driver.page:11 C/keyboard-key-super.page:15

+#: C/look-background.page:17 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:15

+#: C/look-resolution.page:18 C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9

+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9 C/music-player-newipod.page:9

+#: C/net-antivirus.page:12 C/net-mobile.page:16 C/net-vpn-connect.page:16

+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:16

+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17 C/net-wireless-find.page:17

+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:19

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:18 C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14

+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:15 C/power-batterylife.page:20

+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:14 C/power-batteryslow.page:14

+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:18 C/power-closelid.page:17

+#: C/power-constantfan.page:14 C/power-hotcomputer.page:14

+#: C/power-lowpower.page:13 C/power-nowireless.page:18

+#: C/power-othercountry.page:14 C/power-suspendfail.page:16

+#: C/power-suspend.page:14 C/power-whydim.page:18 C/power-willnotturnon.page:14

+#: C/printing-streaks.page:14 C/session-fingerprint.page:15

+#: C/session-language.page:14 C/session-screenlocks.page:17

+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14 C/shell-apps-open.page:14

+#: C/shell-overview.page:14 C/shell-windows-lost.page:13

+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:16 C/shell-windows.page:12

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15

+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:16 C/sound-broken.page:14 C/sound-crackle.page:13

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:14 C/user-accounts.page:14 C/user-add.page:15

+#: C/user-admin-change.page:16 C/user-admin-explain.page:15

+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:18 C/user-changepassword.page:17

+#: C/user-changepicture.page:17 C/user-delete.page:21

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:13 C/video-dvd.page:13 C/video-sending.page:14

+msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"

+msgstr "GNOMEs dokumentationsprojekt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/about-this-guide.page:17

+msgid "About this guide"

+msgstr "Om vejledningen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/about-this-guide.page:18

+msgid ""

+"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "

+"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "

+"computer more effectively. Here are a few notes regarding the help guide:"

+msgstr ""

+"Vejledningen er designet til at give dig en rundvisning i funktionerne til "

+"dit skrivebord, svare på computerrelaterede spørgsmål og give tips til at "

+"bruge din computer mere effektivt. Her er nogle bemærkninger til "

+"hjælpevejledningen:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/about-this-guide.page:23

+msgid ""

+"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics — not chapters. This "

+"means that you don’t need to skim through an entire manual to find the "

+"answer to your questions."

+msgstr ""

+"Vejledningen er sorteret i små, opgaveorienterede emner — ikke kapitler. Det "

+"betyder at du ikke behøver se hele manualen igennem for at finde svar på "

+"dine spørgsmål."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/about-this-guide.page:26

+msgid ""

+"Related items are linked together. “See Also” links at the bottom of some "

+"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "

+"topics that might help you perform a certain task."

+msgstr ""

+"Relaterede emner, som er sammenkædet. “Se også”-links nederst på nogle sider "

+"viderestiller dig til relaterede emner. Det gør det let at finde lignende "

+"emner som måske kan hjælpe dig med at udføre en bestemt opgave."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/about-this-guide.page:29

+msgid ""

+"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "

+"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "

+"you start typing."

+msgstr ""

+"Den inkluderer indbygget søgning. Linjen øverst i hjælpebrowseren er en "

+"<em>søgelinje</em>, og relaterede resultater vises når du begynder at skrive."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/about-this-guide.page:32

+msgid ""

+"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "

+"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we can’t answer all "

+"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "

+"more helpful."

+msgstr ""

+"Vejledningen forbedres konstant. Selvom vi prøver på at give dig et "

+"omfattende sæt af hjælpsom information, så ved vi godt at du ikke får svar "

+"på alle dine spørgsmål her. Vi tilføjer løbende mere information for at gøre "

+"tingene mere hjælpsomme."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/accounts-add.page:15 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:21

+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:17 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19

+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:17 C/clock-timezone.page:29

+#: C/files-delete.page:23 C/files-removedrive.page:13 C/files-rename.page:21

+#: C/files-search.page:33 C/files-sort.page:17 C/files.page:23

+#: C/more-help.page:14 C/net-findip.page:20 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:17

+#: C/net-macaddress.page:18 C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:13

+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:15 C/printing-2sided.page:17

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18 C/printing-differentsize.page:17

+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:17 C/printing-name-location.page:20

+#: C/printing-order.page:17 C/printing-paperjam.page:14

+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:15 C/printing-setup.page:20

+#: C/privacy.page:18 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:17

+#: C/privacy-purge.page:17 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:27

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:29 C/sharing-desktop.page:24

+msgid "Jim Campbell"

+msgstr "Jim Campbell"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/years

+#: C/accounts-add.page:25 C/accounts-whyadd.page:24

+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:32

+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27

+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:23

+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:28 C/nautilus-list.page:27

+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30

+#: C/privacy-location.page:15 C/session-fingerprint.page:31

+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:20 C/sharing-displayname.page:15

+msgid "2014"

+msgstr "2014"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/years

+#: C/accounts-add.page:30 C/accounts-remove.page:25

+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:37 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:38

+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33

+#: C/clock-world.page:16 C/gnome-version.page:11 C/mouse-middleclick.page:28

+#: C/mouse.page:20 C/nautilus-list.page:32 C/net-wired-connect.page:20

+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27

+#: C/net.page:17 C/privacy-purge.page:27 C/screen-shot-record.page:29

+#: C/shell-overview.page:20 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:24

+msgid "2015"

+msgstr "2015"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/accounts-add.page:35

+msgid ""

+"Allow applications to access your accounts online for photos, contacts, "

+"calendars, and more."

+msgstr ""

+"Giv programmer adgang til dine konti online for billeder, kontakter, "

+"kalendere mm."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/accounts-add.page:39

+msgid "Add an account"

+msgstr "Tilføj en konto"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/accounts-add.page:41

+msgid ""

+"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "

+"desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program and other related "

+"applications will be set up for you."

+msgstr ""

+"Tilføjelse af en konto hjælper med at sammenkæde dine onlinekonti med dit "

+"GNOME-skrivebord. Derved vil dit e-mailprogram, chatprogram og andre "

+"relaterede programmer være opsat for dig."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-add.page:47 C/accounts-disable-service.page:38

+#: C/accounts-remove.page:52

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Online Accounts</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Onlinekonti</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-add.page:51 C/accounts-disable-service.page:42

+#: C/accounts-remove.page:56

+msgid "Click on <gui>Online Accounts</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Onlinekonti</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-add.page:54

+msgid "Select an account from the list on the right."

+msgstr "Vælg en konto i listen til højre."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-add.page:57

+msgid "Select the type of account which you want to add."

+msgstr "Vælg den type konto du vil tilføje."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-add.page:60

+msgid ""

+"A small website window or dialog will open where you can enter your online "

+"account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, "

+"enter your Google username and password. Some providers allow you to create "

+"a new account from the login dialog."

+msgstr ""

+"Der åbnes et lille vindue eller dialog med et websted hvor du kan indtaste "

+"loginoplysninger til onlinekontoen. Hvis du f.eks. opsætter en Google-konto, "

+"så indtast dit Google-brugernavn og -adgangskode. Nogle udbydere giver dig "

+"mulighed til at oprette en ny konto fra logindialogen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-add.page:66

+msgid ""

+"If you have entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to "

+"allow GNOME access to your online account. Authorize access to continue."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har indtastet dine loginoplysninger korrekt, så vil du blive spurgt "

+"om at give GNOME adgang til din onlinekonto. Godkend adgangen for at "

+"fortsætte."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-add.page:71

+msgid ""

+"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "

+"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch</link> individual "

+"services to off to disable them."

+msgstr ""

+"Alle tjenester som tilbydes af en kontoudbyder er aktiveret som standard. "

+"<link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Sluk</link> for de enkelte tjenester "

+"for at deaktivere dem."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/accounts-add.page:77

+msgid ""

+"After you have added accounts, applications can use those accounts for the "

+"services you have chosen to allow. See <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service"

+"\"/> for information on controlling which services to allow."

+msgstr ""

+"Efter du har tilføjet kontoer kan programmerne bruge kontoerne til de "

+"tjenester du har valgt at tillade. Se <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service"

+"\"/> for information om at styre hvilke tjenester der tillades."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/accounts-add.page:82

+msgid ""

+"Many online services provide an authorization token which GNOME stores "

+"instead of your password. If you remove an account, you should also revoke "

+"that certificate in the online service. See <link xref=\"accounts-remove\"/> "

+"for more information."

+msgstr ""

+"Mange onlinetjenester leverer en godkendelsestoken som GNOME gemmer i stedet "

+"for din adgangskode. Hvis du fjerner din konto, så bør du også tilbagekalde "

+"certifikatet i onlinetjenesten. Se <link xref=\"accounts-remove\"/> for mere "

+"information."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19

+msgid ""

+"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "

+"and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "

+"applications."

+msgstr ""

+"Nogle onlinekontoer kan bruges til at få adgang til flere tjenester (såsom "

+"kalender og e-mail). Du kan styre hvilke tjenester der kan bruges af "

+"programmer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:24

+msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"

+msgstr "Styr hvilke onlinetjenester en konto har adgang til"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:26

+msgid ""

+"Some types of online account providers allow you to access several services "

+"with the same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to "

+"calendar, email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your account for "

+"some services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google "

+"account for email but not chat if you have a different online account that "

+"you use for chat."

+msgstr ""

+"Nogle typer onlinekontoudbydere giver dig mulighed for at få adgang til "

+"adskillige tjenester med den samme brugerkonto. Google-kontoer giver f.eks. "

+"adgang til kalender, e-mail, kontakter og chat. Det kan være du vil bruge "

+"din konto til nogle tjenester men ikke til andre. Det kan f.eks. være du vil "

+"bruge din Google-konto til e-mail men ikke til chat hvis du har en anden "

+"onlinekonto som du bruger til chat."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:33

+msgid ""

+"You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "

+"account:"

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan deaktivere nogle af de tjenester som leveres af hver onlinekonto:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45

+msgid "Select the account which you want to change from the list on the right."

+msgstr "Vælg den konto du vil ændre i listen til højre."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:49

+msgid ""

+"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "

+"<gui>Use for</gui>. See <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> to see "

+"which applications access which services."

+msgstr ""

+"Der vises en liste over tjenester som er tilgængelige med kontoen under "

+"<gui>Brug til</gui>. Se <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> for at "

+"se hvilke programmer som har adgang til hvilke tjenester."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:54

+msgid "Switch off any of the services that you do not want to use."

+msgstr "Sluk for de tjenester du ikke vil bruge."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:58

+msgid ""

+"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "

+"computer will not be able to use the account to connect to that service any "

+"more."

+msgstr ""

+"Når en tjeneste er blevet deaktiveret for en konto, så vil programmer på din "

+"computer ikke længere være i stand til at bruge kontoen til at oprette "

+"forbindelse til den tjeneste."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:62

+msgid ""

+"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "

+"Accounts</gui> panel and switch it on."

+msgstr ""

+"Tænd for en tjeneste, som du har deaktiveret, ved blot at gå tilbage til "

+"panelet <gui>Onlinekonti</gui> og tænde for den."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:13

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:14 C/help-irc.page:13

+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:17 C/net-proxy.page:23

+msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"

+msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:23

+msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"

+msgstr "Hvad hvis en onlinetjenesteudbyder ikke findes i listen?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:26

+msgid "Why is my account type not on the list?"

+msgstr "Hvorfor er min kontotype ikke i listen?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28

+msgid ""

+"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop "

+"it. Only the account types that are listed are currently supported."

+msgstr ""

+"Understøttelse af din favoritonlinetjenesteudbyder har brug for at nogen "

+"udvikler det. Kun de viste kontotyper understøttes i øjeblikket."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:32

+msgid ""

+"If you are interested in adding support for other services, contact the "

+"developers on the <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-online-"

+"accounts/-/issues/new\"> issue tracker</link>."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du er interesseret i at tilføje understøttelse af andre tjenester, så "

+"kontakt udviklerne på <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-"

+"online-accounts/-/issues/new\"> issue-trackeren</link>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/accounts-remove.page:30

+msgid "Remove access to an online service provider from your applications."

+msgstr "Fjern adgang til en onlinetjenesteudbyder fra dine programmer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/accounts-remove.page:34

+msgid "Remove an account"

+msgstr "Fjern en konto"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/accounts-remove.page:36

+msgid "You can remove an online account which you no longer wish to use."

+msgstr "Du kan fjerne en onlinekonto som du ikke længere ønsker at bruge."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/accounts-remove.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Many online services provide an authorization token which GNOME stores "

+"instead of your password. If you remove an account, you should also revoke "

+"that certificate in the online service. This will ensure that no other "

+"application or website can connect to that service using the authorization "

+"for GNOME."

+msgstr ""

+"Mange onlinetjenester leverer en godkendelsestoken som GNOME gemmer i stedet "

+"for din adgangskode. Hvis du fjerner din konto, så bør du også tilbagekalde "

+"certifikatet i onlinetjenesten. Det sikrer at der ikke er andre programmer "

+"eller websteder som kan oprette forbindelse til tjenesten med "

+"godkendelsen til GNOME."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/accounts-remove.page:45

+msgid ""

+"How to revoke the authorization depends on the service provider. Check your "

+"settings on the provider’s website for authorized or connected apps or "

+"sites. Look for an app called “GNOME” and remove it."

+msgstr ""

+"Tilbagekaldelse af godkendelsen afhænger af tjenesteudbyderen. Tjek dine "

+"indstillinger på udbyderens websted for godkendte eller tilsluttede "

+"programmer eller steder. Kig efter et program der kaldes “GNOME” og fjern det."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-remove.page:59

+msgid "Select the account which you wish to remove."

+msgstr "Vælg den konto som du ønsker at fjerne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-remove.page:62

+msgid "Click the <gui>-</gui> button in the lower-left corner of the window."

+msgstr "Klik på knappen <gui>-</gui> i nederst venstre hjørne af vinduet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-remove.page:66

+msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation dialog."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Fjern</gui> i bekræftelsesdialogen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/accounts-remove.page:71

+msgid ""

+"Instead of deleting the account completely, it is possible to <link xref="

+"\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "

+"desktop."

+msgstr ""

+"I stedet for at slette kontoen helt, så er det muligt at <link xref="

+"\"accounts-disable-service\">begrænse de tjenester</link> som dit skrivebord "

+"har adgang til."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/years

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:16

+msgid "2012, 2013"

+msgstr "2012, 2013"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:23 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:38

+#: C/look-background.page:33 C/session-language.page:22 C/shell-exit.page:24

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:31 C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25

+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:19 C/shell-workspaces.page:20

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:27

+msgid "Andre Klapper"

+msgstr "Andre Klapper"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:29

+msgid ""

+"Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "

+"the services they exploit."

+msgstr ""

+"Programmer kan bruge de kontoer som er oprettet i <app>Onlinekonti</app> og de "

+"tjenester de gør brug af."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34

+msgid "Online services and applications"

+msgstr "Onlinetjenester og programmer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:41

+msgid ""

+"Once you have added an online account, any application can use that account "

+"for any of the available services that you have not <link xref=\"accounts-"

+"disable-service\">disabled</link>. Different providers provide different "

+"services. This page lists the different services and some of the "

+"applications that are known to use them."

+msgstr ""

+"Når du har tilføjet en onlinekonto, så kan programmerne bruge kontoen til de "

+"tilgængelige tjenester som du ikke har <link xref=\"accounts-disable-"

+"service\">deaktiveret</link>. Forskellige udbydere leverer forskellige "

+"tjenester. Siden viser de forskellige tjenester og nogle af de programmer "

+"som er kendt for at bruge dem."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:49

+msgid "Calendar"

+msgstr "Kalender"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:50

+msgid ""

+"The Calendar service allows you to view, add, and edit events in an online "

+"calendar. It is used by applications like <app>Calendar</app>, "

+"<app>Evolution</app>, and <app>California</app>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tjenesten Kalender giver dig mulighed for at vise, tilføje og redigere "

+"begivenheder i en onlinekalender. Den bruges af programmer som "

+"<app>Kalender</app>, <app>Evolution</app> og <app>California</app>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:56

+msgid "Chat"

+msgstr "Chat"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:57

+msgid ""

+"The Chat service allows you to chat with your contacts on popular instant "

+"messaging platforms. It is used by the <app>Empathy</app> application."

+msgstr ""

+"Tjenesten Chat giver dig mulighed for at chatte med dine kontakter på "

+"populære platforme med straksbeskeder. Den bruges af programmet <app>Empathy</app>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:63 C/contacts.page:24

+msgid "Contacts"

+msgstr "Kontakter"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:64

+msgid ""

+"The Contacts service allows you to see the published details of your "

+"contacts on various services. It is used by applications like <app>Contacts</"

+"app> and <app>Evolution</app>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tjenesten Kontakter giver dig mulighed for at se de detaljer der er udgivet for dine kontakter "

+"på diverse tjenester. Den bruges af programmer som "

+"<app>Kontakter</app> og <app>Evolution</app>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:70

+msgid "Documents"

+msgstr "Dokumenter"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:71

+msgid ""

+"The Documents service allows you to view your online documents such as those "

+"in Google docs. You can view your documents using the <app>Documents</app> "

+"application."

+msgstr ""

+"Tjenesten Dokumenter giver dig mulighed for at vise dine onlinedokumenter "

+"såsom dem i Google docs. Du kan vise dine dokumenter med programmet "

+"<app>Dokumenter</app>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:77

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:43

+msgid "Files"

+msgstr "Filer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:78

+msgid ""

+"The Files service adds a remote file location, as if you had added one using "

+"the <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">Connect to Server</link> functionality "

+"in the file manager. You can access remote files using the file manager, as "

+"well as through file open and save dialogs in any application."

+msgstr ""

+"Tjenesten Filer tilføjer en fjernfilplacering ligesom hvis du havde tilføjet en "

+"med funktionaliteten <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">Forbind til server</link> "

+"i filhåndteringen. Du kan få adgang til fjernfiler med filhåndteringen samt "

+"gennem dialoger til at åbne og gemme filer i ethvert program."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:86

+msgid "Mail"

+msgstr "Post"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:87

+msgid ""

+"The Mail service allows you to send and receive email through an email "

+"provider like Google. It is used by <app>Evolution</app>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tjenesten Post giver dig mulighed for at sende og modtage e-mail gennem en "

+"e-mailudbyder som Google. Den bruges af <app>Evolution</app>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:98

+msgid "Photos"

+msgstr "Billeder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:99

+msgid ""

+"The Photos service allows you to view your online photos such as those you "

+"post on Facebook. You can view your photos using the <app>Photos</app> "

+"application."

+msgstr ""

+"Tjenesten Billeder giver dig mulighed for at vise dine onlinebilleder såsom "

+"dem du indsender på Facebook. Du kan vise dine billeder med programmet "

+"<app>Billeder</app>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:105

+msgid "Printers"

+msgstr "Printere"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:106

+msgid ""

+"The Printers service allows you to send a PDF copy to a provider from within "

+"the print dialog of any application. The provider might provide print "

+"services, or it might just serve as storage for the PDF, which you can "

+"download and print later."

+msgstr ""

+"Tjenesten Printere giver dig mulighed for at sende en PDF-kopi til en "

+"udbyder fra udskriftsdialogen i ethvert program. Udbyderen leverer måske "

+"udskriftstjenester eller fungerer blot som et lager til PDF'en som du kan "

+"downloade og udskrive senere."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:113

+msgid "Read Later"

+msgstr "Læs senere"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:114

+msgid ""

+"The Read Later service allows you to save a web page to external services so "

+"that you can read it later on another device. No applications currently use "

+"this service."

+msgstr ""

+"Tjenesten Læs senere giver dig mulighed for at gemme en webside til en "

+"ekstern tjeneste, så du kan læse den senere på en anden enhed. I øjeblikket "

+"er der ikke nogle programmer som bruger tjenesten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:13

+msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"

+msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:29

+msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"

+msgstr ""

+"Hvorfor tilføje dine konti for e-mail eller sociale medier til dit "

+"skrivebord?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:32

+msgid "Why add an account?"

+msgstr "Hvorfor tilføje en konto?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:34

+msgid ""

+"Adding your online accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, "

+"chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the "

+"services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can "

+"easily keep in touch using services from different accounts, like chats, at "

+"the same time. Just set up your online accounts once and every time you "

+"start your computer all the accounts and services that you have added are "

+"ready to use."

+msgstr ""

+"Tilføjelse af dine onlinekontoer giver dig forskellige tjenester såsom "

+"kalender, chat og e-mail direkte på dit skrivebord og gør tjenesternes "

+"information en sømløs del af din brugeroplevelse. Ved at tilføje kontoer kan "

+"du let holde kontakten med tjenester fra forskellige kontoer, som chats, på "

+"samme tid. Opsæt blot dine onlinekontoer én gang og hver gang du starter din "

+"computer er alle de kontoer og tjenester som du har tilføjet klar til brug."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:42

+msgid ""

+"See <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> for information on which "

+"applications can access which online services."

+msgstr ""

+"Se <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> for information om hvilke "

+"programmer som har adgang til hvilke onlinetjenester."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/accounts.page:19

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"accounts-add\">Add an online account</link>, <link xref="

+"\"accounts-remove\">Remove an account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-which-"

+"application\">Learn about services</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"accounts-add\">Tilføj en onlinekonto</link>, <link xref="

+"\"accounts-remove\">Fjern en konto</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-which-"

+"application\">Læs om tjenester</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/accounts.page:26

+msgid "Online accounts"

+msgstr "Onlinekonti"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/accounts.page:28

+msgid ""

+"You can enter your login details for some online services, such as Google "

+"and Facebook, into the <app>Online Accounts</app> window. This lets you use "

+"applications to access online services like email, calendars, chat, and "

+"documents."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan indtaste dine logindetaljer til nogle onlinetjenester såsom Google og "

+"Facebook i vinduet <app>Onlinekonti</app>. Det lader dig bruge programmer "

+"til at få adgang til onlinetjenester såsom e-mail, kalendere, chat og "

+"dokumenter."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/backup-check.page:16 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:41

+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:26 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:35

+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:36 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:35

+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:31 C/files-autorun.page:30

+#: C/files-browse.page:32 C/files-delete.page:31 C/files-hidden.page:22

+#: C/files-lost.page:26 C/files-preview.page:20 C/files-recover.page:18

+#: C/files-rename.page:29 C/files-search.page:29 C/files-templates.page:21

+#: C/files-tilde.page:22 C/nautilus-behavior.page:32

+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21 C/nautilus-connect.page:23

+#: C/nautilus-display.page:21 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:20

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:30 C/nautilus-preview.page:21 C/nautilus-views.page:29

+#: C/net-mobile.page:24 C/screen-shot-record.page:27

+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:23

+msgid "David King"

+msgstr "David King"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/backup-check.page:22

+msgid "Verify your backup was successful."

+msgstr "Bekræft at din sikkerhedskopiering lykkedes."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/backup-check.page:25

+msgid "Check your backup"

+msgstr "Tjek din sikkerhedskopiering"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-check.page:27

+msgid ""

+"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "

+"was successful. If it didn’t work properly, you could lose important data "

+"since some files could be missing from the backup."

+msgstr ""

+"Efter du har sikkerhedskopieret dine filer bør du sørge for at "

+"sikkerhedskopieringen lykkedes. Hvis det ikke virkede ordentligt, så kan du "

+"miste vigtige data eftersom nogle filer kan mangle i sikkerhedskopien."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-check.page:31

+msgid ""

+"When you use <app>Files</app> to copy or move files, the computer checks to "

+"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "

+"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "

+"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."

+msgstr ""

+"Når du bruger <app>Filer</app> til at kopiere eller flytte filer, så sørger "

+"computeren for at tjekke at al data blev overført korrekt. Men hvis du "

+"overfører data som er meget vigtige for dig, så kan det være du vil udføre "

+"yderligere tjek for at bekræfte at din data blev overført ordentligt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-check.page:37

+msgid ""

+"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "

+"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "

+"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "

+"confidence that the process was successful."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan foretage ekstra tjek ved at gennemse de kopierede filer og mapper på "

+"destinationsmediet. Ved at tjekke at de filer og mapper du overførte "

+"faktisk er i sikkerhedskopien kan du være ekstra sikker på, at processen "

+"lykkedes."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/backup-check.page:42

+msgid ""

+"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "

+"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"

+"app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying "

+"and pasting files."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du regelmæssigt foretager sikkerhedskopieringer af store mængde data, "

+"så kan det være du synes det er lettere at bruge et "

+"sikkerhedskopieringsprogram såsom <app>Déjà Dup</app>. Et program som det er "

+"mere kraftfuldt og mere pålideligt end blot at kopiere og indsætte filer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/backup-frequency.page:12 C/backup-how.page:12 C/backup-restore.page:11

+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:14 C/backup-what.page:16 C/backup-where.page:16

+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:16 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:15

+#: C/contacts-search.page:14 C/display-dual-monitors.page:15

+#: C/files-browse.page:16 C/files-copy.page:18 C/get-involved.page:12

+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:13 C/more-help.page:9 C/mouse-middleclick.page:14

+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:21 C/mouse-wakeup.page:12 C/mouse.page:14

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:16 C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:12

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:20 C/nautilus-views.page:13

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:13 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13

+#: C/printing-booklet.page:13 C/screen-shot-record.page:13 C/translate.page:11

+#: C/user-delete.page:17 C/user-goodpassword.page:21

+msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"

+msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/backup-frequency.page:22

+msgid ""

+"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "

+"they are safe."

+msgstr ""

+"Lær hvor ofte du bør sikkerhedskopiere dine vigtige filer, for at sørge for "

+"at de er sikre."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/backup-frequency.page:26

+msgid "Frequency of backups"

+msgstr "Hyppighed for sikkerhedskopieringer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-frequency.page:28

+msgid ""

+"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "

+"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "

+"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvor ofte du foretager sikkerhedskopieringer afhænger af hvilken type data "

+"der sikkerhedskopieres. Hvis du f.eks. kører et netværksmiljø med kritisk "

+"data gemt på dine servere, så er natlige sikkerhedskopieringer måske ikke "

+"nok."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-frequency.page:32

+msgid ""

+"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "

+"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "

+"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"

+msgstr ""

+"Modsat, hvis du sikkerhedskopierer dataene på din hjemmecomputer, så er "

+"timelige sikkerhedskopieringer sandsynligvis unødvendigt. Det kan være du "

+"finder det nyttigt at overveje følgende punkter når du planlægger din "

+"sikkerhedskopieringsplan:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-frequency.page:37

+msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."

+msgstr "Den mængde tid du bruger på computeren."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-frequency.page:38

+msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."

+msgstr "Hvor ofte og hvor meget dataene på computeren ændres."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-frequency.page:41

+msgid ""

+"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "

+"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "

+"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "

+"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis de data du vil sikkerhedskopiere har lav prioritet eller har få "

+"ændringer såsom musik, e-mails og familiebilleder, så kan ugentlige eller "

+"endda månedlige sikkerhedskopieringer være tilstrækkeligt. Men hvis du er "

+"midt i en skatterevision, så kan det være nødvendigt med hyppigere "

+"sikkerhedskopieringer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-frequency.page:46

+msgid ""

+"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "

+"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "

+"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "

+"you should back up at least once per week."

+msgstr ""

+"En tommelfingerregel er at mængden af tid mellem sikkerhedskopieringer ikke skal "

+"være længere end den mængde tid du er villig til at bruge på at gøre det "

+"mistede arbejde igen. F.eks. hvis det at bruge en uge på at skrive mistede "

+"dokumenter igen er for længe for dig, så skal du sikkerhedskopiere mindst en "

+"gang om ugen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/backup-how.page:26

+msgid ""

+"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "

+"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug Déjà Dup (eller et andet sikkerhedskopieringsprogram) til at lave "

+"kopier af dine værdifulde filer og indstillinger for at beskytte mod tab."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/backup-how.page:30

+msgid "How to back up"

+msgstr "Lav en sikkerhedskopi"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-how.page:32

+msgid ""

+"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "

+"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "

+"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."

+msgstr ""

+"Den letteste måde til at sikkerhedskopiere dine filer og indstillinger er "

+"ved at lade et sikkerhedskopieringsprogram håndtere "

+"sikkerhedskopieringsprocessen for dig. Der findes forskellige "

+"sikkerhedskopieringsprogrammet, f.eks. <app>Déjà Dup</app>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-how.page:36

+msgid ""

+"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "

+"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."

+msgstr ""

+"Hjælpen til det sikkerhedskopieringsprogram du vælger guider dig gennem "

+"indstillingen af dine præferencer til sikkerhedskopieringen samt hvordan du "

+"genopretter dine data."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-how.page:39

+msgid ""

+"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "

+"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "

+"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "

+"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "

+"them from there."

+msgstr ""

+"En anden mulighed er at <link xref=\"files-copy\">kopiere dine filer</link> "

+"til en sikker placering såsom en ekstern harddisk, en anden computer på "

+"netværket eller et USB-drev. Dine <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personlige "

+"filer</link> og indstillinger er gerne i din hjemmemappe, så du kan kopiere "

+"dem derfra."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-how.page:44

+msgid ""

+"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "

+"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "

+"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"

+msgstr ""

+"Mængden af data som du kan sikkerhedskopiere begrænses af størrelsen på "

+"lagerenheden. Hvis du har plads nok på din sikkerhedskopieringsenhed, så er det "

+"bedst at sikkerhedskopiere hele hjemmemappen med følgende undtagelser:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-how.page:49

+msgid ""

+"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "

+"other removable media."

+msgstr ""

+"Filer der allerede er blevet sikkerhedskopieret til en anden placering såsom "

+"en cd, dvd eller andet flytbart medie."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-how.page:51

+msgid ""

+"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "

+"you do not have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "

+"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."

+msgstr ""

+"Filer som du let kan genskabe. Hvis du f.eks. er programmør, så behøver du "

+"ikke sikkerhedskopiere de filer som genereres når du kompilerer dine "

+"programmer. Sørg i stedet for at sikkerhedskopiere de oprindelige "

+"kildefiler."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-how.page:55

+msgid ""

+"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."

+"local/share/Trash</file>."

+msgstr ""

+"Filer i Trash-mappen. Din Trash-mappe findes i "

+"<file>~/.local/share/Trash</file>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/backup-restore.page:7

+msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."

+msgstr "Hent dine filer fra en sikkerhedskopi."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/backup-restore.page:22

+msgid "Restore a backup"

+msgstr "Gendan en sikkerhedskopi"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-restore.page:24

+msgid ""

+"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "

+"you can restore them from the backup:"

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du mistede eller slettede nogle af dine filer men har en "

+"sikkerhedskopi af dem, så kan du genoprette dem fra sikkerhedskopien:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-restore.page:28

+msgid ""

+"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "

+"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref="

+"\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du vil genoprette din sikkerhedskopi fra en enhed såsom en ekstern "

+"harddisk, et USB-drev eller en anden computer på netværket, så kan du <link "

+"xref=\"files-copy\">kopiere dem</link> tilbage til din computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-restore.page:32

+msgid ""

+"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</"

+"app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your "

+"backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide "

+"specific instructions on how to restore your files."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du oprettede din sikkerhedskopi med et sikkerhedskopieringsprogram "

+"såsom <app>Déjà Dup</app>, så anbefales det at du bruger det samme programm "

+"til at genoprette din sikkerhedskopi. Gennemse hjælpen til programmet i dit "

+"sikkerhedskopieringsprogram: det har specifikke instruktioner til hvordan "

+"dine filer genoprettes."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28

+msgid ""

+"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "

+"may want to back up."

+msgstr ""

+"En liste over mapper hvor du kan finde dokumenter, filer og indstillinger "

+"som du måske vil sikkerhedskopiere."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:32

+msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"

+msgstr "Hvor finder jeg de filer, jeg vil sikkerhedskopiere?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:34

+msgid ""

+"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "

+"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "

+"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."

+msgstr ""

+"At beslutte hvilke filer der skal sikkerhedskopieres og at finde dem er det "

+"sværeste trin når der skal udføres en sikkerhedskopiering. Nedenfor er de "

+"mest almindelige placeringer af vigtige filer og indstillinger som du måske "

+"vil sikkerhedskopiere."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40

+msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"

+msgstr "Personlige filer (dokumenter, musik, billeder og videoer)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need

+#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your

+#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html

+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:43

+msgid ""

+"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "

+"They could be in subfolders such as <file>Desktop</file>, <file>Documents</"

+"file>, <file>Pictures</file>, <file>Music</file> and <file>Videos</file>."

+msgstr ""

+"De er gerne gemt i din hjemmemappe (<file>/home/dit_navn</file>). De kan "

+"være i mapper såsom <file>Skrivebord</file>, <file>Dokumenter</file>, "

+"<file>Billeder</file>, <file>Musik</file> og <file>Videoer</file>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48

+msgid ""

+"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it is an external hard disk, "

+"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "

+"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "

+"Analyzer</app>."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis dit sikkerhedskopieringsmedie har tilstrækkelig plads (f.eks. hvis det "

+"er en ekstern harddisk), så overvej at sikkerhedskopiere hele hjemmemappen. "

+"Du kan finde ud af hvor meget plads din hjemmemappe bruger med "

+"<app>Diskforbrugsanalyse</app>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55

+msgid "Hidden files"

+msgstr "Skjulte filer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56

+msgid ""

+"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "

+"To view hidden files, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the "

+"window of <app>Files</app> and press <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "

+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can copy these to a backup "

+"location like any other file."

+msgstr ""

+"Fil- og mappenavne der begynder med et punktum (.) er skjulte som standard. "

+"Vis skjulte filer ved at trykke på menuknappen i øverste højre hjørne af "

+"vinduet i <app>Filer</app> og trykke på <gui>Vis skjulte filer</gui>, eller "

+"ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Du kan "

+"kopiere dem til en sikkerhedskopieringsplacering som enhver anden fil."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64

+msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"

+msgstr ""

+"Personlige indstillinger (skrivebordspræferencer, temaer og "

+"softwareindstillinger)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65

+msgid ""

+"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "

+"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."

+msgstr ""

+"De fleste programmer gemmer deres indstillinger i skjulte mapper i din "

+"hjemmemappe (se information om skjulte filer oven for)."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:67

+msgid ""

+"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "

+"<file>.config</file> and <file>.local</file> in your Home folder."

+msgstr ""

+"De fleste af dine programindstillinger gemmes i de skjulte mapper "

+"<file>.config</file> og <file>.local</file> i din hjemmemappe."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:72

+msgid "System-wide settings"

+msgstr "Indstillinger der gælder for hele systemet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:73

+msgid ""

+"Settings for important parts of the system are not stored in your Home "

+"folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most "

+"are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you will not need to "

+"back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, "

+"however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."

+msgstr ""

+"Indstillinger til vigtige dele af systemet gemmes ikke i din hjemmemappe. Der "

+"findes flere placeringer hvor de kan være gemt, men de fleste gemmes i "

+"mappen <file>/etc</file>. Generelt behøver du ikke sikkerhedskopiere disse "

+"filer på en hjemmecomputer. Hvis du kører en server skal du dog "

+"sikkerhedskopiere filerne for de tjenester den kører."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/backup-what.page:26

+msgid "Back up anything that you cannot bear to lose if something goes wrong."

+msgstr ""

+"Sikkerhedskopiér alt det du ikke kan holde ud af miste hvis noget går galt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/backup-what.page:30

+msgid "What to back up"

+msgstr "Hvad der skal sikkerhedskopieres"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-what.page:32

+msgid ""

+"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout"

+"\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to "

+"recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"

+msgstr ""

+"Din prioritet bør være at sikkerhedskopiere dine <link xref=\"backup-"

+"thinkabout\">mest vigtige filer</link> samt dem der er svære at genskabe. "

+"F.eks. fra mest vigtige til mindst vigtige:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/backup-what.page:39

+msgid "Your personal files"

+msgstr "Dine personlige filer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-what.page:40

+msgid ""

+"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "

+"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "

+"consider irreplaceable."

+msgstr ""

+"Det kan omfatte dokumenter, regneark, e-mail, kalenderaftaler, finansielle "

+"data, familiebilleder eller andre personlige filer som du betragter som "

+"uerstattelige."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/backup-what.page:46

+msgid "Your personal settings"

+msgstr "Dine personlige indstillinger"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-what.page:47

+msgid ""

+"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "

+"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "

+"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "

+"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "

+"while to recreate."

+msgstr ""

+"Det omfatter ændringer som du har foretaget til farver, baggrunde, "

+"skærmopløsning og museindstillinger på dit skrivebord. Det omfatter "

+"programindstillinger såsom indstillinger til <app>LibreOffice</app>, din "

+"musikafspiller og dit e-mailprogram. De er til at erstatte men det kan tage "

+"noget tid af genskabe."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/backup-what.page:55

+msgid "System settings"

+msgstr "Systemindstillinger"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-what.page:56

+msgid ""

+"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "

+"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "

+"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "

+"settings."

+msgstr ""

+"De fleste personer ændrer aldrig de systemindstillinger som blev oprettet "

+"under installation. Hvis du af en eller anden grund tilpasser dine "

+"systemindstillinger eller hvis du bruger din computer som en server, så kan "

+"det være du vil sikkerhedskopiere disse indstillinger."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/backup-what.page:63

+msgid "Installed software"

+msgstr "Installeret software"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-what.page:64

+msgid ""

+"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "

+"computer problem by reinstalling it."

+msgstr ""

+"Den software du bruger kan normalt genoprettes ret hurtigt efter et seriøst "

+"problem med computeren ved at geninstallere den."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-what.page:69

+msgid ""

+"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "

+"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "

+"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "

+"space by having backups of them."

+msgstr ""

+"Generelt skal du gå efter at sikkerhedskopiere filer som er uerstattelige og "

+"filer som kræver lang tid at erstatte uden en sikkerhedskopi. Modsat, hvis "

+"ting er lette at erstatte, så kan det være du ikke vil bruge diskplads på at "

+"have sikkerhedskopier af dem."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/backup-where.page:22

+msgid ""

+"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."

+msgstr ""

+"Råd til hvor dine sikkerhedskopier skal gemmes og hvilken type lagerenheden "

+"der skal bruges."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/backup-where.page:26

+msgid "Where to store your backup"

+msgstr "Hvor din sikkerhedskopi skal gemmes"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-where.page:28

+msgid ""

+"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "

+"computer — on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "

+"breaks, or is lost or is stolen, the backup will still be intact. For "

+"maximum security, you shouldn’t keep the backup in the same building as your "

+"computer. If there is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost "

+"if they are kept together."

+msgstr ""

+"Du bør gemme sikkerhedskopier af dine filer et andet sted end på din computer — "

+"f.eks. på en ekstern harddisk. På den måde vil sikkerhedskopien stadigvæk "

+"være intakt hvis computeren går i stykker, mistes eller bliver stjålet. For "

+"at få den højeste sikkerhed skal du ikke opbevare sikkerhedskopien i samme "

+"bygning som din computer. Hvis der er en brand eller tyveri, så kan begge "

+"kopier af dataene gå tabt hvis de opbevares sammen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-where.page:35

+msgid ""

+"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "

+"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "

+"all of the backed-up files."

+msgstr ""

+"Det er også vigtigt at vælge et egnede <em>sikkerhedskopieringsmedie</em>. "

+"Du skal gemme dine sikkerhedskopier på en enhed som har tilstrækkelig "

+"diskkapacitet til alle dine sikkerhedskopierede filer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: list/title

+#: C/backup-where.page:40

+msgid "Local and remote storage options"

+msgstr "Valgmuligheder for lokal- og fjernlager"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-where.page:42

+msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"

+msgstr "USB-hukommelsesnøgle (lav kapacitet)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-where.page:45

+msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"

+msgstr "Internt diskdrev (høj kapacitet)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-where.page:48

+msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"

+msgstr "Ekstern harddisk (typisk høj kapacitet)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-where.page:51

+msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"

+msgstr "Netværkstilsluttet drev (høj kapacitet)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-where.page:54

+msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"

+msgstr "Fil-/sikkerhedskopieringsserver (høj kapacitet)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-where.page:57

+msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"

+msgstr "Skrivbare cd'er eller dvd'er (lav/medium kapacitet)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/backup-where.page:60

+msgid ""

+"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</"

+"link>, for example; capacity depends on price)"

+msgstr ""

+"Onlinetjeneste til sikkerhedskopiering (f.eks. <link "

+"href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</link>; kapaciteten afhænger af "

+"prisen)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-where.page:66

+msgid ""

+"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "

+"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."

+msgstr ""

+"Nogle af mulighederne har tilstrækkelig kapacitet til at sikkerhedskopiere "

+"alle filer på dit system, også kendt som en <em>komplet "

+"sikkerhedskopiering af systemet</em>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/backup-why.page:7

+msgctxt "link:trail"

+msgid "Backups"

+msgstr "Sikkerhedskopier"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/backup-why.page:19

+msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."

+msgstr "Hvorfor, hvad, hvor og hvordan du foretager sikkerhedskopier."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/backup-why.page:22

+msgid "Back up your important files"

+msgstr "Sikkerhedskopiér dine vigtige filer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-why.page:24

+msgid ""

+"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "

+"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "

+"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "

+"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "

+"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "

+"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."

+msgstr ""

+"<em>Sikkerhedskopiering</em> af dine filer betyder ganske enkelt at lave en "

+"kopi af dem til sikker opbevaring. Det gøres i tilfælde af at de oprindelige filer "

+"bliver ubrugelige pga. tab eller beskadigelse. Kopierne kan bruges til at "

+"genoprette den oprindelige data hvis der sker tab. Kopier bør opbevares på "

+"en anden enhed, væk fra de oprindelige filer. Du kan f.eks. bruge en USB-"

+"enhed, en ekstern harddisk, en cd/dvd eller en tjeneste der befinder sig et "

+"andet sted."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/backup-why.page:31

+msgid ""

+"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "

+"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."

+msgstr ""

+"Den bedste måde til at sikkerhedskopiere dine filer er at gøre det "

+"regelmæssigt samt opbevare kopierne et andet sted og (hvis det er muligt) "

+"krypteret."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/bluetooth.page:22

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="

+"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"

+"\">turn on and off</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Opret forbindelse</link>, <link xref="

+"\"bluetooth-send-file\">send filer</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"

+"\">slå til og fra</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/bluetooth.page:29

+msgid "Bluetooth"

+msgstr "Bluetooth"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/bluetooth.page:31

+msgid ""

+"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "

+"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "

+"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "

+"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "

+"as from your computer to your cell phone."

+msgstr ""

+"Bluetooth er en protokol til trådløs der giver dig mulighed for at tilslutte "

+"mange forskellige typer enheder til din computer. Bluetooth bruges sædvanligvis "

+"til headset og inputenheder som mus og tastatur. Du kan også bruge Bluetooth "

+"til at <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">sende filer mellem enheder</link> "

+"såsom fra din computer til din mobiltelefon."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/bluetooth.page:53

+msgctxt "link"

+msgid "Bluetooth problems"

+msgstr "Bluetooth-problemer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/bluetooth.page:56 C/color.page:33 C/power.page:53

+msgid "Problems"

+msgstr "Problemer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:25 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:21

+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:23 C/net-firewall-on-off.page:14

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:13 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:19

+#: C/printing-setup.page:24 C/session-fingerprint.page:19

+msgid "Paul W. Frields"

+msgstr "Paul W. Frields"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:47

+msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."

+msgstr "Parring af Bluetooth-enheder."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50

+msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"

+msgstr "Tilslut din computer til en Bluetooth-enhed"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:52

+msgid ""

+"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "

+"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called "

+"<em>pairing</em> the Bluetooth devices."

+msgstr ""

+"Inden du kan bruge en Bluetooth-enhed som en mus eller et headset skal "

+"du først tilslutte din computer til enheden. Det kaldes også at "

+"<em>parre</em> Bluetooth-enhederne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:58 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:54

+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:60

+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:41

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Bluetooth</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Bluetooth</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:58

+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64

+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:45

+msgid "Click on <gui>Bluetooth</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Bluetooth</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:65

+msgid ""

+"Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch at the top should be set to on. "

+"With the panel open and the switch on, your computer will begin searching "

+"for devices."

+msgstr ""

+"Sørg for at Bluetooth er aktiveret: der skal være tændt for kontakten "

+"øverst. Når panelet er åbent og der er tændt for kontakten begynder din "

+"computer at søge efter enheder."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:70

+msgid ""

+"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"

+"\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 5-10 meters (about "

+"16-33 feet) of your computer."

+msgstr ""

+"Gør den anden Bluetooth-enhed <link xref=\"bluetooth-"

+"visibility\">opdagelsesbar eller synlig</link> og hold den inden for 5-10 "

+"meter af din computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75

+msgid ""

+"Click the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list. The panel for the device "

+"will open."

+msgstr "Klik på enheden i listen <gui>Enheder</gui>. Panelet til enheden åbnes."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:79

+msgid ""

+"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "

+"you the PIN you see on your computer screen. Confirm the PIN on the device "

+"(you may need to click <gui>Pair</gui> or <gui>Confirm</gui>), then click "

+"<gui>Confirm</gui> on the computer."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis det er nødvendigt, så bekræft PIN'en på din anden enhed. Enheden bør "

+"vise dig den PIN du ser på din computerskærm. Bekræft PIN'en på enheden (det "

+"kan være du skal klikke på <gui>Par</gui> eller <gui>Bekræft</gui>). Klik "

+"herefter på <gui>Bekræft</gui> på computeren."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:83

+msgid ""

+"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "

+"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "

+"list and start again."

+msgstr ""

+"På de fleste enheder skal du fuldføre din indtastning inden for 20 sekunder, "

+"ellers færdiggøres tilslutningen ikke. Hvis det sker, så vend tilbage til "

+"enhedslisten og start forfra."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:88

+msgid ""

+"The entry for the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list will show a "

+"<gui>Connected</gui> status."

+msgstr ""

+"Posten til enheden i listen <gui>Enheder</gui> viser statussen "

+"<gui>Forbundet</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:92

+msgid ""

+"To edit the device, click on it in the <gui>Device</gui> list. You will see "

+"a panel specific to the device. It may display additional options applicable "

+"to the type of device to which you are connecting."

+msgstr ""

+"Rediger enheden ved at klikke på den i listen <gui>Enheder</gui>. Du ser et "

+"panel specifikt til den enhed. Den kan vise yderligere valgmuligheder som "

+"kan anvendes til den type enhed du tilslutter."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:97

+msgid "Close the panel once you have changed the settings."

+msgstr "Luk panelet når du har ændret indstillingerne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/p

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:103

+msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"

+msgstr "Bluetooth-ikonet på toplinjen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:105

+msgid ""

+"When one or more Bluetooth devices are connected, the Bluetooth icon appears "

+"in the system status area."

+msgstr ""

+"Når en eller flere Bluetooth-enheder er tilsluttet, så vises Bluetooth-"

+"ikonet i systemets statusområde."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:10

+msgid "Bastien Nocera"

+msgstr "Bastien Nocera"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:16

+msgid "How to pair specific devices with your computer."

+msgstr "Parre bestemte enheder med din computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:19

+msgid "Pairing instructions for specific devices"

+msgstr "Parringsinstruktioner til bestemte enheder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:21

+msgid ""

+"Even if you manage to source the manual for a device, it might not contain "

+"enough information to make pairing possible. Here are details for a few "

+"common devices."

+msgstr ""

+"Selv hvis det lykkedes dig at finde manualen til en enhed, så indeholder den "

+"måske ikke nok information til at foretage parring. Her er detaljer til "

+"nogle få almindelige enheder."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:27

+msgid "PlayStation 3 joypads"

+msgstr "Joypads til PlayStation 3"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:28

+msgid ""

+"Those devices use “cable-pairing”. Plug the joypads in via USB with the "

+"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> opened, and Bluetooth turned on. After "

+"pressing the “PS” button, you will get asked whether to set those joypads "

+"up. Unplug them and press the “PS” button to use them over Bluetooth."

+msgstr ""

+"Enhederne bruger “kabelparring”. Sæt joypadsene i via USB med "

+"<gui>Indstillinger for Bluetooth</gui> åbent, og Bluetooth tændt. Når der er "

+"blevet trykket på knappen “PS” bliver du spurgt om joypadsene skal "

+"opsættes. Frakobl dem og tryk på knappen “PS” for at bruge dem over "

+"Bluetooth."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:34

+msgid "PlayStation 4 joypads"

+msgstr "Joypads til PlayStation 4"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:35

+msgid ""

+"Those devices use “cable-pairing” as well. Plug the joypads in via USB with "

+"the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> opened, and Bluetooth turned on. You will "

+"get asked whether to set those joypads up without needing to press the PS "

+"button. Unplug them and press the PS button to use them over Bluetooth."

+msgstr ""

+"Enhederne bruger også “kabelparring”. Sæt joypadsene i via USB med "

+"<gui>Indstillinger for Bluetooth</gui> åbent, og Bluetooth tændt. Du bliver "

+"spurgt om at opsætte joypadsene uden at skulle trykke på knappen PS. Frakobl "

+"dem og tryk på knappen PS for at bruge dem over Bluetooth."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Using the “PS” and “Share” button combination to pair the joypad can also be "

+"used to make the joypad visible and pair it like any other Bluetooth device, "

+"if you don’t have a USB cable at hand."

+msgstr ""

+"Knapkombinationen “PS” og “Share” til at parre joypadden kan også bruges til "

+"at gøre joypadden synlig og parre den som enhver anden Bluetooth-enhed, "

+"hvis du ikke har et USB-kabel."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:44

+msgid "PlayStation 3 BD Remote Control"

+msgstr "BD-fjernbetjening til PlayStation 3"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:45

+msgid ""

+"Hold the “Start” and “Enter” buttons at the same time for around 5 seconds. "

+"You can then select the remote in the devices list as usual."

+msgstr ""

+"Hold knapperne “Start” og “Enter” nede på samme tid i omkring 5 sekunder. "

+"Herefter kan du vælge fjernbetjeningen i enhedslisten som du plejer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:49

+msgid "Nintendo Wii and Wii U Remotes"

+msgstr "Fjernbetjeninger til Nintendo Wii og Wii U"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:50

+msgid ""

+"Use the red “Sync” button inside the battery compartment to start the "

+"pairing process. Other button combinations will not keep pairing "

+"information, so you would need to do it all over again in short order. Also "

+"note that some software wants direct access to the remotes, and, in those "

+"cases, you should not set them up in the Bluetooth panel. Refer to the "

+"application’s manual for instructions."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug den røde knap “Sync” i batterirummet til at starte parringsprocessen. "

+"Andre knapkombinationer bevarer ikke parringsinformation, så det vil hurtigt være "

+"nødvendigt at starte forfra igen. Bemærk også at noget "

+"software vil have direkte adgang til fjernbetjeningerne og at du i disse "

+"tilfælde ikke skal opsætte dem i panelet Bluetooth. Se manualen til "

+"programmet for instruktioner."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:32

+msgid ""

+"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "

+"be disabled or blocked."

+msgstr ""

+"Adapteren kunne ikke slukkes eller har måske ikke drivere, eller Bluetooth "

+"kan være deaktiveret eller blokeret."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:36

+msgid "I cannot connect my Bluetooth device"

+msgstr "Jeg kan ikke tilslutte min Bluetooth-enhed"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:38

+msgid ""

+"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "

+"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."

+msgstr ""

+"Der kan være flere årsager til at du ikke er i stand til at oprette "

+"forbindelse til en Bluetooth-enhed såsom en telefon eller et headset."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:43

+msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"

+msgstr "Forbindelse blokeret eller ubetroet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:44

+msgid ""

+"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "

+"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "

+"is set up to allow connections."

+msgstr ""

+"Nogle Bluetooth-enheder blokerer forbindelser som standard eller kræver at "

+"du ændrer en indstilling for at gøre det muligt at oprette forbindelser. "

+"Sørg for at din enhed er opsat til at tillade forbindelser."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:49

+msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"

+msgstr "Bluetooth-hardware er ikke genkendt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:50

+msgid ""

+"Your Bluetooth adapter or dongle may not have been recognized by the "

+"computer. This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</"

+"link> for the adapter are not installed. Some Bluetooth adapters are not "

+"supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for "

+"them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth "

+"adapter."

+msgstr ""

+"Din Bluetooth-adapter eller -dongle er måske ikke blevet genkendt af "

+"computeren. Det kan være fordi der ikke er installeret <link xref=\"hardware-"

+"driver\">drivere</link> til adapteren. Nogle Bluetooth-adaptere understøttes "

+"ikke af Linux, så du vil måske ikke være i stand til at finde de rette "

+"drivere til dem. Hvis det er tilfældet, så skal du formodentligt have en "

+"anden Bluetooth-adapter."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58

+msgid "Adapter is not switched on"

+msgstr "Adapter er ikke tændt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59

+msgid ""

+"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Open the Bluetooth "

+"panel and check that it is not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"

+"\">disabled</link>."

+msgstr ""

+"Sørg for at din Bluetooth-adapter er tændt. Åbn panelet Bluetooth og tjek at "

+"den ikke er <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">deaktiveret</link>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:64

+msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"

+msgstr "Enhedens Bluetooth-forbindelse er slukket"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:65

+msgid ""

+"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you are trying to connect "

+"to, and that it is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or "

+"visible</link>. For example, if you are trying to connect to a phone, make "

+"sure that it is not in airplane mode."

+msgstr ""

+"Tjek at Bluetooth er tændt på den enhed du prøver at oprette forbindelse til "

+"og at den er <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">opdagelsesbar og "

+"synlig</link>. Hvis du f.eks. prøver at oprette forbindelse til en telefon, "

+"så sørg for at den ikke er i flytilstand."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:71

+msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"

+msgstr "Ingen Bluetooth-adapter i din computer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:72

+msgid ""

+"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "

+"want to use Bluetooth."

+msgstr ""

+"Mange computere har ikke Bluetooth-adaptere. Du kan købe en adapter hvis du "

+"vil bruge Bluetooth."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42

+msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."

+msgstr "Fjern en enhed fra listen over Bluetooth-enheder."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:45

+msgid "Disconnect a Bluetooth device"

+msgstr "Frakobl en Bluetooth-enhed"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:47

+msgid ""

+"If you do not want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "

+"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "

+"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "

+"from a device."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du ikke længere vil være tilsluttet en Bluetooth-enhed, så kan du "

+"fjerne forbindelsen. Det et nyttigt hvis du ikke længere vil bruge en enhed "

+"som en mus eller et headset, eller hvis du ikke længere ønsker at overføre "

+"filer til eller fra en enhed."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:61

+msgid "Select the device which you want to disconnect from the list."

+msgstr "Vælg den enhed som du vil frakoble i listen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:64

+msgid ""

+"In the device dialog box, switch the <gui>Connection</gui> switch to off, or "

+"to remove the device from the <gui>Devices</gui> list, click <gui>Remove "

+"Device</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Sluk for <gui>Forbindelse</gui>-kontakten i enhedsdialogboksen, eller klik "

+"på <gui>Fjern enhed</gui> for at fjerne enheden i listen <gui>Enheder</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:70

+msgid ""

+"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "

+"device</link> later if desired."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">oprette forbindelse en Bluetooth-"

+"enhed igen</link> senere, hvis det ønskes."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:43

+msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."

+msgstr "Del filer til Bluetooth-enheder såsom din telefon."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:46

+msgid "Send files to a Bluetooth device"

+msgstr "Send filer til en Bluetooth-enhed"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:48

+msgid ""

+"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "

+"phones or other computers. Some types of devices do not allow the transfer "

+"of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "

+"settings window."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan sende filer til tilsluttede Bluetooth-enheder såsom nogle "

+"mobiltelefoner eller andre computere. Nogle typer enheder tillader ikke "

+"overførsel af filer eller bestemte typer filer. Du kan sende filer med "

+"Bluetooth-indstillingsvinduet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54

+msgid ""

+"<gui>Send Files</gui> does not work on unsupported devices such as iPhones."

+msgstr ""

+"<gui>Send filer</gui> virker ikke på enheder der ikke understøttes såsom "

+"iPhones."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:66

+msgid ""

+"Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch in the titlebar should be set to "

+"on."

+msgstr ""

+"Sørg for at Bluetooth er aktiveret: kontakten i titellinjen skal være tændt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>Devices</gui> list, select the device to which to send the "

+"files. If the desired device is not shown as <gui>Connected</gui> in the "

+"list, you need to <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connect</link> to "

+"it."

+msgstr ""

+"I listen <gui>Enheder</gui> vælges den enhed der skal sendes filer til. Hvis "

+"den ønskede enhed ikke vises som <gui>Forbundet</gui> i listen, så skal du "

+"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">oprette forbindelse</link> til den."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74

+msgid "A panel specific to the external device appears."

+msgstr "Der vises et panel specifikt til den eksterne enhed."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:77

+msgid "Click <gui>Send Files…</gui> and the file chooser will appear."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Send filer …</gui>, så vises filvælgeren."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:80

+msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."

+msgstr "Vælg den fil du vil sende og klik på <gui>Vælg</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:81

+msgid ""

+"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "

+"select each file."

+msgstr ""

+"For at sende end mere en fil i en mappe, holdes <key>Ctrl</key> nede mens du "

+"vælger hver fil."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85

+msgid ""

+"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "

+"the file. The <gui>Bluetooth File Transfer</gui> dialog will show the "

+"progress bar. Click <gui>Close</gui> when the transfer is complete."

+msgstr ""

+"Ejeren af den modtagende enhed skal gerne trykke på en knap for at "

+"acceptere filen. Dialogen <gui>Bluetooth-filoverførsel</gui> viser "

+"forløbslinjen. Klik på <gui>Luk</gui> når overførslen er færdig."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:42

+msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."

+msgstr "Aktivér eller deaktivér Bluetooth-enheden på din computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:45

+msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"

+msgstr "Slå Bluetooth til eller fra"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:55

+msgid ""

+"You can turn Bluetooth on to connect to other Bluetooth devices, or turn it "

+"off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on:"

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan tænde for Bluetooth for at oprette forbindelse til andre Bluetooth-"

+"enheder, eller slukke for det, for at spare på strømmen. Tænd for Bluetooth:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:67

+msgid "Set the switch at the top to on."

+msgstr "Tænd for kontakten øverst."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:71

+msgid ""

+"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "

+"Bluetooth on and off. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your "

+"keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the <key>Fn</"

+"key> key."

+msgstr ""

+"Mange bærbare computere har en hardwarekontakt eller tastekombination til at "

+"tænde og slukke for Bluetooth. Kig efter en kontakt på din computer eller "

+"en tast på dit tastatur. Tastaturtasten bruges ofte i kombination med "

+"<key>Fn</key>-tasten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:76

+msgid "To turn Bluetooth off:"

+msgstr "Sluk for Bluetooth:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:79 C/net-mobile.page:49

+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 C/net-wireless-connect.page:37

+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from "

+"the right side of the top bar."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</gui> fra højre "

+"side af toplinjen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:83

+msgid ""

+"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Not In Use</gui>. The Bluetooth section of the menu "

+"will expand."

+msgstr ""

+"Vælg <gui><_:media-1/> Ikke i brug</gui>. Afsnittet Bluetooth i menuen "

+"udfoldes."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:88

+msgid "Select <gui>Turn Off</gui>."

+msgstr "Vælg <gui>Sluk</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:92

+msgid ""

+"Your computer is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible</link> as long "

+"as the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open."

+msgstr ""

+"Din computer er <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">synlig</link> så længe "

+"panelet <gui>Bluetooth</gui> er åbent."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:38

+msgid "Whether other devices can discover your computer."

+msgstr "Om andre enheder kan opdage din computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:41

+msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"

+msgstr "Hvad er Bluetooth-synlighed?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:43

+msgid ""

+"Bluetooth visibility refers to whether other devices can discover your "

+"computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth is turned on "

+"and the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open, your computer will advertise "

+"itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to "

+"connect to your computer."

+msgstr ""

+"Bluetooth-synlighed henviser til om andre enheder kan opdage din computer "

+"når de søger efter Bluetooth-enheder. Når Bluetooth er tændt og panelet "

+"<gui>Bluetooth</gui> er åbent, så vil din computer bekendtgøre sig selv til "

+"alle andre enheder inden for rækkevidde, hvorved de får mulighed for at "

+"prøve at oprette forbindelse til din computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:50 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:59

+msgid ""

+"You can <link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">change</link> the name your "

+"computer displays to other devices."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan <link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">ændre</link> det navn som din "

+"computer viser til andre enheder."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:54

+msgid ""

+"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "

+"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "

+"communicate with each other."

+msgstr ""

+"Når du har <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">oprettet forbindelse til en "

+"enhed</link>, så behøver hverken din computer eller enheden at være synlige "

+"for at kommunikere med hinanden."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:59

+msgid ""

+"Devices without a display usually have a pairing mode that can be entered by "

+"pressing a button, or a combination of buttons for a while, whether when "

+"they’ve already been turned on, or as they are being turned on."

+msgstr ""

+"Enheder uden et display har gerne en parringstilstand som man kan komme ind "

+"i ved at trykke på en knap eller en kombination af knapper et stykke tid, "

+"enten når de er tændte eller mens de tændes."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:63

+msgid ""

+"The best way to find out how to enter that mode is to refer to the device’s "

+"manual. For some devices, the procedure might be <link xref=\"bluetooth-"

+"device-specific-pairing\">slightly different from usual</link>."

+msgstr ""

+"Den bedste måde at finde ud af hvordan man kommer ind i tilstanden er ved at "

+"se i enhedens manual. Ved nogle enheden kan proceduren være <link xref"

+"=\"bluetooth-device-specific-pairing\">lidt anderledes end normalt</link>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/clock-calendar.page:31

+msgid ""

+"Display your appointments in the calendar area at the top of the screen."

+msgstr "Vis dine aftaler i kalenderområdet øverst på skærmen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/clock-calendar.page:35

+msgid "Calendar appointments"

+msgstr "Kalenderaftaler"

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/clock-calendar.page:38

+msgid ""

+"This requires you to use your calendar from <app>Evolution</app> or the "

+"<app>Calendar</app>, or for you to have an online account set up which "

+"<gui>Calendar</gui> supports."

+msgstr ""

+"Det kræver at du bruger din kalender fra <app>Evolution</app> eller "

+"<app>Kalender</app>, eller at du har opsat en onlinekonto der understøttes "

+"af <gui>Kalender</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/clock-calendar.page:41

+msgid ""

+"Most distributions come with at least one of these programs installed by "

+"default. If yours does not, you may need to install it using your "

+"distribution’s package manager."

+msgstr ""

+"De fleste distributioner har mindst et af programmerne installeret som "

+"standard. Hvis din ikke har, så skal du først installere det med din "

+"distributions pakkehåndtering."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/clock-calendar.page:46

+msgid "To view your appointments:"

+msgstr "Vis dine aftaler:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/clock-calendar.page:49

+msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."

+msgstr "Klik på uret på toplinjen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/clock-calendar.page:52

+msgid ""

+"Click the date for which you want to see your appointments from the calendar."

+msgstr "Klik på den dato hvor du vil se dine aftaler i kalenderen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/clock-calendar.page:56

+msgid "A dot is shown under each date that has an appointment."

+msgstr "Datoer som har en aftale vises med en prik."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/clock-calendar.page:59

+msgid ""

+"Existing appointments will be displayed to the left of the calendar. As "

+"appointments are added to your <app>Evolution</app> calendar or to "

+"<app>Calendar</app>, they will appear in the clock’s appointment list."

+msgstr ""

+"Eksisterende aftaler vises til venstre i kalenderen. Efterhånden som aftaler "

+"tilføjes til din <app>Evolution</app>-kalender eller til "

+"<app>Kalender</app>, vil de blive vist i urets aftaleliste."

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/media

+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When

+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to

+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to

+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.

+#: C/clock-calendar.page:67 C/shell-introduction.page:159

+msgctxt "_"

+msgid ""

+"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='5535dd0fa91d422382d783abfcc7cc26'"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/p

+#: C/clock-calendar.page:68 C/clock-calendar.page:73

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:165

+msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"

+msgstr "Ur, kalender og aftaler"

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/media

+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When

+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to

+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to

+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.

+#: C/clock-calendar.page:72 C/shell-introduction.page:164

+msgctxt "_"

+msgid ""

+"external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' "

+"md5='0fa78df255677505ce2cdd5b06e81bbb'"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/clock-set.page:27

+msgid "Use the <gui>Date &amp; Time Settings</gui> to alter the date or time."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug <gui>Indstillinger for dato og klokkeslæt</gui> til at ændre dato og "

+"klokkeslæt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/clock-set.page:31

+msgid "Change the date and time"

+msgstr "Skift dato og klokkeslæt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/clock-set.page:33

+msgid ""

+"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong "

+"format, you can change them:"

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis den viste dato og klokkeslæt på toplinjen er forkerte eller i det "

+"forkerte format, så kan du ændre dem:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/clock-set.page:45 C/clock-timezone.page:50

+msgid "Click <gui>Date &amp; Time</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <gui>Dato &amp; klokkeslæt</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/clock-set.page:48

+msgid ""

+"If you have the <gui>Automatic Date &amp; Time</gui> switch set to on, your "

+"date and time should update automatically if you have an internet "

+"connection. To update your date and time manually, set this to off."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har tændt for <gui>Automatisk dato &amp; klokkeslæt</gui>-kontakten, "

+"så bør din dato og klokkeslæt automatisk blive opdateret hvis du har en "

+"internetforbindelse. Sluk for den, for at opdatere din dato og klokkeslæt "

+"manuelt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/clock-set.page:53

+msgid "Click <gui>Date &amp; Time</gui>, then adjust the time and date."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <gui>Dato &amp; klokkeslæt</gui> og juster herefter klokkeslæt og "

+"dato."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/clock-set.page:56

+msgid ""

+"You can change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</gui> or "

+"<gui>AM/PM</gui> for <gui>Time Format</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan ændre hvordan timetallet vises ved at vælge <gui>24-timers</gui> "

+"eller <gui>AM/PM</gui> for <gui>Format for klokkeslæt</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/clock-set.page:61

+msgid ""

+"You may also wish to <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">set the timezone "

+"manually</link>."

+msgstr ""

+"Måske vil du også <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">indstille tidszonen manuelt</"

+"link>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/clock-timezone.page:36

+msgid ""

+"Update your time zone to your current location so that your time is correct."

+msgstr ""

+"Opdater din tidszone til din nuværende placering, så dit klokkeslæt er "

+"korrekt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/clock-timezone.page:39

+msgid "Change your timezone"

+msgstr "Skift din tidszone"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/clock-timezone.page:53

+msgid ""

+"If you have the <gui>Automatic Time Zone</gui> switch set to on, your time "

+"zone should update automatically if you have an internet connection and the "

+"<link xref=\"privacy-location\">location services feature</link> is enabled. "

+"To update your time zone manually, set this to off."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis der er tændt for <gui>Automatisk tidszone</gui>-kontakten, så bør din "

+"tidszone automatisk blive opdateret hvis du har en internetforbindelse og "

+"<link xref=\"privacy-location\">funktionaliteten for placeringstjeneste</"

+"link> er aktiveret. Sluk for den, for at opdatere din tidszone manuelt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/clock-timezone.page:60

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>Time Zone</gui>, then select your location on the map or search "

+"for your current city."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <gui>Tidszone</gui> og vælg herefter din placering på kortet eller "

+"søg efter din nuværende by."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/clock-timezone.page:65

+msgid ""

+"The time will be updated automatically when you select a different location. "

+"You may also wish to <link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tiden opdateres automatisk når du vælger en anden placering. Det kan også "

+"være du ønsker at <link xref=\"clock-set\">indstille uret manuelt</link>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/clock-world.page:21

+msgid "Display times in other cities under the calendar."

+msgstr "Vis klokkeslæt fra andre byer under kalenderen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/clock-world.page:24

+msgid "Add a world clock"

+msgstr "Tilføj et verdensur"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/clock-world.page:26

+msgid "Use <app>Clocks</app> to add times in other cities."

+msgstr "Brug <app>Ure</app> for at tilføje klokkeslæt fra andre byer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/clock-world.page:29

+msgid "This requires the <app>Clocks</app> application to be installed."

+msgstr "Det kræver at programmet <app>Ure</app> er installeret."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/clock-world.page:30

+msgid ""

+"Most distributions come with <app>Clocks</app> installed by default. If "

+"yours does not, you may need to install it using your distribution’s package "

+"manager."

+msgstr ""

+"De fleste distributioner kommer med <app>Ure</app> installeret som standard. "

+"Hvis din ikke gør, så kan det være nødvendigt at installere det med din "

+"distributions pakkehåndtering."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/clock-world.page:35

+msgid "To add a world clock:"

+msgstr "Tilføj et verdensur:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/clock-world.page:39

+msgid "Click the clock on the top bar."

+msgstr "Klik på uret på toplinjen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/clock-world.page:42

+msgid ""

+"Click the <gui>Add world clocks…</gui> button under the calendar to launch "

+"<app>Clocks</app>."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på knappen <gui>Tilføj verdensure …</gui> under kalenderen for at "

+"starte <app>Ure</app>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/clock-world.page:46

+msgid ""

+"If you already have one or more world clocks, click on one and <app>Clocks</"

+"app> will launch."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du allerede har et eller flere verdensure, så klik på et af dem og "

+"<app>Ure</app> starter."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/clock-world.page:52

+msgid ""

+"In the <app>Clocks</app> window, click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button "

+"or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> to add a new city."

+msgstr ""

+"I vinduet <app>Ure</app> skal du klikke på <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>-"

+"knappen, eller trykke på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq> for at "

+"tilføje en ny by."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/clock-world.page:57

+msgid "Start typing the name of the city into the search."

+msgstr "Begynd at skrive navnet på byen i søgning."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/clock-world.page:60

+msgid "Select the correct city or the closest location to you from the list."

+msgstr "Vælg den rette by eller den placering der er nærmest dig i listen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/clock-world.page:64

+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to finish adding the city."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Tilføj</gui> for at færdiggøre tilføjelsen af "

+"byen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/clock-world.page:68

+msgid ""

+"Refer to the <link href=\"help:gnome-clocks\">Clocks Help</link> for more of "

+"the capabilities of <app>Clocks</app>."

+msgstr ""

+"Se <link href=\"help:gnome-clocks\">Hjælp til Ure</link> for mere "

+"information om hvad <app>Ure</app> er i stand til."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/clock.page:19

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-world"

+"\">world clocks</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">timezone</link>, <link "

+"xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and appointments</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Indstil dato og klokkeslæt</link>, <link xref="

+"\"clock-world\">verdensure</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">tidszone</"

+"link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">kalender og aftaler</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/clock.page:27

+msgid "Date &amp; time"

+msgstr "Dato &amp; klokkeslæt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/color.page:9 C/color-assignprofiles.page:16

+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14 C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13

+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:18 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:17

+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12 C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12

+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11 C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13

+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:16 C/color-missingvcgt.page:11

+#: C/color-notifications.page:14 C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11

+#: C/color-testing.page:15 C/color-whatisprofile.page:10

+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:12 C/color-why-calibrate.page:11

+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:11

+msgid "Richard Hughes"

+msgstr "Richard Hughes"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color.page:14

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref="

+"\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"

+"\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Hvorfor er det vigtigt</link>, <link xref="

+"\"color#profiles\">Farveprofiler</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration"

+"\">Kalibrer en enhed</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color.page:22

+msgid "Color management"

+msgstr "Farvestyring"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/color.page:25

+msgid "Color profiles"

+msgstr "Farveprofiler"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/color.page:29

+msgid "Calibration"

+msgstr "Kalibrering"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30

+msgid ""

+"Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to add a color "

+"profile for your screen."

+msgstr ""

+"Kig i <guiseq><gui>Indstillinger</gui><gui>Farve</gui></guiseq> for at "

+"tilføje en farveprofil til din skærm."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:33

+msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"

+msgstr "Hvordan tildeler jeg profiler til enheder?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:35

+msgid ""

+"You may want to assign a color profile for your screen or printer so that "

+"the colors which it shows are more accurate."

+msgstr ""

+"Det kan være du vil tildele en farveprofil til din skærm eller printer, så "

+"farverne er mere præcise."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:47 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:62

+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:57 C/color-howtoimport.page:50

+#: C/color-testing.page:71

+msgid "Click <gui>Color</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Farve</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:50

+msgid "Select the device for which you want to add a profile."

+msgstr "Vælg den enhed hvor du vil tilføje en profil."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:53 C/color-howtoimport.page:56

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select an existing profile or import a new "

+"profile."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <gui>Tilføj profil</gui> for at vælge en eksisterende profil eller "

+"importere en ny profil."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:57 C/color-howtoimport.page:60

+#: C/color-testing.page:82

+msgid "Press <gui>Add</gui> to confirm your selection."

+msgstr "Tryk på <gui>Tilføj</gui> for at bekræfte dit valg."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:60

+msgid ""

+"To change the used profile, select the profile you would like to use and "

+"press <gui>Enable</gui> to confirm your selection."

+msgstr ""

+"For at ændre profilen der bruges vælges den profil du vil bruge og så trykke "

+"der på <gui>Aktivér</gui> for at bekræfte dit valg."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:65

+msgid ""

+"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "

+"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "

+"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "

+"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "

+"glossy paper and another plain paper."

+msgstr ""

+"Hver enhed kan have flere profiler tildelt, men kun én profil kan være "

+"<em>standardprofilen</em>. Standardprofilen bruges når der ikke er nogle "

+"ekstra information til automatisk at vælge profilen. Et eksempel på det "

+"automatiske valg er hvis en profil blev oprettet til blankt papir og en "

+"anden til almindeligt papir."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:71

+msgid ""

+"If calibration hardware is connected, the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "

+"create a new profile."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis der er tilsluttet kalibreringshardware, så opretter knappen "

+"<gui>Kalibrér …</gui> en ny profil."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11

+msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."

+msgstr "Kalibrering af dit kamera er vigtig for at indfange farverne præcist."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20

+msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"

+msgstr "Hvordan kalibrerer jeg mit kamera?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22

+msgid ""

+"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "

+"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "

+"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."

+msgstr ""

+"Kameraenheder kalibreres ved at tage et billede af et mål under de ønskede "

+"lysforhold. Ved at konvertere RAW-filen til en TIFF-fil kan det bruges til "

+"at kalibrere kameraenheden i farvekontrolpanelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28

+msgid ""

+"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. "

+"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not "

+"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."

+msgstr ""

+"Du skal beskære TIFF-filen, så det kun er målet der er synligt. Sørg for at "

+"de hvide og sorte kanter stadigvæk er synlige. Kalibrering virker ikke hvis "

+"billedet er på hovedet eller er meget forvrænget."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36

+msgid ""

+"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "

+"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "

+"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"

+"em> lighting conditions."

+msgstr ""

+"Den resulterende profil er kun gyldig under de lysforhold du fik det "

+"oprindelige billede under. Det betyder at det kan være nødvendigt at "

+"profilere flere gange til lysforholdene <em>studio</em>, <em>stærkt "

+"sollys</em> og <em>skyet</em>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10

+msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."

+msgstr "Kalibrering af din printer er vigtig for at udskrive farverne præcist."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19

+msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"

+msgstr "Hvordan kalibrerer jeg min printer?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21

+msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"

+msgstr "Der er to måder til at profilere en printerenhed:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26

+msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27

+msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30

+msgid ""

+"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "

+"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "

+"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "

+"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "

+"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38

+msgid ""

+"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "

+"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44

+msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:32

+msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."

+msgstr "Kalibrering af din skanner er vigtig for at indfange farverne præcist."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:35

+msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"

+msgstr "Hvordan kalibrerer jeg min skanner?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:42

+msgid ""

+"If you want your scanner to represent the color accurately in scans, you "

+"should calibrate it."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:47

+msgid ""

+"Make sure your scanner is connected to your computer with a cable or over "

+"the network."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:51

+msgid "Scan your calibration target and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:65

+msgid "Select your scanner."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:68 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:63

+msgid ""

+"Press <gui style=\"button\">Calibrate…</gui> to commence the calibration."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:74

+msgid ""

+"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature, so do not "

+"usually need to be recalibrated."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31

+msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."

+msgstr "Kalibrering af din skærm er vigtig for at vise farverne præcist."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:35

+msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"

+msgstr "Hvordan kalibrerer jeg min skærm?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:37

+msgid ""

+"You can calibrate your screen so that it shows more accurate color. This is "

+"especially useful if you are involved in digital photography, design or "

+"artwork."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:41

+msgid ""

+"You will need either a colorimeter or a spectrophotometer to do this. Both "

+"devices are used to profile screens, but they work in slightly different "

+"ways."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47

+msgid "Make sure your calibration device is connected to your computer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:60

+msgid "Select your screen."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:68

+msgid ""

+"Screens change all the time: the backlight in a TFT display will halve in "

+"brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets "

+"older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon "

+"appears in the <gui>Color</gui> panel."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:73

+msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9

+msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."

+msgstr "Kalibrering og karakterisering er helt forskellige ting."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18

+msgid "What’s the difference between calibration and characterization?"

+msgstr "Hvad er forskellen på kalibrering og karakterisering?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19

+msgid ""

+"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "

+"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "

+"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26

+msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27

+msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29

+msgid ""

+"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "

+"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "

+"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "

+"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "

+"calibration curves."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36

+msgid ""

+"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "

+"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "

+"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "

+"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "

+"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "

+"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "

+"color from one device representation to another be achieved."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47

+msgid ""

+"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "

+"it’s in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53

+msgid ""

+"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "

+"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "

+"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "

+"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "

+"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "

+"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "

+"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9

+msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."

+msgstr "Vi understøtter mange kalibreringsenheder."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19

+msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"

+msgstr "Hvilke farvemålingsinstrumenter understøttes?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21

+msgid ""

+"The system relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "

+"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28

+msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"

+msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spektrometer)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29

+msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"

+msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spektrometer)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30

+msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"

+msgstr "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 eller LT (kolorimeter)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31

+msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"

+msgstr "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (kolorimeter)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32

+msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"

+msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Design eller Photo (spektrometer)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33

+msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"

+msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (kolorimeter)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34

+msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"

+msgstr "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (kolorimeter)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35

+msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"

+msgstr "Pantone Huey (kolorimeter)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36

+msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"

+msgstr "MonacoOPTIX (kolorimeter)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37

+msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"

+msgstr "ColorVision Spyder 2 og 3 (kolorimeter)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38

+msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"

+msgstr "Colorimètre HCFR (kolorimeter)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42

+msgid ""

+"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "

+"Linux."

+msgstr ""

+"Pantone Huey er på nuværende tidspunkt den billigste og bedst understøttede "

+"hardware i Linux."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45

+msgid ""

+"Thanks to Argyll there’s also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "

+"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "

+"printers:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52

+msgid "X-Rite DTP20 “Pulse” (“swipe” type reflective spectrometer)"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53

+msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54

+msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55

+msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56

+msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9

+msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."

+msgstr ""

+"Kalibreringsmål er nødvendige for at foretage profilering af skanner og "

+"kamera."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18

+msgid "Which target types are supported?"

+msgstr "Hvilke måltyper understøttes?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20

+msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"

+msgstr "Følgende typer mål understøttes:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25

+msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26

+msgid "ColorChecker 24"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27

+msgid "ColorChecker DC"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28

+msgid "ColorChecker SG"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29

+msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"

+msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 14"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30

+msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31

+msgid "QPcard 201"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32

+msgid "IT8.7/2"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36

+msgid ""

+"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "

+"LaserSoft in various online shops."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40

+msgid ""

+"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets."

+"coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8

+msgid ""

+"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."

+msgstr ""

+"Deling af farveprofiler er aldrig en god ide da hardware ændres over tid."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17

+msgid "Can I share my color profile?"

+msgstr "Kan jeg dele min farveprofil?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19

+msgid ""

+"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "

+"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "

+"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "

+"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "

+"for a thousand hours."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26

+msgid ""

+"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "

+"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it’s misleading at best to "

+"say that their display is calibrated."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31

+msgid ""

+"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "

+"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "

+"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "

+"specific lighting conditions doesn’t make a lot of sense."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40

+msgid ""

+"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "

+"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10

+msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."

+msgstr "Farveprofiler leveres af producenter og kan genereres af dig selv."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19

+msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"

+msgstr "Hvor finder jeg farveprofiler?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21

+msgid ""

+"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "

+"does require some initial outlay."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25

+msgid ""

+"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "

+"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "

+"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31

+msgid ""

+"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "

+"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "

+"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "

+"then it’s likely dummy data generated that is useless."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39

+msgid ""

+"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"

+"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30

+msgid "Color profiles can be imported by opening them."

+msgstr "Farveprofiler kan importeres ved at åbne dem."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:33

+msgid "How do I import color profiles?"

+msgstr "Hvordan importerer jeg farveprofiler?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:35

+msgid ""

+"You can import a color profile by double clicking on a <file>.ICC</file> or "

+"<file>.ICM</file> file in the file browser."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:38

+msgid ""

+"Alternatively you can manage your color profiles through the <gui>Color</"

+"gui> panel."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:53

+msgid "Select your device."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-howtoimport.page:64

+msgid ""

+"The manufacturer of your display may supply a profile that you can use. "

+"These profiles are usually made for the average display, so may not be "

+"perfect for your specific one. For the best calibration, you should <link "

+"xref=\"color-calibrate-screen\">create your own profile</link> using a "

+"colorimeter or a spectrophotometer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8

+msgid ""

+"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."

+msgstr ""

+"Farvekorrigering af hele skærmen ændrer alle skærmens farver på alle vinduer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17

+msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"

+msgstr "Manglende information om farvekorrigering af hele skærmen?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18

+msgid ""

+"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "

+"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "

+"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "

+"will not see all the colors of your screen change."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24

+msgid ""

+"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "

+"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "

+"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-notifications.page:24

+msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."

+msgstr "Du kan få besked hvis din farveprofil er gammel og upræcis."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-notifications.page:27

+msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"

+msgstr "Kan jeg blive underrettet når min farveprofil er upræcis?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-notifications.page:29

+msgid ""

+"You can be reminded to recalibrate your devices after a specific period of "

+"time. Unfortunately, it is not possible to tell without recalibrating "

+"whether a device profile is accurate, so it is best to recalibrate devices "

+"regularly."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-notifications.page:34

+msgid ""

+"Some companies have very specific calibration expiry policies for profiles, "

+"as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-notifications.page:38

+msgid ""

+"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a "

+"red warning triangle will be shown in the <gui>Color</gui> panel next to the "

+"profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into "

+"your computer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-notifications.page:43

+msgid ""

+"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "

+"age of the profile in days:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/screen

+#: C/color-notifications.page:46

+#, no-wrap

+msgid ""

+"\n"

+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"

+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 90</input>\n"

+msgstr ""

+"\n"

+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"

+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 90</input>\n"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9

+msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."

+msgstr "Standardskærmprofiler har ikke en kalibreringsdato."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17

+msgid "Why don’t the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"

+msgstr "Hvorfor har standardskærmprofilerne ikke en udløbsdato på kalibrering?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18

+msgid ""

+"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "

+"based on the display <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"

+"Extended_Display_Identification_Data\"> EDID</link> which is stored in a "

+"memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the "

+"available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was "

+"manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color "

+"correction."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29

+msgid ""

+"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "

+"would lead to more accurate color correction."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-testing.page:29

+msgid ""

+"Use the supplied test profiles to check that your profiles are being applied "

+"correctly to your screen."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug de medfølgende testprofiler til at tjekke at dine profiler "

+"anvendes korrekt på din skærm."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-testing.page:33

+msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"

+msgstr "Hvordan tester jeg om farvestyring virker korrekt?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-testing.page:35

+msgid ""

+"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to "

+"see if anything much has changed."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-testing.page:38

+msgid ""

+"The system comes with several profiles for testing that make it very clear "

+"when the profiles are being applied:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/color-testing.page:43

+msgid "Blue"

+msgstr "Blå"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-testing.page:44

+msgid ""

+"This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being "

+"sent to the display."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-testing.page:74

+msgid ""

+"Select the device for which you want to add a profile. You may wish to make "

+"a note of which profile is currently being used."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-testing.page:78

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select a test profile, which should be at "

+"the bottom of the list."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/color-testing.page:85

+msgid ""

+"To revert to your previous profile, select the device in the <gui>Color</"

+"gui> panel, then select the profile that you were using before you tried one "

+"of the test profiles and press <gui>Enable</gui> to use it again."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-testing.page:93

+msgid ""

+"Using these profiles, you can clearly see when an application supports color "

+"management."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7

+msgid ""

+"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "

+"response."

+msgstr ""

+"En farveprofil er en simpel fil der udtrykker et farverum eller enhedssvar."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16

+msgid "What is a color profile?"

+msgstr "Hvad er en farveprofil?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18

+msgid ""

+"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "

+"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22

+msgid ""

+"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "

+"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27

+msgid ""

+"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "

+"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32

+msgid ""

+"Every device that is processing color should have its own ICC profile and "

+"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"

+"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "

+"colors are not being lost or modified."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:9

+msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."

+msgstr "Et farverum er et angivet interval af farver."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:18

+msgid "What is a color space?"

+msgstr "Hvad er et farverum?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:20

+msgid ""

+"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "

+"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:25

+msgid ""

+"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "

+"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "

+"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "

+"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "

+"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "

+"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "

+"colors."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:37

+msgid ""

+"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "

+"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "

+"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "

+"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the "

+"<code>gcm-viewer</code> application."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc

+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48

+msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"

+msgstr "sRGB, AdobeRGB og ProPhotoRGB vist som hvide trekanter"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:52

+msgid ""

+"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "

+"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "

+"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "

+"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "

+"applications (including the Internet)."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:60

+msgid ""

+"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "

+"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "

+"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "

+"crushed."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:66

+msgid ""

+"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "

+"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "

+"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:73

+msgid ""

+"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don’t we use it for everything? The "

+"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "

+"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "

+"steps between each value."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:79

+msgid ""

+"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "

+"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "

+"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "

+"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:86

+msgid ""

+"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "

+"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "

+"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whatisspace.page:92

+msgid ""

+"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "

+"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "

+"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:8

+msgid ""

+"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."

+msgstr ""

+"Kalibrering er vigtig, hvis du går op i de farver der vises eller udskrives."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17

+msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"

+msgstr "Hvorfor skal jeg selv kalibrere?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:19

+msgid ""

+"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "

+"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "

+"together:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/p

+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:26

+msgid "Averaged profiles"

+msgstr "Profiler der er gennemsnitlige"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:29

+msgid ""

+"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "

+"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "

+"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "

+"state and make the profile inaccurate."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:37

+msgid ""

+"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "

+"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "

+"profile based on your exact characterization state."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:8

+msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."

+msgstr "Farvestyring er vigtig for designere, fotografer og kunstnere."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17

+msgid "Why is color management important?"

+msgstr "Hvorfor er farvestyring vigtigt?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:18

+msgid ""

+"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "

+"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "

+"colors and the range of colors on each medium."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:24

+msgid ""

+"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "

+"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc

+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30

+msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"

+msgstr "En fugl på en frosset væg som det ses i kameraets søger"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:34

+msgid ""

+"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "

+"cold."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc

+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40

+msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"

+msgstr "Hvad brugeren ser på skærmen på en bærbar computer til typisk virksomhedsbrug"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:44

+msgid ""

+"Notice how the white is not “paper white” and the black of the eye is now a "

+"muddy brown."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: figure/desc

+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50

+msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"

+msgstr "Hvad brugeren ser når der udskrives på en typisk inkjetprinter"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:54

+msgid ""

+"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "

+"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "

+"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:60

+msgid ""

+"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "

+"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "

+"you can’t have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "

+"as the paper color."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:67

+msgid ""

+"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "

+"measured, we don’t know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "

+"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "

+"like 62% on another display. It’s like telling a person that you’ve just "

+"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don’t know if that’s 7 "

+"kilometers or 7 meters."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:77

+msgid ""

+"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "

+"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "

+"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "

+"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "

+"“washed out”."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:85

+msgid ""

+"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "

+"we send to it, but in other cases where that’s not possible (you can’t print "

+"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "

+"like."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/color-whyimportant.page:92

+msgid ""

+"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "

+"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "

+"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you’re trying "

+"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "

+"exact Red Hat Red."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:15

+msgid "Lucie Hankey"

+msgstr "Lucie Hankey"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:27

+msgid "Pranali Deshmukh"

+msgstr "Pranali Deshmukh"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/years

+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:29

+msgid "2020"

+msgstr "2020"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:34

+msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."

+msgstr "Tilføj eller fjern en kontakt i din lokale adressebog."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:38

+msgid "Add or remove a contact"

+msgstr "Tilføj eller fjern en kontakt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:40

+msgid "To add a contact:"

+msgstr "Tilføj en kontakt:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44

+msgid "Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button."

+msgstr "Tryk på knappen <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:47

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>New contact</gui> dialog, enter the contact name and their "

+"information. Press the drop down box next to each field to choose the type "

+"of detail."

+msgstr ""

+"I dialogen <gui>Ny kontakt</gui> indtastes kontaktens navn og deres "

+"information. Tryk på nedrulningsboksen ved siden af hvert felt for at vælge "

+"detaljens type."

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/span

+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52 C/contacts-add-remove.page:66

+msgid "View More"

+msgstr "Vis flere"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52

+msgid "To add more details press the <_:media-1/> option."

+msgstr "Tryk på valgmuligheden <_:media-1/> for at tilføje flere detaljer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55

+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to save the contact."

+msgstr "Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Tilføj</gui> for at gemme kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59

+msgid "To remove a contact:"

+msgstr "Fjern en kontakt:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:63 C/contacts-connect.page:37

+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40

+msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."

+msgstr "Vælg kontakten i din kontaktliste."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:66

+msgid ""

+"Press the <_:media-1/> button in the header bar on the top-right corner."

+msgstr "Tryk på knappen <_:media-1/> i titellinjen i øverste højre hjørne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:69

+msgid "Press <gui style=\"menu item\">Delete</gui> option to remove contact."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på valgmuligheden <gui style=\"menu item\">Slet</gui> for at fjerne "

+"kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/contacts.page:20

+msgid "Access your contacts."

+msgstr "Tilgå dine kontakter."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/contacts.page:26

+msgid ""

+"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "

+"contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug <app>Kontakter</app> til at gemme, tilgå eller redigere information om "

+"dine kontakter, lokalt eller i dine <link "

+"xref=\"accounts\">onlinekonti</link>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/years

+#: C/contacts-connect.page:23

+msgid "2013-2014"

+msgstr "2013-2014"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/contacts-connect.page:28

+msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."

+msgstr "Send e-mail til, chat med eller ring til en kontakt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/contacts-connect.page:31

+msgid "Connect with your contact"

+msgstr "Tag kontakt til dine kontakter"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/contacts-connect.page:33

+msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"

+msgstr "E-mail, chat med eller ring til nogen i <app>Kontakter</app>:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-connect.page:40

+msgid ""

+"Press on the button of the <em>detail</em> that you want to use. For "

+"example, to email your contact, press the button next the contact’s email "

+"address."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på knappen ved den <em>detalje</em> du vil bruge. Tryk f.eks. på "

+"knappen ved siden af kontaktens e-mailadresse for at sende e-mail til din "

+"kontakt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-connect.page:45

+msgid ""

+"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact’s details."

+msgstr "Det tilhørende program startes med kontaktens detaljer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/contacts-connect.page:51

+msgid ""

+"If there is no available application for the detail that you wish to use, "

+"you will not be able to select it."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis der ikke findes noget program til den detalje du ønsker at bruge, så "

+"vil du ikke være i stand til at vælge den."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:30

+msgid "Edit the information for each contact."

+msgstr "Rediger informationen for hver kontakt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:33

+msgid "Edit contact details"

+msgstr "Rediger kontaktdetaljer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:35

+msgid ""

+"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "

+"up to date and complete."

+msgstr ""

+"Redigering af kontaktdetaljer hjælper dig med at holde informationen i din "

+"adressebog opdateret og komplet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:43

+msgid ""

+"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <gui "

+"style=\"button\">Edit</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på menuknappen i øverste højre hjørne af vinduet og vælg <gui "

+"style=\"button\">Redigér</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:47

+msgid "Edit the contact details."

+msgstr "Rediger kontaktdetaljerne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:48

+msgid ""

+"To add a <em>detail</em> such as a new phone number or email address, just "

+"fill in the details on the next empty field of the type (phone number, "

+"email, etc.) you want to add."

+msgstr ""

+"For at tilføje en <em>detalje</em> såsom et nyt telefonnummer eller "

+"e-mailadresse skal du blot udfylde detaljerne i det næste tomme felt med den "

+"type (telefonnummer, e-mail osv.) du vil tilføje."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:52

+msgid ""

+"Press the bottommost button to expand available options, revealing fields "

+"like <gui>Website</gui> and <gui>Birthday</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på den nederste knap for at udvidde de tilgængelige valgmuligheden, "

+"hvorved felter såsom <gui>Websted</gui> og <gui>Fødselsdag</gui> vises."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:57 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:83

+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Udført</gui> for at færdiggøre redigeringen af "

+"kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29

+msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."

+msgstr "Kombiner information for en kontakt fra flere kilder."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32

+msgid "Link and unlink contacts"

+msgstr "Sammenkæd og fjern sammenkædning af kontakter"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:35

+msgid "Link contacts"

+msgstr "Sammenkæd kontakter"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:37

+msgid ""

+"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "

+"accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "

+"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan kombinere duplikatkontakter i din lokale adressebog og onlinekontoer "

+"til én post i <app>Kontakter</app>. Funktionaliteten hjælper dig med at "

+"organisere din adressebog med alle detaljer om en kontakt det samme sted."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:43

+msgid ""

+"Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "

+"list."

+msgstr ""

+"Aktivér <em>markeringstilstand</em> ved at trykke på afkrydsningsknappen "

+"over kontaktlisten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:47

+msgid ""

+"A checkbox will appear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "

+"contacts that you want to merge."

+msgstr ""

+"Der vises en afkrydsningsboks ved siden af hver kontakt. Tilvælg "

+"afkrydsningsboksene ved siden af de kontakter du vil sammenføje."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:51

+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Sammenkæd</gui> for at sammenkæde de valgte "

+"kontakter."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:59

+msgid "Unlink contacts"

+msgstr "Fjern sammenkædning af kontakter"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:61

+msgid ""

+"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "

+"should not be linked."

+msgstr ""

+"Det kan være du vil fjerne sammenkædningen af kontakter hvis du ved en fejl "

+"sammenkædede kontakter som ikke skulle have været sammenkædede."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66

+msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."

+msgstr ""

+"Vælg den kontakt du vil fjerne sammenkædning for i din liste over kontakter."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:69

+msgid ""

+"Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "

+"<app>Contacts</app>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Redigér</gui> i øverste højre hjørne af "

+"<app>Kontakter</app>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73

+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Accounts</gui>."

+msgstr "Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Sammenkædede konti</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:76

+msgid ""

+"Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlink</gui> to unlink the entry from the "

+"contact."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Fjern sammenkædning</gui> for at fjerne "

+"sammenkædningen af posten i kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:80

+msgid "Close the window once you have finished unlinking the entries."

+msgstr "Luk vinduet når du er færdig med at fjerne sammenkædningen af posterne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/contacts-search.page:28

+msgid "Search for a contact."

+msgstr "Søg efter en kontakt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/contacts-search.page:31

+msgid "Search for a contact"

+msgstr "Søg efter en kontakt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/contacts-search.page:33

+msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"

+msgstr "Du kan søge efter en onlinekontakt på to måder:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-search.page:37

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."

+msgstr "Begynd at skrive navnet på kontakten i <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-search.page:41

+msgid ""

+"Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "

+"applications."

+msgstr ""

+"Kontakter der passer vises i oversigten i stedet for den sædvanlige liste "

+"over programmer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-search.page:45

+msgid ""

+"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "

+"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <key>Enter</key> for at vælge kontakten øverst i listen eller klik "

+"på den kontakt du vil vælge hvis de ikke er øverst."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/contacts-search.page:51

+msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"

+msgstr "Søg inde i <app>Kontakter</app>:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-search.page:55

+msgid "Click inside the search field."

+msgstr "Klik i søgefeltet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/contacts-search.page:58

+msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."

+msgstr "Begynd at skrive navnet på kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/contacts-setup.page:22

+msgid "Paul Cutler"

+msgstr "Paul Cutler"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/years

+#: C/contacts-setup.page:24

+msgid "2017"

+msgstr "2017"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/contacts-setup.page:29

+msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."

+msgstr "Gem dine kontakter i en lokal adressebog eller i en onlinekonto."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/contacts-setup.page:32

+msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"

+msgstr "Starter Kontakter for første gang"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/contacts-setup.page:34

+msgid ""

+"When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Select Address "

+"Book</gui> window opens."

+msgstr ""

+"Når du kører <app>Kontakter</app> for første gang, så åbnes vinduet "

+"<gui>Vælg adressebog</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/contacts-setup.page:37

+msgid ""

+"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "

+"are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "

+"and click <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui>. All new contacts you create will "

+"be saved to the address book you choose. You are also able to view and edit "

+"contacts in other address books."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har <link xref=\"accounts\">onlinekonti</link> konfigureret, så vises "

+"de med <gui>Lokal adressebog</gui>. Vælg et punkt i listen og klik på <gui "

+"style=\"button\">Udført</gui>. Alle nye kontakter som du opretter gemmes i "

+"den adressebog du vælger. Du kan også vise og redigere kontakter i andre "

+"adressebøger."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/contacts-setup.page:43

+msgid ""

+"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style=\"button"

+"\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you do not wish to set up "

+"online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local Address "

+"Book</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du ikke har nogle onlinekonti konfigureret, så klik på <gui "

+"style=\"button\">Onlinekonti</gui> for at begynde opsætningen. Hvis du ikke "

+"ønsker at opsætte onlinekonti på nuværende tidspunkt, så klik på <gui "

+"style=\"button\">Lokal adressebog</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:18 C/disk-capacity.page:12 C/disk-check.page:13

+#: C/display-brightness.page:22 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:19

+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19 C/look-background.page:25

+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:19 C/look-resolution.page:22

+msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"

+msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:28

+msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."

+msgstr "Kør benchmarks på din harddisk for at tjekke hvor hurtig den er."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:31

+msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"

+msgstr "Test ydelsen af din harddisk"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40

+msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"

+msgstr "Test hastigheden på din harddisk:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44

+msgid ""

+"Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"

+"\">Activities</gui> overview."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <app>Diske</app> i <gui xref=\"shell-"

+"introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48

+msgid "Choose the disk from the list in the left pane."

+msgstr "Vælg disken i listen i ruden til venstre."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51

+msgid ""

+"Click the menu button and select <gui>Benchmark disk…</gui> from the menu."

+msgstr "Klik på menuknappen og vælg <gui>Diskbenchmark …</gui> i menuen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>Start Benchmark…</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> "

+"and <gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <gui>Start benchmark …</gui> og juster parametrene "

+"<gui>Overførselshastighed</gui> og <gui>Tilgangstid</gui> som ønsket."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:59

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "

+"the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "

+"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "

+"administrator account."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <gui>Start benchmark …</gui> for at teste hvor hurtigt der kan læses "

+"data fra disken. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative "

+"rettigheder</link> kan være nødvendige. Indtast din adgangskode eller "

+"adgangskoden til den anmodede administratorkonto."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:64

+msgid ""

+"If <gui>Perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will test "

+"how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "

+"longer to complete."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis <gui>Afprøv skrivehastighed</gui> er tilvalgt, så tester benchmarken "

+"hvor hurtigt data kan læses fra og skrives til disken. Det tager længere tid "

+"at fuldføre."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:71

+msgid ""

+"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "

+"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "

+"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "

+"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "

+"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "

+"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "

+"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."

+msgstr ""

+"Når testen er færdig vises resultaterne i grafen. De grønne punkter og "

+"linjerne der forbinder dem angiver prøvetagningerne; de hører til den højre "

+"akse, der viser adgangstid, plottet mod den nederste akse, der i procent "

+"viser tiden som er forløbet under benchmarken. Den blå linje viser "

+"læsehastigheder, mens den røde linje viser skrivehastigheder; de vises som "

+"adgangsdatahastigheder på den venstre akse, plottet mod procent af disken "

+"som er rejst, fra yderst til inderst, langs den nederste akse."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:80

+msgid ""

+"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "

+"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "

+"benchmark test."

+msgstr ""

+"Under grafen vises værdier for minimum, maksimum og gennemsnitlige læse- og "

+"skrivehastigheder, gennemsnitlig tilgangstid og tid forløbet siden den "

+"sidste benchmarktest."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:20 C/net-findip.page:32

+msgid "Rafael Fontenelle"

+msgstr "Rafael Fontenelle"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:27

+msgid ""

+"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui>, <gui>System Monitor</gui>, or "

+"<gui>Usage</gui> to check space and capacity."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug <gui>Diskforbrugsanalyse</gui>, <gui>Systemovervågning</gui> eller "

+"<gui>Forbrug</gui> til at tjekke plads og kapacitet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:32

+msgid "Check how much disk space is left"

+msgstr "Tjek hvor meget diskplads der er tilbage"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:34

+msgid ""

+"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"

+"app>, <app>System Monitor</app>, or <app>Usage</app>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:38

+msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"

+msgstr "Tjek med Diskforbrugsanalyse"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:40

+msgid ""

+"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "

+"Analyzer</app>:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:45

+msgid ""

+"Open <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "

+"The window will display a list of file locations together with the usage and "

+"capacity of each."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:50

+msgid ""

+"Click one of the items in the list to view a detailed summary of the usage "

+"for that item. Click the menu button, and then <gui>Scan Folder…</gui> or "

+"<gui>Scan Remote Folder…</gui> to scan a different location."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:56

+msgid ""

+"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Size</"

+"gui>, <gui>Contents</gui> and when the data was last <gui>Modified</gui>. "

+"See more details in <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"

+"app></link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:65

+msgid "Check with System Monitor"

+msgstr "Tjek med Systemovervågning"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:67

+msgid ""

+"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"

+"app>:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:71

+msgid ""

+"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"

+"gui> overview."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn programmet <app>Systemovervågning</app> fra <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</"

+"gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:75

+msgid ""

+"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system’s partitions and "

+"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</"

+"gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:83

+msgid "Check with Usage"

+msgstr "Tjek med Forbrug"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:85

+msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>Usage</app>:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:89

+msgid ""

+"Open the <app>Usage</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "

+"overview."

+msgstr "Åbn programmet <app>Forbrug</app> fra <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:93

+msgid ""

+"Select <gui>Storage</gui> tab to view the system’s total <gui>Used</gui> and "

+"<gui>Available</gui> disk space, as well as the used by the <gui>Operating "

+"System</gui> and common user’s directories."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:100

+msgid ""

+"Disk space can be freed from user’s directories and its subdirectories by "

+"checking the box next to the directory name."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:107

+msgid "What if the disk is too full?"

+msgstr "Hvad hvis disken er for fuld?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:109

+msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:113

+msgid "Delete files that aren’t important or that you won’t use anymore."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-capacity.page:116

+msgid ""

+"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "

+"you won’t need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/disk-check.page:24

+msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it’s healthy."

+msgstr "Test din harddisk for problemer for at sikre at den har det godt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/disk-check.page:28

+msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"

+msgstr "Tjek din harddisk for problemer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/disk-check.page:31

+msgid "Checking the hard disk"

+msgstr "Tjek harddisken"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/disk-check.page:32

+msgid ""

+"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"

+"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "

+"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "

+"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/disk-check.page:37

+msgid ""

+"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk’s health by "

+"running the <app>Disks</app> application:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/disk-check.page:41

+msgid "Check your disk’s health using the Disks application"

+msgstr "Tjek din disks helbred med Diske-programmet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-check.page:44 C/disk-format.page:32 C/disk-repair.page:33

+#: C/disk-repair.page:76 C/disk-resize.page:34

+msgid "Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-check.page:47

+msgid ""

+"Select the disk you want to check from the list of storage devices on the "

+"left. Information and status of the disk will be shown."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-check.page:51

+msgid ""

+"Click the menu button and select <gui>SMART Data &amp; Self-Tests…</gui>. "

+"The <gui>Overall Assessment</gui> should say “Disk is OK”."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-check.page:55

+msgid ""

+"See more information under <gui>SMART Attributes</gui>, or click the <gui "

+"style=\"button\">Start Self-test</gui> button to run a self-test."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/disk-check.page:65

+msgid "What if the disk isn’t healthy?"

+msgstr "Hvad hvis disken ikke er i god stand?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/disk-check.page:67

+msgid ""

+"Even if the <gui>Overall Assessment</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn’t</"

+"em> healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it’s better to be "

+"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/disk-check.page:72

+msgid ""

+"If the status says “Pre-fail”, the disk is still reasonably healthy but "

+"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "

+"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "

+"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "

+"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "

+"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/disk-check.page:79

+msgid ""

+"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "

+"professional for further diagnosis or repair."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/disk-format.page:17

+msgid ""

+"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "

+"drive by formatting it."

+msgstr ""

+"Fjern alle filer og mapper fra en ekstern harddisk eller USB-flashdrev ved "

+"at formatere den."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/disk-format.page:22

+msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"

+msgstr "Fjern alt på en flytbar disk"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/disk-format.page:24

+msgid ""

+"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "

+"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "

+"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk — this deletes all "

+"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/disk-format.page:30

+msgid "Format a removable disk"

+msgstr "Formatér en flytbar disk"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-format.page:35

+msgid ""

+"Select the disk you want to wipe from the list of storage devices on the "

+"left."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/disk-format.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "

+"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-format.page:44

+msgid ""

+"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "

+"button. Then click <gui>Format Partition…</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-format.page:48

+msgid ""

+"In the window that pops up, choose a file system <gui>Type</gui> for the "

+"disk."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-format.page:50

+msgid ""

+"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "

+"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</"

+"gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the file system type "

+"will be presented as a label."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-format.page:56

+msgid ""

+"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Next</gui> to continue and show a "

+"confirmation window. Check the details carefully, and click <gui>Format</"

+"gui> to wipe the disk."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-format.page:61

+msgid ""

+"Once the formatting has finished, click the eject icon to safely remove the "

+"disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/title

+#: C/disk-format.page:67

+msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/disk-format.page:68

+msgid ""

+"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "

+"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "

+"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "

+"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "

+"as <app>shred</app>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/disk-partitions.page:15

+msgid ""

+"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "

+"manage them."

+msgstr ""

+"Forstå hvad diskenheder og partitioner er og brug diskredskabet til at "

+"håndtere dem."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/disk-partitions.page:20

+msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"

+msgstr "Håndter diskenheder og partitioner"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/disk-partitions.page:22

+msgid ""

+"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "

+"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "

+"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "

+"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "

+"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "

+"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "

+"(and possibly write) files on it."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/disk-partitions.page:30

+msgid ""

+"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "

+"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "

+"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "

+"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "

+"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "

+"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/disk-partitions.page:38

+msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"

+msgstr "Vis og håndter diskenheder og partitioner med diskredskabet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/disk-partitions.page:40

+msgid ""

+"You can check and modify your computer’s storage volumes with the disk "

+"utility."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-partitions.page:45

+msgid "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start <app>Disks</app>."

+msgstr "Åbn <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og start <app>Diske</app>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-partitions.page:48

+msgid ""

+"In the list of storage devices on the left, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD "

+"drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-partitions.page:53

+msgid ""

+"The right pane provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions "

+"present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to "

+"manage these volumes."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-partitions.page:56

+msgid ""

+"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "

+"these utilities."

+msgstr ""

+"Vær forsigtig: det er muligt helt at slette dataene fra din disk med disse "

+"redskaber."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/disk-partitions.page:61

+msgid ""

+"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "

+"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "

+"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "

+"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "

+"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "

+"or convenience."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/disk-partitions.page:68

+msgid ""

+"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "

+"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "

+"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, select the "

+"partition and click the menu button in the toolbar underneath the partition "

+"list. Then, click <gui>Edit Partition…</gui> and look at its <gui>Flags</"

+"gui>. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable "

+"volume."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/disk-repair.page:15

+msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged and bring it back into a usable state."

+msgstr ""

+"Tjek om et filsystem er beskadiget og bring det tilbage til en brugbar "

+"tilstand."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/disk-repair.page:20

+msgid "Repair a damaged filesystem"

+msgstr "Reparer et beskadiget filsystem"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/disk-repair.page:22

+msgid ""

+"Filesystems can be corrupted due to unexpected power loss, system crashes "

+"and unsafe removal of the drive. After such an incident it is recommended to "

+"<em>repair</em> or at least <em>check</em> the filesystem to prevent future "

+"data loss."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/disk-repair.page:26

+msgid ""

+"Sometimes a repair is required in order to mount or modify a filesystem. "

+"Even if a <em>check</em> does not report any damage the filesystem might "

+"still be marked as ‘dirty’ internally and require a repair."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/disk-repair.page:31

+msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged"

+msgstr "Tjek om et filsystem er beskadiget"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-repair.page:36 C/disk-repair.page:79 C/disk-resize.page:37

+msgid ""

+"Select the disk containing the filesystem in question from the list of "

+"storage devices on the left. If there is more than one volume on the disk, "

+"select the volume which contains the filesystem."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-repair.page:41

+msgid ""

+"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "

+"button. Then click <gui>Check Filesystem…</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-repair.page:45

+msgid ""

+"Depending on how much data is stored in the filesystem a check may take "

+"longer time. Confirm to start the action in the dialog that pops up."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-repair.page:47

+msgid ""

+"The action will not modify the filesystem but will unmount it if needed. Be "

+"patient while the filesystem is checked."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-repair.page:51

+msgid ""

+"After completion you will be notified whether the filesystem is damaged. "

+"Note that in some cases even if the filesystem is undamaged it still may "

+"need to be repaired to reset an internal ‘dirty’ marker."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/title

+#: C/disk-repair.page:58

+msgid "Possible data loss when repairing"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/disk-repair.page:59

+msgid ""

+"If the filesystem structure is damaged it can affect the files stored in it. "

+"In some cases these files can not be brought into a valid form again and "

+"will be deleted or moved to a special directory. It is normally the <em>lost"

+"+found</em> folder in the top level directory of the filesystem where these "

+"recovered file parts can be found."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/disk-repair.page:64

+msgid ""

+"If the data is too valuable to be lost during this process, you are advised "

+"to back it up by saving an image of the volume before repairing."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/disk-repair.page:67

+msgid ""

+"This image can be then processed with forensic analysis tools like "

+"<app>sleuthkit</app> to further recover missing files and data parts which "

+"were not restored during the repair, and also previously removed files."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/disk-repair.page:74

+msgid "Repair a filesystem"

+msgstr "Reparer et filsystem"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-repair.page:84

+msgid ""

+"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "

+"button. Then click <gui>Repair Filesystem…</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-repair.page:88

+msgid ""

+"Depending on how much data is stored in the filesystem a repair may take "

+"longer time. Confirm to start the action in the dialog that pops up."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-repair.page:90

+msgid ""

+"The action will unmount the filesystem if needed. The repair action tries to "

+"bring the filesystem into a consistent state and moves files which were "

+"damaged in a special folder. Be patient while the filesystem is repaired."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-repair.page:96

+msgid ""

+"After completion you will be notified whether the filesystem could be "

+"successfully repaired. In case of success it can be used again in the normal "

+"way."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-repair.page:99

+msgid ""

+"If the filesystem could not be repaired, back it up by saving an image of "

+"the volume to be able to retrieve important files later. This can be done by "

+"mounting the image read-only or using forensic analysis tools like "

+"<app>sleuthkit</app>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-repair.page:103

+msgid ""

+"To make use of the volume again it has to be <link xref=\"disk-format"

+"\">formatted</link> with a new filesystem. All data will be discarded."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/disk-resize.page:15

+msgid "Shrink or grow a filesystem and its partition."

+msgstr "Gør et filsystem eller dets partition mindre eller større."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/disk-resize.page:19

+msgid "Adjust the size of a filesystem"

+msgstr "Justér størrelsen på et filsystem"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/disk-resize.page:21

+msgid ""

+"A filesystem can be grown to make use of the free space after its partition. "

+"Often this is even possible while the filesystem is mounted."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/disk-resize.page:24

+msgid ""

+"To make space for another partition after the filesystem, it can be shrunk "

+"according to the free space within it."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/disk-resize.page:26

+msgid "Not all filesystems have resize support."

+msgstr ""

+"Det er ikke alle filsystemer der understøtter tilpasning af størrelsen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/disk-resize.page:27

+msgid ""

+"The partition size will be changed together with the filesystem size. It is "

+"also possible to resize a partition without a filesystem in the same way."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/disk-resize.page:32

+msgid "Resize a filesystem/partition"

+msgstr "Tilpas størrelsen på et filsystem/partition"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-resize.page:42

+msgid ""

+"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "

+"button. Then click <gui>Resize Filesystem…</gui> or <gui>Resize…</gui> if "

+"there is no filesystem."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-resize.page:47

+msgid ""

+"A dialog will open where the new size can be chosen. The filesystem will be "

+"mounted to calculate the minimum size by the amount of current content. If "

+"shrinking is not supported the minimum size is the current size. Leave "

+"enough space within the filesystem when shrinking to ensure that it can work "

+"fast and reliably."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-resize.page:52

+msgid ""

+"Depending on how much data has to be moved from the shrunk part, the "

+"filesystem resize may take longer time."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/disk-resize.page:55

+msgid ""

+"The filesystem resize automatically involves <link xref=\"disk-repair"

+"\">repairing</link> of the filesystem. Therefore it is advised to back up "

+"important data before starting. The action must not be stopped or it will "

+"result in a damaged filesystem."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-resize.page:62

+msgid ""

+"Confirm to start the action by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Resize</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-resize.page:64

+msgid ""

+"The action will unmount the filesystem if resizing a mounted filesystem is "

+"not supported. Be patient while the filesystem is resized."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/disk-resize.page:68

+msgid ""

+"After completion of the needed resize and repair actions the filesystem is "

+"ready to be used again."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/disk.page:15

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark"

+"\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, <link xref="

+"\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Diskplads</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark"

+"\">ydelse</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problemer</link>, <link xref="

+"\"disk-partitions\">diskenheder og partitioner</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/disk.page:25

+msgid "Disks &amp; storage"

+msgstr "Diske &amp; lager"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/display-blank.page:19 C/get-involved.page:16 C/gnome-classic.page:17

+#: C/gnome-version.page:9 C/net-wrongnetwork.page:20 C/power-closelid.page:25

+#: C/power-lowpower.page:21 C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:17

+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:17 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:18

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:26 C/translate.page:20

+msgid "Petr Kovar"

+msgstr "Petr Kovar"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/display-blank.page:30

+msgid "Change the screen blanking time to save power."

+msgstr "Skift tiden for sort skærm, for at spare på strømmen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/display-blank.page:33

+msgid "Set screen blanking time"

+msgstr "Indstil tiden for sort skærm"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/display-blank.page:35

+msgid ""

+"To save power, you can adjust the time before the screen blanks when left "

+"idle. You can also disable the blanking completely."

+msgstr ""

+"For at spare på strømmen kan du justere tiden inden skærmen bliver sort når den "

+"ikke er i brug. Du kan også deaktivere sort skærm helt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/display-blank.page:39

+msgid "To set the screen blanking time:"

+msgstr "Indstil tiden for sort skærm:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-blank.page:41 C/display-brightness.page:69

+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:33 C/power-autosuspend.page:33

+#: C/power-status.page:31 C/power-whydim.page:51 C/power-wireless.page:32

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Power</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Strøm</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-blank.page:45 C/display-brightness.page:73

+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:37 C/power-autosuspend.page:37

+#: C/power-whydim.page:55 C/power-wireless.page:36

+msgid "Click <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Strøm</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-blank.page:48

+msgid ""

+"Use the <gui>Blank screen</gui> drop-down list under <gui>Power Saving</gui> "

+"to set the time until the screen blanks, or disable the blanking completely."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug nedrulningslisten <gui>Sort skærm</gui> under "

+"<gui>Strømbesparelse</gui> til at indstille tiden inden sort skærm, "

+"eller deaktivere sort skærm helt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/display-blank.page:55

+msgid ""

+"When your computer is left idle, the screen will automatically lock itself "

+"for security reasons. To change this behavior, see <link xref=\"session-"

+"screenlocks\"/>."

+msgstr ""

+"Når din computer ikke er i brug låses skærmen automatisk af hensyn til sikkerheden. "

+"Se <link xref=\"session-screenlocks\"/> for at ændre opførslen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/display-brightness.page:44

+msgid "Change the screen brightness to make it more readable in bright light."

+msgstr "Skift lysstyrke for skærmen, så det er lettere at læse når der er meget lyst."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/display-brightness.page:48

+msgid "Set screen brightness"

+msgstr "Indstil lysstyrke for skærmen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/display-brightness.page:50

+msgid ""

+"Depending on your hardware, you can change the brightness of your screen to "

+"save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light."

+msgstr ""

+"Afhængig af din hardware kan du ændre lysstyrken på din skærm for at spare "

+"på strømmen eller gøre skærmen lettere at læse når der er meget lyst."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/display-brightness.page:53

+msgid ""

+"To change the brightness of your screen, click the <gui xref=\"shell-"

+"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> on the right side of the top bar "

+"and adjust the screen brightness slider to the value you want to use. The "

+"change should take effect immediately."

+msgstr ""

+"For at ændre lysstyrken på din skærm klikkes der på <gui xref=\"shell-"

+"introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</gui> i højre side af toplinjen og "

+"skyderen til lysstyrke for skærmen justeres til den værdi du vil bruge. Ændringen "

+"bør ske straks."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/display-brightness.page:59

+msgid ""

+"Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These "

+"often have a picture that looks like the sun. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> "

+"key to use these keys."

+msgstr ""

+"Mange tastaturer på bærbare computere har specielle taster til at justere lysstyrken. "

+"De har ofte et billede af solen. Hold <key>Fn</key>-tasten nede for at "

+"bruge tasterne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/display-brightness.page:64

+msgid ""

+"You can also adjust the screen brightness by using the <gui>Power</gui> "

+"panel."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan også justere lysstyrke for skærmen ved at bruge panelet "

+"<gui>Strøm</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/display-brightness.page:67

+msgid "To set the screen brightness using the Power panel:"

+msgstr "Indstil lysstyrke for skærmen med panelet Strøm:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-brightness.page:76

+msgid ""

+"Adjust the <gui>Screen brightness</gui> slider to the value you want to use. "

+"The change should take effect immediately."

+msgstr ""

+"Juster skyderen <gui>Lysstyrke for skærmen</gui> til den værdi du vil bruge. "

+"Ændringen bør ske straks."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/display-brightness.page:82

+msgid ""

+"If your computer features an integrated light sensor, the screen brightness "

+"will automatically be adjusted for you. You can disable automatic screen "

+"brightness in the <gui>Power</gui> panel."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis din computer har en integreret lyssensor, så justeres lysstyrken for skærmen "

+"automatisk for dig. Du kan deaktivere automatisk lysstyrke for skærmen i panelet "

+"<gui>Strøm</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/display-brightness.page:87

+msgid ""

+"If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, you can also have "

+"the screen dim automatically to save power. For more information, see <link "

+"xref=\"power-whydim\"/>."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis det er muligt at indstille lysstyrken på din skærm, så kan du også få "

+"skærmen til at dæmpe automatisk for at spare på strømmen. Se <link xref=\"power-"

+"whydim\"/> for mere information."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:29

+msgid "Set up an additional monitor."

+msgstr "Opsæt en ekstra skærm."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32

+msgid "Connect another monitor to your computer"

+msgstr "Tilslut en anden skærm til din computer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83

+msgid "Set up an additional monitor"

+msgstr "Opsæt en ekstra skærm"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:84

+msgid ""

+"To set up an additional monitor, connect the monitor to your computer. If "

+"your system does not recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust "

+"the settings:"

+msgstr ""

+"For at opsætte en ektra skærm tilsluttes skærmen til din computer. "

+"Hvis dit system ikke genkender den med det samme eller hvis du vil justere "

+"indstillingerne:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:90 C/display-night-light.page:32

+#: C/look-resolution.page:58

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Displays</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og "

+"begynd at skrive <gui>Skærme</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 C/display-night-light.page:36

+#: C/look-resolution.page:62

+msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Skærme</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97

+msgid ""

+"In the display arrangement diagram, drag your displays to the relative "

+"positions you want."

+msgstr ""

+"I diagrammet til at opstille skærme trækkes dine skærme til de ønskede "

+"indbyrdes placeringer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:100

+msgid ""

+"The numbers on the diagram are shown at the top-left of each display when "

+"the <gui>Displays</gui> panel is active."

+msgstr ""

+"Tallene i diagrammet vises øverst til venstre på hver skærm når panelet "

+"<gui>Skærme</gui> er aktivt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:105

+msgid "Click <gui>Primary Display</gui> to choose your primary display."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Primær skærm</gui> for at vælge din primære skærm."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:108

+msgid ""

+"The primary display is the one with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction"

+"\">top bar</link>, and where the <gui>Activities</gui> overview is shown."

+msgstr ""

+"Den primære skærm er den med <link xref=\"shell-"

+"introduction\">toplinjen</link> og <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114 C/look-resolution.page:70

+msgid "Select the orientation, resolution or scale, and refresh rate."

+msgstr ""

+"Vælg orientering, opløsning eller skalering, og "

+"opdateringshastighed."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:117 C/look-resolution.page:73

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 20 seconds "

+"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "

+"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "

+"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep Changes</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <gui>Anvend</gui>. De nye indstillinger anvendes i 20 sekunder inden "

+"de tilbageføres. På den måde gendannes de gamle indstillinger automatisk "

+"hvis du ikke kan se noget med de nye indstillinger. Hvis du er tilfreds med "

+"de nye indstillinger, så klik på <gui>Behold ændringer</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:128

+msgid "Display modes"

+msgstr "Skærmtilstande"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:129

+msgid "With two screens, these display modes are available:"

+msgstr "Med to skærme er følgende skærmtilstande tilgængelige:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:131

+msgid ""

+"<gui>Join Displays:</gui> screen edges are joined so things can pass from "

+"one display to another."

+msgstr ""

+"<gui>Sammenføj skærme:</gui> kanterne på skærmene sammenføjes, så ting kan flyttes "

+"fra den ene skærm til den anden."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:133

+msgid ""

+"<gui>Mirror:</gui> the same content is shown on two displays, with the same "

+"resolution and orientation for both."

+msgstr ""

+"<gui>Kloning:</gui> det samme indhold vises på to skærme med samme opløsning og "

+"orientering."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:135

+msgid ""

+"<gui>Single Display:</gui> only one display is configured, effectively "

+"turning off the other one. For instance, an external monitor connected to a "

+"docked laptop with the lid closed would be the single configured display."

+msgstr ""

+"<gui>Enkelt skærm:</gui> der er kun én skærm konfigureret hvorved den anden "

+"skærm praktisk talt slukkes. F.eks. vil en ekstern skærm tilsluttet en bærbar computer der er i "

+"dok med låget lukket være den enkelt konfigurerede skærm."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:145

+msgid "Adding more than one monitor"

+msgstr "Tilføjelse af mere end én skærm"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:146

+msgid ""

+"With more than two screens, <gui>Join Displays</gui> is the only mode "

+"available."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis der er flere end to skærme, så er <gui>Sammenføj skærme</gui> den "

+"eneste tilgængelige tilstand."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:150

+msgid "Press the button for the display that you would like to configure."

+msgstr "Tryk på knappen til den skærm du vil konfigurere."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:154

+msgid "Drag the screens to the desired relative positions."

+msgstr "Træk skærmene til de ønskede indbyrdes placeringer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/years

+#: C/display-night-light.page:14

+msgid "2018"

+msgstr "2018"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/display-night-light.page:19

+msgid ""

+"Night Light changes the color of your displays according to the time of day."

+msgstr "Natlys ændrer farven på dine skærme i henhold til klokkeslættet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/display-night-light.page:23

+msgid "Adjust the color temperature of your screen"

+msgstr "Justér farvetemperaturen på din skærm"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/display-night-light.page:25

+msgid ""

+"A computer monitor emits blue light which contributes to sleeplessness and "

+"eye strain after dark. <gui>Night Light</gui> changes the color of your "

+"displays according to the time of day, making the color warmer in the "

+"evening. To enable <gui>Night Light</gui>:"

+msgstr ""

+"En computerskærm udsender blåt lys der bidrager til søvnløshed og belastning "

+"af øjnene når det er mørkt. <gui>Natlys</gui> ændrer farven på dine skærmen "

+"i henhold til klokkeslættet, så farven gøres varmere om aftenen. Aktivér "

+"<gui>Natlys</gui>:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-night-light.page:39

+msgid "Click <gui>Night Light</gui> to open the settings."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Natlys</gui> for at åbne indstillingerne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-night-light.page:42

+msgid ""

+"Press <gui>Sunset to Sunrise</gui> to make the screen color follow the "

+"sunset and sunrise times for your location. Press the <gui>Manual</gui> "

+"button to set the times to a custom schedule."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <gui>Solnedgang til solopgang</gui> for at få skærmens farve til at "

+"følge solnedgangen og solopgangen for din placering. Tryk på knappen "

+"<gui>Manuel</gui> for at indstille klokkeslættene til en tilpasset tidsplan."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/display-night-light.page:47

+msgid ""

+"Use the slider to adjust the <gui>Color Temperature</gui> to be more warm or "

+"less warm."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug skyderen til at justere <gui>Farvetemperatur</gui> til at være varmere "

+"eller koldere."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/display-night-light.page:52

+msgid ""

+"The <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> shows when <gui>Night "

+"Light</gui> is active. It can be temporarily disabled from the system menu."

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-introduction\">Toplinjen</link> viser når <gui>Natlys</gui> "

+"er aktiveret. Det kan deaktiveres midlertidigt i systemmenuen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/files-autorun.page:26 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31

+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:30

+#: C/look-background.page:41 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31

+#: C/look-resolution.page:30 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29

+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:22 C/shell-windows-switching.page:20

+msgid "Shobha Tyagi"

+msgstr "Shobha Tyagi"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-autorun.page:36

+msgid ""

+"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "

+"other devices and media."

+msgstr ""

+"Kør automatisk programmer fra cd'er og dvd'er, kameraer, lydafspillere og "

+"andre enheder og medier."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-autorun.page:41

+msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"

+msgstr "Åbn programmer til enheder eller diske"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:43

+msgid ""

+"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "

+"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "

+"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "

+"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan få et program til at starte automatisk når du tilslutter en enhed "

+"eller sætter en disk eller et mediekort i. Det kan f.eks. være du vil have "

+"din billedorganisator til at starte når du tilslutter et digitalkamera. Du "

+"kan også slå det fra, så der ikke sker noget når du tilslutter noget."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:48

+msgid ""

+"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"

+msgstr ""

+"Bestem hvilke programmer der skal startes når du tilslutter diverse enheder:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:53 C/net-default-email.page:41

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Details</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Detaljer</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:57 C/net-default-email.page:45

+msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Detaljer</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:60

+msgid "Click <gui>Removable Media</gui>."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Flytbare medier</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:63

+msgid ""

+"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "

+"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "

+"types of devices and media."

+msgstr ""

+"Find din ønskede enhed eller medietype og vælg så et program eller en "

+"handling til medietypen. Se nedenfor for at få en beskrivelse af de "

+"forskellige typer enheder og medier."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:66

+msgid ""

+"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "

+"will be shown in the file manager, with the <gui>Open folder</gui> option. "

+"When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen "

+"automatically."

+msgstr ""

+"I stedet for at starte et program kan du også indstille det med valgmuligheden <gui>Åbn mappe</gui>, så enheden vises "

+"i filhåndteringen. Når det sker, så "

+"bliver du spurgt om hvad du vil gøre, ellers sker der automatisk ikke "

+"noget."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:72

+msgid ""

+"If you do not see the device or media type that you want to change in the "

+"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media…</"

+"gui> to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or "

+"media from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from "

+"the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du ikke ser den enhed eller den medietype du vil ændre i listen (såsom "

+"Blu-ray-diske eller e-bogslæsere), så klik på <gui>Andet medie …</gui> for "

+"at se en mere detaljeret liste over enheder. Vælg typen af enhed eller medie "

+"i nedrulningen <gui>Type</gui> og programmet eller handlingen i "

+"nedrulningen <gui>Handling</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:81

+msgid ""

+"If you do not want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "

+"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "

+"at the bottom of the <gui>Details</gui> window."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du ikke vil have noget program til at åbne automatisk, hvad end du "

+"tilslutter, så vælg <gui>Spørg aldrig, og start aldrig programmer, når der "

+"indsættes medier</gui> nederst i vinduet <gui>Detaljer</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files-autorun.page:87

+msgid "Types of devices and media"

+msgstr "Typer af enheder og medier"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/files-autorun.page:90

+msgid "Audio discs"

+msgstr "Lyddiske"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:91

+msgid ""

+"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "

+"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "

+"Media…</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "

+"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/files-autorun.page:98

+msgid "Video discs"

+msgstr "Videodiske"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:99

+msgid ""

+"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "

+"<gui>Other Media…</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "

+"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "

+"not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/files-autorun.page:106

+msgid "Blank discs"

+msgstr "Tomme diske"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:107

+msgid ""

+"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "

+"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/files-autorun.page:112

+msgid "Cameras and photos"

+msgstr "Kameraer og billeder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:113

+msgid ""

+"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "

+"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "

+"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse "

+"your photos using the file manager."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:117

+msgid ""

+"Under <gui>Other Media…</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "

+"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "

+"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>Pictures</file>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/files-autorun.page:123

+msgid "Music players"

+msgstr "Musikafspillere"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:124

+msgid ""

+"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "

+"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/files-autorun.page:128

+msgid "E-book readers"

+msgstr "E-bogslæsere"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:129

+msgid ""

+"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to choose an application to manage "

+"the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "

+"manager."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/files-autorun.page:134

+msgid "Software"

+msgstr "Software"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:135

+msgid ""

+"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "

+"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "

+"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will "

+"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/files-autorun.page:141

+msgid "Never run software from media you don’t trust."

+msgstr "Kør aldrig software fra medier du ikke har tillid til."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-browse.page:38

+msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."

+msgstr "Håndter og organiser filer med filhåndteringen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-browse.page:41

+msgid "Browse files and folders"

+msgstr "Gennemse filer eller mapper"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-browse.page:51

+msgid ""

+"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "

+"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "

+"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</"

+"link>, and on network shares."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug filhåndteringen <app>Filer</app> til at gennemse og organisere filerne "

+"på din computer. Du kan også bruge den til at håndtere filer på lagerenheder "

+"(såsom eksterne harddiske), på <link xref=\"nautilus-"

+"connect\">filservere</link> og andre netværkdsdelinger."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-browse.page:56

+msgid ""

+"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui xref=\"shell-"

+"introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview. You can also search for "

+"files and folders through the overview in the same way you would <link xref="

+"\"shell-apps-open\">search for applications</link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files-browse.page:63

+msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"

+msgstr "Udforsk indholdet i mapper"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-browse.page:65

+msgid ""

+"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "

+"double-click or <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle-click</link> any "

+"file to open it with the default application for that file. Middle-click a "

+"folder to open it in a new tab. You can also right-click a folder to open it "

+"in a new tab or new window."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-browse.page:71

+msgid ""

+"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="

+"\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "

+"sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or deleting it."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-browse.page:76

+msgid ""

+"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "

+"folder you’re viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "

+"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "

+"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, or access its "

+"properties."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-browse.page:82

+msgid ""

+"If you want to quickly <link xref=\"files-search\">search for a file</link>, "

+"in or below the folder you are viewing, start typing its name. A <em>search "

+"bar</em> will appear at the top of the window and only files which match "

+"your search will be shown. Press <key>Esc</key> to cancel the search."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-browse.page:87

+msgid ""

+"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "

+"not see the sidebar, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the "

+"window and then select <gui>Sidebar</gui>. You can <link xref=\"nautilus-"

+"bookmarks-edit\">add bookmarks to folders that you use often</link> and they "

+"will appear in the sidebar."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/files-copy.page:14 C/files-delete.page:15 C/files-open.page:13

+msgid "Cristopher Thomas"

+msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-copy.page:28

+msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."

+msgstr "Kopiér eller flyt elementer til en ny mappe."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-copy.page:31

+msgid "Copy or move files and folders"

+msgstr "Kopiér eller flyt filer og mapper"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-copy.page:33

+msgid ""

+"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "

+"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "

+"keyboard shortcuts."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-copy.page:37

+msgid ""

+"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "

+"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "

+"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "

+"don’t like your changes)."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-copy.page:42

+msgid ""

+"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "

+"and folders in exactly the same way."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/files-copy.page:46

+msgid "Copy and paste files"

+msgstr "Kopiér og indsæt filer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-copy.page:47

+msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-copy.page:48

+msgid ""

+"Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"

+"key><key>C</key></keyseq>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-copy.page:50

+msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-copy.page:52

+msgid ""

+"Click the menu button and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, "

+"or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a "

+"copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/files-copy.page:59

+msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"

+msgstr "Klip og indsæt filer for at flytte dem"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-copy.page:60

+msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-copy.page:61

+msgid ""

+"Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"

+"key></keyseq>."

+msgstr ""

+"Højreklik og vælg <gui>Klip</gui>, eller tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"

+"key><key>X</key></keyseq>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-copy.page:63

+msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-copy.page:64

+msgid ""

+"Click the menu button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "

+"moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "

+"file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/files-copy.page:71

+msgid "Drag files to copy or move"

+msgstr "Træk filer for at kopiere eller flytte"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-copy.page:72

+msgid ""

+"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "

+"to copy."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-copy.page:74

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "

+"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "

+"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "

+"file."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-copy.page:79

+msgid ""

+"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"

+"em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "

+"if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-copy.page:82

+msgid ""

+"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "

+"it will be copied, because you’re dragging from one device to another."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-copy.page:84

+msgid ""

+"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "

+"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "

+"key while dragging."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/files-copy.page:91

+msgid ""

+"You cannot copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. "

+"Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their "

+"contents. You can change things from being read-only by <link xref="

+"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-delete.page:37

+msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."

+msgstr "Fjern filer eller mapper som du ikke længere bruger."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-delete.page:40

+msgid "Delete files and folders"

+msgstr "Slet filer og mapper"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-delete.page:42

+msgid ""

+"If you do not want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "

+"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "

+"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-recover"

+"\">restore items</link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their original "

+"location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du ikke længere vil have en fil eller mappe, så kan du slette den. Når "

+"du sletter et element flyttes det til mappen <gui>Papirkurv</gui>, hvor det "

+"gemmes indtil du tømme papirkurven. Du kan <link xref=\"files-"

+"recover\">gendanne elementer</link> i mappen <gui>Papirkurv</gui> til deres "

+"oprindelige placering hvis du får brug for dem eller hvis du slettede dem "

+"ved en fejl."

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/files-delete.page:49

+msgid "To send a file to the trash:"

+msgstr "Send en fil til papirkurven:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-delete.page:50

+msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."

+msgstr ""

+"Vælg det element du vil placere i papirkurven ved at klikke på det én gang."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-delete.page:52

+msgid ""

+"Press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to "

+"the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <key>Delete</key> på dit tastatur. Eller træk elementet til "

+"<gui>Papirkurven</gui> i sidepanelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-delete.page:56

+msgid ""

+"The file will be moved to the trash, and you’ll be presented with an option "

+"to <gui>Undo</gui> the deletion. The <gui>Undo</gui> button will appear for "

+"a few seconds. If you select <gui>Undo</gui>, the file will be restored to "

+"its original location."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-delete.page:61

+msgid ""

+"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "

+"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "

+"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files-delete.page:66

+msgid "Permanently delete a file"

+msgstr "Slet en fil permanent"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-delete.page:67

+msgid ""

+"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "

+"the trash first."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/files-delete.page:71

+msgid "To permanently delete a file:"

+msgstr "Slet en fil permanent:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-delete.page:72

+msgid "Select the item you want to delete."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-delete.page:73

+msgid ""

+"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "

+"key on your keyboard."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på og hold <key>Skift</key>-tasten nede, og tryk herefter på "

+"<key>Delete</key>-tasten på dit tastatur."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-delete.page:75

+msgid ""

+"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "

+"delete the file or folder."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/files-delete.page:79

+msgid ""

+"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "

+"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "

+"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "

+"into your computer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-disc-write.page:19

+msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."

+msgstr ""

+"Læg filer og dokumenter på en tom cd eller dvd med en cd/dvd-brænder."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-disc-write.page:23

+msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"

+msgstr "Skriv filer til en cd eller dvd"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-disc-write.page:25

+msgid ""

+"You can put files onto a blank disc by using a disc burning application, "

+"such as <app>Brasero</app>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files-disc-write.page:29

+msgid "If the disc wasn’t burned properly"

+msgstr "Hvis disken ikke blev brændt ordentligt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-disc-write.page:31

+msgid ""

+"Sometimes the computer doesn’t record the data correctly, and you won’t be "

+"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "

+"computer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-disc-write.page:35

+msgid ""

+"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, for "

+"example, 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-hidden.page:28

+msgid "Make a file invisible, so you cannot see it in the file manager."

+msgstr "Gør en fil usynlig, så du ikke kan se den i filhåndteringen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-hidden.page:32

+msgid "Hide a file"

+msgstr "Skjul en fil"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-hidden.page:34

+msgid ""

+"The <app>Files</app> file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide "

+"files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it is not displayed by the "

+"file manager, but it is still there in its folder."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-hidden.page:38

+msgid ""

+"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <file>.</"

+"file> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named "

+"<file>example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/files-hidden.page:44

+msgid ""

+"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "

+"by placing a <file>.</file> at the beginning of the folder’s name."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files-hidden.page:49

+msgid "Show all hidden files"

+msgstr "Vis alle skjulte filer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-hidden.page:51

+msgid ""

+"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "

+"either click the view options button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show "

+"Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. "

+"You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-hidden.page:58

+msgid ""

+"To hide these files again, either click the view options button in the "

+"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"

+"key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files-hidden.page:66

+msgid "Unhide a file"

+msgstr "Vis en skjult fil"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-hidden.page:68

+msgid ""

+"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "

+"view options button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. "

+"Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it does not have a <file>.</"

+"file> in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called <file>."

+"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-hidden.page:77

+msgid ""

+"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the view options button "

+"in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "

+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files "

+"again."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/files-hidden.page:83

+msgid ""

+"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "

+"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "

+"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/files-hidden.page:88

+msgid ""

+"Most hidden files will have a <file>.</file> at the beginning of their name, "

+"but others might have a <file>~</file> at the end of their name instead. "

+"These files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "

+"information."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-lost.page:32

+msgid "Follow these tips if you can’t find a file you created or downloaded."

+msgstr ""

+"Følg disse tips hvis du ikke kan finde en fil som du oprettede eller "

+"downloadede."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-lost.page:36

+msgid "Find a lost file"

+msgstr "Find en mistet fil"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-lost.page:38

+msgid ""

+"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you cannot find it, follow "

+"these tips."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-lost.page:42

+msgid ""

+"If you do not remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "

+"how you named it, you can <link xref=\"files-search\">search for the file by "

+"name</link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-lost.page:46

+msgid ""

+"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "

+"saved it to a common folder. Check the <file>Desktop</file> and "

+"<file>Downloads</file> folders in your home folder."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-lost.page:51

+msgid ""

+"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "

+"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "

+"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-lost.page:56

+msgid ""

+"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "

+"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "

+"the file manager. Click the view options button in the <app>Files</app> "

+"toolbar and enable <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link "

+"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-open.page:23

+msgid ""

+"Open files using an application that isn’t the default one for that type of "

+"file. You can change the default too."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn filer med et program som ikke er standard for den type fil. "

+"Du kan også ændre det der er standard."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-open.page:27

+msgid "Open files with other applications"

+msgstr "Åbn filer med andre programmer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-open.page:29

+msgid ""

+"When you double-click (or middle-click) a file in the file manager, it will "

+"be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it "

+"in a different application, search online for applications, or set the "

+"default application for all files of the same type."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-open.page:34

+msgid ""

+"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "

+"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you do "

+"not see the application you want, select <gui>Open With Other Application</"

+"gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications that are known to "

+"handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, "

+"click <gui>View All Applications</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-open.page:41

+msgid ""

+"If you still cannot find the application you want, you can search for more "

+"applications by clicking <gui>Find New Applications</gui>. The file manager "

+"will search online for packages containing applications that are known to "

+"handle files of that type."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files-open.page:47

+msgid "Change the default application"

+msgstr "Skift standardprogrammet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-open.page:48

+msgid ""

+"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "

+"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"

+"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "

+"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-open.page:54

+msgid ""

+"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "

+"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "

+"<file>.mp3</file> file."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-open.page:57

+msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-open.page:58

+msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-open.page:59

+msgid "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-open.page:61

+msgid ""

+"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "

+"to use, but do not want to make the default, select that application and "

+"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"

+"gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "

+"file and selecting it from the list."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-open.page:68

+msgid ""

+"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "

+"all files with the same type."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-preview.page:26

+msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."

+msgstr ""

+"Vis og skjul hurtigt forhåndsvisninger af dokumenter, billeder, videoer mm."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-preview.page:30

+msgid "Preview files and folders"

+msgstr "Forhåndsvis filer og mapper"

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/files-preview.page:33

+msgid ""

+"You need to have <app>Sushi</app> installed on your computer to perform "

+"these steps."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#. Translators: This button is only shown on Ubuntu, where this link

+#. format is preferred over 'install:gnome-sushi'.

+#: C/files-preview.page:36

+msgid ""

+"<link style=\"button\" href=\"apt:gnome-sushi\">Install <app>Sushi</app></"

+"link>"

+msgstr ""

+"<link style=\"button\" href=\"apt:gnome-sushi\">Installér <app>Sushi</app></"

+"link>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-preview.page:40

+msgid ""

+"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "

+"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "

+"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan hurtigt forhåndsvise filer uden at åbne dem i et stort program der kan det hele. Vælg "

+"en fil og tryk på mellemrum. Filen åbnes i et simpelt "

+"forhåndsvisningsvindue. Tryk på mellemrum igen for at lukke "

+"forhåndsvisningen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-preview.page:44

+msgid ""

+"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "

+"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "

+"seek through your video and audio."

+msgstr ""

+"Den indbyggede forhåndsvisning understøtter de fleste filformater til "

+"dokumenter, billeder, video og lyd. I forhåndsvisningen kan du rulle gennem "

+"dine dokumenter eller søge i din video og lyd."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-preview.page:48

+msgid ""

+"To view a preview full-screen, press <key>F</key> or <key>F11</key>. Press "

+"<key>F</key> or <key>F11</key> again to leave full-screen, or press the "

+"space bar to exit the preview completely."

+msgstr ""

+"Vis en forhåndsvisning i fuldskærm ved at trykke på <key>F</key> eller "

+"<key>F11</key>. Tryk på <key>F</key> eller <key>F11</key> igen for at "

+"forlade fuldskærm, eller tryk på mellemrum for at afslutte forhåndsvisningen "

+"helt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-recover.page:24

+msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."

+msgstr "Slettede filer sendes normalt til papirkurven, men kan gendannes."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-recover.page:28

+msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"

+msgstr "Gendan en fil fra papirkurven"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-recover.page:30

+msgid ""

+"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "

+"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du sletter en fil med filhåndteringen, så placeres filen normalt i "

+"<gui>Papirkurven</gui> og bør kunne gendannes."

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/files-recover.page:34

+msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"

+msgstr "Gendan en fil fra papirkurven:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-recover.page:36

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <app>Files</app>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og "

+"begynd at skrive <app>Filer</app>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-recover.page:40

+msgid "Click on <app>Files</app> to open the file manager."

+msgstr "Klik på <app>Filer</app> for at åbne filhåndteringen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-recover.page:43

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, press "

+"the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "

+"<gui>Sidebar</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <gui>Papirkurv</gui> i sidebjælken. Hvis du ikke kan se sidebjælken, "

+"så tryk på menuknappen i øverste højre hjørne af vinduet og vælg "

+"<gui>Sidebjælke</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-recover.page:48

+msgid ""

+"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui>Restore</gui>. It "

+"will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis den fil du har slettet er der, så klik på den og vælg "

+"<gui>Gendan</gui>. Den gendannes til mappen hvor den blev slettet fra."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-recover.page:54

+msgid ""

+"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"

+"key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "

+"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can’t be recovered from "

+"the <gui>Trash</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du slettede filen ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Delete "

+"</key></keyseq> eller ved at bruge kommandolinjen, så er filen blevet "

+"slettet permanent. Filer der er blevet slettet permanent kan ikke gendannes "

+"fra <gui>Papirkurven</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-recover.page:59

+msgid ""

+"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "

+"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "

+"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "

+"it’s probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "

+"recover it."

+msgstr ""

+"Der findes flere gendannelsesværktøjer som nogle gange er i stand til at "

+"gendanne filer som blev slettet permanent. Værktøjerne er dog generelt ikke "

+"lette at bruge. Hvis du slettede en fil permanent ved en fejl, så er det "

+"formodentligt bedst at spørge om råd i et supportforum for at se om du kan "

+"gendanne den."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-removedrive.page:28

+msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."

+msgstr "Afmontér eller skub et USB-flashdrev, cd, dvd eller anden enhed, ud."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-removedrive.page:31

+msgid "Safely remove an external drive"

+msgstr "Sikker fjernelse af eksternt drev"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-removedrive.page:33

+msgid ""

+"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "

+"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "

+"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "

+"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "

+"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "

+"from your computer."

+msgstr ""

+"Når du bruger eksterne lagerenheder som USB-flashdrev bør du fjerne dem "

+"sikkert inden de tages ud. Hvis du bare tager en enhed ud, så risikerer du "

+"at tage den ud mens et program stadigvæk bruger den. Det kan resultere i at "

+"nogle af dine filer mistes eller bliver beskadiget. Når du bruger en optisk "

+"disk som en cd eller dvd, så kan du bruge det samme trin til at skubbe "

+"disken ud fra din computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/files-removedrive.page:41

+msgid "To eject a removable device:"

+msgstr "Skub en flytbar enhed ud:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-removedrive.page:43

+msgid ""

+"From the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview, open <app>Files</app>."

+msgstr ""

+"I <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> åbnes "

+"<app>Filer</app>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-removedrive.page:47

+msgid ""

+"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "

+"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."

+msgstr ""

+"Find enheden i sidebjælken. Den har et lille skub ud-ikon ved siden af "

+"navnet. Klik på skub ud-ikonet for at fjerne den sikkert eller skubbe "

+"den ud."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-removedrive.page:50 C/files-removedrive.page:67

+msgid ""

+"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "

+"select <gui>Eject</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan også højreklikke på enhedens navn i sidebjælken og vælge <gui>Skub "

+"ud</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files-removedrive.page:56

+msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"

+msgstr "Sikker fjernelse af en enhed som er i brug"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-removedrive.page:58

+msgid ""

+"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "

+"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "

+"window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely remove the device:"

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis nogle af filerne på enheden er åbne og i brug af et program, så vil du "

+"ikke være i stand til at fjerne enheden sikkert. Du får besked med et vindue "

+"der fortæller dig at <gui>Diskenheden er optaget</gui>. Fjern enheden "

+"sikkert:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-removedrive.page:63

+msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Annuller</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-removedrive.page:64

+msgid "Close all the files on the device."

+msgstr "Luk alle filerne på enheden."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-removedrive.page:65

+msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på skub ud-ikonet for at fjerne den sikkert eller skubbe den ud."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/files-removedrive.page:71

+msgid ""

+"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "

+"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "

+"files open."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan også vælge <gui>Skub ud alligevel</gui> for at fjerne enheden uden at "

+"lukke filerne. Det kan forårsage fejl i programmer hvor filerne er åbne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-rename.page:35

+msgid "Change file or folder name."

+msgstr "Skift navn på fil eller mappe."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-rename.page:38

+msgid "Rename a file or folder"

+msgstr "Omdøb en fil eller mappe"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-rename.page:40

+msgid ""

+"As with other file managers, you can use <app>Files</app> to change the name "

+"of a file or folder."

+msgstr ""

+"Ligesom i andre filhåndteringer kan du bruge <app>Filer</app> til at ændre "

+"navnet på en fil eller mappe."

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/files-rename.page:44

+msgid "To rename a file or folder:"

+msgstr "Omdøb en fil eller mappe:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-rename.page:45

+msgid ""

+"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "

+"press <key>F2</key>."

+msgstr ""

+"Højreklik på elementet og vælg <gui>Omdøb</gui>, eller vælg filen og tryk på "

+"<key>F2</key>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-rename.page:47

+msgid ""

+"Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Rename</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Skriv det nye navn og tryk på <key>Enter</key> eller klik på "

+"<gui>Omdøb</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-rename.page:51

+msgid ""

+"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"

+"basic\">properties</link> window."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan også omdøbe en fil i vinduet <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"

+"basic\">egenskaber</link>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-rename.page:54

+msgid ""

+"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "

+"selected, not the file extension (the part after the last <file>.</file>). "

+"The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (for example, "

+"<file>file.pdf</file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to "

+"change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire "

+"file name and change it."

+msgstr ""

+"Når du omdøber en fil, så er det kun den første del af filen som er valgt, "

+"ikke filendelsen (den del der er efter det sidste <file>.</file>). Endelsen "

+"angiver normalt hvilken type fil det er (f.eks. er <file>fil.pdf</file> et "

+"PDF-dokument), og du behøver normalt ikke ændre det. Hvis du også har brug "

+"for at ændre endelsen, så vælg hele filnavnet og ændr det."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/files-rename.page:62

+msgid ""

+"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "

+"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the menu button in the "

+"toolbar and select <gui>Undo Rename</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"

+"key><key>Z</key></keyseq>, to restore the former name."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du omdøbte den forkerte fil eller gav din fil det forkerte navn, så kan "

+"du fortryde omdøbningen. Tilbagefør handlingen med det samme ved at klikke "

+"på menuknappen i værktøjslinjen og vælge <gui>Fortryd Omdøb</gui>, eller "

+"tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq> for at gendanne det "

+"tidligere navn."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files-rename.page:70

+msgid "Valid characters for file names"

+msgstr "Gyldige tegn til filnavne"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-rename.page:72

+msgid ""

+"You can use any character except the <file>/</file> (slash) character in "

+"file names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "

+"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "

+"following characters in your file names: <file>|</file>, <file>\\</file>, "

+"<file>?</file>, <file>*</file>, <file>&lt;</file>, <file>\"</file>, <file>:</"

+"file>, <file>&gt;</file>, <file>/</file>."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan bruge alle tegn i filnavne undtagen tegnet <file>/</file> "

+"(skråstreg). Nogle enheder bruger dog et <em>filsystem</em> med flere "

+"begrænsninger når det kommer til filnavne. Det er derfor bedst at undgå "

+"følgende tegn i dine filnavne: <file>|</file>, <file>\\</file>, "

+"<file>?</file>, <file>*</file>, <file>&lt;</file>, <file>\"</file>, "

+"<file>:</file>, <file>&gt;</file>, <file>/</file>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/files-rename.page:80

+msgid ""

+"If you name a file with a <file>.</file> as the first character, the file "

+"will be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view "

+"it in the file manager."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du navngiver en fil med et <file>.</file> som det første tegn, så <link "

+"xref=\"files-hidden\">skjules</link> filen når du forsøger at vise den i "

+"filhåndteringen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files-rename.page:88 C/hardware.page:39 C/mouse.page:50

+msgid "Common problems"

+msgstr "Almindelige problemer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/files-rename.page:92

+msgid "The file name is already in use"

+msgstr "Filnavnet er allerede i brug"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-rename.page:93

+msgid ""

+"You cannot have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "

+"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "

+"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan ikke have to filer eller mapper med det samme navn i den samme mappe. "

+"Hvis du prøver at omdøbe en fil til et navn der allerede findes i den mappe du "

+"arbejder i, så vil filhåndteringen ikke tillade det."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-rename.page:96

+msgid ""

+"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"

+"file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "

+"like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."

+msgstr ""

+"Fil- og mappenavne skelner mellem store/små bogstaver, så filnavnet "

+"<file>Fil.txt</file> er ikke det samme som <file>FIL.txt</file>. Det er "

+"tilladt at bruge forskellige filnavne på denne måde, men det anbefales ikke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/files-rename.page:102

+msgid "The file name is too long"

+msgstr "Filnavnet er for langt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-rename.page:103

+msgid ""

+"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "

+"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "

+"path to the file (for example, <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-"

+"proposals/…</file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where "

+"possible."

+msgstr ""

+"På nogle filsystemer må filnavne ikke have mere end 255 tegn i deres navne. "

+"Grænsen på 255 tegn inkluderer både filnavnet og stien til filen (f.eks. "

+"<file>/home/ronnie/Dokumenter/arbejde/forretningsforslag/…</file>), så du "

+"bør undgå lange fil- og mappenavne når der er mulighed for det."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/files-rename.page:110

+msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"

+msgstr "Valgmuligheden til at omdøbe er gjort grå"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-rename.page:111

+msgid ""

+"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "

+"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "

+"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="

+"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis <gui>Omdøb</gui> er gjort grå, så har du ikke tilladelse til at omdøbe filen. "

+"Du bør være forsigtig med at omdøbe sådanne filer da omdøbning af visse "

+"beskyttede filer kan få dit system til at blive ustabilt. Se <link xref"

+"=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for mere information."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-search.page:39

+msgid "Locate files based on file name and type."

+msgstr "Find filer baseret på filnavn og -type."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-search.page:42

+msgid "Search for files"

+msgstr "Søg efter filer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-search.page:44

+msgid ""

+"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "

+"the file manager."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan søge efter filer baseret på deres navn eller filtype, direkte i "

+"filhåndteringen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: links/title

+#: C/files-search.page:48

+msgid "Other search applications"

+msgstr "Andre søgeprogrammer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/files-search.page:54 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:115

+msgid "Search"

+msgstr "Søg"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-search.page:56 C/files-share.page:53

+msgid ""

+"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui xref=\"shell-"

+"introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn programmet <app>Filer</app> fra <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"

+"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-search.page:60

+msgid ""

+"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "

+"folder."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du ved hvilke filer du vil have i en bestemt mappe, så gå til den "

+"mappe."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-search.page:64

+msgid ""

+"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name, and they will be "

+"shown in the search bar. For example, if you name all your invoices with the "

+"word “Invoice”, type <input>invoice</input>. Words are matched regardless of "

+"case."

+msgstr ""

+"Skriv et eller flere ord som du ved indgår i filnavnet, og de vil blive vist "

+"i søgelinjen. F.eks. hvis du navngiver alle dine fakturaer med ordet "

+"“Faktura”, så skriv <input>faktura</input>. Der skelnes ikke mellem store og "

+"små bogstaver i ordene."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/files-search.page:69

+msgid ""

+"Instead of typing words directly to bring up the search bar, you can click "

+"the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</"

+"key></keyseq>."

+msgstr ""

+"I stedet for at skrive ord direkte for at få søgelinjen frem, så kan du "

+"klikke på <_:media-1/> i værktøjslinjen eller trykke på "

+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-search.page:77

+msgid ""

+"You can narrow your results by date, by file type, and by whether to search "

+"a file's full text, or to only search for file names."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan indsnævre dine resultater efter dato, efter filtype og efter om der "

+"skal søges efter en fils fulde tekst eller om der kun skal søges efter "

+"filnavne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-search.page:79

+msgid ""

+"To apply filters, select the drop-down menu button to the left of the file "

+"manager's <_:media-1/> icon, and choose from the available filters:"

+msgstr ""

+"Anvend filtre ved at vælge nedrulningsmenuknappen til venstre for "

+"filhåndteringens <_:media-1/>-ikon, og vælge blandt de tilgængelige filtre:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-search.page:85

+msgid "<gui>When</gui>: How far back do you want to search?"

+msgstr "<gui>Hvornår</gui>: Hvor langt tilbage vil du søge?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-search.page:88

+msgid "<gui>What</gui>: What is the type of item?"

+msgstr "<gui>Hvad</gui>: Hvilken type element er det?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-search.page:91

+msgid ""

+"Should your search include a full-text search, or search only the file names?"

+msgstr ""

+"Skal din søgning medtage en fuldtekstsøgning eller kun søge efter "

+"filnavnene?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-search.page:97

+msgid ""

+"To remove a filter, select the <gui>X</gui> beside the filter tag that you "

+"want to remove."

+msgstr ""

+"Fjern et filter ved at vælge <gui>X</gui> ved siden af det filtermærkat du vil "

+"fjerne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-search.page:101

+msgid ""

+"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "

+"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan åbne, kopiere, slette eller på anden måde arbejde med dine filer i "

+"søgeresultaterne, ligesom du ville gøre i en mappe i filhåndteringen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-search.page:106

+msgid ""

+"Click the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to "

+"the folder."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <_:media-1/> i værktøjslinjen igen for at afslutte søgningen og "

+"vende tilbage til mappen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files-search.page:114

+msgid "Customize files search"

+msgstr "Tilpas filsøgning"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-search.page:116

+msgid ""

+"You may want certain directories to be included or excluded from searches in "

+"the <app>Files</app> application. To customize which directories are "

+"searched:"

+msgstr ""

+"Det kan være du vil medtage eller udelukke bestemte mapper fra søgninger i "

+"programmet <app>Filer</app>. Tilpas hvilke mapper der søges i:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-search.page:122

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Search</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og "

+"begynd at skrive <gui>Søg</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-search.page:126

+msgid ""

+"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Search</gui></guiseq> from the "

+"results. This will open the <gui>Search Settings</gui> panel."

+msgstr ""

+"Vælg <guiseq><gui>Indstillinger</gui><gui>Søgning</gui></guiseq> i "

+"resultaterne. Det åbner panelet <gui>Søgeindstillinger</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-search.page:130

+msgid "Click the <gui>Search Locations</gui> button in the header bar."

+msgstr "Klik på knappen <gui>Søgesteder</gui> i hovedbjælken."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-search.page:134

+msgid ""

+"This will open a separate settings panel which allows you toggle directory "

+"searches on or off. You can toggle searches on each of the three tabs:"

+msgstr ""

+"Det åbner et separat indstillingspanel der giver dig mulighed for at tænde "

+"og slukke for mappesøgninger. Du kan slå søgninger til/fra på hver af de tre "

+"faneblade:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-search.page:139

+msgid "<gui>Places</gui>: Lists common home directory locations"

+msgstr "<gui>Steder</gui>: Viser almindelige placeringer fra hjemmemappen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-search.page:142

+msgid ""

+"<gui>Bookmarks</gui>: Lists directory locations that you have bookmarked in "

+"the <app>Files</app> application"

+msgstr ""

+"<gui>Bogmærker</gui>: Viser mappeplaceringer som du har sat bogmærke ved i "

+"programmet <app>Filer</app>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-search.page:146

+msgid ""

+"<gui>Other</gui>: Lists directory locations that you include via the <gui>+</"

+"gui> button."

+msgstr ""

+"<gui>Andet</gui>: Viser mappeplaceringer som du har medtaget via knappen "

+"<gui>+</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-select.page:18

+msgid ""

+"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "

+"which have similar names."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> for at vælge flere "

+"filer med navne der ligner hinanden."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-select.page:22

+msgid "Select files by pattern"

+msgstr "Vælg filer efter mønster"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-select.page:24

+msgid ""

+"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "

+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "

+"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "

+"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "

+"available:"

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan vælge filer i en mappe ved at bruge et mønster på filnavnet. Tryk på "

+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> for at vise vinduet <gui>Vælg "

+"objekter der matcher</gui>. Skriv et mønster med fælles dele af filnavnene "

+"plus jokertegn. Der er to jokertegn tilgængelige:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-select.page:31

+msgid ""

+"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "

+"all."

+msgstr ""

+"<file>*</file> matcher et vilkårligt antal vilkårlige tegn, selv ingen tegn."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-select.page:33

+msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."

+msgstr "<file>?</file> matcher præcist ét vilkårligt tegn."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-select.page:36

+msgid "For example:"

+msgstr "F.eks.:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-select.page:39

+msgid ""

+"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "

+"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "

+"pattern"

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har en OpenDocument-tekstfil, en PDF-fil, og et billede som alle har "

+"det samme grundnavn <file>Faktura</file>, vælges alle tre med mønsteret"

+

+#. (itstool) path: example/p

+#: C/files-select.page:42

+msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"

+msgstr "<file>Faktura.*</file>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-select.page:44

+msgid ""

+"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "

+"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "

+"all with the pattern"

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har nogle billeder, der er navngivet som <file>Ferie-001.jpg</file>, "

+"<file>Ferie-002.jpg</file>, <file>Ferie-003.jpg</file>; så vælges de alle "

+"med mønsteret"

+

+#. (itstool) path: example/p

+#: C/files-select.page:47

+msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"

+msgstr "<file>Ferie-???.jpg</file>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-select.page:49

+msgid ""

+"If you have photos as before, but you have edited some of them and added "

+"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you have "

+"edited, select the edited photos with"

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har billeder som før, men du har redigeret nogle af dem og tilføjet "

+"<file>-redigeret</file> til slutningen af filenavnet på de billeder du har "

+"redigeret, så vælg de redigerede billeder med"

+

+#. (itstool) path: example/p

+#: C/files-select.page:52

+msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"

+msgstr "<file>Ferie-???-redigeret.jpg</file>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-share.page:26

+msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."

+msgstr "Overfør let filer til dine e-mailkontakter fra filhåndteringen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-share.page:30

+msgid "Share files by email"

+msgstr "Del filer via e-mail"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-share.page:42

+msgid ""

+"You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "

+"file manager."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan let dele filer med dine kontakter via e-mail, direkte fra "

+"filhåndteringen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/files-share.page:46

+msgid ""

+"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> or <app>Geary</app> is "

+"installed on your computer, and your email account is configured."

+msgstr ""

+"Inden du begynder, så sørg for at <app>Evolution</app> eller "

+"<app>Geary</app> er installeret på din computer og at din e-mailkonto er "

+"konfigureret."

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/files-share.page:51

+msgid "To share a file by email:"

+msgstr "Del en fil via e-mail:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-share.page:56

+msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."

+msgstr "Find den fil du vil overføre."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-share.page:58

+msgid ""

+"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send to…</gui>. An email compose window "

+"will appear with the file attached."

+msgstr ""

+"Højreklik på filen og vælg <gui>Send til …</gui>. Der vises et vindue til at "

+"skrive e-mail med den vedhæftede fil."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-share.page:61

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "

+"want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "

+"message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/files-share.page:67

+msgid ""

+"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "

+"<key>Ctrl</key> while clicking the files, then right-click any selected file."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-sort.page:27

+msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."

+msgstr "Opstil filer efter navn, størrelse, type eller hvornår de blev ændret."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-sort.page:30

+msgid "Sort files and folders"

+msgstr "Sortér filer og mapper"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-sort.page:36

+msgid ""

+"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "

+"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "

+"list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for "

+"information on how to change the default sort order."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-sort.page:41

+msgid ""

+"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "

+"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "

+"the toolbar."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files-sort.page:46

+msgid "Icon view"

+msgstr "Ikonvisning"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-sort.page:48

+msgid ""

+"To sort files in a different order, click the view options button in the "

+"toolbar and choose <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</"

+"gui>, <gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or <gui>By Access Date</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-sort.page:54

+msgid ""

+"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "

+"their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "

+"options."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-sort.page:58

+msgid ""

+"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "

+"from the menu."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files-sort.page:64

+msgid "List view"

+msgstr "Listevisning"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-sort.page:66

+msgid ""

+"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "

+"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "

+"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/files-sort.page:69

+msgid ""

+"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "

+"columns. Click the view options button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible "

+"Columns…</gui> and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will "

+"then be able to sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> "

+"for descriptions of available columns."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files-sort.page:79

+msgid "Ways of sorting files"

+msgstr "Filsortering"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/files-sort.page:83 C/nautilus-list.page:55 C/net-firewall-ports.page:38

+msgid "Name"

+msgstr "Navn"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-sort.page:84

+msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/files-sort.page:87 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:76

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:62

+msgid "Size"

+msgstr "Størrelse"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-sort.page:88

+msgid ""

+"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "

+"smallest to largest by default."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/files-sort.page:92 C/nautilus-list.page:67

+msgid "Type"

+msgstr "Type"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-sort.page:93

+msgid ""

+"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "

+"together, then sorted by name."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/files-sort.page:97

+msgid "Last Modified"

+msgstr "Sidst ændret"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-sort.page:98

+msgid ""

+"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "

+"to newest by default."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/files-templates.page:13 C/printing-inklevel.page:14

+msgid "Anita Reitere"

+msgstr "Anita Reitere"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-templates.page:27

+msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."

+msgstr "Opret hurtigt nye dokumenter fra tilpassede filskabeloner."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-templates.page:30

+msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"

+msgstr "Skabeloner til almindelige dokumenttyper"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-templates.page:32

+msgid ""

+"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "

+"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "

+"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "

+"could create a template document with your letterhead."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/files-templates.page:38

+msgid "Make a new template"

+msgstr "Opret en ny skabelon"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-templates.page:40

+msgid ""

+"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "

+"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-templates.page:45

+msgid ""

+"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates</file> folder "

+"in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates</file> folder does "

+"not exist, you will need to create it first."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/files-templates.page:52

+msgid "Use a template to create a document"

+msgstr "Brug en skabelon til at oprette et dokument"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-templates.page:54

+msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-templates.page:57

+msgid ""

+"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "

+"style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "

+"be listed in the submenu."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-templates.page:62

+msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/files-templates.page:65

+msgid ""

+"Double-click the file to open it and start editing. You may wish to <link "

+"xref=\"files-rename\">rename the file</link> when you are finished."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files-tilde.page:28

+msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."

+msgstr "De er sikkerhedskopier. De er skjult som standard."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files-tilde.page:31

+msgid "What is a file with a <file>~</file> at the end of its name?"

+msgstr "Hvad er en fil med en <file>~</file> i slutningen af dens navn?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-tilde.page:33

+msgid ""

+"Files with a <file>~</file> at the end of their names (for example, "

+"<file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of "

+"documents edited in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. "

+"It is safe to delete them, but there is no harm to leave them on your "

+"computer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-tilde.page:39

+msgid ""

+"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "

+"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the view options menu "

+"of the <app>Files</app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"

+"key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/files-tilde.page:46

+msgid ""

+"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "

+"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/files.page:27

+msgctxt "link:trail"

+msgid "Files"

+msgstr "Filer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/files.page:29

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"

+"\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link "

+"xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"files-search\">Søgning</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">slet "

+"filer</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">sikkerhedskopier</link>, <link "

+"xref=\"files#removable\">flytbare drev</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/files.page:38

+msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"

+msgstr "Filer, mapper &amp; søgning"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files.page:41

+msgid "Common tasks"

+msgstr "Almindelige opgaver"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files.page:46

+msgid "More file-related tasks"

+msgstr "Flere filrelaterede opgaver"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files.page:51

+msgid "Removable drives and external disks"

+msgstr "Flytbare drev og eksterne diske"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files.page:56

+msgid "Backing up"

+msgstr "Sikkerhedskopiering"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/files.page:61

+msgid "Tips and questions"

+msgstr "Tips og spørgsmål"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/get-involved.page:7

+msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."

+msgstr "Hvordan og hvor problemer med hjælpeemnerne kan rapporteres."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/get-involved.page:22

+msgid "Participate to improve this guide"

+msgstr "Vær med til at forbedre vejledningen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/get-involved.page:26

+msgid "Submit an issue"

+msgstr "Indsend en problemstilling"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/get-involved.page:28

+msgid ""

+"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome "

+"to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "

+"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but are not), you "

+"can submit a <em>new issue</em>. To submit a new issue, go to the <link href="

+"\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\">issue tracker</"

+"link>."

+msgstr ""

+"Hjælpedokumentationen er skabt af et fællesskab af frivillige. Du er "

+"velkommen til at være med. Hvis du støder på et problem med hjælpesiderne "

+"(såsom stavefejl, ukorrekte instruktioner eller emner som bør dækkes men "

+"ikke er), så kan du indsende et <em>nyt issue</em>. Gå til <link "

+"href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\">issue-"

+"trackeren</link> for at indsende et nyt issue."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/get-involved.page:35

+msgid ""

+"You need to register, so you can submit an issue and receive updates by "

+"email about its status. If you do not already have an account, click the "

+"<gui><link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/users/sign_in\">Sign in / "

+"Register</link></gui> button to create one."

+msgstr ""

+"Du skal tilmelde dig for at kunne indsende et issue og modtage opdateringer "

+"via e-mail om dets status. Har du ikke allerede en konto, så klik på knappen "

+"<gui><link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/users/sign_in\">Sign in / "

+"Register</link></gui> for at oprette en."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/get-involved.page:40

+msgid ""

+"Once you have an account, make sure you are logged in, then go back to the "

+"<link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues"

+"\">documentation issue tracker</link> and click <gui><link href=\"https://"

+"gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues/new\">New issue</link></gui>. "

+"Before reporting a new issue, please <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/"

+"GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\">browse</link> for the issue to see if "

+"something similar already exists."

+msgstr ""

+"Når du har en konto, så sørg for at du er logget ind og gå herefter tilbage "

+"til <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues"

+"\">dokumentationens issue-tracker</link> og klik på <gui><link href="

+"\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues/new\">New issue</"

+"link></gui>. <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/"

+"issues\">Gennemse</link> venligst først eksisterende issues for at se om der "

+"allerede findes noget lignende."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/get-involved.page:48

+msgid ""

+"Before submitting your issue, choose the appropriate label in the "

+"<gui>Labels</gui> menu. If you are filing an issue against this "

+"documentation, you should choose the <gui>gnome-help</gui> label. If you are "

+"not sure which component your issue pertains to, do not choose any."

+msgstr ""

+"Inden du indsender dit issue, så vælg den rette etiket i <gui>Labels</gui>-"

+"menuen. Hvis du udfylder et issue til dokumentationen, så skal du vælge etiketten "

+"<gui>gnome-help</gui>. Hvis du er i tvivl om hvilken komponent dit "

+"issue hører til, så undlad at vælge nogen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/get-involved.page:53

+msgid ""

+"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, "

+"choose <gui>Feature</gui> as the label. Fill in the Title and Description "

+"sections and click <gui>Submit issue</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du prøver at få hjælp til et emne som du føler ikke er dækket, så vælg "

+"<gui>Feature</gui> som etiketten. Udfyld titlen og beskrivelsen og klik på "

+"<gui>Submit issue</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/get-involved.page:57

+msgid ""

+"Your issue will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "

+"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"

+msgstr ""

+"Dit issue får et id-nummer og dets status opdateres efterhånden som der "

+"arbejdes på det. Tak fordi du hjælper med at forbedre Hjælp til GNOME!"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/get-involved.page:63

+msgid "Contact us"

+msgstr "Kontakt os"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/get-involved.page:65

+msgid ""

+"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> "

+"to the GNOME docs mailing list to learn more about how to get involved with "

+"the documentation team."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan sende en <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">e-mail</link> "

+"til GNOME docs-mailinglisten for at læse mere om hvordan du kan være en del "

+"af dokumentationsholdet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:23

+msgid ""

+"Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop "

+"experience."

+msgstr ""

+"Overvej at skifte til GNOME Classic hvis du foretrækker en mere traditionel "

+"skrivebordsoplevelse."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:27

+msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"

+msgstr "Hvad er GNOME Classic?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/p

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:31

+msgid ""

+"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "

+"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"

+"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "

+"such as the <gui>Applications</gui> and <gui>Places</gui> menus on the top "

+"bar, and a window list at the bottom of the screen."

+msgstr ""

+"<em>GNOME Classic</em> er en funktionalitet til brugere der foretrækker en "

+"mere traditionel skrivebordsoplevelse. Selvom <em>GNOME Classic</em> er "

+"baseret på <em>GNOME 3</em>-teknologier, så har den nogle ændringer til "

+"brugerfladen såsom menuerne <gui>Programmer</gui> og <gui>Steder</gui> på "

+"toplinjen og en vinduesliste nederst på skærmen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/p

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:39

+msgid ""

+"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional "

+"desktop experience. While <em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</"

+"em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user interface, "

+"such as the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> "

+"and <gui>Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list at the bottom "

+"of the screen."

+msgstr ""

+"<em>GNOME Classic</em> er en funktionalitet til brugere der foretrækker en "

+"mere traditionel skrivebordsoplevelse. Selvom <em>GNOME Classic</em> er "

+"baseret på <em>GNOME 3</em>-teknologier, så har den nogle ændringer til "

+"brugerfladen såsom menuerne <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"

+"\">Programmer</gui> og <gui>Steder</gui> på toplinjen og en vinduesliste "

+"nederst på skærmen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:48

+msgid ""

+"You can use the <gui>Applications</gui> menu on the top bar to launch "

+"applications. The <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</"

+"gui> overview is available by selecting the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> "

+"item from the menu."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan bruge menuen <gui>Programmer</gui> på toplinjen til at starte "

+"programmer. <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"

+"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> er tilgængelig ved at vælge punktet "

+"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigt</gui> i menuen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:53

+msgid ""

+"To access the <em><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em>, you can also press "

+"the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."

+msgstr ""

+"For at få adgang til <em><gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui></em>, kan du også "

+"trykke på <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:57

+msgid "Window list"

+msgstr "Vinduesliste"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#. (itstool) path: when/p

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:59 C/shell-introduction.page:270

+msgid ""

+"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "

+"windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."

+msgstr ""

+"Vindueslisten nederst på skærmen giver adgang til alle dine åbne vinduer og "

+"programmer og lader dig hurtigt minimere og gendanne dem."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:62

+msgid ""

+"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "

+"for the current workspace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "

+"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "

+"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "

+"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."

+msgstr ""

+"Til højre i vindueslisten viser GNOME en kortfattet identifikator for det "

+"nuværende arbejdsområde såsom <gui>1</gui> for det første (øverste) "

+"arbejdsområde. Derudover viser identifikatoren også det samlede antal "

+"tilgængelige arbejdsområder. For at skifte til et andet arbejdsområde kan du "

+"klikke på identifikatoren og vælge det arbejdsområde du vil bruge i menuen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:71

+msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"

+msgstr "Skift til og fra GNOME Classic"

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:74

+msgid ""

+"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell "

+"extensions installed. Some Linux distributions may not have these extensions "

+"available or installed by default."

+msgstr ""

+"GNOME Classic er kun tilgængelig på systemer med bestemte GNOME Shell-"

+"udvidelser installeret. Nogle Linux-distributioner har måske ikke disse "

+"udvidelser tilgængelige eller installeret som standard."

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:80

+msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"

+msgstr "Skift fra <em>GNOME</em> til <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:82 C/gnome-classic.page:107

+msgid ""

+"Save any open work, and then log out. Click the system menu on the right "

+"side of the top bar, click your name and then choose the right option."

+msgstr ""

+"Gem dit igangværende arbejde og log ud. Klik på systemmenuen i højre side af "

+"toplinjen, og klik herefter på dit navn og den ønskede valgmulighed."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:86 C/gnome-classic.page:111

+msgid ""

+"A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm."

+msgstr ""

+"En bekræftelsesmeddelelse vises. Vælg <gui>Log ud</gui> for at bekræfte."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:90 C/gnome-classic.page:115

+msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."

+msgstr "Vælg dit navn i listen på loginskærmen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:93 C/gnome-classic.page:118

+msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."

+msgstr "Indtast din adgangskode i indtastningsboksen til adgangskoden."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:96

+msgid ""

+"Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the <gui>Sign In</"

+"gui> button, and select <gui>GNOME Classic</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på valgmulighedsikonet til venstre for knappen <gui>Log ind</gui> og "

+"vælg <gui>GNOME Classic</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:100 C/gnome-classic.page:125

+msgid "Click the <gui>Sign In</gui> button."

+msgstr "Klik på knappen <gui>Log in</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:105

+msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"

+msgstr "Skift fra <em>GNOME Classic</em> til <em>GNOME</em>:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/gnome-classic.page:121

+msgid ""

+"Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the <gui>Sign In</"

+"gui> button, and select <gui>GNOME</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på valgmulighedsikonet til venstre for knappen <gui>Log ind</gui> og "

+"vælg <gui>GNOME</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/gnome-version.page:16

+msgid "How to determine which version of GNOME is running."

+msgstr "Find ud af hvilken version af GNOME, som kører."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/gnome-version.page:19

+msgid "Determine which version of GNOME is running"

+msgstr "Find ud af hvilken version af GNOME, som kører"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/gnome-version.page:21

+msgid ""

+"You can determine the version of GNOME that is running on your system by "

+"going to the <gui>Details/About</gui> panel in <gui>Settings</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan finde ud af hvilken version af GNOME, som kører på dit system, ved at "

+"gå til panelet <gui>Detaljer/Om</gui> i <gui>Indstillinger</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/gnome-version.page:26

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>About</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Om</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/gnome-version.page:30

+msgid "Click on <gui>About</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Om</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/gnome-version.page:31

+msgid ""

+"A window appears showing information about your system, including your "

+"distribution’s name and the GNOME version."

+msgstr ""

+"Der vises et vindue med information om dit system, inklusive navnet på din "

+"distribution og GNOME-versionen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/hardware-auth.page:13

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingeraftrykslæsere</link>, smart cards …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/hardware-auth.page:24

+msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"

+msgstr "Fingeraftryk &amp; smart cards"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20

+msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers."

+msgstr "Fejlsøg mediekortlæsere."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:23

+msgid "Media card reader problems"

+msgstr "Problemer med mediekortlæser"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:25

+msgid ""

+"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "

+"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"

+"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "

+"not:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:31

+msgid ""

+"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "

+"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "

+"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a small amount "

+"of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come "

+"up against something solid, do not force it.)"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"

+"\">Activities</gui> overview. Does the inserted card appear in the left "

+"sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click "

+"it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or "

+"click <gui style=\"menu\">Files</gui> in the top bar and select the <gui "

+"style=\"menuitem\">Sidebar</gui>.)"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:48

+msgid ""

+"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"

+"key><key>L</key></keyseq>, then type <input>computer:///</input> and press "

+"<key>Enter</key>. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader "

+"should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when "

+"the card has been mounted."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:56

+msgid ""

+"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "

+"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "

+"possible."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:61

+msgid ""

+"If no cards or drives are shown when browsing the <gui>Computer</gui> "

+"location, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due "

+"to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer "

+"instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to "

+"directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "

+"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "

+"supported by Linux."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/hardware-driver.page:17

+msgid ""

+"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "

+"attached to it."

+msgstr ""

+"En hardware-/enhedsdriver gør det muligt for din computer at bruge enheder "

+"som er forbundet til den."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/hardware-driver.page:21

+msgid "What is a driver?"

+msgstr "Hvad er en driver?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/hardware-driver.page:23

+msgid ""

+"Devices are the physical “parts” of your computer. They may be <em>external</"

+"em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like graphics and audio "

+"cards."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/hardware-driver.page:27

+msgid ""

+"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "

+"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "

+"<em>device driver</em>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/hardware-driver.page:31

+msgid ""

+"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "

+"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "

+"the correct driver is not available, you will not be able to use the "

+"printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible "

+"with any other model."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/hardware-driver.page:37

+msgid ""

+"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "

+"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "

+"be installed manually or may not be available at all."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/hardware-driver.page:41

+msgid ""

+"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"

+"functional. For example, you might find that your printer cannot do double-"

+"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13

+msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."

+msgstr "Fejlsøg problemer med skærm og grafikkort."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19

+msgid "Screen problems"

+msgstr "Skærmproblemer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21

+msgid ""

+"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "

+"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "

+"experiencing?"

+msgstr ""

+"De fleste problemer med skærmen forårsages af problemstillinger med "

+"grafikkortdrivere eller -konfiguration. Hvilket emne nedenfor beskriver "

+"bedst det problem du oplever?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/hardware.page:13

+msgctxt "link:trail"

+msgid "Hardware"

+msgstr "Hardware"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/hardware.page:15

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref="

+"\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, "

+"<link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth"

+"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardwareproblemer</link>, <link xref="

+"\"printing\">printere</link>, <link xref=\"power\">strømindstillinger</"

+"link>, <link xref=\"color\">farvestyring</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth"

+"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">diske</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/hardware.page:26

+msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"

+msgstr "Hardware &amp; drivere"

+

+#. (itstool) path: links/title

+#: C/hardware.page:31

+msgid "More topics"

+msgstr "Flere emner"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/hardware.page:36

+msgctxt "link:trail"

+msgid "Problems"

+msgstr "Problemer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/hardware.page:37

+msgctxt "link"

+msgid "Hardware problems"

+msgstr "Hardwareproblemer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/help-irc.page:7

+msgid "Get live support on IRC."

+msgstr "Få livesupport på IRC."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/help-irc.page:19

+msgid "IRC"

+msgstr "IRC"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/help-irc.page:20

+msgid ""

+"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging "

+"system. You can get help and advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME "

+"users and developers."

+msgstr ""

+"IRC står for Internet Relay Chat. Det er et beskedsystem til flere brugere i "

+"realtid. Du kan få hjælp og råd på GNOMEs IRC-server fra andre GNOME-"

+"brugere og -udviklere."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/help-irc.page:25

+msgid ""

+"To connect to the GNOME IRC server, use <app>Polari</app> or <app>HexChat</"

+"app>."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug <app>Polari</app> eller <app>HexChat</app> til at oprette forbindelse "

+"til GNOMEs IRC-server."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/help-irc.page:28

+msgid ""

+"To create an IRC account in Polari, see the <link href=\"help:polari/"

+"\">Polari documentation</link>."

+msgstr ""

+"I <link href=\"help:polari/\">Polaris dokumentation</link> kan du se hvordan "

+"du opretter en IRC-konto."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/help-irc.page:32

+msgid ""

+"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it "

+"referred to as the \"GIMP network\". If your computer is properly configured "

+"you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/> to "

+"access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."

+msgstr ""

+"GNOMEs IRC-server er <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. Du kan også se den omtalt som "

+"GIMP-netværket (\"GIMP network\"). Hvis din computer er konfigureret "

+"korrekt, så kan du klikke på linket <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/"

+"> for at åbne <sys>gnome</sys>-kanalen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/help-irc.page:37

+msgid ""

+"While IRC is a real-time discussion medium, people tend to not reply "

+"immediately, so be patient."

+msgstr ""

+"Selvom IRC er et diskussionsmedie i realtid så har folk det med ikke at "

+"svare lige med det samme, så vær tålmodig."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/help-irc.page:42

+msgid ""

+"Please note the <link href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Foundation/CodeOfConduct"

+"\">GNOME code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."

+msgstr ""

+"Bemærk venligst at <link href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Foundation/"

+"CodeOfConduct\">GNOME-adfærdskodekset</link> gælder når du chatter på IRC."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23

+msgid "Request support by e-mail."

+msgstr "Få hjælp via e-mail."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:26

+msgid "Mailing list"

+msgstr "Mailingliste"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:28

+msgid ""

+"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the "

+"GNOME mailing lists. Almost each GNOME application has its own mailing list. "

+"The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link href=\"http://mail."

+"gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."

+msgstr ""

+"Mailinglister er diskussioner baseret på e-mails. Du kan spørge om hjælp med "

+"GNOME-mailinglisterne. Næsten alle GNOME-programmer har deres egen "

+"mailingliste. Den fulde liste over mailinglister findes på <link href="

+"\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34

+msgid ""

+"You may need to subscribe to the mailing-list before being able to send an "

+"email to it."

+msgstr ""

+"Det kan være nødvendigt at abonnere på mailinglisten inden du kan sende e-"

+"mail til den."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/help-mailing-list.page:38

+msgid ""

+"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user "

+"mailing lists for other languages. For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for "

+"German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to Chile."

+msgstr ""

+"Standardsproget på mailinglisterne er engelsk. Der findes "

+"brugermailinglister til andre sprog. F.eks. <sys>gnome-de</sys> til dem der "

+"taler tysk eller <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for alt hvad der har med Chile at "

+"gøre."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/index.page:7

+msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users."

+msgstr "En vejledning til dem der bruger GNOME 3-skrivebordet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/index.page:9

+msgctxt "link"

+msgid "GNOME Help"

+msgstr "Hjælp til GNOME"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/index.page:10

+msgctxt "text"

+msgid "GNOME Help"

+msgstr "Hjælp til GNOME"

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/span

+#: C/index.page:11

+msgid "Help"

+msgstr "Hjælp"

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/span

+#: C/index.page:16

+msgid "Yelp logo"

+msgstr "Yelp-logo"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/index.page:16

+msgid "<_:media-1/> GNOME Help"

+msgstr "<_:media-1/> Hjælp til GNOME"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:23 C/keyboard-layouts.page:22

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:19 C/keyboard-osk.page:20 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:22 C/keyboard.page:22

+msgid "Julita Inca"

+msgstr "Julita Inca"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:37

+msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."

+msgstr "Få indsættelsespunktet til at blinke og styr hvor hurtigt det blinker."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:41

+msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"

+msgstr "Få tastaturmarkøren til at blinke"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:43

+msgid ""

+"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "

+"make it blink to make it easier to locate."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har svært ved at se tastaturmarkøren i et tekstfelt, så kan du få "

+"den til at blinke, så den er lettere at finde."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:58

+msgid "Press <gui>Cursor Blinking</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."

+msgstr "Tryk på <gui>Markørblink</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Skrivning</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:61

+msgid ""

+"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug skyderen <gui>Hastighed</gui> til at justere hvor hurtigt markøren "

+"blinker."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:15 C/keyboard-layouts.page:30

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26

+msgid "Juanjo Marín"

+msgstr "Juanjo Marín"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:25

+msgid ""

+"The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "

+"than with a right-click."

+msgstr ""

+"<key>Menu</key>-tasten åbner en genvejsmenu med tastaturet frem for med et "

+"højreklik."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29

+msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"

+msgstr "Hvad er <key>Menu</key>-tasten?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:31

+msgid ""

+"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "

+"key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "

+"bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> key, but it can be "

+"placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually "

+"depicted as a cursor hovering above a menu: <_:media-1/>."

+msgstr ""

+"<key>Menu</key>-tasten, også kendt som <em>Program</em>-tasten er en tast "

+"der findes på nogle Windows-orienterede tastaturer. Tasten er gerne nederst "

+"til højre på tastaturet ved siden af <key>Ctrl</key>-tasten, men den kan "

+"være placeret forskellige steder på tastaturet alt efter producenten af "

+"tastaturet. Den har gerne et billede af en markør oven på en menu: "

+"<_:media-1/>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:45

+msgid ""

+"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "

+"keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "

+"mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse button "

+"is not present."

+msgstr ""

+"Tastens primære funktion er at åbne en genvejsmenu med tastaturet frem for "

+"ved at klikke på den højre museknap: det er nyttigt hvis musen eller en "

+"lignende enhed ikke er tilgængelig eller når der ikke er en højre museknap."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:50

+msgid ""

+"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "

+"particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "

+"include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in combination "

+"with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."

+msgstr ""

+"<key>Menu</key>-tasten udelades nogle gange af hensyn til pladsen, specielt "

+"på bærbare tastaturer og bærbare computere. Når det er tilfældet har nogle "

+"tastaturer en <key>Menu</key>-funktionstast der kan aktiveres i kombination "

+"med funktionstasten (<key>Fn</key>)."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:55

+msgid ""

+"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "

+"menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "

+"area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> key, the "

+"context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at "

+"the point when the key is pressed."

+msgstr ""

+"<em>Genvejsmenuen</em> er en menu der vises når du højreklikker. Den menu du "

+"ser, hvis du ser nogle, afhænger af sammenhænget og funktionen i det område "

+"du højreklikkede. Når du bruger <key>Menu</key>-tasten, så vises "

+"genvejsmenuen til det område på skærmen som din markør var over da du "

+"trykkede på tasten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25

+msgid ""

+"The <key>Super</key> key opens the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. You can "

+"usually find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."

+msgstr ""

+"<key>Super</key>-tasten åbner <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>. Du kan gerne "

+"finde den ved siden af <key>Alt</key>-tasten på dit tastatur."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:30

+msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"

+msgstr "Hvad er <key>Super</key>-tasten?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:32

+msgid ""

+"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the <gui>Activities</gui> overview "

+"is displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "

+"keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo on "

+"it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."

+msgstr ""

+"Når du trykker på <key>Super</key>-tasten, så vises "

+"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>. Tasten findes gerne nederst til venstre på "

+"dit tastatur, ved siden af <key>Alt</key>-tasten, og der er gerne et "

+"Windows-logo på den. Den kaldes nogle gange for <em>Windows-tasten</em> "

+"eller systemtasten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:38

+msgid ""

+"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "

+"instead of the Windows key, while Chromebooks have a magnifying glass "

+"instead."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har et Apple-tastatur, så har du en <key>⌘</key>-tast (kommando) i "

+"stedet for Windows-tasten, mens Chromebooks har et forstørrelsesglas i "

+"stedet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:43

+msgid ""

+"To change which key is used to display the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"

+msgstr ""

+"Ændr hvilken tast der bruges til at vise <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:74

+msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tastaturgenveje</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:58

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>System</gui> category, click the row with <gui>Show the "

+"activities overview</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"I kategorien <gui>System</gui> klikkes på rækken med <gui>Vis "

+"aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:62

+msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."

+msgstr "Hold den ønskede tastekombination nede."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/years

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 C/mouse-wakeup.page:29 C/prefs-sharing.page:15

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:24 C/printing-name-location.page:17

+#: C/printing-name-location.page:22 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:25

+#: C/printing-to-file.page:15 C/privacy.page:20 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:29

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:26 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24

+#: C/user-autologin.page:18

+msgid "2013"

+msgstr "2013"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41

+msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."

+msgstr "Tilføj tastaturlayouts og skift mellem dem."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:44

+msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"

+msgstr "Brug alternative tastaturlayouts"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:46

+msgid ""

+"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "

+"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "

+"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "

+"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "

+"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "

+"languages."

+msgstr ""

+"Tastaturer findes med hundredvis af forskellige layouts til forskellige "

+"sprog. Selv til et enkelt sprog er der ofte flere tastaturlayouts såsom "

+"Dvorak-layoutet til engelsk. Du kan få tastaturet til at opføre sig som et "

+"tastatur med et andet layout, uanset hvilke bogstaver og symboler der står "

+"på tasterne. Det er nyttigt hvis du ofte skifter mellem flere sprog."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <gui>Region &amp; sprog</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66

+msgid ""

+"Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the <gui>Input Sources</gui> section, "

+"select the language which is associated with the layout, then select a "

+"layout and press <gui>Add</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på knappen <gui>+</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Inputkilder</gui>, vælg det "

+"sprog som er tilknyttet med layoutet og vælg så et layout og tryk på "

+"<gui>Tilføj</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:73 C/session-formats.page:69

+#: C/session-language.page:89

+msgid ""

+"If there are multiple user accounts on your system, there is a separate "

+"instance of the <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> panel for the login screen. "

+"Click the <gui>Login Screen</gui> button at the top right to toggle between "

+"the two instances."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis der er flere brugerkontoer på dit system, så er der en separat instans "

+"af panelet <gui>Region &amp; sprog</gui> til loginskærmen. Klik på knappen "

+"<gui>Loginskærm</gui> øverst til højre for at skifte mellem de to instanser."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:78

+msgid ""

+"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not available by default when "

+"you click the <gui>+</gui> button. To make also those input sources "

+"available you can open a terminal window by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"

+"key><key>Alt</key><key>T</key></keyseq> and run this command:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/span

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:90 C/keyboard-layouts.page:95

+msgid "preview"

+msgstr "forhåndsvis"

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88

+msgid ""

+"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list of "

+"<gui>Input Sources</gui> and clicking <gui><_:media-1/></gui>"

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan forhåndsvise et billede af et layout ved at vælge det i listen over "

+"<gui>Inputkilder</gui> og klikke på <gui><_:media-1/></gui>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/span

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98

+msgid "preferences"

+msgstr "præferencer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:93

+msgid ""

+"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "

+"those languages because they have a <gui><_:media-1/></gui> icon next to "

+"them. If you want to access these extra parameters, select the language from "

+"the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-2/"

+"></gui> button will give you access to the extra settings."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101

+msgid ""

+"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "

+"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "

+"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you’re writing an article "

+"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "

+"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui "

+"style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select how you want to manage "

+"multiple layouts."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109

+msgid ""

+"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "

+"<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "

+"and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the selected "

+"language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of "

+"available layouts. This gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can "

+"also open an image with the current keyboard layout for reference."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116

+msgid ""

+"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "

+"Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "

+"<gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and backward. By "

+"default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref="

+"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> and to the "

+"previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></"

+"keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: p/media

+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When

+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to

+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to

+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.

+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125

+msgctxt "_"

+msgid ""

+"external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' "

+"md5='2ee80298080e748428543267cb499806'"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:34

+msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."

+msgstr "Brug programmer og skrivebordet uden en mus."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:37

+msgid "Keyboard navigation"

+msgstr "Tastaturnavigation"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:47

+msgid ""

+"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "

+"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "

+"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"

+"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."

+msgstr ""

+"Siden giver information om tastaturnavigation for personer der ikke kan "

+"bruge en mus eller anden pegeenhed, eller som vil bruge et tastatur, så "

+"meget som muligt. For tastaturgenveje der er nyttige for alle brugere se i "

+"stedet <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:53

+msgid ""

+"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "

+"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"

+"mousekeys\"/> for details."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du ikke kan bruge en pegeenhed som en mus, så kan du styre musemarkøren "

+"med det numeriske tastatur på dit tastatur. Se <link xref=\"mouse-"

+"mousekeys\"/> for detaljer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: table/title

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:59

+msgid "Navigate user interfaces"

+msgstr "Naviger i brugerflader"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:61

+msgid "<key>Tab</key> and"

+msgstr "<key>Tab</key> og"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:65

+msgid ""

+"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "

+"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "

+"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "

+"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "

+"text area."

+msgstr ""

+"Flyt tastaturfokusset mellem forskellige styringer. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "

+"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> flytter mellem grupper af styringer såsom fra en "

+"sidebjælke til hovedindholdet. "

+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> kan også slippe fri fra en "

+"styring der selv bruge <key>Tab</key> såsom et tekstområde."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:70

+msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."

+msgstr "Hold <key>Skift</key> nede for at flytte fokus i omvendt rækkefølge."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:74

+msgid "Arrow keys"

+msgstr "Piletaster"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76

+msgid ""

+"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "

+"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "

+"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."

+msgstr ""

+"Flyt markeringen mellem elementer i en enkelt styring eller blandt et sæt "

+"relaterede styringer. Brug piletasterne til at give fokus til knapper på en "

+"værktøjslinje, vælge elementer i en liste- eller ikonvisning, eller vælge en "

+"radioknap i en gruppe."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Piletaster</keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:83

+msgid ""

+"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "

+"changing which item is selected."

+msgstr ""

+"I en liste- eller ikonvisning flyttes tastaturfokusset til et andet element "

+"uden at ændre hvilke element som er valgt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key>Piletaster</keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:88

+msgid ""

+"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "

+"the newly focused item."

+msgstr ""

+"I en liste- eller ikonvisning markeres alle elementer fra det valgte element "

+"til det element der sidst havde fokus."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90

+msgid ""

+"In a tree view, items that have children can be expanded or collapsed, to "

+"show or hide their children: expand by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</"

+"key><key>→</key></keyseq>, and collapse by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</"

+"key><key>←</key></keyseq>."

+msgstr ""

+"I en trævisning kan elementer som har underelementer udfoldes eller "

+"sammenfoldes for at vise eller skjule deres underelementer: udfold ved at "

+"trykke på <keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>→</key></keyseq> og sammenfold ved at "

+"trykke på <keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>←</key></keyseq>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96

+msgid "<key>Space</key>"

+msgstr "<key>Mellemrum</key>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:97

+msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."

+msgstr ""

+"Aktivér et element med fokus såsom en knap, afkrydsningsboks eller "

+"listepunkt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:101

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102

+msgid ""

+"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "

+"deselecting other items."

+msgstr ""

+"In en liste- eller ikonvisning vælges eller fravælges elementet med "

+"fokus uden at fravælge andre elementer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106

+msgid "<key>Alt</key>"

+msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107

+msgid ""

+"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "

+"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "

+"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "

+"on it."

+msgstr ""

+"Hold <key>Alt</key>-tasten nede for at vise <em>acceleratorer</em>: "

+"understregede bogstaver i menupunkter, knapper og andre styringer. Tryk på "

+"<key>Alt</key> plus det understregede bogstav for at aktivere en styring, "

+"ligesom hvis du havde klikket på den."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113

+msgid "<key>Esc</key>"

+msgstr "<key>Esc</key>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:114

+msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."

+msgstr "Afslut en menu, pop op, skifter eller dialogvindue."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:117

+msgid "<key>F10</key>"

+msgstr "<key>F10</key>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:118

+msgid ""

+"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "

+"navigate the menus."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn den første menu på menulinjen af et vindue. Brug piletasterne til at "

+"navigere menuerne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:122

+msgid ""

+"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr ""

+"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124

+msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."

+msgstr "Åbn programmenuen på toplinjen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:127

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> eller"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:128

+msgid "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key>"

+msgstr "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:130

+msgid ""

+"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"

+"clicked."

+msgstr ""

+"Vis genvejsmenuen til den nuværende markering, ligesom hvis du havde højreklikket."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:135

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136

+msgid ""

+"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "

+"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."

+msgstr ""

+"Vis genvejsmenuen til den nuværende mappe i filhåndteringen, som om du "

+"havde højreklikket på baggrunden og ikke på et element."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:140

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:141 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:111

+msgid "and"

+msgstr "og"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:142

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:143

+msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."

+msgstr ""

+"Skift til fanebladet til venstre eller højre, i en brugerflade med faneblade."

+

+#. (itstool) path: table/title

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:149

+msgid "Navigate the desktop"

+msgstr "Naviger på skrivebordet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:166 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:229

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:167

+msgid ""

+"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "

+"key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "

+"release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</"

+"key></keyseq> feature."

+msgstr ""

+"Gennemløb vinduer i det samme program. Hold <key>Alt</key>-tasten nede og "

+"tryk på <key>F6</key> indtil det ønskede vindue fremhæves, og slip så "

+"<key>Alt</key>. Det er samme fremgangsmåde som <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>½</"

+"key></keyseq>-funktionen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:225

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174

+msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."

+msgstr "Gennemløb alle åbne vinduer i et arbejdsområde."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:135

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:178

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">Open the notification "

+"list.</link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">Åbn "

+"påmindelseslisten</link>. Tryk på <key>Esc</key> for at lukke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: table/title

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184

+msgid "Navigate windows"

+msgstr "Naviger i vinduer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:186 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:414

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:187

+msgid "Close the current window."

+msgstr "Luk det nuværende vindue."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190

+msgid ""

+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"

+"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr ""

+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> eller <keyseq><key>Super</"

+"key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:192

+msgid ""

+"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</"

+"key><key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</"

+"key></keyseq> both maximizes and restores."

+msgstr ""

+"Gendan et maksimeret vindue til den oprindelige størrelse. Brug "

+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> til at maksimere. "

+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> både maksimerer og gendanner."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:198 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:438

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199

+msgid ""

+"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "

+"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "

+"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."

+msgstr ""

+"Flyt det nuværende vindue. Tryk på "

+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> og brug så piletasterne til at "

+"flytte vinduet. Tryk på <key>Enter</key> for at færdiggøre flytningen af "

+"vinduet eller <key>Esc</key> for at vende tilbage til den oprindelige "

+"placering."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:205 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:450

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:206

+msgid ""

+"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"

+"keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"

+"key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "

+"original size."

+msgstr ""

+"Tilpas størrelsen på det nuværende vindue. Tryk på "

+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> og brug så piletasterne til at "

+"tilpasse størrelsen på vinduet. Tryk på <key>Enter</key> for at færdiggøre "

+"tilpasningen af størrelsen på vinduet eller <key>Esc</key> for at vende "

+"tilbage til dets oprindelige størrelse."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:221

+msgid ""

+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"

+"key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr ""

+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> eller "

+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:224

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "

+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"

+"key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size."

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maksimer</link> er vindue. Tryk på "

+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> eller "

+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> for at gendanne et maksimeret "

+"vindue til dets oprindelige størrelse."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:230 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:418

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:231

+msgid "Minimize a window."

+msgstr "Minimer et vindue."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:234 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:470

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:235

+msgid ""

+"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "

+"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"

+"key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."

+msgstr ""

+"Maksimer et vindue lodret langs den venstre side af skærmen. Tryk igen for "

+"at gendanne vinduet til dets forrige størrelse. Tryk på "

+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> for at skifte side."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:241 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:474

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:242

+msgid ""

+"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "

+"to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"

+"key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."

+msgstr ""

+"Maksimer et vindue lodret langs den højre side af skærmen. Tryk igen for at "

+"gendanne vinduet til dets forrige størrelse. Tryk på "

+"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> for at skifte side."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:248 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:410

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:249

+msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."

+msgstr "Vis vinduesmenuen ligesom hvis du højdeklikkede på titellinjen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:16

+msgid "Jeremy Bicha"

+msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:32

+msgid ""

+"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse "

+"or a touchscreen."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug et skærmtastatur til at indtaste tekst ved at klikke på knapper med "

+"musen eller en berøringsfølsom skærm."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38

+msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard"

+msgstr "Brug et skærmtastatur"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:40

+msgid ""

+"If you do not have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "

+"it, you can turn on the <em>on-screen keyboard</em> to enter text."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du ikke har et tastatur tilsluttet din computer eller foretrækker "

+"ikke at bruge det, så kan du tænde for <em>skærmtastaturet</em> for at "

+"indtaste tekst."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:44

+msgid ""

+"The on-screen keyboard is automatically enabled if you use a touchscreen"

+msgstr ""

+"Skærmtastaturet aktiveres automatisk hvis du bruger en berøringsfølsom skærm"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:60

+msgid "Switch on <gui>Screen Keyboard</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."

+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Skærmtastatur</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Indtastning</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:65

+msgid ""

+"When you next have the opportunity to type, the on-screen keyboard will open "

+"at the bottom of the screen."

+msgstr ""

+"Næste gang du har muligheden for at skrive åbnes skærmtastaturet nederst på "

+"skærmen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:68

+msgid ""

+"Press the <gui style=\"button\">?123</gui> button to enter numbers and "

+"symbols. More symbols are available if you then press the <gui style=\"button"

+"\">=/&lt;</gui> button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, press the <gui "

+"style=\"button\">ABC</gui> button."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på knappen <gui style=\"button\">?123</gui> for at indtaste tal og "

+"symboler. Der er flere symboler hvis du herefter trykker på <gui "

+"style=\"button\">=/&lt;</gui>-tasten. Vend tilbage til det alfabetiske "

+"tastatur ved at trykke på knappen <gui style=\"button\">ABC</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/span

+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:74

+msgid "down"

+msgstr "ned"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:73

+msgid ""

+"You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> button to hide "

+"the keyboard temporarily. The keyboard will show again automatically when "

+"you next press on something where you can use it."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan trykke på knappen <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> for at "

+"skjule tastaturet midlertidigt. Tastaturet vises automatisk igen næste gang "

+"du trykker på noget hvor du kan bruge det."

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/span

+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:78

+msgid "flag"

+msgstr "flag"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:77

+msgid ""

+"Press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> button to change your "

+"settings for <link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link> or <link xref="

+"\"keyboard-layouts\">Input Sources</link>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på knappen <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> for at ændre dine "

+"indstillinger for <link xref=\"session-language\">Sprog</link> eller <link "

+"xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Indtastningskilder</link>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:37

+msgid ""

+"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "

+"delay and speed of repeat keys."

+msgstr ""

+"Få tastaturet til ikke at gentage bogstaver når du holder en tast nede, "

+"eller ændr forsinkelsen og hastigheden på gentagende taster."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41

+msgid "Manage repeated key presses"

+msgstr "Håndter gentagne tastetryk"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43

+msgid ""

+"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "

+"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "

+"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "

+"how long it takes before key presses start repeating, or how quickly key "

+"presses repeat."

+msgstr ""

+"Når du holder en tast nede på dit tastatur, så gentages bogstavet eller "

+"symbolet indtil du slipper tasten som standard. Hvis du har svært ved at "

+"fjerne din finger hurtigt nok, så kan du deaktivere funktionaliteten eller "

+"ændre hvor længe det tager inden tastetryk begynder at blive gentaget eller "

+"hvor hurtigt tastetryk gentages."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:61

+msgid "Press <gui>Repeat Keys</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."

+msgstr "Tryk på <gui>Gentagende taster</gui> i afsnittet <gui>Skrivning</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:64

+msgid "Switch the <gui>Repeat Keys</gui> switch to off."

+msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Gentagende taster</gui>-kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:65

+msgid ""

+"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "

+"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"

+"gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."

+msgstr ""

+"Eller juster skyderen <gui>Ventetid</gui> for at styre hvor længe du skal "

+"holde en tast nede for at gentage den eller juster skyderen "

+"<gui>Hastighed</gui> for at styre hvor hurtigt tastetryk gentages."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44

+msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."

+msgstr "Angiv eller ændr tastaturgenveje i indstillingerne <gui>Tastatur</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48

+msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"

+msgstr "Indstil tastaturgenveje"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:63

+msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"

+msgstr ""

+"Ændr den tast eller de taster der skal trykkes på for en tastaturgenvej:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77

+msgid ""

+"Click the row for the desired action. The <gui>Set shortcut</gui> window "

+"will be shown."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på rækken for den ønskede handling. Vinduet <gui>Angiv genvej</gui> "

+"vises."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81

+msgid ""

+"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "

+"reset, or press <key>Esc</key> to cancel."

+msgstr ""

+"Hold den ønskede tastekombination nede eller tryk på <key>Backspace</key> "

+"for at nulstille, eller tryk på <key>Esc</key> for at annullere."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88

+msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"

+msgstr "Prædefinerede genveje"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89

+msgid ""

+"There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "

+"into these categories:"

+msgstr ""

+"Der findes flere prækonfigurerede genveje som kan ændres, grupperet i "

+"følgende kategorier:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: table/title

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:93

+msgid "Launchers"

+msgstr "Programstartere"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:95

+msgid "Home folder"

+msgstr "Hjemmemappe"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96

+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or <key>Explorer</key>"

+msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <_:media-2/> eller <key>Explorer</key>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:99

+msgid "Launch calculator"

+msgstr "Start lommeregner"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100

+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Calculator</key>"

+msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <key>Calculator</key>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:103

+msgid "Launch email client"

+msgstr "Start e-mailklient"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:104

+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Mail</key>"

+msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <key>Mail</key>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:107

+msgid "Launch help browser"

+msgstr "Start hjælpebrowser"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:108 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:129

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:177 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:181

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:185 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:209

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:213 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:217

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:221 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:233

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:374 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:378

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:382 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:386

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:422 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:430

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:434 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:442

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:446 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:466

+msgid "Disabled"

+msgstr "Deaktiveret"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:111

+msgid "Launch web browser"

+msgstr "Start webbrowser"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:112

+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or <key>WWW</key>"

+msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <_:media-2/> eller <key>WWW</key>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:116

+msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Search</key>"

+msgstr "<_:media-1/> eller <key>Search</key>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:119

+msgid "Settings"

+msgstr "Indstillinger"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:120

+msgid "<key>Tools</key>"

+msgstr "<key>Tools</key>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: table/title

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126

+msgid "Navigation"

+msgstr "Navigation"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:128

+msgid "Hide all normal windows"

+msgstr "Skjul alle normale vinduer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:132

+msgid "Move to workspace above"

+msgstr "Flyt til arbejdsområdet ovenfor"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:133 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:136

+msgid "Move to workspace below"

+msgstr "Flyt til arbejdsområdet nedenfor"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:137 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:140

+msgid "Move window one monitor down"

+msgstr "Flyt vindue én skærm ned"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:141

+msgid ""

+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>↓</"

+"key></keyseq>"

+msgstr ""

+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"

+"super\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:144

+msgid "Move window one monitor to the left"

+msgstr "Flyt vindue én skærm til venstre"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:145 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:119

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:148

+msgid "Move window one monitor to the right"

+msgstr "Flyt vindue én skærm til højre"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:149 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:123

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:152

+msgid "Move window one monitor up"

+msgstr "Flyt vindue én skærm op"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:153

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:156

+msgid "Move window one workspace down"

+msgstr "Flyt vindue ét arbejdsområde ned"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:157 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:112

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:161

+msgid "Move window one workspace up"

+msgstr "Flyt vindue ét arbejdsområde op"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:166

+msgid "Move window to last workspace"

+msgstr "Flyt vindue til sidste arbejdsområde"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171

+msgid "Move window to workspace 1"

+msgstr "Flyt vindue til arbejdsområde 1"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:172

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:176

+msgid "Move window to workspace 2"

+msgstr "Flyt vindue til arbejdsområde 2"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:180

+msgid "Move window to workspace 3"

+msgstr "Flyt vindue til arbejdsområde 3"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:184

+msgid "Move window to workspace 4"

+msgstr "Flyt vindue til arbejdsområde 4"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:188

+msgid "Switch applications"

+msgstr "Skift programmer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:189 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:192

+msgid "Switch system controls"

+msgstr "Skift systemstyring"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:193 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196

+msgid "Switch system controls directly"

+msgstr "Skift systemstyring direkte"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:197

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:200

+msgid "Switch to last workspace"

+msgstr "Skift til sidste arbejdsområde"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:201

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:204

+msgid "Switch to workspace 1"

+msgstr "Skift til arbejdsområde 1"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:205

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:208

+msgid "Switch to workspace 2"

+msgstr "Skift til arbejdsområde 2"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:212

+msgid "Switch to workspace 3"

+msgstr "Skift til arbejdsområde 3"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:216

+msgid "Switch to workspace 4"

+msgstr "Skift til arbejdsområde 4"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:220

+msgid "Switch windows"

+msgstr "Skift vinduer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:224

+msgid "Switch windows directly"

+msgstr "Skift vinduer direkte"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:228

+msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"

+msgstr "Skift vinduer af et program direkte"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232

+msgid "Switch windows of an application"

+msgstr "Skift vinduer af et program"

+

+#. (itstool) path: table/title

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:238

+msgid "Screenshots"

+msgstr "Skærmbilleder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240

+msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"

+msgstr "Kopiér et skærmbillede af et vindue til udklipsholderen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:241

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244

+msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"

+msgstr "Kopiér et skærmbillede af et område til udklipsholderen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:245

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248

+msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"

+msgstr "Kopiér et skærmbillede til udklipsholderen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:249

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252

+msgid "Record a short screencast"

+msgstr "Optag en kort skærmoptagelse"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:253

+msgid ""

+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"

+msgstr ""

+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:257

+msgid "Save a screenshot of a window to Pictures"

+msgstr "Gem et skærmbillede af et vindue til Billeder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:258

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:261

+msgid "Save a screenshot of an area to Pictures"

+msgstr "Gem et skærmbillede af et område til Billeder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:262

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:265

+msgid "Save a screenshot to Pictures"

+msgstr "Gem et skærmbillede til Billeder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:266

+msgid "<key>Print</key>"

+msgstr "<key>Print</key>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: table/title

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:271

+msgid "Sound and Media"

+msgstr "Lyd og medie"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273

+msgid "Eject"

+msgstr "Skub ud"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:274

+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Eject)"

+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (skub ud)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:277

+msgid "Launch media player"

+msgstr "Start medieafspiller"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:278

+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio media)"

+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd medie)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:281

+msgid "Next track"

+msgstr "Næste spor"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:282

+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio next)"

+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd næste)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284

+msgid "Pause playback"

+msgstr "Sæt afspilning på pause"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:285

+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio pause)"

+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd pause)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288

+msgid "Play (or play/pause)"

+msgstr "Afspil (eller afspil/pause)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:289

+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio play)"

+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd afspil)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292

+msgid "Previous track"

+msgstr "Forrige spor"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:293

+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio previous)"

+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd forrige)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296

+msgid "Stop playback"

+msgstr "Stop afspilning"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:297

+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio stop)"

+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd stop)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300

+msgid "Volume down"

+msgstr "Lavere"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:301

+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio lower volume)"

+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd lavere)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304

+msgid "Volume mute"

+msgstr "Lydløs"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:305

+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio mute)"

+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd lydløs)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:308

+msgid "Volume up"

+msgstr "Højere"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309

+msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio raise volume)"

+msgstr "<_:media-1/> (lyd højere)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: table/title

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:314

+msgid "System"

+msgstr "System"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316

+msgid "Focus the active notification"

+msgstr "Giv fokus til den aktive påmindelse"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320

+msgid "Lock screen"

+msgstr "Lås skærm"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:131

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324

+msgid "Show the Power Off / Restart dialog"

+msgstr "Vis dialogen sluk/genstart"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:127

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328

+msgid "Open the application menu"

+msgstr "Åbn programmenuen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:332

+msgid "Restore the keyboard shortcuts"

+msgstr "Gendan tastaturgenvejene"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:333

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336

+msgid "Show all applications"

+msgstr "Vis alle programmer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340

+msgid "Show the activities overview"

+msgstr "Vis aktivitetsoversigten"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344

+msgid "Show the notification list"

+msgstr "Vis påmindelseslisten"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348

+msgid "Show the overview"

+msgstr "Vis oversigten"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352

+msgid "Show the run command prompt"

+msgstr "Vis prompten Kør kommando"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: table/title

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:358

+msgid "Typing"

+msgstr "Skrivning"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:360

+msgid "Switch to next input source"

+msgstr "Skift til den næste indtastningskilde"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365

+msgid "Switch to previous input source"

+msgstr "Skift til den forrige indtastningskilde"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:366

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>Mellemrum</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373

+msgid "Decrease text size"

+msgstr "Mindre tekst"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377

+msgid "High contrast on or off"

+msgstr "Høj kontrast til eller fra"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381

+msgid "Increase text size"

+msgstr "Større tekst"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385

+msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"

+msgstr "Slå skærmtastatur til eller fra"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389

+msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"

+msgstr "Slå skærmlæser til eller fra"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:390

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393

+msgid "Turn zoom on or off"

+msgstr "Slå zoom til eller fra"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:394

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397

+msgid "Zoom in"

+msgstr "Zoom ind"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:398

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401

+msgid "Zoom out"

+msgstr "Zoom ud"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:402

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: table/title

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:407

+msgid "Windows"

+msgstr "Vinduer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409

+msgid "Activate the window menu"

+msgstr "Aktivér vinduesmenuen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413

+msgid "Close window"

+msgstr "Luk vinduet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417

+msgid "Hide window"

+msgstr "Skjul vinduet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421

+msgid "Lower window below other windows"

+msgstr "Sænk vinduet under de andre vinduer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425

+msgid "Maximize window"

+msgstr "Maksimer vinduet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:426

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429

+msgid "Maximize window horizontally"

+msgstr "Maksimer vinduet vandret"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433

+msgid "Maximize window vertically"

+msgstr "Maksimer vinduet lodret"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437

+msgid "Move window"

+msgstr "Flyt vinduet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441

+msgid "Raise window above other windows"

+msgstr "Løft vinduet over de andre vinduer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:445

+msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"

+msgstr "Løft vinduet hvis det er tildækket, ellers sænk det"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449

+msgid "Resize window"

+msgstr "Tilpas størrelsen på vinduet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453

+msgid "Restore window"

+msgstr "Gendan vinduet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:454

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:457

+msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"

+msgstr "Fuldskærmstilstand til/fra"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461

+msgid "Toggle maximization state"

+msgstr "Maksimeret tilstand til/fra"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:462

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:465

+msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"

+msgstr "Vindue på alle arbejdsområder eller ét til/fra"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469

+msgid "View split on left"

+msgstr "Opdelt visning til venstre"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:473

+msgid "View split on right"

+msgstr "Opdelt visning til højre"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:481

+msgid "Custom shortcuts"

+msgstr "Tilpassede genveje"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:483

+msgid ""

+"To create your own application keyboard shortcut in the <app>Keyboard</app> "

+"settings:"

+msgstr ""

+"Opret din egen tastaturgenvej til et program i indstillingerne "

+"<app>Tastatur</app>:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:488

+msgid ""

+"Click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button. The <gui>Add Custom "

+"Shortcut</gui> window will appear."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på knappen <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>. Vinduet <gui>Tilføj "

+"brugertilpasset genvej</gui> vises."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:492

+msgid ""

+"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "

+"run an application. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open "

+"<app>Rhythmbox</app>, you could name it <input>Music</input> and use the "

+"<input>rhythmbox</input> command."

+msgstr ""

+"Skriv et <gui>Navn</gui> til at identificere genvejen og en <gui>Kommando</"

+"gui> til at køre et program. Hvis du f.eks. vil have genvejen til at åbne "

+"<app>Rhythmbox</app>, så kan du kalde den <input>Musik</input> og bruge "

+"kommandoen <input>rhythmbox</input>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:499

+msgid ""

+"Click the row that was just added. When the <gui>Set Custom Shortcut</gui> "

+"window opens, hold down the desired shortcut key combination."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på den række som lige er blevet tilføjet. Når vinduet <gui>Angiv "

+"brugertilpasset genvej</gui> åbnes, så hold den ønskede "

+"tastekombination til genvejen nede."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:504 C/user-add.page:83

+msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilføj</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:508

+msgid ""

+"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "

+"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "

+"The command that opens an application cannot have the same name as the "

+"application itself."

+msgstr ""

+"Det kommandonavn du skriver skal være en gyldig systemkommando. Du kan "

+"tjekke at kommandoen virker ved at åbne en terminal og skrive den der. "

+"Kommandoen der åbner et program må ikke have samme navn som selve programmet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:513

+msgid ""

+"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "

+"shortcut, click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Set Custom "

+"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du vil ændre den kommando der er tilknyttet en tilpasset "

+"tastaturgenvej, så klik på genvejens <em>navn</em>. Vinduet <gui>Angiv "

+"brugertilpasset genvej</gui> vises og du kan redigere kommandoen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/keyboard.page:11

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref="

+"\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility"

+"\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Tastaturlayouts</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"

+"cursor-blink\">markørblink</link>, <link "

+"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">tastaturtilgængelighed</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/keyboard.page:32

+msgid "Keyboard"

+msgstr "Tastatur"

+

+#. (itstool) path: links/title

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/keyboard.page:35 C/prefs-language.page:26

+msgid "Region &amp; Language"

+msgstr "Region &amp; sprog"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/look-background.page:21

+msgid "April Gonzales"

+msgstr "April Gonzales"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/look-background.page:49

+msgid "Ivan Stanton"

+msgstr "Ivan Stanton"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/look-background.page:55

+msgid "Set an image as your desktop background."

+msgstr "Indstil et billede som baggrund på dit skrivebord."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/look-background.page:58

+msgid "Change the desktop background"

+msgstr "Skift baggrund på skrivebordet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/look-background.page:60

+msgid "To change the image used for your backgrounds:"

+msgstr "Skift billedet som bruges på dine baggrunde:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/look-background.page:64

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Background</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Baggrund</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/look-background.page:68

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>Background</gui> to open the panel. The currently selected "

+"wallpaper is shown at the top."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <gui>Baggrund</gui> for at åbne panelet. Det valgte tapet vises "

+"øverst."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/look-background.page:72

+msgid "There are two ways to change the image used for your backgrounds:"

+msgstr ""

+"Der findes to måder til at ændre billedet der bruges til dine baggrunde:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/look-background.page:75

+msgid "Click one of the background images which are shipped with the system."

+msgstr "Klik på et af de baggrundsbilleder der følger med dit system."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/look-background.page:78

+msgid ""

+"Some wallpapers change throughout the day. These wallpapers have a small "

+"clock icon in the bottom-right corner."

+msgstr ""

+"Nogle tapeter ændres i løbet af dagen. De har et lille ikon med et ur i nederste "

+"højre hjørne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/look-background.page:83

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>Add Picture…</gui> to use one of your own photos. By default, the "

+"<file>Pictures</file> folder will be opened, since most photo management "

+"applications store photos there."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <gui>Tilføj billede …</gui> for at bruge et af dine egne billeder. "

+"Som standard åbnes mappen <file>Billeder</file> eftersom de fleste "

+"billedhåndteringsprogrammer gemmer billeder der."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/look-background.page:90

+msgid "The settings are applied immediately."

+msgstr "Indstillingerne anvendes med det samme."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/look-background.page:92

+msgid ""

+"For another way to set one of your own photos as the background, right-click "

+"on the image file in <app>Files</app> and select <gui>Set as Wallpaper</"

+"gui>, or open the image file in <app>Image Viewer</app>, click the menu "

+"button in the titlebar and select <gui>Set as Wallpaper</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"En anden måde til at indstille et af dine egne billeder som baggrunden er "

+"ved at højreklikke på billedfilen i <app>Filer</app> og vælge <gui>Benyt som "

+"baggrundsbillede</gui>, eller åbne billedfilen i "

+"<app>Billedfremviser</app>, klikke på menuknappen på titellinjen og vælge "

+"<gui>Anvend som baggrund</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/look-background.page:100

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "

+"to view your entire desktop."

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Skift til et tomt arbejdsområde</"

+"link> for at vise hele dit skrivebord."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:37

+msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."

+msgstr "Skærmopløsningen kan være indstillet forkert."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:40

+msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"

+msgstr "Hvorfor er tingene slørede/pixelerede på min skærm?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:42

+msgid ""

+"The display resolution that is configured may not be the correct one for "

+"your screen. To solve this:"

+msgstr ""

+"Den skærmopløsning som er konfigureret er måske ikke den korrekte til din "

+"skærm. Ret det:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:54

+msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Skærme</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57

+msgid ""

+"Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and select the one that makes "

+"the screen look better."

+msgstr ""

+"Prøv nogle af valgmulighederne for <gui>Opløsning</gui> og vælg en der får "

+"din skærm til at se bedre ud."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:63

+msgid "When multiple displays are connected"

+msgstr "Når flere skærme er tilsluttet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:70

+msgid ""

+"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "

+"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different optimal, or "

+"<link xref=\"look-resolution#native\">native</link>, resolutions."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har to skærme tilsluttet til computeren (f.eks. en normal skærm og "

+"en projektor), så har de måske forskellige optimale eller <link xref=\"look-"

+"resolution#native\">egne</link> opløsninger."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:74

+msgid ""

+"Using <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Mirror</link> mode, you can "

+"display the same thing on two screens. Both screens use the same resolution, "

+"which may not match the native resolution of either screen, so the sharpness "

+"of the image may suffer on both screens."

+msgstr ""

+"Med tilstanden <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Kloning</link> kan "

+"du vise det samme på to skærme. Begge skærme bruger den samme opløsning, som "

+"måske ikke er det samme som egen opløsning på hverken den ene eller den "

+"anden skærm, så det kan gå ud over billedets skarphed."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:79

+msgid ""

+"Using <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Join Displays</link> mode, "

+"the resolution of each screen can be set independently, so they can both be "

+"set to their native resolution."

+msgstr ""

+"Med tilstanden <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Sammenføj "

+"skærme</link> kan opløsningen på hver skærm indstilles hver for sig, så de "

+"begge kan indstilles til deres egne opløsning."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/look-resolution.page:40

+msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."

+msgstr "Skift skærmens opløsning og dens orientering (drejning)."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/look-resolution.page:44

+msgid "Change the resolution or orientation of the screen"

+msgstr "Skift opløsningen eller orienteringen af skærmen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/look-resolution.page:46

+msgid ""

+"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "

+"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "

+"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "

+"<em>rotation</em>."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan ændre hvor store (og hvor detaljerede) tingene vises på skærmen ved "

+"at ændre <em>skærmopløsningen</em>. Du kan ændre hvilken vej der er op "

+"(f.eks. hvis du har en skærm der kan drejes) ved at ændre "

+"<em>drejningen</em>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/look-resolution.page:65

+msgid ""

+"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "

+"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har flere skærme og de ikke er klonede, så kan du have forskellige "

+"indstillinger på hver skærm. Vælg en skærm i forhåndsvisningsområdet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/look-resolution.page:81

+msgid "Resolution"

+msgstr "Opløsning"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/look-resolution.page:83

+msgid ""

+"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "

+"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"

+"em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16∶9 "

+"aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4∶3. If you choose a resolution "

+"that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be "

+"letterboxed to avoid distortion, by adding black bars to the top and bottom "

+"or both sides of the screen."

+msgstr ""

+"Opløsningen er det antal pixels (punkter på skærmen) der kan vises i hver "

+"retning. Hver opløsning har et <em>højde/bredde-forhold</em>, forholdet "

+"mellem bredden og højden. Widescreen-skærme bruger et højde/bredde-forhold "

+"på 16∶9 mens traditionelle skærme bruger 4∶3. Hvis du vælger en opløsning "

+"der ikke passer med højde/bredde-forholdet på din skærm, så bliver skærmen "

+"som en brevsprække for at undgå forvrængning, ved at tilføje sorte bjælker "

+"øverste og nederst eller på begge sider af skærmen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/look-resolution.page:91

+msgid ""

+"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"

+"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "

+"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan vælge den opløsning du foretrækker i rullegardinslisten "

+"<gui>Opløsning</gui>. Hvis du vælger en der ikke er god til din skærm, så "

+"kan den <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">se sløret eller pixeleret</link> ud."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/look-resolution.page:98

+msgid "Native Resolution"

+msgstr "Egen opløsning"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/look-resolution.page:100

+msgid ""

+"The <em>native resolution</em> of a laptop screen or LCD monitor is the one "

+"that works best: the pixels in the video signal will line up precisely with "

+"the pixels on the screen. When the screen is required to show other "

+"resolutions, interpolation is necessary to represent the pixels, causing a "

+"loss of image quality."

+msgstr ""

+"På skærmen på en bærbar computer eller LCD-skærm er <em>egen opløsning</em> den der "

+"virker bedst: pixlerne i videosignalet står præcist på linje på skærmen. Når "

+"skærmen skal vise andre opløsninger, så er det nødvendigt at bruge interpolering for at "

+"vise pixlerne, hvilket forårsager et tab i billedkvaliteten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/look-resolution.page:109

+msgid "Refresh Rate"

+msgstr "Opdateringshastighed"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/look-resolution.page:111

+msgid ""

+"The refresh rate is the number of times per second the screen image is "

+"drawn, or refreshed."

+msgstr ""

+"Opdateringshastigheden er det antal gange pr. sekund skærmbilledet tegnes, "

+"eller genopfriskes."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/look-resolution.page:116

+msgid "Scale"

+msgstr "Skalering"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/look-resolution.page:118

+msgid ""

+"The scale setting increases the size of objects shown on the screen to match "

+"the density of your display, making them easier to read. Choose <gui>100%</"

+"gui> or <gui>200%</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Skaleringsindstillingen øger størrelsen på de objekter der vises på skærmen, "

+"så det passer med tætheden på din skærm, hvilket gør det lettere at læse. "

+"Vælg <gui>100 %</gui> eller <gui>200 %</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/look-resolution.page:125

+msgid "Orientation"

+msgstr "Orientering"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/look-resolution.page:127

+msgid ""

+"On some devices, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. "

+"Click <gui>Orientation</gui> in the panel and choose from <gui>Landscape</"

+"gui>, <gui>Portrait Right</gui>, <gui>Portrait Left</gui>, or <gui>Landscape "

+"(flipped)</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"På nogle enheder kan du fysisk dreje skærmen i mange retninger. Klik på "

+"<gui>Orientering</gui> i panelet og vælg blandt <gui>Landskab</gui>, "

+"<gui>Portræt højre</gui>, <gui>Portræt venstre</gui> eller <gui>Landskab "

+"(omvendt)</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/span

+#: C/look-resolution.page:135

+msgid "rotation lock"

+msgstr "drejning lås"

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/span

+#: C/look-resolution.page:136

+msgid "rotation unlock"

+msgstr "drejning lås op"

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/look-resolution.page:133

+msgid ""

+"If your device rotates the screen automatically, you can lock the current "

+"rotation using the <_:media-1/> button at the bottom of the <gui xref="

+"\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui>. To unlock, press the <_:"

+"media-2/> button"

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis din enhed drejer skærmen automatisk, så kan du låse den nuværende "

+"drejning med knappen <_:media-1/> nederst i <gui xref=\"shell-"

+"introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</gui>. Lås op ved at trykke på knappen "

+"<_:media-2/>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/media.page:13

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music"

+"\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link "

+"xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digitale kameraer</link>, <link "

+"xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link "

+"xref=\"media#photos\">billedredigering</link>, <link "

+"xref=\"media#videos\">videoafspilning</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/media.page:22

+msgid "Sound, video &amp; pictures"

+msgstr "Lyd, video &amp; billeder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/media.page:26

+msgctxt "sort"

+msgid "Sound"

+msgstr "Lyd"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/media.page:27

+msgctxt "link:trail"

+msgid "Sound"

+msgstr "Lyd"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/media.page:28

+msgctxt "link:topic"

+msgid "Sound"

+msgstr "Lyd"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/media.page:29

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers"

+"\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</"

+"link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Lydstyrke</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"

+"usespeakers\">højttalere og hovedtelefoner</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"

+"usemic\">mikrofoner</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/media.page:36

+msgid "Basic sound"

+msgstr "Grundlæggende lyd"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/media.page:40

+msgctxt "link"

+msgid "Music and players"

+msgstr "Musik og afspillere"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/media.page:41

+msgid "Music and portable audio players"

+msgstr "Musik og bærbare lydafspillere"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/media.page:45

+msgctxt "link"

+msgid "Photos"

+msgstr "Billeder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/media.page:46

+msgid "Photos and digital cameras"

+msgstr "Billeder og digitalkameraer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/media.page:50

+msgctxt "link"

+msgid "Videos"

+msgstr "Videoer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/media.page:51

+msgid "Videos and video cameras"

+msgstr "Videoer og videokamera"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/more-help.page:18

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref="

+"\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-"

+"list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips til at bruge vejledningen</link>, <link "

+"xref=\"get-involved\">hjælp med at forbedre vejledningen</link>, <link xref"

+"=\"help-mailing-list\">mailingliste</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/more-help.page:26

+msgid "Get more help"

+msgstr "Få mere hjælp"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35

+msgid ""

+"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "

+"double-click."

+msgstr ""

+"Styr hvor hurtigt du skal trykke på museknappen for anden gang for at "

+"dobbeltklikke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39

+msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"

+msgstr "Justér hastigheden for dobbeltklik"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41

+msgid ""

+"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "

+"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you’ll just get two "

+"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "

+"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."

+msgstr ""

+"Dobbeltklik sker kun når du trykker på museknappen to gange hurtigt nok. Hvis "

+"det andet tryk er for længe efter det første, så får du bare to separate "

+"klik, ikke et dobbeltklik. Hvis du har svært ved at trykke på museknappen "

+"hurtigt, så skal du øge timeouten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:55

+msgid ""

+"Under <gui>Pointing &amp; Clicking</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-Click "

+"Delay</gui> slider to a value you find comfortable."

+msgstr ""

+"Under <gui>Pege og klikke</gui> justeres skyderen <gui>Ventetid for "

+"dobbeltklik</gui> til en værdi der fungerer godt for dig."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:60

+msgid ""

+"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "

+"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "

+"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "

+"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "

+"if it still has the same problem."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis din mus dobbeltklikker når du vil have den til at enkeltklikke selvom "

+"du har øget timeouten for dobbeltklik, så kan der være noget galt med din "

+"mus. Prøv at sætte en anden mus i din computer og se om den virker "

+"ordentligt. Eller du kan sætte din mus i en anden computer og se om den "

+"stadigvæk har det samme problem."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:67 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:57

+msgid ""

+"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "

+"pointing device."

+msgstr ""

+"Indstillingen påvirker både din mus og pegeplade, samt andre pegeenheder."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34

+msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."

+msgstr "Byt om på venstre og højre museknap i museindstillingerne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:37

+msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"

+msgstr "Brug din mus venstrehåndet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39

+msgid ""

+"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "

+"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan bytte om på den venstre og den højre knap på din mus eller pegeplade "

+"for at gøre det mere behageligt for venstrehåndede brugere."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:46

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:112

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:148

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og "

+"begynd at skrive <gui>Mus &amp; pegeplade</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:48 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:50

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:116

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:152

+msgid "Click on <gui>Mouse &amp; Touchpad</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Mus &amp; pegeplade</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:51

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>General</gui> section, click to switch <gui>Primary button</gui> "

+"to <gui>Right</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik for at skifte <gui>Primær knap</gui> til <gui>Højre</gui> i afsnittet "

+"<gui>Generelt</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:33

+msgid "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, open tabs and more."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug den midterste museknap til at åbne programmer, åbne faneblade og mere."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37

+msgid "Middle-click"

+msgstr "Midterklik"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "

+"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "

+"middle-click. If you don’t have a middle mouse button, you can press the "

+"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."

+msgstr ""

+"Mange mus og nogle pegeplader har en midterste museknap. På en mus der har et "

+"rullehjul kan du gerne trykke direkte ned på rullehjulet for at "

+"midterklikke. Hvis du ikke har en midterste museknap, så kan du trykke på "

+"den venstre og højre museknap på samme tid for at midterklikke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45

+msgid ""

+"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "

+"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"

+"\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."

+msgstr ""

+"På pegeplader der understøtter tryk med flere fingre kan du trykke med tre "

+"fingre samtidigt for at midterklikke. Du skal <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"

+"click\">aktivere trykklikning</link> i pegepladeindstillingerne for at få det til at virke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:50

+msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."

+msgstr "Mange programmer bruger midterklik til avancerede klikgenveje."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53

+msgid ""

+"In applications with scrollbars, left-clicking in the empty space of the bar "

+"moves the scroll position directly to that place. Middle-clicking moves up "

+"to a single page towards that location."

+msgstr ""

+"I programmer med rullebjælker vil venstreklik på et tomt område i bjælken "

+"flytte rulleplaceringen direkte til det sted. Midterklik flytter én side op "

+"i den retning."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for "

+"an application with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application’s "

+"icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the applications overview. The "

+"applications overview is displayed using the grid button in the dash."

+msgstr ""

+"I <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> kan du hurtigt åbne et nyt vindue for et "

+"program med midterklik. Midterklik blot på programmets ikon, enten i "

+"favoritområdet til venstre eller i programoversigten. Programoversigten "

+"vises med gitterknappen i favoritområdet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:63

+msgid ""

+"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "

+"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "

+"open in a new tab."

+msgstr ""

+"De fleste webbrowsere giver dig mulighed for at åbne links i faneblade "

+"hurtigt men den midterste museknap. Klik blot på et link med din midterste "

+"museknap og det åbnes i et nyt faneblad."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:67

+msgid ""

+"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "

+"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "

+"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "

+"had double-clicked."

+msgstr ""

+"I filhåndteringen har midterklik to roller. Hvis du midterklikker på en "

+"mappe, så åbnes den i et nyt faneblad. Det efterligner den opførsel der findes i populære "

+"webbrowsere. Hvis du midterklikker på en fil, så åbnes filen, ligesom hvis "

+"du havde dobbeltklikket."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73

+msgid ""

+"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "

+"other functions. Search your application’s help for <em>middle-click</em> or "

+"<em>middle mouse button</em>."

+msgstr ""

+"Visse specialiserede programmer giver dig mulighed for at bruge den "

+"midterste museknap til andre funktioner. Søg efter <em>midterklik</em> eller "

+"<em>midterste museknap</em> i hjælpen til dit program."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/years

+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:27

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:23

+msgid "2013, 2015"

+msgstr "2013, 2015"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:36

+msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the numeric keypad."

+msgstr "Aktivér musetaster for at styre musen med det numeriske tastatur."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40

+msgid "Click and move the mouse pointer using the keypad"

+msgstr "Klik og flyt musemarkøren med det numeriske tastatur"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42

+msgid ""

+"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "

+"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "

+"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har svært ved at bruge en mus eller anden pegeenhed, så kan du styre "

+"musemarkøren med det numeriske tastatur på dit tastatur. Funktionaliteten "

+"kaldes <em>musetaster</em>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:50

+msgid ""

+"You can access the <gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing on it, by "

+"moving your mouse pointer against the top-left corner of the screen, by "

+"using <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> followed "

+"by <key>Enter</key>, or by using the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"

+"key> key."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan få adgang til <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> ved at trykke på den, "

+"ved at flytte din musemarkør til det øverste venstre hjørne på skærmen, ved "

+"at trykke på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "

+"efterfulgt af <key>Enter</key>, eller ved at bruge <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"

+"super\">Super</key>-tasten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:62

+msgid ""

+"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> in the "

+"<gui>Pointing &amp; Clicking</gui> section, then press <key>Enter</key> to "

+"switch the <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> switch to on."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug piletasterne op og ned til at vælge <gui>Musetaster</gui> i afsnittet "

+"<gui>Pege og klikke</gui> og tryk så på <key>Enter</key> for at tænde for "

+"<gui>Musetaster</gui>-kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:67

+msgid ""

+"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "

+"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."

+msgstr ""

+"Sørg for at <key>Num Lock</key> er slukket. Du vil nu være i stand til at "

+"flytte musen med det numeriske tastatur."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72

+msgid ""

+"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "

+"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "

+"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "

+"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "

+"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB or Bluetooth "

+"numeric keypads."

+msgstr ""

+"Det numeriske tastatur er en samling talknapper på dit tastatur der gerne er "

+"opstillet i et kvadratisk gitter. Hvis du har et tastatur uden et numeriske "

+"tastatur (såsom tastaturet på en bærbar computer), så kan det være du skal holde "

+"funktionstasten (<key>Fn</key>) nede og bruge bestemte taster på dit "

+"tastatur som et numeriske tastatur. Hvis du bruger funktionaliteten ofte på "

+"en bærbar computer, så kan du købe et eksternt numerisk tastatur der bruger USB eller "

+"Bluetooth."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:79

+msgid ""

+"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "

+"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "

+"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "

+"or quickly press it twice to double-click."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvert tal på det numeriske tastatur er en retning. F.eks. vil tryk "

+"på <key>8</key> flytte markøren op og tryk på <key>2</key> vil flytte den "

+"ned. Tryk på <key>5</key>-tasten for at klikke én gang med musen eller tryk "

+"på den to gange hurtigt for at dobbeltklikke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:84

+msgid ""

+"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes "

+"called the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, "

+"that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse "

+"pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "

+"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."

+msgstr ""

+"De fleste tastaturer har en speciel tast der giver dig mulighed for at "

+"højreklikke, nogle gange kaldet <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"

+"menu\">Menu</key>-tasten. Bemærk dog at tasten fungerer der hvor dit "

+"tastaturfokus er og ikke hvor din musemarkør er. Se <link xref=\"a11y-right-"

+"click\"/> for information om hvordan du højreklikker ved at holde "

+"<key>5</key> nede eller den venstre museknap."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:90

+msgid ""

+"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "

+"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "

+"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du vil bruge det numeriske tastatur til at skrive tal mens musetaster "

+"er aktiveret, så tænd for <key>Num Lock</key>. Musen kan dog ikke styres med "

+"det numeriske tastatur når <key>Num Lock</key> er tændt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:95

+msgid ""

+"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "

+"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."

+msgstr ""

+"De normale taltaster der står på linje øverst på tastaturet styrer ikke "

+"musemarkøren. Det er kun taltasterne på det numeriske tastatur der kan "

+"bruges."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23

+msgid "How to check why your mouse is not working."

+msgstr "Tjek hvorfor din mus ikke virker."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:26

+msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"

+msgstr "Musemarkøren bevæger sig ikke"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:31

+msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"

+msgstr "Tjek at musen er sat i"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:32

+msgid ""

+"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "

+"computer."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har en mus med et kabel, så tjek at det er sat godt i din computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:36

+msgid ""

+"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "

+"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "

+"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "

+"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "

+"if it was not plugged in."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:46

+msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"

+msgstr "Tjek at musen virker"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:47

+msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."

+msgstr "Sæt musen i en anden computer og se om den virker."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:49

+msgid ""

+"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "

+"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "

+"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "

+"broken."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:56

+msgid "Checking wireless mice"

+msgstr "Tjek trådløs mus"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:60

+msgid ""

+"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "

+"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can take it with you "

+"without it constantly waking up."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:64

+msgid ""

+"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "

+"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:67

+msgid ""

+"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "

+"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "

+"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:74

+msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."

+msgstr "Tjek at batteriet i musen er opladet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:79

+msgid ""

+"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:84

+msgid ""

+"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "

+"sure that they are both set to the same channel."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:90

+msgid ""

+"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "

+"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "

+"this is the case."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:98

+msgid ""

+"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "

+"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "

+"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "

+"depend on the make or model of your mouse."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35

+msgid ""

+"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."

+msgstr ""

+"Ændr hvor hurtigt markøren flyttes når du bruger din mus eller pegeplade."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39

+msgid "Adjust the speed of the mouse and touchpad"

+msgstr "Justér hastigheden på musen og pegepladen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41

+msgid ""

+"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "

+"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:53

+msgid ""

+"Adjust the <gui>Mouse Speed</gui> or <gui>Touchpad Speed</gui> slider until "

+"the pointer motion is comfortable for you. Sometimes the most comfortable "

+"settings for one type of device are not the best for the other."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61

+msgid ""

+"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad, "

+"while the <gui>Mouse</gui> section is only visible when a mouse is connected."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32

+msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."

+msgstr "Klik, træk eller rul med tryk og bevægelser på din pegeplade."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36

+msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"

+msgstr "Klik, træk eller rul med pegepladen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:38

+msgid ""

+"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "

+"without separate hardware buttons."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan klikke, dobbeltklikke, trække og rulle kun med pegepladen, uden "

+"separate hardwareknapper."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"touchscreen-gestures\">Touchscreen gestures</link> are covered "

+"separately."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47

+msgid "Tap to click"

+msgstr "Tryk for at klikke"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49

+msgid "You can tap your touchpad to click instead of using a button."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:119

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, make sure the <gui>Touchpad</gui> switch "

+"is set to on."

+msgstr ""

+"Sørg for at <gui>Pegeplade</gui>-kontakten er tændt i afsnittet "

+"<gui>Pegeplade</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63

+msgid ""

+"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68

+msgid "Switch the <gui>Tap to click</gui> switch to on."

+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Tryk for at klikke</gui>-kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:74

+msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:77

+msgid "To double-click, tap twice."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80

+msgid ""

+"To drag an item, double-tap but don’t lift your finger after the second tap. "

+"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:85

+msgid ""

+"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "

+"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"

+"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "

+"without a second mouse button."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91

+msgid ""

+"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick"

+"\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98

+msgid ""

+"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "

+"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "

+"think they’re a single finger."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106

+msgid "Two finger scroll"

+msgstr "Rulning med to fingre"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:108

+msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:123

+msgid "Switch the <gui>Two-finger Scrolling</gui> switch to on."

+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Tofingerrulning</gui>-kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:127

+msgid ""

+"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as "

+"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will "

+"scroll instead. Move your fingers between the top and bottom of your "

+"touchpad to scroll up and down, or move your fingers across the touchpad to "

+"scroll sideways. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your "

+"fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your "

+"touchpad."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:135

+msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."

+msgstr "Tofingerrulning virker måske ikke på alle pegeplader."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:141

+msgid "Natural scrolling"

+msgstr "Naturlig rulning"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:143

+msgid ""

+"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the "

+"touchpad."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:155

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, make sure that the <gui>Touchpad</gui> "

+"switch is set to on."

+msgstr ""

+"Sørg for at <gui>Pegeplade</gui>-kontakten er tændt i afsnittet "

+"<gui>Pegeplade</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:159

+msgid "Switch the <gui>Natural Scrolling</gui> switch to on."

+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Naturlig rulning</gui>-kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:164

+msgid "This feature is also known as <em>Reverse Scrolling</em>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/years

+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:14 C/mouse-wakeup.page:19 C/screen-shot-record.page:15

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:21 C/translate.page:13

+msgid "2011"

+msgstr "2011"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:27 C/printing-cancel-job.page:22

+#: C/printing-name-location.page:15 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:23

+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:22

+msgid "Jana Svarova"

+msgstr "Jana Svarova"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:34

+msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."

+msgstr "Hvis du skal bevæge eller klikke med musen inden den svarer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:37

+msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"

+msgstr "Musens bevægelser er forsinket i starten"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "

+"“wake up” before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not "

+"in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can "

+"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."

+msgstr ""

+"Trådløse og optiske mus samt pegeplader på bærbare computere skal måske “vækkes” "

+"inden de begynder at virke. De sover automatisk når de ikke er i brug for at "

+"spare på batteristrømmen. For at vække din mus eller pegeplade kan du "

+"klikke på en museknap eller bevæge musen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/mouse.page:29

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"

+"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click"

+"\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Venstrehåndet</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"

+"sensitivity\">hastighed og følsomhed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"

+"click\">klik og rul med pegeplade</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/mouse.page:36

+msgid "Mouse, Touchpad &amp; Touchscreen"

+msgstr "Mus, pegeplade &amp; berøringsfølsom skærm"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/mouse.page:47

+msgctxt "link"

+msgid "Common mouse problems"

+msgstr "Almindelige museproblemer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/mouse.page:48

+msgctxt "link:trail"

+msgid "Common problems"

+msgstr "Almindelige problemer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/mouse.page:55

+msgctxt "link"

+msgid "Mouse tips"

+msgstr "Musetips"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/mouse.page:56

+msgctxt "link:trail"

+msgid "Tips"

+msgstr "Tips"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/mouse.page:58

+msgid "Tips"

+msgstr "Tips"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13

+msgid ""

+"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "

+"“copy protected”."

+msgstr ""

+"Understøttelse af filformatet er måske ikke installeret eller sagnene kan "

+"være “kopibeskyttet”."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17

+msgid "I can’t play the songs I bought from an online music store"

+msgstr "Jeg kan ikke afspille de sange, jeg har købt fra en online musikbutik"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19

+msgid ""

+"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won’t "

+"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "

+"computer and then copied it over."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21

+msgid ""

+"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "

+"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "

+"right audio formats installed — for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "

+"you need MP3 support installed. If you don’t have support for a given audio "

+"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "

+"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "

+"that format so that you can play it."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23

+msgid ""

+"If you do have support installed for the song’s audio format but still can’t "

+"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "

+"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "

+"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "

+"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "

+"will probably not be able to play it — you generally need special software "

+"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "

+"supported on Linux."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25

+msgid ""

+"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"

+"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13

+msgid ""

+"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug en medieafspiller til at kopiere sangene og fjerne iPod'en sikkert "

+"bagefter."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17

+msgid "Songs don’t appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"

+msgstr "Sangene vises ikke på min iPod når jeg kopierer dem til den"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19

+msgid ""

+"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "

+"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "

+"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto "

+"the iPod using the music player — if you copy them across using the file "

+"manager, it won’t work because the songs won’t be put into the right "

+"location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player "

+"applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21

+msgid ""

+"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "

+"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref="

+"\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all "

+"of the songs have been copied across properly."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23

+msgid ""

+"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "

+"music player application you’re using does not support converting the songs "

+"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "

+"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "

+"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "

+"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "

+"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "

+"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the "

+"software installer for an appropriate codec."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13

+msgid ""

+"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "

+"use them."

+msgstr "Nye iPods skal opsættes med iTunes-softwaren inden du kan bruge dem."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17

+msgid "My new iPod won’t work"

+msgstr "Min nye iPod virker ikke"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19

+msgid ""

+"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "

+"it won’t be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "

+"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</"

+"app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21

+msgid ""

+"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "

+"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "

+"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "

+"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23

+msgid ""

+"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "

+"into a Linux computer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8

+msgid ""

+"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "

+"trash behavior."

+msgstr ""

+"Enkeltklik for at åbne filer, kør eller vis kørbare tekstfiler og angiv "

+"opførsel for papirkurven."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:28

+msgid "Sindhu S"

+msgstr "Sindhu S"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38

+msgid "File manager behavior preferences"

+msgstr "Indstillinger for opførsel i filhåndtering"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:39

+msgid ""

+"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how "

+"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click the menu "

+"button in the top-right corner of the window and select <gui>Preferences</"

+"gui>, and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:45

+msgid "Behavior"

+msgstr "Opførsel"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:48

+msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"

+msgstr "<gui>Enkeltklik for at åbne objekter</gui>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:49

+msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"

+msgstr "<gui>Dobbeltklik for at åbne objekter</gui>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:50

+msgid ""

+"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "

+"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "

+"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "

+"while clicking to select one or more files."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:59

+msgid "Executable text files"

+msgstr "Eksekverbare tekstfiler"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60

+msgid ""

+"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "

+"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "

+"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "

+"most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> "

+"scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>."

+"pl</file>, respectively."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67

+msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:71

+msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74

+msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77

+msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:81

+msgid ""

+"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you "

+"wish to run or view the selected text file."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91

+msgid ""

+"Executable text files are also called <em>scripts</em>. All scripts in the "

+"<file>~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the "

+"context menu for a file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> "

+"submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files "

+"will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:99

+msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:102

+msgid "Select the desired file."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105

+msgid ""

+"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired "

+"script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111

+msgid ""

+"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote "

+"folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:120

+msgctxt "link"

+msgid "File manager trash preferences"

+msgstr "Filhåndteringens præferencer for papirkurven"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:122

+msgid "Trash"

+msgstr "Papirkurv"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:126

+msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash</gui>"

+msgstr "<gui>Spørg før papirkurven tømmes</gui>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:127

+msgid ""

+"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "

+"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "

+"files."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27

+msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."

+msgstr "Tilføj, slet og omdøb bogmærker i filhåndteringen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31

+msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"

+msgstr "Rediger mappebogmærker"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:33

+msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."

+msgstr "Dine bogmærker vises i filhåndteringens sidebjælke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36

+msgid "Add a bookmark:"

+msgstr "Tilføj et bogmærke:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38

+msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41

+msgid ""

+"Click the current folder in the path bar and then select <gui style="

+"\"menuitem\">Add to Bookmarks</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44

+msgid ""

+"You can also drag a folder to the sidebar, and drop it over <gui>New "

+"bookmark</gui>, which appears dynamically."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:51

+msgid "Delete a bookmark:"

+msgstr "Slet et bogmærke:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:53

+msgid ""

+"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select <gui>Remove</gui> from "

+"the menu."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:59

+msgid "Rename a bookmark:"

+msgstr "Omdøb et bogmærke:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:61

+msgid ""

+"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select <gui>Rename…</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:65

+msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:68

+msgid ""

+"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "

+"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "

+"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won’t be able to tell "

+"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "

+"than the name of the folder it points to."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:29

+msgid ""

+"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "

+"WebDAV."

+msgstr ""

+"Vis og rediger filer på en anden computer over FTP, SSH, Windows-delinger "

+"eller WebDAV."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:34

+msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"

+msgstr "Gennemse filer på en server eller netværksdeling"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44

+msgid ""

+"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "

+"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "

+"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "

+"files with other people on your local network."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50

+msgid ""

+"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "

+"the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Other Locations</gui> in "

+"the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area "

+"network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect "

+"to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you’re "

+"looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/"

+"network address."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:60

+msgid "Connect to a file server"

+msgstr "Opret forbindelse til en filserver"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:61

+msgid "In the file manager, click <gui>Other Locations</gui> in the sidebar."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64

+msgid ""

+"In <gui>Connect to Server</gui>, enter the address of the server, in the "

+"form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</link>. Details on supported URLs are "

+"<link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69

+msgid ""

+"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "

+"<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:74

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. The files on the server will be shown. You can "

+"browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The "

+"server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the "

+"future."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:82

+msgid "Writing URLs"

+msgstr "Skrivning af URL'er"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84

+msgid ""

+"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "

+"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "

+"like this:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: example/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:87

+msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"

+msgstr "<sys>scheme://servernavn.eksempel.dk/mappe</sys>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:89

+msgid ""

+"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "

+"<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"

+"em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: example/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:93

+msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"

+msgstr "<sys>scheme://brugernavn@servernavn.eksempel.dk/mappe</sys>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95

+msgid ""

+"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "

+"domain name:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: example/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:97

+msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"

+msgstr "<sys>scheme://servernavn.eksempel.dk:port/mappe</sys>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:99

+msgid ""

+"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103

+msgid "Types of servers"

+msgstr "Typer af servere"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:105

+msgid ""

+"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "

+"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "

+"username and password."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:108

+msgid ""

+"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "

+"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "

+"delete files."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111

+msgid ""

+"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "

+"file shares."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:115

+msgid "SSH"

+msgstr "SSH"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116

+msgid ""

+"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "

+"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "

+"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:120

+msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: example/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:122

+msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"

+msgstr "<sys>ssh://brugernavn@servernavn.eksempel.dk/mappe</sys>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:129

+msgid ""

+"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "

+"so that other users on your network can’t see it."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:133

+msgid "FTP (with login)"

+msgstr "FTP (med login)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134

+msgid ""

+"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "

+"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "

+"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "

+"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "

+"upload files."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:139

+msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: example/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141

+msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"

+msgstr "<sys>ftp://brugernavn@ftp.eksempel.dk/sti/</sys>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:145

+msgid "Public FTP"

+msgstr "Offentlig FTP"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:146

+msgid ""

+"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "

+"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "

+"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:150

+msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: example/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:152

+msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"

+msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.eksempel.dk/sti/</sys>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154

+msgid ""

+"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "

+"password, or with a public username using your email address as the "

+"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "

+"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161

+msgid "Windows share"

+msgstr "Windows-deling"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:162

+msgid ""

+"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "

+"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "

+"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "

+"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "

+"share from the file manager."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:167

+msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: example/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:169

+msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"

+msgstr "<sys>smb://servernavn/Share</sys>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:173

+msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"

+msgstr "WebDAV og sikker WebDAV"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:174

+msgid ""

+"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "

+"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "

+"server you’re connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "

+"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "

+"can’t see your password."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:179

+msgid "A WebDAV URL looks like this:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: example/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:181

+msgid "<sys>dav://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"

+msgstr "<sys>dav://eksempel.værtsnavn.dk/sti</sys>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:192

+msgid "NFS share"

+msgstr "NFS-deling"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:193

+msgid ""

+"UNIX computers traditionally use the Network File System protocol to share "

+"files over a local network. With NFS, security is based on the UID of the "

+"user accessing the share, so no authentication credentials are needed when "

+"connecting."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:197

+msgid "A typical NFS share URL looks like this:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: example/p

+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:199

+msgid "<sys>nfs://servername/path</sys>"

+msgstr "<sys>nfs://servernavn/sti</sys>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/nautilus-display.page:27

+msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."

+msgstr "Styr ikontekster i filhåndteringen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/nautilus-display.page:31

+msgid "File manager display preferences"

+msgstr "Indstillinger for visning i filhåndtering"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/nautilus-display.page:33

+msgid ""

+"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click "

+"the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "

+"<gui>Preferences</gui>, then select the <gui>Views</gui> tab."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/nautilus-display.page:38

+msgid "Icon captions"

+msgstr "Ikontekster"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/media

+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When

+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to

+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to

+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.

+#: C/nautilus-display.page:41

+msgctxt "_"

+msgid ""

+"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "

+"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/p

+#: C/nautilus-display.page:42

+msgid "File manager icons with captions"

+msgstr "Filhåndteringsikoner med tekster"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-display.page:44

+msgid ""

+"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "

+"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "

+"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "

+"modified."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-display.page:48

+msgid ""

+"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the view options button in the toolbar "

+"and choosing a zoom level with the slider. As you zoom in, the file manager "

+"will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to "

+"three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom "

+"levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-display.page:54

+msgid ""

+"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "

+"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "

+"information."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/nautilus-display.page:61

+msgid "List View"

+msgstr "Listevisning"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-display.page:63

+msgid ""

+"When viewing files as a list, you can <gui>Allow folders to be expanded</"

+"gui>. This shows expanders on each directory in the file list, so that the "

+"contents of several folders can be shown at once. This is useful if the "

+"folder structure is relevant, such as if your music files are organized with "

+"a folder per artist, and a subfolder per album."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26

+msgid ""

+"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "

+"applications."

+msgstr ""

+"Vis grundlæggende filinformation, indstil rettigheder og vælg "

+"standardprogrammer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:31

+msgid "File properties"

+msgstr "Filegenskaber"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:33

+msgid ""

+"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "

+"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "

+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:37

+msgid ""

+"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "

+"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "

+"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list"

+"\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions"

+"\">icon captions</link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:43

+msgid ""

+"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "

+"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions"

+"\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">Open "

+"With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and "

+"videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the "

+"dimensions, duration, and codec."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:51

+msgid "Basic properties"

+msgstr "Grundlæggende egenskaber"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:54

+msgid "<gui>Name</gui>"

+msgstr "<gui>Navn</gui>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55

+msgid ""

+"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "

+"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:60

+msgid "<gui>Type</gui>"

+msgstr "<gui>Type</gui>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61

+msgid ""

+"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "

+"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "

+"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can’t "

+"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "

+"information on this."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66

+msgid ""

+"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "

+"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71

+msgid "Contents"

+msgstr "Indhold"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72

+msgid ""

+"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "

+"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "

+"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "

+"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "

+"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77

+msgid ""

+"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "

+"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "

+"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "

+"(big files take longer to send/receive)."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78

+msgid ""

+"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "

+"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "

+"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82

+msgid "Parent Folder"

+msgstr "Ophavsmappe"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83

+msgid ""

+"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "

+"path</em>. This is a unique “address” of the file on your computer, made up "

+"of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "

+"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "

+"folder, its parent folder would be <file>/home/jim</file> and its location "

+"would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:92

+msgid "Free Space"

+msgstr "Ledig plads"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93

+msgid ""

+"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "

+"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "

+"if the hard disk is full."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:99 C/nautilus-list.page:140

+msgid "Accessed"

+msgstr "Tilgået"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:100

+msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:104 C/nautilus-list.page:72

+msgid "Modified"

+msgstr "Ændret"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:105

+msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:15

+msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."

+msgstr "Styr hvem der kan vise og redigere dine filer og mapper."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:33

+msgid "Set file permissions"

+msgstr "Indstil filrettigheder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35

+msgid ""

+"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "

+"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "

+"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:39

+msgid ""

+"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "

+"on the types of permissions you can set."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:45

+msgid ""

+"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "

+"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "

+"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"

+"only if you don’t want to accidentally change it."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:50

+msgid ""

+"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "

+"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "

+"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "

+"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "

+"group. You can set the file’s group and control the permissions for all "

+"users in that group. You can only set the file’s group to a group you belong "

+"to."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58

+msgid ""

+"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "

+"the file’s group."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:61

+msgid ""

+"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "

+"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "

+"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "

+"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "

+"information."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:69

+msgid "Folders"

+msgstr "Mapper"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70

+msgid ""

+"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "

+"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "

+"groups, and other users."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:73

+msgid ""

+"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "

+"set for a file."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:77

+msgctxt "permission"

+msgid "None"

+msgstr "Ingen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:78

+msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:82

+msgid "List files only"

+msgstr "Vis kun filer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:83

+msgid ""

+"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "

+"able to open, create, or delete files."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:87

+msgid "Access files"

+msgstr "Tilgå filer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:88

+msgid ""

+"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "

+"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "

+"new files or delete files."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:93

+msgid "Create and delete files"

+msgstr "Opret og slet filer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:94

+msgid ""

+"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "

+"and deleting files."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:99

+msgid ""

+"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "

+"folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the "

+"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and "

+"click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in "

+"subfolders as well, to any depth."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:37

+msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."

+msgstr "Styr hvilke informationer der vises i kolonnerne i listevisning."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:40

+msgid "Files list columns preferences"

+msgstr "Indstillinger for kolonner i filliste"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:42

+msgid ""

+"There are eleven columns of information that you can display in the "

+"<gui>Files</gui> list view. Click the menu button in the top-right corner of "

+"the window, select <gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</"

+"gui> tab to select which columns will be visible."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:48

+msgid ""

+"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "

+"order in which the selected columns will appear. Click <gui>Reset to "

+"Default</gui> to undo any changes and return to the default columns."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:56

+msgid "The name of folders and files."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:58

+msgid "The <gui>Name</gui> column cannot be hidden."

+msgstr "Kolonnen <gui>Navn</gui> kan ikke skjules."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:63

+msgid ""

+"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "

+"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:68

+msgid ""

+"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "

+"audio, and more."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:73

+msgid "Gives the date of the last time the file was modified."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:76

+msgid "Owner"

+msgstr "Ejer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:77

+msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:80

+msgid "Group"

+msgstr "Gruppe"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:81

+msgid ""

+"The group the file is owned by. Each user is normally in their own group, "

+"but it is possible to have many users in one group. For example, a "

+"department may have their own group in a work environment."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:86

+msgid "Permissions"

+msgstr "Rettigheder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:87

+msgid ""

+"Displays the file access permissions. For example, <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:91

+msgid ""

+"The first character is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means regular file and "

+"<gui>d</gui> means directory (folder). In rare cases, other characters can "

+"also be shown."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:96

+msgid ""

+"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "

+"who owns the file."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:100

+msgid ""

+"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "

+"group that owns the file."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:104

+msgid ""

+"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "

+"for all other users on the system."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:108

+msgid "Each permission has the following meanings:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:111

+msgid "<gui>r</gui>: readable, meaning that you can open the file or folder"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:115

+msgid "<gui>w</gui>: writable, meaning that you can save changes to it"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:118

+msgid ""

+"<gui>x</gui>: executable, meaning that you can run it if it is a program or "

+"script file, or you can access subfolders and files if it is a folder"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:123

+msgid "<gui>-</gui>: permission not set"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:128

+msgid "MIME Type"

+msgstr "MIME-type"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:129

+msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:132

+msgid "Location"

+msgstr "Placering"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:133

+msgid "The path to the location of the file."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:136

+msgid "Modified — Time"

+msgstr "Ændret — Tid"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:137

+msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-list.page:141

+msgid "Gives the date or time of the last time the file was modified."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:11

+msgid "View and set preferences for the file browser."

+msgstr "Vis og angiv filvælgerens indstillinger."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:16

+msgid "File manager preferences"

+msgstr "Indstillinger for filhåndtering"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:27

+msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."

+msgstr "Styr hvornår miniaturer bruges til filer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:30

+msgid "File manager preview preferences"

+msgstr "Indstillinger for forhåndsvisning i filhåndtering"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:32

+msgid ""

+"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "

+"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "

+"control when previews are made. Click the menu button in the top-right of "

+"the window, select <gui>Preferences</gui>, then select the <gui>Search &amp; "

+"Preview</gui> tab."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:40

+msgid "<gui>Files</gui>"

+msgstr "<gui>Filer</gui>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:41

+msgid ""

+"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Files on this computer only</"

+"gui>, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this "

+"feature to <gui>All Files</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can "

+"<link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over "

+"a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local "

+"area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the "

+"preview option to <gui>All Files</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:49

+msgid ""

+"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting "

+"to limit the size of files previewed."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:53

+msgid "<gui>File count</gui>"

+msgstr "<gui>Antal filer</gui>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:54

+msgid ""

+"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</"

+"link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, "

+"folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they "

+"contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large "

+"folders, or over a network."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-preview.page:59

+msgid ""

+"You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your "

+"computer and local external drives."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/nautilus-views.page:38

+msgid "Specify the default sort order and grouping for the file manager."

+msgstr "Angiv filhåndteringens standardsorteringsrækkefølge og -gruppering."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/nautilus-views.page:43

+msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"

+msgstr "Visningsindstillinger i <app>Filer</app>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/nautilus-views.page:45

+msgid ""

+"You can change how files and folders are grouped and sorted by default. "

+"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui "

+"style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui>, and then select the <gui style=\"tab"

+"\">Views</gui> tab."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/nautilus-views.page:51

+msgid "Default view"

+msgstr "Standardvisning"

+

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/nautilus-views.page:54

+msgid "Arrange items"

+msgstr "Opstil elementer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the view selector

+#. button that opens the view popover in the main window for 'View options'

+#: C/nautilus-views.page:57

+msgid ""

+"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "

+"individual folder by clicking the view options menu button in the toolbar "

+"and choosing the desired option under <gui>Sort</gui>, or by clicking the "

+"list column headers in list view."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/nautilus-views.page:64

+msgid "Sort folders before files"

+msgstr "Sortér mapper før filer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/nautilus-views.page:65

+msgid ""

+"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "

+"see all folders listed before files, enable this option."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-antivirus.page:18

+msgid ""

+"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don’t need anti-virus software."

+msgstr ""

+"Der findes få Linux-virusser, så du får formodentligt ikke brug for "

+"antivirussoftware."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-antivirus.page:22

+msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"

+msgstr "Behøver jeg at have antivirussoftware?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-antivirus.page:24

+msgid ""

+"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "

+"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "

+"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "

+"way onto your computer and cause problems."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-antivirus.page:29

+msgid ""

+"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don’t need to use "

+"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "

+"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no one "

+"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "

+"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-antivirus.page:36

+msgid ""

+"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don’t really need to "

+"worry about them at the moment."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-antivirus.page:39

+msgid ""

+"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "

+"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "

+"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer "

+"or search online; a number of applications are available."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/net-browser.page:12 C/net-email.page:12 C/net-general.page:12

+#: C/net-problem.page:12 C/net-security.page:12 C/net-wired.page:17

+#: C/net-wireless.page:22

+msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"

+msgstr "Ubuntus dokumentationshold"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-browser.page:17

+msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>…"

+msgstr "<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Vælg standardbrowseren</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-browser.page:22

+msgid "Web browsers"

+msgstr "Webbrowsere"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-default-browser.page:29

+msgid ""

+"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "

+"<gui>Settings</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Skift standardwebbrowseren ved at gå til <gui>Detaljer</gui> i "

+"<gui>Indstillinger</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-default-browser.page:32

+msgid "Change which web browser opens websites by default"

+msgstr "Vælg webbrowser der åbner websteder som standard"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-default-browser.page:34

+msgid ""

+"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "

+"automatically open up to that page. However, if you have more than one "

+"browser installed, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "

+"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-default-browser.page:41

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <input>Default Applications</input>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <input>Standardprogrammer</input>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-default-browser.page:45

+msgid "Click on <gui>Default Applications</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Standardprogrammer</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-default-browser.page:48

+msgid ""

+"Choose which web browser you would like to open links by changing the "

+"<gui>Web</gui> option."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-default-browser.page:53

+msgid ""

+"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it’s not "

+"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "

+"button (or similar) so that it does not try to set itself as the default "

+"browser again."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-default-email.page:28

+msgid ""

+"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in "

+"<gui>Settings</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Skift standard-e-mailklient ved at gå til <gui>Detaljer</gui> i "

+"<gui>Indstillinger</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-default-email.page:31

+msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"

+msgstr "Vælg postprogram som bruges til at skrive e-mails"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-default-email.page:33

+msgid ""

+"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "

+"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "

+"with a blank message, ready for you to write. However, if you have more than "

+"one mail application installed, the wrong mail application might open up. "

+"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-default-email.page:48

+msgid ""

+"Choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the list on the left side of the "

+"window."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-default-email.page:52

+msgid ""

+"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "

+"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-email-virus.page:21

+msgid ""

+"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "

+"of people you email."

+msgstr ""

+"Virusser inficerer sandsynligvis ikke din computer men kan inficere "

+"computerne hos dem du sender e-mail til."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-email-virus.page:25

+msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"

+msgstr "Behøver jeg at skanne mine e-mails for virusser?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-email-virus.page:27

+msgid ""

+"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "

+"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "

+"through email messages."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-email-virus.page:31

+msgid ""

+"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "

+"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "

+"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "

+"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don’t need "

+"to scan your email for viruses."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-email-virus.page:37

+msgid ""

+"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "

+"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "

+"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "

+"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "

+"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "

+"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it’s "

+"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "

+"software of their own anyway."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/net-email.page:15 C/net-general.page:15

+msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"

+msgstr "GNOMEs dokumentationsprojekt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-email.page:25

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>, <link xref=\"net-"

+"email-virus\">Should I scan for viruses?</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Standard e-mailprogram</link>, <link xref="

+"\"net-email-virus\">Skal jeg skanne efter virusser?</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-email.page:31

+msgid "Email &amp; email software"

+msgstr "E-mail &amp; e-mailsoftware"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-findip.page:38

+msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du kender din IP-adresse kan det være en hjælp i forbindelse med "

+"fejlsøgning af netværksproblemer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-findip.page:41

+msgid "Find your IP address"

+msgstr "Find din IP-adresse"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-findip.page:43

+msgid ""

+"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "

+"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</"

+"em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network "

+"and an IP address for your computer on the internet."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/net-findip.page:49

+msgid "Find your wired connection's internal (network) IP address"

+msgstr "Find den interne (netværk) IP-adresse for din kablet forbindelse"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-findip.page:58

+msgid "Click on <gui>Network</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Netværk</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-findip.page:61

+msgid ""

+"The IP address for a <gui>Wired</gui> connection will be displayed on the "

+"right along with some information."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/span

+#: C/net-findip.page:65 C/net-findip.page:91 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:58

+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:61 C/net-macaddress.page:62 C/net-manual.page:55

+#: C/net-manual.page:59 C/net-othersconnect.page:57 C/net-othersedit.page:77

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:95 C/net-wired-connect.page:37

+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:48

+msgid "settings"

+msgstr "indstillinger"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-findip.page:64

+msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button for more details on your connection."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på knappen <_:media-1/> for at få flere detaljer om din forbindelse."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#. TRANSLATORS: See NetworkManager for 'PCI', 'USB' and 'Ethernet'

+#: C/net-findip.page:71

+msgid ""

+"If more than one type of wired connected is available, you might see names "

+"like <gui>PCI Ethernet</gui> or <gui>USB Ethernet</gui> instead of "

+"<gui>Wired</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/net-findip.page:78

+msgid "Find your wireless connection's internal (network) IP address"

+msgstr "Find den interne (netværk) IP-adresse for din trådløse forbindelse"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-findip.page:87

+msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Wi-fi</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-findip.page:90

+msgid ""

+"Click the <_:media-1/> for the IP address and more details on your "

+"connection."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/net-findip.page:97

+msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"

+msgstr "Find din eksterne (internet) IP-adresse"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-findip.page:99

+msgid ""

+"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"

+"link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-findip.page:103

+msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-findip.page:107

+msgid ""

+"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, both of these "

+"addresses may be the same."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:20

+msgid ""

+"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "

+"your computer secure."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan styre hvilke programmer som har adgang til netværket. Det hjælper med at "

+"holde din computer sikker."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:23

+msgid "Enable or block firewall access"

+msgstr "Aktivér og bloker adgang til firewall"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35

+msgid ""

+"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to "

+"block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your "

+"network. This helps to keep your computer secure."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can "

+"share files or let someone view your desktop remotely when connected to a "

+"network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need to adjust "

+"the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44

+msgid ""

+"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network "

+"port</em>. To enable other computers on the network to access a service, you "

+"may need to “open” its assigned port on the firewall:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:51

+msgid ""

+"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start "

+"your firewall application. You may need to install a firewall manager "

+"yourself if you can’t find one (for example, GUFW)."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:56

+msgid ""

+"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you "

+"want people to be able to access it or not. Which port you need to change "

+"will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the service</link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:62

+msgid ""

+"Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by "

+"the firewall tool."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19

+msgid ""

+"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "

+"for a program with your firewall."

+msgstr ""

+"Du skal angive den rette netværksport for at aktivere/deaktivere "

+"netværksadgang til et program med din firewall."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:23

+msgid "Commonly-used network ports"

+msgstr "Populære netværksporte"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25

+msgid ""

+"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "

+"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "

+"change your system’s firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "

+"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "

+"use, so this table isn’t complete."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:35

+msgid "Port"

+msgstr "Port"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41

+msgid "Description"

+msgstr "Beskrivelse"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:48

+msgid "5353/udp"

+msgstr "5353/udp"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:51

+msgid "mDNS, Avahi"

+msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:54

+msgid ""

+"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "

+"without you having to specify the details manually."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60

+msgid "631/udp"

+msgstr "631/udp"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:63 C/net-firewall-ports.page:74 C/printing.page:28

+msgid "Printing"

+msgstr "Udskrivning"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66

+msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."

+msgstr ""

+"Giver dig mulighed for at sende udskriftsjob til en printer over "

+"netværket."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71

+msgid "631/tcp"

+msgstr "631/tcp"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77

+msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."

+msgstr ""

+"Giver dig mulighed for at dele din printer med andre personer over netværket."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83

+msgid "5298/tcp"

+msgstr "5298/tcp"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86

+msgid "Presence"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89

+msgid ""

+"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "

+"network, such as “online” or “busy”."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:95

+msgid "5900/tcp"

+msgstr "5900/tcp"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:98

+msgid "Remote desktop"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:101

+msgid ""

+"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "

+"remote assistance."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:107

+msgid "3689/tcp"

+msgstr "3689/tcp"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:110

+msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"

+msgstr "Musikdeling (DAAP)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:113

+msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."

+msgstr ""

+"Giver dig mulighed for at dele dit musikbibliotek med andre på dit netværk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:32

+msgid ""

+"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "

+"services from your computer."

+msgstr ""

+"Med en statisk IP-adresse kan det være lettere at levere visse "

+"netværkstjenester fra din computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:36

+msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"

+msgstr "Opret en forbindelse med en fast IP-adresse"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:38

+msgid ""

+"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"

+"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "

+"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "

+"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "

+"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:47

+msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"

+msgstr "Giv din computer en fast (statisk) IP-adresse:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:49 C/net-macaddress.page:49

+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:46 C/net-othersedit.page:66 C/net-proxy.page:64

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:62

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Network</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Netværk</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:53 C/net-macaddress.page:53

+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:50 C/net-othersedit.page:70 C/net-proxy.page:68

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:66

+msgid "Click on <gui>Network</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:56

+msgid ""

+"Find the network connection that you want to have a fixed address. Click the "

+"<_:media-1/> button next to the network connection. For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> "

+"connection, the <_:media-2/> button will be located next to the active "

+"network."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:65 C/net-manual.page:64

+msgid ""

+"Select the <gui>IPv4</gui> or <gui>IPv6</gui> tab and change the "

+"<gui>Method</gui> to <gui>Manual</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:69 C/net-manual.page:68

+msgid ""

+"Type in the <gui xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP Address</gui> and "

+"<gui>Gateway</gui>, as well as the appropriate <gui>Netmask</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:73 C/net-manual.page:72

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>DNS</gui> section, switch the <gui>Automatic</gui> switch to "

+"off. Enter the IP address of a DNS server you want to use. Enter additional "

+"DNS server addresses using the <gui>+</gui> button."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:78 C/net-manual.page:77

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>Routes</gui> section, switch the <gui>Automatic</gui> switch to "

+"off. Enter the <gui>Address</gui>, <gui>Netmask</gui>, <gui>Gateway</gui> "

+"and <gui>Metric</gui> for a route you want to use. Enter additional routes "

+"using the <gui>+</gui> button."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:84

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "

+"address."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-general.page:21

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"

+"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP &amp; WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress"

+"\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find din IP-adresse</link>, <link xref=\"net-"

+"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP- &amp; WPA-sikkerhed</link>, <link xref=\"net-"

+"macaddress\">MAC-adresser</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxyer</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-general.page:29

+msgid "Networking terms &amp; tips"

+msgstr "Netværkstermer &amp; -tips"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-macaddress.page:32

+msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."

+msgstr "Den unikke identifikator som netværkshardwaren har fået tildelt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-macaddress.page:35

+msgid "What is a MAC address?"

+msgstr "Hvad er en MAC-adresse?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-macaddress.page:37

+msgid ""

+"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "

+"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "

+"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "

+"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-macaddress.page:42

+msgid ""

+"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "

+"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-macaddress.page:45

+msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"

+msgstr "Identificer MAC-adressen på din egen netværkshardware:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-macaddress.page:56

+msgid ""

+"Choose which device, <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> or <gui>Wired</gui>, from the left "

+"pane."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-macaddress.page:58

+msgid ""

+"The MAC address for the wired device will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware "

+"Address</gui> on the right."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-macaddress.page:61

+msgid ""

+"Click the <_:media-1/> button to see the MAC address for the wireless device "

+"displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui> in the <gui>Details</gui> panel."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-macaddress.page:68

+msgid ""

+"In practice, you may need to modify or “spoof” a MAC address. For example, "

+"some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be "

+"used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you "

+"need to swap a new card in, the service won’t work anymore. In such cases, "

+"you would need to spoof the MAC address."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-manual.page:25

+msgid ""

+"You may have to enter network settings if they don’t get assigned "

+"automatically."

+msgstr ""

+"Det kan være nødvendigt at indtaste netværksindstillinger hvis de ikke "

+"tildeles automatisk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-manual.page:30

+msgid "Manually set network settings"

+msgstr "Manuel opsætning af netværksindstillinger"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-manual.page:32

+msgid ""

+"If your network doesn’t automatically assign network settings to your "

+"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "

+"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "

+"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "

+"router or network switch."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/net-manual.page:39

+msgid "To manually set your network settings:"

+msgstr "Manuel opsætning af dine netværksindstillinger:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-manual.page:48

+msgid ""

+"If you plug in to the network with a cable, click <gui>Network</gui>. "

+"Otherwise click <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-manual.page:50

+msgid ""

+"Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged "

+"in."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-manual.page:54

+msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button."

+msgstr "Klik på knappen <_:media-1/>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/net-manual.page:58

+msgid ""

+"For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection, the <_:media-1/> button will be located "

+"next to the active network."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-manual.page:83

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, open the "

+"<gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right "

+"side of the top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to "

+"visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-mobile.page:28

+msgid ""

+"Use your phone or Internet stick to connect to the mobile broadband network."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug din telefon eller internetpen til at oprette forbindelse til mobile "

+"bredbåndsnetværk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-mobile.page:33

+msgid "Connect to mobile broadband"

+msgstr "Opret forbindelse til mobilt bredbånd"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-mobile.page:35

+msgid ""

+"You can set up a connection to a cellular (3G) network with your computer’s "

+"built-in 3G modem, your mobile phone, or an Internet stick."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan opsætte en forbindelse til et mobilnetværk (3G) med din computers "

+"indbyggede 3G-modem, din mobiltelefon eller en internetpen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/net-mobile.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Most phones have a setting called <link xref=\"net-tethering\">USB "

+"tethering</link> that requires no setup on the computer, and is generally "

+"the better method to connect to the cellular network."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-mobile.page:45

+msgid ""

+"If you do not have a built-in 3G modem, connect your phone or Internet stick "

+"to a USB port on your computer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-mobile.page:53

+msgid ""

+"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Mobile Broadband Off</gui>. The <gui>Mobile "

+"Broadband</gui> section of the menu will expand."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/net-mobile.page:58

+msgid ""

+"If <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> does not appear in the system menu, ensure "

+"that your device is not set to connect as Mass Storage."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-mobile.page:62

+msgid ""

+"Select <gui>Connect</gui>. If you are connecting for the first time, the "

+"<gui>Set up a Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard is launched. The "

+"opening screen displays a list of required information. Click <gui style="

+"\"button\">Next</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-mobile.page:66

+msgid ""

+"Choose your provider’s country or region from the list. Click <gui style="

+"\"button\">Next</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-mobile.page:68

+msgid ""

+"Choose your provider from the list. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-mobile.page:70

+msgid ""

+"Select a plan according to the type of device you are connecting. This will "

+"determine the Access Point Name. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-mobile.page:73

+msgid ""

+"Confirm the settings you have selected by clicking <gui style=\"button"

+"\">Apply</gui>. The wizard will close and the <gui>Network</gui> panel will "

+"display the properties of your connection."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:29

+msgid ""

+"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "

+"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan gemme indstillinger (såsom adgangskoden) for en netværksforbindelse, "

+"så alle dem der bruger computeren vil være i stand til at oprette "

+"forbindelse til den."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:32

+msgid "Other users can’t connect to the internet"

+msgstr "Andre brugere kan ikke oprette forbindelse til internettet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:40

+msgid ""

+"When you set up a network connection, all other users on your computer will "

+"normally be able to use it. If the connection information is not shared, you "

+"should check the connection settings."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53 C/net-othersedit.page:73

+msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> from the list on the left."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:56 C/net-othersedit.page:76

+msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button to open the connection details."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:61 C/net-othersedit.page:81

+msgid "Select <gui>Identity</gui> from the pane on the left."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:64 C/net-othersedit.page:84

+msgid ""

+"At the bottom of the <gui>Identity</gui> panel, check the <gui>Make "

+"available to other users</gui> option to allow other users to use the "

+"network connection."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:69 C/net-othersedit.page:89

+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui> to save the changes."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:73

+msgid ""

+"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "

+"entering any further details."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/net-othersconnect.page:77

+msgid "Any user can change this setting."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-othersedit.page:29

+msgid ""

+"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "

+"network connection settings."

+msgstr ""

+"Du skal fravælge valgmuligheden <gui>Tilgængelig for alle brugere</gui> i "

+"indstillingerne for netværksforbindelse."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-othersedit.page:32

+msgid "Other users can’t edit the network connections"

+msgstr "Andre brugere kan ikke redigere netværksforbindelserne"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-othersedit.page:40

+msgid ""

+"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can’t, "

+"you may have set the connection to be <em>available to all users</em>. This "

+"makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using that "

+"connection."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-problem.page:17

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "

+"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your Wi-Fi "

+"network</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Fejlsøg trådløse forbindelser</"

+"link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">find dit Wi-Fi-netværk</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-problem.page:23

+msgid "Network problems"

+msgstr "Netværksproblemer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-proxy.page:37

+msgid ""

+"A proxy is an intermediary for web traffic, it can be used for accessing web "

+"services anonymously, for control or security purposes."

+msgstr ""

+"En proxy er et mellemliggende led til webtrafik der kan bruges til at få "

+"adgang til webtjenester anonymt, til styring eller sikkerhedsmæssige formål."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-proxy.page:40

+msgid "Define proxy settings"

+msgstr "Vælg proxyindstillinger"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/net-proxy.page:43

+msgid "What is a proxy?"

+msgstr "Hvad er en proxy?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/net-proxy.page:45

+msgid ""

+"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receives requests "

+"from your web browser to fetch web pages and their elements, and following a "

+"policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in "

+"businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can "

+"look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to "

+"do security checks on websites."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/net-proxy.page:55

+msgid "Change proxy method"

+msgstr "Skift proxymetode"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-proxy.page:71

+msgid "Select <gui>Network proxy</gui> from the list on the left."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-proxy.page:74

+msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use from:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/net-proxy.page:77

+msgctxt "proxy"

+msgid "None"

+msgstr "Ingen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-proxy.page:78

+msgid ""

+"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content from the "

+"web."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/net-proxy.page:82

+msgid "Manual"

+msgstr "Manuel"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-proxy.page:83

+msgid ""

+"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "

+"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</"

+"gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: title/gui

+#: C/net-proxy.page:88

+msgid "Automatic"

+msgstr "Automatisk"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-proxy.page:89

+msgid ""

+"A URL pointing to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "

+"for your system."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/net-proxy.page:96

+msgid ""

+"Applications that use the network connection will use your specified proxy "

+"settings."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/net-security-tips.page:13

+msgid "Steven Richards"

+msgstr "Steven Richards"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-security-tips.page:19

+msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet."

+msgstr "Generelle tips du kan være opmærksom på når du bruger internettet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-security-tips.page:22

+msgid "Staying safe on the internet"

+msgstr "Sikkerhed på internettet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-security-tips.page:24

+msgid ""

+"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "

+"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "

+"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "

+"targeted at popular operating systems, like Windows, that have an extremely "

+"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "

+"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "

+"with each distribution."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-security-tips.page:32

+msgid ""

+"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "

+"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "

+"you can still be susceptible to:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-security-tips.page:38

+msgid ""

+"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "

+"through deception)"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-security-tips.page:42

+msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-security-tips.page:45

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</"

+"link>"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-security-tips.page:49

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorized remote/local network access</"

+"link>"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-security-tips.page:54

+msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"

+msgstr "Vær opmærksom på følgende for at være sikker online:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-security-tips.page:58

+msgid ""

+"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "

+"not know."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-security-tips.page:62

+msgid ""

+"If a website’s offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "

+"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "

+"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "

+"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-security-tips.page:68

+msgid ""

+"Be careful in providing <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">root level "

+"permissions</link> to any application, especially ones that you have not "

+"used before or which are not well-known. Providing anyone or anything with "

+"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-security-tips.page:75

+msgid ""

+"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "

+"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "

+"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"

+"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "

+"intrusion."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-security.page:17

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"

+"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>, <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports"

+"\">firewall ports</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirussoftware</link>, <link xref=\"net-"

+"firewall-on-off\">grundlæggende firewalls</link>, <link xref=\"net-firewall-"

+"ports\">firewall-porte</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-security.page:24

+msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"

+msgstr "Sikkerhed på internettet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-slow.page:19

+msgid ""

+"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "

+"could be a busy time of day."

+msgstr ""

+"Andre ting kan være ved at blive downloadet, det kan være du har en dårlig "

+"forbindelse eller der kan være travlt på denne tid af dagen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-slow.page:23

+msgid "The internet seems slow"

+msgstr "Internettet virker til at være langsomt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-slow.page:25

+msgid ""

+"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "

+"things that could be causing the slow down."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-slow.page:28

+msgid ""

+"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "

+"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "

+"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-slow.page:34

+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"

+msgstr "<em style=\"strong\">Travlt på denne tid af dagen</em>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-slow.page:35

+msgid ""

+"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "

+"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "

+"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "

+"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "

+"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "

+"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You’re most likely to experience "

+"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "

+"evenings, for example)."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-slow.page:45

+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-slow.page:46

+msgid ""

+"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "

+"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "

+"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-slow.page:52

+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-slow.page:53

+msgid ""

+"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "

+"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "

+"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-slow.page:59

+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-slow.page:60

+msgid ""

+"If you are connected to the internet by wireless (Wi-Fi), check the network "

+"icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "

+"internet may be slow because you don’t have a very strong signal."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-slow.page:66

+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-slow.page:67

+msgid ""

+"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "

+"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "

+"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast “mobile "

+"broadband” connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "

+"like GPRS."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-slow.page:74

+msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-slow.page:75

+msgid ""

+"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "

+"could be for any number of reasons — you could have visited a website that "

+"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "

+"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser’s windows and then "

+"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:28

+msgid "Set up a VPN connection to a local network over the internet."

+msgstr "Opsæt en VPN-forbindelse til et lokalt netværk over internettet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:32

+msgid "Connect to a VPN"

+msgstr "Opret forbindelse til et VPN"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:34

+msgid ""

+"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "

+"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "

+"local network at your workplace while you’re on a business trip. You would "

+"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "

+"your workplace’s VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "

+"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "

+"hotel’s internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "

+"to prevent people from accessing the local network you’re connecting to "

+"without logging in."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:44

+msgid ""

+"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "

+"extra software depending on what type of VPN you’re connecting to. Find out "

+"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "

+"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer "

+"application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works "

+"with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:52

+msgid ""

+"If there isn’t a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "

+"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "

+"that provides the VPN software. You’ll probably have to follow some "

+"different instructions to get that working."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58

+msgid "To set up the VPN connection:"

+msgstr "Opsæt VPN-forbindelsen:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:69

+msgid ""

+"At the bottom of the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add "

+"a new connection."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:73

+msgid "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:76

+msgid "Choose which kind of VPN connection you have."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:79

+msgid ""

+"Fill in the VPN connection details, then press <gui>Add</gui> once you are "

+"finished."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:83

+msgid ""

+"When you have finished setting up the VPN, open the <gui xref=\"shell-"

+"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right side of the top "

+"bar, click <gui>VPN off</gui> and select <gui>Connect</gui>. You may need to "

+"enter a password for the connection before it is established. Once the "

+"connection is made, you will see a lock shaped icon in the top bar."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:91

+msgid ""

+"Hopefully you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "

+"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this from the "

+"<gui>Network</gui> panel that you used to create the connection. Select the "

+"VPN connection from the list, then press the <_:media-1/> button to review "

+"the settings."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:98

+msgid ""

+"To disconnect from the VPN, click the system menu on the top bar and click "

+"<gui>Turn Off</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22

+msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."

+msgstr "En IP-adresse er som et telefonnummer til din computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:25

+msgid "What is an IP address?"

+msgstr "Hvad er en IP-adresse?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:27

+msgid ""

+"“IP address” stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device "

+"that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."

+msgstr ""

+"“IP-adresse” står for <em>internetprotokol-adresse</em>, og hver enhed som "

+"er forbundet til et netværk (såsom internettet) har en."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:30

+msgid ""

+"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "

+"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "

+"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "

+"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:35

+msgid ""

+"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "

+"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:40

+msgid ""

+"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "

+"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "

+"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "

+"addresses are more common that static addresses — static addresses are "

+"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as in the "

+"administration of a server."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25

+msgid ""

+"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "

+"network cable."

+msgstr ""

+"For at opsætte de fleste kablede netværksforbindelser skal du "

+"blot sætte et netværkskabel i."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:29

+msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"

+msgstr "Opret forbindelse til et kablet (ethernet) netværk"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:33

+msgid ""

+"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "

+"network cable. The wired network icon (<_:media-1/>) is displayed on the top "

+"bar with three dots while the connection is being established. The dots "

+"disappear when you are connected."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:41

+msgid ""

+"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "

+"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "

+"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "

+"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "

+"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "

+"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:49

+msgid ""

+"You cannot plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "

+"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "

+"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:55

+msgid ""

+"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "

+"(DHCP). In this case you will have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "

+"manually</link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-wired.page:11

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "

+"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Kablede internetforbindelser</link>, <link "

+"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Faste IP-adresser</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-wired.page:22

+msgid "Wired networking"

+msgstr "Kablet netværk"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27

+msgid ""

+"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "

+"its network connections."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug et ad-hoc-netværk til at give andre enheder tilladelse til at oprette "

+"forbindelse til din computer og dens netværksforbindelser."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:33

+msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"

+msgstr "Opret et trådløst hotspot"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:35

+msgid ""

+"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "

+"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "

+"internet connection you’ve made with another interface, such as to a wired "

+"network or over the cellular network."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan bruge din computer som et trådløst hotspot. Så kan andre enheder "

+"forbinde til dig uden et separat netværk, og du kan dele en "

+"internetforbindelse, du har lavet, med en anden grænseflade såsom med en "

+"kabelforbindelse eller over mobilnetværket."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:56

+msgid ""

+"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui> or the name of the "

+"wireless network to which you are already connected. The Wi-Fi section of "

+"the menu will expand."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:62 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:49

+msgid "Click <gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:63

+msgid ""

+"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "

+"<gui>Turn On Wi-Fi Hotspot…</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:65

+msgid ""

+"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "

+"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can connect "

+"to or create only one network at a time. Click <gui>Turn On</gui> to confirm."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:71

+msgid ""

+"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "

+"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "

+"need this information to connect to the hotspot you’ve just created."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30

+msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to on."

+msgstr "Åbn netværksindstillinger og tænd for flytilstand."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34

+msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"

+msgstr "Slå trådløs fra (flytilstand)"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36

+msgid ""

+"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "

+"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "

+"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "

+"power, for example)."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:42

+msgid ""

+"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off all wireless "

+"connections, including Wi-Fi, 3G and Bluetooth connections."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:46

+msgid "To turn on airplane mode:"

+msgstr "Tænd for flytilstand:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:50 C/net-wrongnetwork.page:41

+#: C/power-nowireless.page:50

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:54 C/power-nowireless.page:54

+msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:57

+msgid ""

+"Switch the <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> switch to on. This will turn off your "

+"wireless connection until you disable airplane mode again."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:63

+msgid ""

+"You can turn off your Wi-Fi connection from the <gui xref=\"shell-"

+"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> by clicking on the connection "

+"name and choosing <gui>Turn Off</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:25

+msgid "Get on the internet — wirelessly."

+msgstr "Kom på internettet — trådløst."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:29

+msgid "Connect to a wireless network"

+msgstr "Opret forbindelse til et trådløst netværk"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31

+msgid ""

+"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "

+"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "

+"files on the network, and so on."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:41 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:44

+msgid ""

+"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui>. The Wi-Fi section of the "

+"menu will expand."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:46

+msgid "Click <gui>Select Network</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:49

+msgid "Click the name of the network you want, then click <gui>Connect</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:51

+msgid ""

+"If the name of the network is not in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> "

+"to see if the network is further down the list. If you still do not see the "

+"network, you may be out of range, or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-"

+"hidden\">might be hidden</link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:57

+msgid ""

+"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"

+"\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "

+"<gui>Connect</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:60

+msgid ""

+"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "

+"wireless router or base station, or in its instruction manual, or you may "

+"have to ask the person who administers the wireless network."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:65

+msgid ""

+"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "

+"to the network."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:69

+msgid ""

+"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "

+"curved bars above it (<_:media-1/>). More bars indicate a stronger "

+"connection to the network. Fewer bars mean the connection is weaker and "

+"might not be very reliable."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:77

+msgid ""

+"If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password "

+"again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. "

+"There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You "

+"could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too "

+"weak, or your computer’s wireless card might have a problem, for example. "

+"See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:84

+msgid ""

+"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "

+"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "

+"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "

+"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "

+"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "

+"speeds."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24

+msgid ""

+"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "

+"properly."

+msgstr ""

+"Det kan være signalet er lavt eller netværket lader dig måske ikke oprette "

+"forbindelse ordentligt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29

+msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"

+msgstr "Hvorfor bliver mit trådløse netværk ved med at afbryde forbindelsen?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31

+msgid ""

+"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "

+"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "

+"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "

+"top bar will display three dots if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be "

+"annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38

+msgid "Weak wireless signal"

+msgstr "Svagt trådløst signal"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40

+msgid ""

+"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "

+"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "

+"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "

+"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "

+"and the base station can also weaken the signal."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:46

+msgid ""

+"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "

+"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:52

+msgid "Network connection not being established properly"

+msgstr "Netværksforbindelse ikke etableret ordentligt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54

+msgid ""

+"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "

+"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "

+"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "

+"successful in connecting to the network — it managed to establish a "

+"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "

+"was disconnected."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:61

+msgid ""

+"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "

+"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "

+"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:68

+msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"

+msgstr "Upålidelig trådløse hardware/drivere"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:70

+msgid ""

+"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "

+"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "

+"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "

+"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "

+"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "

+"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:80

+msgid "Busy wireless networks"

+msgstr "Optagede trådløse netværk"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:82

+msgid ""

+"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "

+"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "

+"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "

+"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:23

+msgid ""

+"The wireless could be turned off or broken, or you may be trying to connect "

+"to a hidden network."

+msgstr ""

+"Det trådløse kan være slukket eller ødelagt, eller det kan være du prøver at "

+"oprette forbindelse til et skjult netværk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:27

+msgid "I can’t see my wireless network in the list"

+msgstr "Jeg kan ikke se mit trådløse netværk i listen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:29

+msgid ""

+"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "

+"network on the list of available networks from the system menu."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34

+msgid ""

+"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "

+"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "

+"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:48

+msgid ""

+"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "

+"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:53

+msgid ""

+"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "

+"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "

+"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-find.page:58

+msgid ""

+"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden"

+"\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27

+msgid ""

+"Connect to a wireless network that is not displayed in the network list."

+msgstr ""

+"Opret forbindelse til et trådløst netværk som ikke vises i netværkslisten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:32

+msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"

+msgstr "Opret forbindelse til et skjult trådløst netværk"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34

+msgid ""

+"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is “hidden.” Hidden "

+"networks won’t show up in the list of wireless networks displayed in the "

+"<gui>Network</gui> settings. To connect to a hidden wireless network:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:51

+msgid ""

+"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "

+"<gui>Connect to Hidden Network…</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:54

+msgid ""

+"In the window that appears, select a previously-connected hidden network "

+"using the <gui>Connection</gui> drop-down list, or <gui>New</gui> for a new "

+"one."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:59

+msgid ""

+"For a new connection, type the network name and choose the type of wireless "

+"security from the <gui>Wi-Fi security</gui> drop-down list."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:63

+msgid "Enter the password or other security details."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:66

+msgid "Click <gui>Connect</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:70

+msgid ""

+"You may have to check the settings of the wireless access point or router to "

+"see what the network name is. If you don’t have the network name (SSID), you "

+"can use the <em>BSSID</em> (Basic Service Set Identifier, the access point’s "

+"MAC address), which looks something like <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui> and "

+"can usually be found on the underside of the access point."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:76

+msgid ""

+"You should also check the security settings for the wireless access point. "

+"Look for terms like WEP and WPA."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:80

+msgid ""

+"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "

+"preventing people who don’t know about it from connecting. In practice, this "

+"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "

+"detectable."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18

+msgid "Double-check the password, and other things to try."

+msgstr "Dobbelttjek adgangskoden, og andre ting der kan prøves."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:22

+msgid "I’ve entered the correct password, but I still can’t connect"

+msgstr ""

+"Jeg har indtastet den korrekte adgangskode, men jeg kan stadigvæk ikke "

+"oprette forbindelse"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24

+msgid ""

+"If you’re sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa"

+"\">wireless password</link> but you still can’t successfully connect to a "

+"wireless network, try some of the following:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:28

+msgid "Double-check that you have the correct password"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29

+msgid ""

+"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"

+"case letters), so check that you didn’t get the case of one of the letters "

+"wrong."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:33

+msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34

+msgid ""

+"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way — as a "

+"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "

+"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "

+"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "

+"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "

+"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "

+"Key</gui> if you’re typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "

+"connection)."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:38

+msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "

+"they won’t connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it — "

+"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:43

+msgid "Check that you’re using the correct type of wireless security"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44

+msgid ""

+"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "

+"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "

+"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "

+"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don’t know which one it is, "

+"use trial and error to go through the different options."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:48

+msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:49

+msgid ""

+"Some wireless cards aren’t supported very well. They show up as a wireless "

+"connection, but they can’t connect to a network because their drivers lack "

+"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "

+"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "

+"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "

+"more information."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:14

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:16

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15

+msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"

+msgstr "Bidragsydere til Ubuntu-dokumentationens wiki"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:24

+msgid ""

+"Some device drivers don’t work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "

+"you may need to find a better one."

+msgstr ""

+"Nogle enhedsdrivere virker ikke godt med bestemte trådløse adaptere, så det "

+"kan være nødvendigt at finde en der er bedre."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:28

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27

+msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"

+msgstr "Fejlsøgning af trådløst netværk"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30

+msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"

+msgstr "Sørg for at der er installeret enhedsdrivere som virker"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:34

+msgid ""

+"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "

+"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "

+"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "

+"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "

+"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "

+"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:43

+msgid ""

+"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:45

+msgid ""

+"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "

+"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "

+"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "

+"distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"

+"WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"https://wiki."

+"archlinux.org/index.php/Wireless_network_configuration\">Arch</link>, <link "

+"href=\"https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or "

+"<link href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSUSE</"

+"link>) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may "

+"be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers "

+"working."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:58

+msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:59

+msgid ""

+"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</"

+"em> and <em>open source</em>. This is because they cannot distribute drivers "

+"which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct driver for your "

+"wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or “binary-only” version, "

+"it may not be installed by default. If this is the case, look on the "

+"wireless adapter manufacturer’s website to see if they have any Linux "

+"drivers."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66

+msgid ""

+"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers "

+"for you. If your distribution has one of these, use it to see if it can find "

+"any wireless drivers for you."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:71

+msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:72

+msgid ""

+"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "

+"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "

+"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "

+"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "

+"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "

+"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "

+"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "

+"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"

+"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "

+"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:85

+msgid ""

+"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless "

+"adapter to see if you can get that working. USB wireless adapters are often "

+"quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check that the "

+"adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24

+msgid ""

+"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "

+"recognized properly by the computer."

+msgstr ""

+"Selvom din trådløse adapter er tilsluttet, så kan det være den ikke er "

+"blevet genkendt ordentligt af computeren."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:28

+msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"

+msgstr "Fejlsøgning af trådløs forbindelse"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29

+msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"

+msgstr "Tjek at den trådløse adapter blev genkendt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:31

+msgid ""

+"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "

+"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "

+"will check whether the device was recognized properly."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:37

+msgid ""

+"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press "

+"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you may need to install "

+"the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:42

+msgid ""

+"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "

+"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "

+"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/code

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45

+#, no-wrap

+msgid ""

+"*-network\n"

+"       description: Wireless interface\n"

+"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"

+"       vendor: Intel Corporation"

+msgstr ""

+"*-network\n"

+"       description: Wireless interface\n"

+"       product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"

+"       vendor: Intel Corporation"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51

+msgid ""

+"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"

+"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:54

+msgid ""

+"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "

+"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "

+"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "

+"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "

+"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63

+msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"

+msgstr "PCI (intern) trådløs adapter"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65

+msgid ""

+"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "

+"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "

+"recognized:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71

+msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74

+msgid ""

+"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "

+"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "

+"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "

+"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "

+"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "

+"entry might look like:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/code

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81

+#, no-wrap

+msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"

+msgstr "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:84

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:117

+msgid ""

+"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref="

+"\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. "

+"If you didn’t find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref="

+"\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:95

+msgid "USB wireless adapter"

+msgstr "USB trådløs adapter"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:97

+msgid ""

+"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less "

+"common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB "

+"cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (Wi-Fi) "

+"adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that "

+"it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was "

+"recognized:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:106

+msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:109

+msgid ""

+"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "

+"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "

+"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</"

+"code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what "

+"the entry might look like:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/code

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:114

+#, no-wrap

+msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"

+msgstr "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:128

+msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"

+msgstr "Søg efter en PCMCIA-enhed"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:130

+msgid ""

+"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "

+"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "

+"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:136

+msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:140

+msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/code

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:142

+#, no-wrap

+msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"

+msgstr "tail -f /var/log/messages"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:143

+msgid ""

+"This will display a list of messages related to your computer’s hardware, "

+"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:148

+msgid ""

+"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "

+"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "

+"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:154

+msgid ""

+"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"

+"key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the "

+"Terminal if you like."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:159

+msgid ""

+"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "

+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "

+"step</link>. If you didn’t find anything related to your wireless adapter, "

+"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:169

+msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"

+msgstr "Trådløs adapter blev ikke genkendt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:171

+msgid ""

+"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "

+"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it. How you check "

+"to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which Linux "

+"distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Arch, Fedora or openSUSE)."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:176

+msgid ""

+"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution’s "

+"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "

+"about your wireless adapter, for example."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24

+msgid ""

+"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "

+"subsequent troubleshooting steps."

+msgstr ""

+"Det kan være du skal bruge detaljer såsom modelnummeret på din trådløse "

+"adapter i efterfølgende fejlsøgningstrin."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29

+msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"

+msgstr "Indsaml information om din netværkshardware"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:31

+msgid ""

+"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "

+"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "

+"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "

+"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "

+"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "

+"following items, if you still have them:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:40

+msgid ""

+"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "

+"user guide for your router)"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:44

+msgid ""

+"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "

+"contains Windows drivers)"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:48

+msgid ""

+"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "

+"router. This information can usually be found on the underside or reverse of "

+"the device."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:53

+msgid ""

+"Any version or revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "

+"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "

+"carefully."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:58

+msgid ""

+"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "

+"“firmware” version, or the components (chipset) it uses."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:63

+msgid ""

+"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "

+"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "

+"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "

+"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:69

+msgid ""

+"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Når du har så mange af disse elementer som muligt, så klik på <gui>Næste</"

+"gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25

+msgid ""

+"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "

+"few troubleshooting steps."

+msgstr ""

+"Sørg for at simple netværksindstillinger er korrekte og forbered dig på de "

+"næste fejlsøgningstrin."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30

+msgid "Perform an initial connection check"

+msgstr "Udfør et indledende tjek af forbindelsen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32

+msgid ""

+"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "

+"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn’t "

+"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "

+"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "

+"connection."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:43

+msgid ""

+"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "

+"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "

+"the proper slot on your computer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48

+msgid ""

+"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "

+"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "

+"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:54

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from "

+"the right side of the top bar and select the Wi-Fi network, then select "

+"<gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>. Make sure that the <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> switch is set "

+"to on. You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane"

+"\">Airplane Mode</link> is <em>not</em> switched on."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:62

+msgid ""

+"Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:64

+msgid ""

+"This will display information about your network interfaces and connection "

+"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is an item "

+"related to the wireless network adapter. If the state is <code>connected</"

+"code>, it means that the adapter is working and connected to your wireless "

+"router."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:72

+msgid ""

+"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "

+"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "

+"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "

+"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "

+"contact your ISP for support."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:78

+msgid ""

+"If the information from <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> did not indicate that you "

+"were connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "

+"portion of the troubleshooting guide."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:24

+msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections."

+msgstr "Identificer og ret problemer med trådløse forbindelser."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29

+msgid ""

+"This is a step-by-step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "

+"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "

+"reason, try following the instructions here."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33

+msgid ""

+"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "

+"to the internet:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38

+msgid "Performing an initial check"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41

+msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:44

+msgid "Checking your hardware"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:47

+msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:50

+msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:54

+msgid ""

+"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the "

+"page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "

+"through each step in the guide."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/title

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:59

+msgid "Using the command line"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:60

+msgid ""

+"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "

+"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the <app>Terminal</app> "

+"application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:63

+msgid ""

+"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don’t worry — this guide "

+"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "

+"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "

+"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20

+msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."

+msgstr "WEP og WPA er måder til at kryptere data på trådløse netværk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:23

+msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"

+msgstr "Hvad betyder WEP og WPA?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:25

+msgid ""

+"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "

+"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "

+"connection so that no one can “listen in” to it and look at which web pages "

+"you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent Privacy</"

+"em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is the "

+"second version of the WPA standard."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:32

+msgid ""

+"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "

+"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "

+"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "

+"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "

+"wireless network."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-wireless.page:15

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to Wi-Fi</link>, <link xref="

+"\"net-wireless-hidden\">hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"

+"disconnecting\">Wi-Fi disconnecting</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Opret forbindelse til Wi-Fi</link>, "

+"<link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">skjulte netværk</link>, <link xref=\"net-"

+"wireless-disconnecting\">Wi-Fi afbryder forbindelsen</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-wireless.page:33

+msgid "Wireless networking"

+msgstr "Trådløst netværk"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:26

+msgid ""

+"Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option."

+msgstr ""

+"Rediger dine forbindelsesindstillinger og fjern den uønskede "

+"forbindelsesvalgmulighed."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:31

+msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"

+msgstr "Min computer opretter forbindelse til det forkerte netværk"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33

+msgid ""

+"When you turn your computer on, your computer will automatically try to "

+"connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it "

+"tries to connect to a network that you do not want to connect to, follow the "

+"steps below."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:39

+msgid "To forget a wireless connection:"

+msgstr "Glem en trådløs forbindelse:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:45

+msgid ""

+"Find the network that you <em>do not</em> want it to keep connecting to."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:48

+msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button located next to the network."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:51

+msgid ""

+"Click the <gui>Forget Connection</gui> button. Your computer will not try to "

+"connect to that network any more."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:56

+msgid ""

+"If you later want to connect to the network that your computer just forgot, "

+"follow the steps in <link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\"/>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/net.page:20

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</"

+"link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref="

+"\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email "

+"accounts</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Trådløst</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired"

+"\">kablet</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">forbindelsesproblemer</link>, "

+"<link xref=\"net-browser\">webbrowsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">e-"

+"mailkonti</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/net.page:45

+msgid "Networking, web &amp; email"

+msgstr "Netværk, web &amp; e-mail"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/years

+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:15 C/power-autosuspend.page:17

+#: C/power-status.page:16 C/power-wireless.page:16

+msgid "2016"

+msgstr "2016"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:20

+msgid "Automatically control screen brightness to reduce battery use."

+msgstr "Styr automatisk lysstyrke for skærmen for at reducere batteriforbruget."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:23

+msgid "Enable automatic brightness"

+msgstr "Aktivér automatisk lysstyrke"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:25

+msgid ""

+"If your computer has an integrated light sensor, it can be used to "

+"automatically control screen brightness. This ensures that the screen is "

+"always easy to see in different ambient light conditions, and helps to "

+"reduce battery consumption."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:40

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>Power Saving</gui> section, ensure that the <gui>Automatic "

+"brightness</gui> switch is set to on."

+msgstr ""

+"Sørg for at <gui>Automatisk lysstyrke</gui>-kontakten er tændt i afsnittet "

+"<gui>Strømbesparelse</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-autobrightness.page:46

+msgid "To disable automatic screen brightness, switch it to off."

+msgstr "Sluk for den, for at deaktivere automatisk lysstyrke for skærmen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:22

+msgid "Configure your computer to suspend automatically."

+msgstr "Konfigurer din computer, så den automatisk går i hviletilstand."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:25

+msgid "Set up automatic suspend"

+msgstr "Opsæt automatisk hviletilstand"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:27

+msgid ""

+"You can configure your computer to automatically suspend when idle. "

+"Different intervals can be specified for running on battery or plugged in."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:40

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>Suspend &amp; Power Button</gui> section, click <gui>Automatic "

+"suspend</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:44

+msgid ""

+"Choose <gui>On Battery Power</gui> or <gui>Plugged In</gui>, set the switch "

+"to on, and select a <gui>Delay</gui>. Both options can be configured."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/power-autosuspend.page:49

+msgid ""

+"On a desktop computer, there is one option labeled <gui>When Idle</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:12

+msgid ""

+"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "

+"an estimate."

+msgstr ""

+"Den levetid for batteriet der vises når du klikker på <gui>batteriikonet</gui> er "

+"anslået."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:34

+msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"

+msgstr "Den anslåede levetid for batteriet er forkert"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36

+msgid ""

+"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "

+"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "

+"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "

+"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:41

+msgid ""

+"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "

+"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "

+"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "

+"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "

+"intensive tasks (like watching high-definition video or converting music "

+"files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to "

+"predict."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:48

+msgid ""

+"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "

+"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "

+"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:52

+msgid ""

+"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "

+"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "

+"will never be completely accurate, though."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:57

+msgid ""

+"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "

+"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "

+"make a sensible estimate."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:60

+msgid ""

+"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "

+"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "

+"data it needs."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:38

+msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."

+msgstr "Tips til at reducere din computers strømforbrug."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:41

+msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"

+msgstr "Brug mindre strøm og forbedr batteriets levetid"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:43

+msgid ""

+"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "

+"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:47

+msgid "General tips"

+msgstr "Generelle tips"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:51

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "

+"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "

+"can be woken up very quickly."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:56

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you "

+"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off "

+"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the "

+"case."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:62

+msgid ""

+"Use the <gui>Power</gui> panel in <app>Settings</app> to change your power "

+"settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you "

+"can <link xref=\"display-blank\">automatically blank the screen</link> after "

+"a certain time, reduce the <link xref=\"display-brightness\">screen "

+"brightness</link>, and have the computer <link xref=\"power-autosuspend"

+"\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain period "

+"of time."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:71

+msgid ""

+"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not "

+"using them."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:79

+msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"

+msgstr "Bærbare computere, netbooks og andre enheder med batterier"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:83

+msgid ""

+"Reduce the <link xref=\"display-brightness\">screen brightness</link>. "

+"Powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop power "

+"consumption."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:86

+msgid ""

+"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "

+"can use to reduce the brightness."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:90

+msgid ""

+"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "

+"wireless or Bluetooth cards. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "

+"which takes quite a bit of power."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:93

+msgid ""

+"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "

+"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "

+"turn it on again when you need it."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:102

+msgid "More advanced tips"

+msgstr "Flere avancerede tips"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:106

+msgid ""

+"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "

+"more power when they have more work to do."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-batterylife.page:108

+msgid ""

+"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "

+"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "

+"internet or play music or movies can impact your power consumption."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:11

+msgid "Tips such as “Do not let the battery charge get too low”."

+msgstr "Tips såsom “Lad ikke batteriets opladning blive for lavt”."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:29

+msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"

+msgstr "Få mest ud af batteriet i din bærbare computer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:31

+msgid ""

+"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "

+"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "

+"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:37

+msgid ""

+"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "

+"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "

+"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "

+"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "

+"discharged is worse for the battery."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:44

+msgid ""

+"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do "

+"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:48

+msgid ""

+"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "

+"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "

+"battery — always buy replacements when you need them."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:55

+msgid ""

+"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "

+"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "

+"treatment."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7

+msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."

+msgstr "Nogle bærbare computere bliver langsommere med vilje når de kører på batteri."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:25

+msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"

+msgstr "Hvorfor er min bærbare computer langsom når den bruger batteri?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:27

+msgid ""

+"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "

+"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a "

+"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the "

+"battery should last longer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-batteryslow.page:32

+msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:15

+msgid ""

+"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "

+"cause of this problem."

+msgstr ""

+"Tilpasninger fra producenten og forskelle i anslåede levetid for batteriet kan være "

+"årsagen til problemet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33

+msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"

+msgstr "Hvorfor har jeg mindre levetid for batteriet end da jeg brugte Windows/Mac OS?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:35

+msgid ""

+"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "

+"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "

+"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "

+"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "

+"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "

+"them in Linux is difficult."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:42

+msgid ""

+"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "

+"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "

+"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "

+"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "

+"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-batterywindows.page:48

+msgid ""

+"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "

+"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "

+"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "

+"different estimates."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-closelid.page:31

+msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."

+msgstr "Bærbare computere sover for at spare på strømmen, når du lukker låget."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-closelid.page:35

+msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"

+msgstr "Hvorfor slukker min computer når jeg lukker låget?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-closelid.page:37

+msgid ""

+"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"

+"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "

+"the computer is not actually turned off — it has just gone to sleep. You can "

+"resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse "

+"or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-closelid.page:44

+msgid ""

+"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "

+"hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, "

+"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "

+"unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to "

+"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "

+"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/power-closelid.page:52

+msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"

+msgstr "Stop computeren i at gå i hviletilstand når låget lukkes"

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/power-closelid.page:55

+msgid ""

+"These instructions will only work if you are using <app>systemd</app>. "

+"Contact your distribution for more information."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/power-closelid.page:60 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:37

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66

+msgid ""

+"You need to have <app>Tweaks</app> installed on your computer to change this "

+"setting."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: if/p

+#: C/power-closelid.page:63 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:40

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69

+msgid ""

+"<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:gnome-tweaks\">Install <app>Tweaks</"

+"app></link>"

+msgstr ""

+"<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:gnome-tweaks\">Installér "

+"<app>Tilpasninger</app></link>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/power-closelid.page:68

+msgid ""

+"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "

+"change the setting for that behavior."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/power-closelid.page:72

+msgid ""

+"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "

+"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "

+"confined place like a backpack."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-closelid.page:79 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:48

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Tweaks</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Tilpasninger</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-closelid.page:83 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:52

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81

+msgid "Click <gui>Tweaks</gui> to open the application."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilpasninger</gui> for at åbne programmet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-closelid.page:86

+msgid "Select the <gui>General</gui> tab."

+msgstr "Vælg fanebladet <gui>Generelt</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-closelid.page:89

+msgid "Switch the <gui>Suspend when laptop lid is closed</gui> switch to off."

+msgstr ""

+"Sluk for <gui>Sæt i hviletilstand, når låget lukkes på den bærbare lukkes</"

+"gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-closelid.page:93 C/tips-specialchars.page:102

+msgid "Close the <gui>Tweaks</gui> window."

+msgstr "Luk vinduet <gui>Tilpasninger</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-constantfan.page:10

+msgid ""

+"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "

+"hot."

+msgstr ""

+"Måske mangler der blæserstyringssoftware eller din bærbare computer kan være for varm."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-constantfan.page:21

+msgid "The laptop fan is always running"

+msgstr "Blæseren i den bærbare computer kører altid"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-constantfan.page:23

+msgid ""

+"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the "

+"hardware that controls the cooling system in the laptop is not very well "

+"supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their "

+"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or "

+"available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of "

+"the time."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-constantfan.page:29

+msgid ""

+"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "

+"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href="

+"\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control "

+"the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a "

+"technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your "

+"laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your "

+"computer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-constantfan.page:37

+msgid ""

+"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "

+"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "

+"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "

+"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "

+"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "

+"laptop which may help."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:11

+msgid ""

+"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "

+"can be damaging."

+msgstr ""

+"Computere bliver gerne varme, men hvis de bliver for varme, kan de "

+"overophede, hvilket kan være skadeligt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:21

+msgid "My computer gets really hot"

+msgstr "Min computer bliver meget varm"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:23

+msgid ""

+"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "

+"normal: it is simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. "

+"However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "

+"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:28

+msgid ""

+"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "

+"It is generally nothing to worry about — computers produce a lot of heat and "

+"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "

+"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "

+"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "

+"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "

+"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "

+"cooling."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:36

+msgid ""

+"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "

+"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "

+"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "

+"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"

+"ventilated area too — if kept in confined spaces (for example, in a "

+"cupboard), the cooling system in the computer may not be able to remove heat "

+"and circulate cool air fast enough."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:49

+msgid ""

+"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "

+"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "

+"possibly reduce fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "

+"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "

+"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "

+"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:56

+msgid ""

+"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "

+"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "

+"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "

+"probably need to get it repaired."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-lowpower.page:11

+msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."

+msgstr "Batteriet har ikke godt af at aflade helt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-lowpower.page:32

+msgid "Why did my computer turn off when the battery got to 10%?"

+msgstr "Hvorfor slukkede min computer da batteriet var på 10 %?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-lowpower.page:34

+msgid ""

+"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "

+"automatically turn off. It does this to make sure that the battery does not "

+"completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just "

+"ran out, the computer would not have time to shut down properly either."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-lowpower.page:40

+msgid ""

+"Bear in mind that when your computer automatically turns off, your "

+"applications and documents <em>are not</em> saved. To avoid losing your "

+"work, save it before the battery gets too low."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-nowireless.page:32

+msgid ""

+"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "

+"and does not resume properly."

+msgstr ""

+"Nogle trådløse enheder har problemer med at håndtere når din computer er "

+"i hviletilstand og genoptager ikke ordentligt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-nowireless.page:36

+msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"

+msgstr "Jeg har ikke noget trådløst netværk når jeg vækker computeren"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-nowireless.page:38

+msgid ""

+"If you have suspended your computer, you may find that your wireless "

+"internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens "

+"when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the wireless "

+"device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the "

+"wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-nowireless.page:45

+msgid ""

+"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"

+msgstr "Hvis det sker, så prøv at slukke og tænde for trådløs igen:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-nowireless.page:57

+msgid ""

+"Switch the <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> switch at the top-right of the window to off and "

+"then on again."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-nowireless.page:61

+msgid ""

+"If the wireless still does not work, switch the <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> "

+"switch to on and then switch it off again."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-nowireless.page:66

+msgid ""

+"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless "

+"work again. If you are still having problems after that, connect to the "

+"internet using an Ethernet cable and update your computer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-othercountry.page:7

+msgid ""

+"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "

+"travel adapter."

+msgstr ""

+"Din computer vil virke, men det kan være, du får brug for et andet strømkabel "

+"eller en rejseadapter."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-othercountry.page:25

+msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"

+msgstr "Virker min computer med en strømforsyning fra et andet land?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-othercountry.page:27

+msgid ""

+"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "

+"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "

+"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "

+"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-othercountry.page:32

+msgid ""

+"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "

+"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "

+"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "

+"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-othercountry.page:37

+msgid ""

+"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "

+"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "

+"the voltage switch on the computer’s power supply, if there is one. Many "

+"computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "

+"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "

+"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "

+"“110V” or “230V” (for example). Switch it if you need to."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/power-othercountry.page:46

+msgid ""

+"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "

+"everything off first if you can."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-status.page:21

+msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices."

+msgstr "Vis statussen på batteriet og tilsluttede enheder."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-status.page:24

+msgid "Check the battery status"

+msgstr "Tjek batteriets status"

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/power-status.page:28

+msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices"

+msgstr "Vis statussen på batteriet og tilsluttede enheder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-status.page:35

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel. The status of known devices is "

+"displayed."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <gui>Strøm</gui> for at åbne panelet. Statussen på kendte enheder "

+"vises."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-status.page:41

+msgid ""

+"If an internal battery is detected, the <gui>Batteries</gui> section "

+"displays the status of one or more laptop batteries. The indicator bar shows "

+"the percent charged, as well as time until fully charged if plugged in, and "

+"time remaining when running on battery power."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-status.page:58

+msgid ""

+"The <gui>Devices</gui> section displays the status of connected devices."

+msgstr "Afsnittet <gui>Enheder</gui> viser statussen på tilsluttede enheder."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13

+msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend."

+msgstr "Noget computerhardware forårsager problemer med hviletilstand."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:27

+msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"

+msgstr ""

+"Hvorfor tænder min computer ikke efter jeg har sat den i hviletilstand?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:29

+msgid ""

+"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> your computer, then try "

+"to resume it, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could "

+"be because suspend is not supported properly by your hardware."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34

+msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"

+msgstr "Min computer går i hviletilstand og genoptager ikke"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:35

+msgid ""

+"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "

+"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does "

+"not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it "

+"once)."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:39

+msgid ""

+"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer’s monitor is "

+"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41

+msgid ""

+"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for "

+"5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "

+"should then be able to turn on the computer again."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:44

+msgid ""

+"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "

+"may not work with your hardware."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47

+msgid ""

+"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply "

+"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:53

+msgid ""

+"My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my "

+"computer"

+msgstr ""

+"Min trådløse forbindelse (eller anden hardware) virker ikke når jeg vækker "

+"min computer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:55

+msgid ""

+"If you suspend your computer and then resume it again, you may find that "

+"your internet connection, mouse, or some other device does not work "

+"properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not properly "

+"support suspend. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with the "

+"driver</link> and not the device itself."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61

+msgid ""

+"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "

+"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "

+"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "

+"works."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/power-suspendfail.page:65

+msgid ""

+"If you cannot turn off or unplug the device, or if this does not work, you "

+"may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-suspend.page:9

+msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."

+msgstr ""

+"Hviletilstand får din computer til at sove, så den bruger mindre strøm."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-suspend.page:25

+msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"

+msgstr "Hvad sker der når jeg sætter min computer i hviletilstand?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-suspend.page:33

+msgid ""

+"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "

+"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "

+"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "

+"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "

+"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "

+"pressing the power button."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-suspend.page:40

+msgid ""

+"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "

+"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend properly</link>. "

+"It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work "

+"before relying on it."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/title

+#: C/power-suspend.page:46

+msgid "Always save your work before suspending"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/power-suspend.page:47

+msgid ""

+"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "

+"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "

+"recovered when you resume the computer again."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-whydim.page:32

+msgid "The screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power."

+msgstr "Skærmen dæmpes for at spare på strømmen, når computeren ikke er i brug."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-whydim.page:35

+msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"

+msgstr "Hvorfor dæmpes min skærm efter noget tid?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-whydim.page:43

+msgid ""

+"If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, it will dim when the "

+"computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer "

+"again, the screen will brighten."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-whydim.page:47

+msgid "To stop the screen from dimming itself:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-whydim.page:58

+msgid ""

+"Switch the <gui>Dim Screen When Inactive</gui> switch to off in the "

+"<gui>Power Saving</gui> section."

+msgstr ""

+"Sluk for <gui>Dæmp skærmen ved inaktivitet</gui>-kontakten i afsnittet "

+"<gui>Strømbesparelse</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12

+msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."

+msgstr "Mulige årsager kan være løse kabler og hardwareproblemer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21

+msgid "My computer will not turn on"

+msgstr "Min computer tænder ikke"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:23

+msgid ""

+"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "

+"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:34

+msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"

+msgstr "Computeren er ikke tilsluttet, batteriet er tomt eller kablet er løst"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:35

+msgid ""

+"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "

+"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "

+"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "

+"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "

+"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is "

+"removable."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:44

+msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"

+msgstr "Problemer med computerens hardware"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:45

+msgid ""

+"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "

+"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "

+"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory "

+"or RAM) and a faulty motherboard."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:52

+msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"

+msgstr "Computeren bipper og slukker bagefter"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:53

+msgid ""

+"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "

+"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "

+"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "

+"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "

+"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "

+"consult the manual for your computer’s motherboard, or take your computer in "

+"for repairs."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:63

+msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"

+msgstr "Computerens blæser kører, men der er ikke noget på skærmen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64

+msgid ""

+"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:66

+msgid ""

+"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "

+"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "

+"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power-wireless.page:21

+msgid ""

+"Bluetooth, wi-fi and mobile broadband can be switched off to reduce battery "

+"use."

+msgstr ""

+"Bluetooth, wi-fi og mobilt bredbånd kan slukkes for at reducere "

+"batteriforbruget."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power-wireless.page:24

+msgid "Switch off unused wireless technologies"

+msgstr "Sluk for trådløse teknologier der ikke bruges"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/power-wireless.page:26

+msgid ""

+"You can reduce battery use by switching off bluetooth, wi-fi or mobile "

+"broadband when they are not in use."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/power-wireless.page:39

+msgid ""

+"The <gui>Power Saving</gui> section contains switches for <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>, "

+"<gui>Mobile broadband</gui>, and <gui>Bluetooth</gui>. Switch the unused "

+"services to off. Re-enable when needed by switching to on."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/power.page:13

+msgid "Natalia Ruz"

+msgstr "Natalia Ruz"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power.page:23

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"power-status\">Battery status</link>, <link xref=\"power-suspend"

+"\">suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"power-status\">Batteristatus</link>, <link xref=\"power-"

+"suspend\">hviletilstand</link>, <link xref=\"power-"

+"whydim\">dæmpning af skærmen</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/power.page:31

+msgid "Power &amp; battery"

+msgstr "Strøm &amp; batteri"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/power.page:39

+msgid "Power saving settings"

+msgstr "Indstillinger for strømbesparelse"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/power.page:43

+msgid "Questions"

+msgstr "Spørgsmål"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/power.page:49

+msgctxt "link"

+msgid "Power problems"

+msgstr "Strømproblemer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/power.page:51

+msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."

+msgstr "Fejlsøg problemer med strøm og batterier."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/prefs-display.page:17

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"

+"resolution\">size and orientation</link>, <link xref=\"display-brightness"

+"\">brightness</link>, <link xref=\"display-night-light\">color temperature</"

+"link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"look-background\">Baggrund</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution"

+"\">størrelse og orientering</link>, <link xref=\"display-brightness"

+"\">lysstyrke</link>, <link xref=\"display-night-light\">farvetemperatur</"

+"link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/prefs-display.page:27

+msgid "Display &amp; screen"

+msgstr "Visning &amp; skærm"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/prefs-language.page:17

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats"

+"\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard "

+"layouts</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"session-language\">Sprog</link>, <link xref=\"session-"

+"formats\">region og formater</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"

+"layouts\">tastaturlayouts</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/prefs-sharing.page:20

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="

+"\"sharing-personal\">Personal file sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"

+"desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media sharing</"

+"link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth-deling</link>, <link xref="

+"\"sharing-personal\">Personlig fildeling</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-desktop"

+"\">Skærmdeling</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Mediedeling</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/prefs-sharing.page:28

+msgid "Sharing Settings"

+msgstr "Delingsindstillinger"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/prefs-sharing.page:30

+msgid ""

+"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> help you control what is shared over the local "

+"network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."

+msgstr ""

+"<em>Delingsindstillingerne</em> hjælper dig med at styre hvad der deles over "

+"det lokale netværk eller gennem andre teknologier såsom <em>Bluetooth</em>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/prefs.page:7

+msgctxt "link:trail"

+msgid "Settings"

+msgstr "Indstillinger"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/prefs.page:14

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse &amp; "

+"touchpad</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref="

+"\"prefs-language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user "

+"accounts</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Tastatur</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mus &amp; "

+"pegeplade</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-display\">skærm</link>, <link xref"

+"=\"prefs-language\">sprog</link>, <link xref=\"user-"

+"accounts\">brugerkontoer</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/prefs.page:24

+msgid "User &amp; system settings"

+msgstr "Bruger- &amp; systemindstillinger"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing-2sided.page:23

+msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."

+msgstr "Udskriv på begge sider af papiret eller flere sider pr. ark."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/printing-2sided.page:26

+msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"

+msgstr "Udskriv layouts, dobbeltsidet eller flersidet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-2sided.page:28

+msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-2sided.page:32 C/printing-differentsize.page:38

+#: C/printing-select.page:28 C/printing-to-file.page:35

+msgid ""

+"Open the print dialog by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></"

+"keyseq>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-2sided.page:36

+msgid ""

+"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "

+"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"

+"sided printing is not available for your printer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-2sided.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It is a good idea to "

+"experiment with your printer to see how it works."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-2sided.page:43

+msgid ""

+"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "

+"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/printing-2sided.page:49

+msgid ""

+"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "

+"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "

+"be available."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:23

+msgid ""

+"Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) from a PDF using normal A4/"

+"Letter-size paper."

+msgstr ""

+"Udskriv foldet brochure (som en bog eller pamflet) fra en PDF med "

+"normal papirstørrelse i A4 eller Letter."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27

+msgid "Print a booklet on a double-sided printer"

+msgstr "Udskriv en brochure på en duplexprinter"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:29

+msgid ""

+"You can make a folded booklet (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "

+"pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "

+"options."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:33 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:29

+msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."

+msgstr "Instruktioner til at udskrive en brochure fra et PDF-dokument."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:35 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:30

+#: C/printing-booklet.page:27

+msgid ""

+"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "

+"export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"

+"gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages "

+"(4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40

+msgid "To print a booklet:"

+msgstr "Sådan udskrives en brochure:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41

+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:81

+msgid ""

+"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="

+"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"

+"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:49 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46

+msgid "Click the <gui>Properties…</gui> button"

+msgstr "Klik på knappen <gui>Egenskaber …</gui>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:47

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>Orientation</gui> drop-down list, make sure that <gui>Landscape</"

+"gui> is selected."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52

+msgid "In the <gui>Duplex</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Short Edge</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:54 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:49

+msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui> to go back to the print dialog."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52

+msgid "Under <gui>Range and Copies</gui>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53

+msgid ""

+"Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "

+"and a multiple of 4):"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:62 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55

+msgid ""

+"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "

+"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"

+msgstr ""

+"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "

+"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11 …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:64 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:59

+msgid "Examples:"

+msgstr "Eksempler:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:66 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60

+msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"

+msgstr "4-siders brochure: Skriv <input>4,1,2,3</input>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:67 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61

+msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"

+msgstr "8-siders brochure: Skriv <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:68 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64

+msgid ""

+"20 page booklet: Type "

+"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"

+msgstr ""

+"20-siders brochure: Skriv "

+"<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:73 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68

+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:86

+msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Layout</gui> tab."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:74 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:69

+msgid "Under <gui>Layout</gui>, select <gui>Brochure</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:75

+msgid ""

+"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, "

+"select <gui>All pages</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:79 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:74

+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:91

+msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Udskriv</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23

+msgid "Print a booklet from a PDF using a single-sided printer."

+msgstr ""

+"Udskriv en brochure fra en PDF med en enkeltsidet printer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:26

+msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"

+msgstr "Udskriv en brochure på en enkeltsidet printer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37

+msgid "To print:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:57

+msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."

+msgstr "… indtil du har skrevet alle siderne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:62

+msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"

+msgstr ""

+"12-siders brochure: Skriv <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63

+msgid ""

+"16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"

+msgstr ""

+"16-siders brochure: Skriv "

+"<input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:70

+msgid ""

+"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, "

+"select <gui>Front sides / right pages</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:77

+msgid ""

+"When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "

+"the printer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:87

+msgid ""

+"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, "

+"select <gui>Back sides / left pages</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing-booklet.page:19

+msgid ""

+"How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."

+msgstr ""

+"Sådan udskrives en foldet flersidet brochure med papirstørrelse i A4 eller Letter."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/printing-booklet.page:23

+msgid "Print a booklet"

+msgstr "Udskriv en brochure"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-booklet.page:25

+msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."

+msgstr "Du kan udskrive en brochure fra en PDF."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-booklet.page:33

+msgid ""

+"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "

+"should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "

+"multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "

+"pages needed."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet.page:43

+msgid ""

+"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "

+"<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-booklet.page:47

+msgid ""

+"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "

+"or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-booklet.page:53

+msgid ""

+"Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "

+"below:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29

+msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."

+msgstr "Annuller et afventende udskriftsjob og fjern det fra køen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32

+msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"

+msgstr "Annuller, paus eller genoptag et udskriftsjob"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:34

+msgid ""

+"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "

+"printer settings."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38

+msgid "Cancel a print job"

+msgstr "Annuller et udskriftsjob"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:40

+msgid ""

+"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "

+"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44

+msgid "How to cancel a print job:"

+msgstr "Annullér et udskriftsjob:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46 C/printing-cancel-job.page:86

+#: C/printing-name-location.page:48 C/printing-name-location.page:76

+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:50 C/printing-setup.page:76

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Printers</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Printere</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:50 C/printing-cancel-job.page:90

+#: C/printing-name-location.page:52 C/printing-name-location.page:80

+msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Printere</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:53

+msgid ""

+"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "

+"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:57

+msgid "Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:61

+msgid ""

+"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "

+"the <em>cancel</em> button on your printer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:64

+msgid ""

+"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "

+"that will not cancel, remove the paper from the printer’s paper input tray. "

+"The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. "

+"You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer "

+"off and then on again."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:71

+msgid ""

+"Be careful that you don’t damage the printer when removing the paper, "

+"though. If you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "

+"probably just leave it where it is."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:79

+msgid "Pause and release a print job"

+msgstr "Paus og genoptag et udskriftsjob"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:81

+msgid ""

+"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "

+"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:93

+msgid ""

+"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "

+"<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "

+"on your needs."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27

+msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."

+msgstr "Udskriv et dokument på en anden papirstørrelse eller -orientering."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:30

+msgid "Change the paper size when printing"

+msgstr "Vælg en anden papirstørrelse til udskrivning"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32

+msgid ""

+"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "

+"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "

+"document."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:42

+msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45

+msgid ""

+"Under the <gui>Paper</gui> column, choose your <gui>Paper size</gui> from "

+"the drop-down list."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:49

+msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> to print your document."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Udskriv</gui> for at udskrive dit dokument."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:53

+msgid ""

+"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> drop-down list to choose a "

+"different orientation:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: p/gui

+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:57

+msgid "Portrait"

+msgstr "Portræt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: p/gui

+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:58

+msgid "Landscape"

+msgstr "Landskab"

+

+#. (itstool) path: p/gui

+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:59

+msgid "Reverse portrait"

+msgstr "Omvendt portræt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: p/gui

+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:60

+msgid "Reverse landscape"

+msgstr "Omvendt landskab"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:23

+msgid ""

+"Make sure that you have the envelope the right way up, and have chosen the "

+"correct paper size."

+msgstr ""

+"Sørg for at konvolutten har den rette side op og at du har valgt den "

+"korrekte papirstørrelse."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:27

+msgid "Print envelopes"

+msgstr "Udskriv konvolutter"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:29

+msgid ""

+"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope. This is "

+"especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:34

+msgid "Printing onto envelopes"

+msgstr "Udskrivning på konvolutter"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:36

+msgid ""

+"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:38

+msgid ""

+"The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. Press "

+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> to open the Print dialog, go to "

+"the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as "

+"“Envelope” if you can. If you cannot do this, see if you can change the "

+"<gui>Paper size</gui> to an envelope size (for example, <gui>C5</gui>). The "

+"pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in "

+"standard sizes."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:46

+msgid ""

+"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "

+"side up in the printer’s in-tray. Check the printer’s manual for this, or "

+"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "

+"which way is the right way up."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:52

+msgid ""

+"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "

+"some laser printers. Check your printer’s manual to see if it accepts "

+"envelopes. Otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:20

+msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."

+msgstr "Tjek mængden af blæk eller toner der er tilbage i printerpatronerne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:23

+msgid "How can I check my printer’s ink or toner levels?"

+msgstr "Hvordan tjekker jeg min printers blæk- eller tonerniveauer?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25

+msgid ""

+"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "

+"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "

+"installed on your computer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:29

+msgid ""

+"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "

+"information."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32

+msgid ""

+"Some printers report toner or ink levels to the computer, which can be found "

+"in the <gui>Printers</gui> panel in <app>Settings</app>. The ink level will "

+"be shown with the printer details if it is available."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:36

+msgid ""

+"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "

+"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "

+"proprietary drivers with similar features."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:40

+msgid ""

+"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "

+"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "

+"printers. See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel."

+"sourceforge.net/#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink "

+"levels application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mtink</app>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:47

+msgid ""

+"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "

+"designed to report their ink levels."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing-name-location.page:27

+msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."

+msgstr ""

+"Skift navnet eller placeringen på en printer i printerindstillingerne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/printing-name-location.page:31

+msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"

+msgstr "Skift navn eller placering på en printer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-name-location.page:33

+msgid ""

+"You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan ændre navnet eller placeringen på en printer i printerindstillinger."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/printing-name-location.page:37

+msgid ""

+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link> "

+"on the system to change the name or location of a printer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/printing-name-location.page:42

+msgid "Change printer name"

+msgstr "Skift printernavn"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/printing-name-location.page:44

+msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-name-location.page:55 C/printing-name-location.page:83

+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61 C/printing-setup.page:83

+#: C/user-add.page:54 C/user-admin-change.page:49 C/user-autologin.page:44

+#: C/user-delete.page:60

+msgid ""

+"Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in "

+"your password when prompted."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Lås op</gui> i øverste højre hjørne og skriv "

+"din adgangskode, når du bliver spurgt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-name-location.page:59

+msgid ""

+"Click the name of your printer, and start typing a new name for the printer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-name-location.page:63

+msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save your changes."

+msgstr "Tryk på <key>Enter</key> for at gemme dine ændringer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/printing-name-location.page:70

+msgid "Change printer location"

+msgstr "Skift printerplacering"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/printing-name-location.page:72

+msgid "To change the location of your printer:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-name-location.page:87

+msgid "Click the location, and start editing the location."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-name-location.page:90

+msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."

+msgstr "Tryk på <key>Enter</key> for at gemme ændringerne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing-order.page:23

+msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."

+msgstr "Saml sætvis og omvend rækkefølgen på udskriften."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/printing-order.page:26

+msgid "Make pages print in a different order"

+msgstr "Udskriv sider i en anden rækkefølge"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/printing-order.page:29

+msgid "Reverse"

+msgstr "Omvendt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/printing-order.page:31

+msgid ""

+"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "

+"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "

+"reverse this printing order."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/printing-order.page:36

+msgid "To reverse the order:"

+msgstr "Omvendt rækkefølge:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-order.page:38 C/printing-order.page:61

+msgid ""

+"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> to open the Print dialog."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-order.page:42

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, under <gui>Copies</gui>, check <gui>Reverse</"

+"gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/printing-order.page:50

+msgid "Collate"

+msgstr "Sætvis"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/printing-order.page:52

+msgid ""

+"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "

+"be grouped by page number by default (that is, all of the copies of page one "

+"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "

+"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "

+"instead."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/printing-order.page:59

+msgid "To collate:"

+msgstr "Saml sætvis:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-order.page:65

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, under <gui>Copies</gui>, check <gui>Collate</"

+"gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Vælg <gui>Sætvis</gui> i fanebladet <gui>Generelt</gui> under <gui>Kopier</"

+"gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20

+msgid ""

+"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "

+"you have."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvordan du fjerner papir, der har sat sig fast, afhænger af printerens mærke "

+"og model."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24

+msgid "Clearing a paper jam"

+msgstr "Fjern papir der har sat sig fast"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:26

+msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:28

+msgid ""

+"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "

+"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer’s "

+"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "

+"jammed paper out of the printer’s feeding mechanism."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:33

+msgid ""

+"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer’s "

+"<em>resume</em> button to start printing again. With some printers, you may "

+"even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "

+"print job again."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing-select.page:19

+msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."

+msgstr "Udskriv kun bestemte sider, eller kun et interval af sider."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/printing-select.page:22

+msgid "Print only certain pages"

+msgstr "Udskriv kun bestemte sider"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-select.page:24

+msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-select.page:32

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, choose <gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</"

+"gui> section."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-select.page:35

+msgid ""

+"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "

+"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/printing-select.page:40

+msgid ""

+"For example, if you enter “1,3,5-7” in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, pages "

+"1,3,5,6 and 7 will be printed."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/media

+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When

+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to

+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to

+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.

+#: C/printing-select.page:42

+msgctxt "_"

+msgid ""

+"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "

+"md5='2eceabe52b26c4ee06fac1ce2a79459c'"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35

+msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."

+msgstr "Vælg den printer du bruger mest."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38

+msgid "Set the default printer"

+msgstr "Indstil standardprinteren"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40

+msgid ""

+"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "

+"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:44

+msgid ""

+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link> "

+"on the system to set the default printer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:54 C/printing-setup.page:80

+msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Printere</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:57

+msgid ""

+"Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:65

+msgid "Select the <gui>Default printer</gui> checkbox."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:69

+msgid ""

+"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "

+"unless you choose a different printer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing-setup.page:38

+msgid ""

+"Set up a printer that is connected to your computer, or your local network."

+msgstr ""

+"Opsæt en printer som er tilsluttet din computer eller dit lokale netværk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/printing-setup.page:42

+msgid "Set up a local printer"

+msgstr "Opsæt en lokal printer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-setup.page:44

+msgid ""

+"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they are "

+"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "

+"your computer, but some printers connect to your wired or wireless network."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/printing-setup.page:50

+msgid ""

+"If your printer is connected to the network, it will not be set up "

+"automatically – you should add it from the <gui>Printers</gui> panel in "

+"<gui>Settings</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-setup.page:57

+msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-setup.page:60

+msgid ""

+"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "

+"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "

+"asked to authenticate to install them."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-setup.page:65

+msgid ""

+"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "

+"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"

+"gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-setup.page:71

+msgid ""

+"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "

+"settings:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-setup.page:87

+msgid "Press the <gui style=\"button\">Add…</gui> button."

+msgstr "Tryk på knappen <gui style=\"button\">Tilføj …</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-setup.page:90

+msgid ""

+"In the pop-up window, select your new printer and press <gui style=\"button"

+"\">Add</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/printing-setup.page:93

+msgid ""

+"If your printer is not discovered automatically, but you know its network "

+"address, enter it into the text field at the bottom of the dialog and then "

+"press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-setup.page:100

+msgid ""

+"If your printer does not appear in the <gui>Add Printer</gui> window, you "

+"may need to install print drivers."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-setup.page:108

+msgid ""

+"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"

+"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing-streaks.page:20

+msgid ""

+"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "

+"or clean the print head."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis udskrifter er streget, blege eller mangler farver, så tjek "

+"blækniveauerne eller rens printerhovedet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/printing-streaks.page:24

+msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"

+msgstr ""

+"Hvorfor er der striber, linjer eller forkerte farver på det jeg udskriver?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-streaks.page:27

+msgid ""

+"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that should not be "

+"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "

+"the printer or a low ink or toner supply."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/printing-streaks.page:33

+msgid "Fading text or images"

+msgstr "Bleg tekst eller billeder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-streaks.page:34

+msgid ""

+"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink or toner supply and "

+"buy a new cartridge if necessary."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/printing-streaks.page:38

+msgid "Streaks and lines"

+msgstr "Striber og linjer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-streaks.page:39

+msgid ""

+"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "

+"blocked. Try cleaning the print head. See the printer’s manual for "

+"instructions."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/printing-streaks.page:44

+msgid "Wrong colors"

+msgstr "Forkerte farver"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-streaks.page:45

+msgid ""

+"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink or "

+"toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/printing-streaks.page:49

+msgid "Jagged lines, or lines are not straight"

+msgstr "Iturevne linjer eller linjer der ikke er lige"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-streaks.page:50

+msgid ""

+"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "

+"need to align the print head. See the printer’s instruction manual for "

+"details on how to do this."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing-to-file.page:20

+msgid ""

+"Save a document as a PDF, PostScript or SVG file instead of sending it to a "

+"printer."

+msgstr ""

+"Gem et dokument som en PDF-, PostScript- eller SVG-fil i stedet for at sende "

+"det til en printer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/printing-to-file.page:24

+msgid "Print to file"

+msgstr "Udskriv til fil"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/printing-to-file.page:26

+msgid ""

+"You can choose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "

+"from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "

+"<sys>PostScript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the document. "

+"This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "

+"or to share it with someone."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/printing-to-file.page:33

+msgid "To print to file:"

+msgstr "Udskriv til fil:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-to-file.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="

+"\"tab\">General</gui> tab."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-to-file.page:43

+msgid ""

+"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "

+"filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"

+"gui> once you have finished choosing."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-to-file.page:48

+msgid ""

+"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "

+"a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>PostScript</sys> or "

+"<sys>SVG</sys>."

+msgstr ""

+"<sys>PDF</sys> er dokumentets standardfiltype. Hvis du vil bruge et andet "

+"<gui>outputformat</gui>, så vælg enten <sys>PostScript</sys> eller <sys>SVG</"

+"sys>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-to-file.page:53

+msgid "Choose your other page preferences."

+msgstr "Vælg dine andre sideindstillinger."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/printing-to-file.page:56

+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."

+msgstr "Tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Udskriv</gui> for at gemme filen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing.page:18

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order"

+"\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and "

+"multi-page</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Lokal opsætning</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"

+"order\">rækkefølge og sætvis udskrift</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided"

+"\">tosidet og flersidet</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/printing.page:37

+msgctxt "link:trail"

+msgid "Setup"

+msgstr "Opsætning"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/printing.page:39

+msgid "Set up a printer"

+msgstr "Opsæt en printer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/printing.page:44

+msgctxt "link:trail"

+msgid "Sizes and layouts"

+msgstr "Størrelser og layouts"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/printing.page:46

+msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"

+msgstr "Andre papirstørrelser og layouts"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/printing.page:52

+msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"

+msgstr ""

+"Uregistrerede printere, fastsiddende papir, udskrifter med forkert udseende …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/printing.page:54

+msgid "Printer problems"

+msgstr "Printerproblemer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/privacy.page:29

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"

+"history-recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge"

+"\">Purge trash &amp; temporary files</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Skærmlås</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"

+"history-recent-off\">Forbrugshistorik</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge"

+"\">Tøm papirkurven &amp; midlertidige filer</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/privacy.page:36

+msgid "Privacy Settings"

+msgstr "Privatlivsindstillinger"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/privacy.page:38

+msgid ""

+"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> help you control whether or not certain parts "

+"of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these settings to "

+"clear your computer usage history and clean out unnecessary files."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:27

+msgid "Stop or limit your computer from tracking your recently-used files."

+msgstr "Stop eller begræns din computer i at spore de filer du senest har brugt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:31

+msgid "Turn off or limit file history tracking"

+msgstr "Sluk for eller begræns sporing af filhistorik"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:33

+msgid ""

+"Tracking recently used files and folders makes it easier to find items that "

+"you have been working on in the file manager and in file dialogs in "

+"applications. You may wish to keep your file usage history private instead, "

+"or only track your very recent history."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:39

+msgid "Turn off file history tracking"

+msgstr "Slå sporing af filhistorik fra"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:41 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:64

+#: C/privacy-location.page:34 C/privacy-purge.page:51

+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:55 C/session-screenlocks.page:47

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Privacy</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Privatliv</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:45 C/privacy-purge.page:55

+msgid "Click on <gui>File History &amp; Trash</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Filhistorik &amp; papirkurv</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:48

+msgid "Switch the <gui>File History</gui> switch to off."

+msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Filhistorik</gui>-kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:49

+msgid ""

+"To re-enable this feature, switch the <gui>File History</gui> switch to on."

+msgstr ""

+"Tænd for <gui>Filhistorik</gui>-kontakten for at genaktivere funktionen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:53 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:82

+msgid ""

+"Use the <gui>Clear History…</gui> button to purge the history immediately."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug knappen <gui>Ryd historik …</gui> for at tømme historikken med det "

+"samme."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:58

+msgid ""

+"This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "

+"the web sites you visit."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:62

+msgid "Restrict the amount of time your file history is tracked"

+msgstr "Begræns hvor længe din filhistorik spores"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:68 C/session-screenlocks.page:52

+msgid "Click on <gui>Privacy</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:71

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui>File History &amp; Trash</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <gui>Filhistorik &amp; papirkurv</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne "

+"panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:74

+msgid "Ensure the <gui>File History</gui> switch is set to on."

+msgstr "Sørg for at <gui>Filhistorik</gui>-kontakten er tændt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:77

+msgid ""

+"Under <gui>File History Duration</gui>, select how long to retain your file "

+"history. Choose from options <gui>1 day</gui>, <gui>7 days</gui>, <gui>30 "

+"days</gui>, or <gui>Forever</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/privacy-location.page:20

+msgid "Enable or disable geolocation."

+msgstr "Aktivér eller deaktivér geoplacering."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/privacy-location.page:23

+msgid "Control location services"

+msgstr "Styr placeringstjenester"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/privacy-location.page:25

+msgid ""

+"Geolocation, or location services, uses cell tower positioning, GPS, and "

+"nearby Wi-Fi access points to determine your current location for use in "

+"setting your timezone and by applications such as <app>Maps</app>. When "

+"enabled, it is possible for your location to be shared over the network with "

+"a great deal of precision."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/privacy-location.page:32

+msgid "Turn off the geolocation features of your desktop"

+msgstr "Slå skrivebordets geoplacering-funktionerne fra"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/privacy-location.page:38

+msgid "Click on <gui>Location Services</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Placeringstjenester</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/privacy-location.page:41

+msgid "Switch the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to off."

+msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Placeringstjenester</gui>-kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/privacy-location.page:42

+msgid ""

+"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to on."

+msgstr ""

+"Tænd for <gui>Placeringstjenester</gui>-kontakten for at genaktivere "

+"funktionen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/privacy-purge.page:32

+msgid ""

+"Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "

+"computer."

+msgstr ""

+"Indstil hvor ofte din papirkurv og midlertidige filer ryddes fra din "

+"computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/privacy-purge.page:36

+msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"

+msgstr "Tøm papirkurven og midlertidige filer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/privacy-purge.page:38

+msgid ""

+"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "

+"files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "

+"You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary files, but you "

+"can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/privacy-purge.page:44

+msgid ""

+"Temporary files are files created automatically by applications in the "

+"background. They can increase performance by providing a copy of data that "

+"was downloaded or computed."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/privacy-purge.page:49

+msgid "Automatically empty your trash and clear temporary files"

+msgstr "Tøm automatisk din papirkurv og ryd midlertidige filer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/privacy-purge.page:58

+msgid ""

+"Switch on one or both of <gui>Automatically Delete Trash Content</gui> or "

+"<gui>Automatically Delete Temporary Files</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/privacy-purge.page:62

+msgid ""

+"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"

+"em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Automatically Delete Period</gui> "

+"value."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/privacy-purge.page:67

+msgid ""

+"Use the <gui>Empty Trash…</gui> or <gui>Delete Temporary Files…</gui> "

+"buttons to perform these actions immediately."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/privacy-purge.page:73

+msgid ""

+"You can delete files immediately and permanently without using the Trash. "

+"See <link xref=\"files-delete#permanent\"/> for information."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:34

+msgid ""

+"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "

+"computer."

+msgstr ""

+"Forhindr andre i at bruge dit skrivebord, når du er væk fra din computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:38

+msgid "Automatically lock your screen"

+msgstr "Lås din skærm automatisk"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:40

+msgid ""

+"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen"

+"\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your desktop "

+"and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your screen, you "

+"may wish to have your computer’s screen lock automatically after a set "

+"period of time. This will help to secure your computer when you aren’t using "

+"it."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:47

+msgid ""

+"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "

+"continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "

+"them again."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:52

+msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"

+msgstr "Indstil hvor længe der skal gå inden skærmen låses automatisk:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:59

+msgid "Click on <gui>Screen Lock</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Skærmlåsning</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:62

+msgid ""

+"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "

+"length of time from the <gui>Automatic Screen Lock Delay</gui> drop-down "

+"list."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:68

+msgid ""

+"Applications can present notifications to you that are still displayed on "

+"your lock screen. This is convenient, for example, to see if you have any "

+"email without unlocking your screen. If you’re concerned about other people "

+"seeing these notifications, switch <gui>Show Notifications on Lock Screen</"

+"gui> off. For further notification settings, refer to <link xref=\"shell-"

+"notifications\"/>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:75

+msgid ""

+"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "

+"or swipe up from the bottom of the screen with your mouse. Then enter your "

+"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>. "

+"Alternatively, just start typing your password and the lock curtain will be "

+"automatically raised as you type."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34

+msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what is happening on your screen."

+msgstr "Tag et billede eller optag en video af din skærm."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:38

+msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"

+msgstr "Skærmbilleder og skærmoptagelser"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:40

+msgid ""

+"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "

+"video of what is happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "

+"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "

+"example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "

+"files, so you can email them and share them on the web."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:47

+msgid "Take a screenshot"

+msgstr "Tag et skærmbillede"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51

+msgid ""

+"Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"

+"\">Activities</gui> overview."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <app>Skærmbillede</app> fra <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"

+"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:55

+msgid ""

+"In the <app>Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "

+"screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "

+"need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "

+"Then choose any effects you want."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61

+msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Gem skærmbillede</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:62

+msgid ""

+"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "

+"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "

+"folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Indtast et filnavn og vælg en mappe i vinduet <gui>Gem skærmbillede</gui>, "

+"og klik så på <gui>Gem</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:69

+msgid ""

+"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "

+"application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "

+"paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot thumbnail "

+"to the application."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:77

+msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"

+msgstr "Tastaturgenveje"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79

+msgid ""

+"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "

+"using these global keyboard shortcuts:"

+msgstr ""

+"Tag hurtigt et skærmbillede af skrivebordet, et vindue eller et område når "

+"som helst med følgende globale tastaturgenveje:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:84

+msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."

+msgstr "<key>Prt Scrn</key> for at tage et skærmbillede af skrivebordet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87

+msgid ""

+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "

+"window."

+msgstr ""

+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> for at tage et "

+"skærmbillede af et vindue."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91

+msgid ""

+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "

+"an area you select."

+msgstr ""

+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> for at tage et "

+"skærmbillede af et område, du har markeret."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:96

+msgid ""

+"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "

+"<file>Pictures</file> folder in your home folder with a file name that "

+"begins with <file>Screenshot</file> and includes the date and time it was "

+"taken."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:101

+msgid ""

+"If you do not have a <file>Pictures</file> folder, the images will be saved "

+"in your home folder instead."

+msgstr ""

+"Har du ikke en <file>Billeder</file>-mappe, så gemmes billederne i stedet i "

+"din hjemmemappe."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104

+msgid ""

+"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "

+"copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan også holde <key>Ctrl</key> nede med genvejene ovenfor for at kopiere "

+"skærmbilledet til udklipsholderen i stedet for at gemme det."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:111

+msgid "Make a screencast"

+msgstr "Lav en skærmoptagelse"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:113

+msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"

+msgstr "Du kan lave en videooptagelse af din skærm:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:117

+msgid ""

+"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"

+"keyseq> to start recording what is on your screen."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Skift</key><key>R</key></"

+"keyseq> for at starte optagelsen af din skærm."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:120

+msgid ""

+"A red circle is displayed in the top right corner of the screen when the "

+"recording is in progress."

+msgstr ""

+"Der vises en rød cirkel i øverste højre hjørne af skærmen når optagelsen er "

+"i gang."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:124

+msgid ""

+"Once you have finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"

+"key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."

+msgstr ""

+"Når du er færdig så tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Skift</"

+"key><key>R</key></keyseq> igen for at stoppe optagelsen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:129

+msgid ""

+"The video is automatically saved in your <file>Videos</file> folder in your "

+"home folder, with a file name that starts with <file>Screencast</file> and "

+"includes the date and time it was taken."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:136

+msgid ""

+"If you do not have a <file>Videos</file> folder, the videos will be saved in "

+"your home folder instead."

+msgstr ""

+"Har du ikke en <file>Videoer</file>-mappe, så gemmes videoerne i stedet i "

+"din hjemmemappe."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36

+msgid ""

+"You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner instead "

+"of typing in your password."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan logge ind på dit system med en understøttet fingeraftryksskanner i "

+"stedet for at skrive din adgangskode."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40

+msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"

+msgstr "Log ind med et fingeraftryk"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:42

+msgid ""

+"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "

+"fingerprint and use it to log in."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:46

+msgid "Record a fingerprint"

+msgstr "Optag et fingeraftryk"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:48

+msgid ""

+"Before you can log in with your fingerprint, you need to record it so that "

+"the system can use it to identify you."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:52

+msgid ""

+"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "

+"fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "

+"clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:57 C/user-changepassword.page:65

+#: C/user-changepicture.page:41

+msgid ""

+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "

+"to edit user accounts other than your own."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62 C/user-add.page:47 C/user-admin-change.page:42

+#: C/user-autologin.page:33 C/user-changepassword.page:70

+#: C/user-changepicture.page:46 C/user-delete.page:53

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Users</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Brugere</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66 C/user-add.page:51

+msgid "Click on <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:69

+msgid ""

+"Press on <gui>Disabled</gui>, next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui> to add a "

+"fingerprint for the selected account. If you are adding the fingerprint for "

+"a different user, you will first need to <gui>Unlock</gui> the panel."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:75

+msgid ""

+"Select the finger that you want to use for the fingerprint, then <gui style="

+"\"button\">Next</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:79

+msgid ""

+"Follow the instructions in the dialog and swipe your finger at a "

+"<em>moderate speed</em> over your fingerprint reader. Once the computer has "

+"a good record of your fingerprint, you will see a <gui>Done!</gui> message."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85

+msgid ""

+"Select <gui>Next</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "

+"fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:94

+msgid "Check that your fingerprint works"

+msgstr "Tjek at dit fingeraftryk virker"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96

+msgid ""

+"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "

+"fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:101

+msgid ""

+"Save any open work, and then <link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">log out</link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:105

+msgid ""

+"At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "

+"will appear."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:109

+msgid ""

+"Instead of typing your password, you should be able to swipe your finger on "

+"the fingerprint reader."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/session-formats.page:25

+msgid ""

+"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."

+msgstr ""

+"Vælg en region som skal bruges til dato og klokkeslæt, tal, valuta og måling."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/session-formats.page:29

+msgid "Change date and measurement formats"

+msgstr "Skift formater for dato og måling"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/session-formats.page:31

+msgid ""

+"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "

+"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-formats.page:36 C/session-language.page:49

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Region &amp; sprog</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-formats.page:40 C/session-language.page:53

+msgid "Click on <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-formats.page:43

+msgid "Click <gui>Formats</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/span

+#: C/session-formats.page:48 C/session-language.page:61

+msgid "…"

+msgstr "…"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-formats.page:46

+msgid ""

+"Select the region and language that most closely matches the formats you "

+"would like to use. If your region and language are not listed, click <gui><_:"

+"media-1/></gui> at the bottom of the list to select from all available "

+"regions and languages."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-formats.page:53 C/session-language.page:66

+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to save."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-formats.page:56 C/session-language.page:69

+msgid ""

+"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for changes "

+"to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</gui>, or "

+"click <gui style=\"button\">×</gui> to restart later."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/session-formats.page:63

+msgid ""

+"After you have selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "

+"various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "

+"in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "

+"calendars."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/session-language.page:32

+msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."

+msgstr "Skift til et andet sprog for brugerflade og hjælpetekst."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/session-language.page:36

+msgid "Change which language you use"

+msgstr "Vælg sprog"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/session-language.page:44

+msgid ""

+"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "

+"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-language.page:56

+msgid "Click <gui>Language</gui>."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Sprog</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-language.page:59

+msgid ""

+"Select your desired region and language. If your region and language are not "

+"listed, click <gui><_:media-1/></gui> at the bottom of the list to select "

+"from all available regions and languages."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/session-language.page:76

+msgid ""

+"Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not "

+"support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the "

+"language in which the software was originally developed, usually American "

+"English."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/session-language.page:81

+msgid ""

+"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "

+"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "

+"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "

+"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "

+"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "

+"update the folder names."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:31

+msgid ""

+"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "

+"settings."

+msgstr ""

+"Vælg hvor længe der skal ventes inden skærmen låses i <gui>Privatliv</gui>-"

+"indstillingerne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35

+msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"

+msgstr "Skærmen låser sig selv for hurtigt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37

+msgid ""

+"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "

+"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "

+"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "

+"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "

+"too quickly."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43

+msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"

+msgstr "Vent længere tid inden skærmen låses automatisk:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:55

+msgid "Press on <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:58

+msgid ""

+"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "

+"<gui>Lock screen after blank for</gui> drop-down list."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:64

+msgid ""

+"If you don’t ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch the "

+"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> switch to off."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/sharing.page:11

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"

+"share\">Share files by email</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media "

+"sharing</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Skrivebordsdeling</link>, <link xref=\"files-"

+"share\">Del filer via e-mail</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media"

+"\">Mediedeling</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/sharing.page:25

+msgid "Sharing"

+msgstr "Deling"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/years

+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:25

+msgid "2014-2015"

+msgstr "2014-2015"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:30

+msgid "Allow files to be uploaded to your computer over Bluetooth."

+msgstr "Tillad upload af filer til din computer via Bluetooth."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:33

+msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"

+msgstr "Styr deling via Bluetooth"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:35

+msgid ""

+"You can enable <gui>Bluetooth</gui> sharing to receive files over Bluetooth "

+"in the <file>Downloads</file> folder"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39

+msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"

+msgstr "Tillad deling af filer i din <file>Hentet</file>-mappe"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:48

+msgid ""

+"Make sure that <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"><gui>Bluetooth</gui> is "

+"switched on</link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52

+msgid ""

+"Bluetooth-enabled devices can send files to your <file>Downloads</file> "

+"folder only when the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:29

+msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."

+msgstr "Lad andre personer se og interagere med dit skrivebord med VNC."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:32

+msgid "Share your desktop"

+msgstr "Del dit skrivebord"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:44

+msgid ""

+"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "

+"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "

+"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:50

+msgid ""

+"You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"

+"gui> to be visible."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55

+msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"

+msgstr "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Installér Vino</link>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:69 C/sharing-desktop.page:161

+msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Deling</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:72

+msgid ""

+"If the <gui>Sharing</gui> switch at the top-right of the window is set to "

+"off, switch it to on."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75 C/sharing-media.page:66 C/sharing-personal.page:75

+msgid ""

+"If the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> allows you to edit it, you can "

+"<link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">change</link> the name your computer "

+"displays on the network."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:80

+msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:83

+msgid ""

+"To let others view your desktop, switch the <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> switch "

+"to on. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to "

+"your computer and view what’s on your screen."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:88

+msgid ""

+"To let others interact with your desktop, ensure that <gui>Allow connections "

+"to control the screen</gui> is checked. This may allow the other person to "

+"move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, "

+"depending on the security settings which you are currently using."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:97 C/sharing-personal.page:95

+msgid "Security"

+msgstr "Sikkerhed"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:99

+msgid ""

+"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "

+"option means before changing it."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:104

+msgid "New connections must ask for access"

+msgstr "Nye forbindelser skal spørge om adgang"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:105

+msgid ""

+"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "

+"desktop, enable <gui>New connections must ask for access</gui>. If you "

+"disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone "

+"to connect to your computer."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:110

+msgid "This option is enabled by default."

+msgstr "Valgmuligheden er aktiveret som standard."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:114

+msgid "Require a Password"

+msgstr "Kræv en adgangskode"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:115

+msgid ""

+"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "

+"enable <gui>Require a Password</gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone "

+"can attempt to view your desktop."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:119 C/sharing-personal.page:105

+msgid ""

+"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "

+"secure password."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:140 C/sharing-media.page:93

+#: C/sharing-personal.page:113

+msgid "Networks"

+msgstr "Netværk"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:142

+msgid ""

+"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "

+"currently connected. Use the switch next to each to choose where your "

+"desktop can be shared."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:148

+msgid "Stop sharing your desktop"

+msgstr "Stop deling af dit skrivebord"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:150

+msgid "To disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:164

+msgid "<gui>Screen Sharing</gui> will show as <gui>Active</gui>. Click on it."

+msgstr "<gui>Skærmdeling</gui> vises som <gui>Aktiv</gui>. Klik på den."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:168

+msgid "Toggle the switch at the top to off."

+msgstr "Sluk for kontakten øverst."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:20

+msgid "Control how your computer will appear to other computers or devices."

+msgstr "Styr hvordan andre computere eller enheder ser din computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:24

+msgid "Set the display name for your computer"

+msgstr "Indstil navnet som vises for computeren"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:26

+msgid ""

+"You can change the name your computer uses to display itself to other "

+"computers or devices, on the network or over Bluetooth."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:30

+msgid "Change the display name of your computer:"

+msgstr "Skift navnet som vises for din computer:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:32 C/sharing-media.page:56

+#: C/sharing-personal.page:65

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Sharing</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Deling</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:36 C/sharing-media.page:60

+#: C/sharing-personal.page:69

+msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Edit the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> to change the name your "

+"computer displays on the network."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/sharing-media.page:23

+msgid "Share media on your local network using UPnP."

+msgstr "Del medier på dit lokale netværk med UPnP."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/sharing-media.page:26

+msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"

+msgstr "Del din musik, billeder og videoer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sharing-media.page:38

+msgid ""

+"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "

+"<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "

+"game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these devices to "

+"access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/sharing-media.page:44

+msgid ""

+"You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"

+"gui> to be visible."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/p

+#: C/sharing-media.page:49

+msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"

+msgstr "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Installér Rygel</link>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-media.page:63 C/sharing-personal.page:72

+msgid ""

+"If the <gui>Sharing</gui> switch in the top-right of the window is set to "

+"off, switch it to on."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-media.page:71

+msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-media.page:74

+msgid "Switch the <gui>Media Sharing</gui> switch to on."

+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Mediedeling</gui>-kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-media.page:77

+msgid ""

+"By default, <file>Music</file>, <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</"

+"file> are shared. To remove one of these, click the <gui>×</gui> next to the "

+"folder name."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-media.page:82

+msgid ""

+"To add another folder, click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the "

+"<gui>Choose a folder</gui> window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder "

+"and click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-media.page:87

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui style=\"button\">×</gui>. You will now be able to browse or play "

+"media in the folders you selected using the external device."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sharing-media.page:95

+msgid ""

+"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "

+"currently connected. Use the switch next to each to choose where your media "

+"can be shared."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/sharing-personal.page:23

+msgid "Let other people access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."

+msgstr ""

+"Lad andre personer få adgang til filer i din <file>Offentligt</file>-mappe."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/sharing-personal.page:27

+msgid "Share your personal files"

+msgstr "Del dine personlige filer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sharing-personal.page:45

+msgid ""

+"You can allow access to the <file>Public</file> folder in your <file>Home</"

+"file> folder from another computer on the network. Configure <gui>Personal "

+"File Sharing</gui> to allow others to access the contents of the folder."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/sharing-personal.page:51

+msgid ""

+"You must have the <app>gnome-user-share</app> package installed for "

+"<gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> to be visible."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/p

+#: C/sharing-personal.page:56

+msgid ""

+"<link action=\"install:gnome-user-share\" style=\"button\">Install gnome-"

+"user-share</link>"

+msgstr ""

+"<link action=\"install:gnome-user-share\" style=\"button\">Installér gnome-"

+"user-share</link>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-personal.page:80

+msgid "Select <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-personal.page:83

+msgid ""

+"Switch the <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> switch to on. This means that "

+"other people on your current network will be able to attempt to connect to "

+"your computer and access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/sharing-personal.page:88

+msgid ""

+"A <em>URI</em> is displayed by which your <file>Public</file> folder can be "

+"accessed from other computers on the network."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/title

+#: C/sharing-personal.page:99

+msgid "Require Password"

+msgstr "Kræv adgangskode"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sharing-personal.page:100

+msgid ""

+"To require other people to use a password when accessing your <file>Public</"

+"file> folder, switch the <gui>Require Password</gui> switch to on. If you do "

+"not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your <file>Public</file> "

+"folder."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sharing-personal.page:115

+msgid ""

+"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "

+"currently connected. Use the switch next to each to choose where your "

+"personal files can be shared."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:14

+msgid "Aruna Sankaranarayanan"

+msgstr "Aruna Sankaranarayanan"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:22

+msgid "Use <app>Tweaks</app> to start applications automatically on login."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug <app>Tilpasninger</app> til at starte programmer automatisk når der "

+"logges ind."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:26

+msgid "Have applications start automatically on log in"

+msgstr "Få programmer til at starte automatisk når der logges ind"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:28

+msgid ""

+"When you log in, your computer automatically starts some applications and "

+"runs them in the background. These are usually important programs that help "

+"your desktop session to run smoothly."

+msgstr ""

+"Når du logger ind, så starter din computer automatisk nogle programmer og "

+"kører dem i baggrunden. Det er gerne vigtige programmer der hjælper din "

+"skrivebordssession med at køre godt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:32

+msgid ""

+"You can use the <app>Tweaks</app> application to add other applications that "

+"you use frequently, such as web browsers or editors, to the list of programs "

+"that start automatically on login."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan bruge programmet <app>Tilpasninger</app> til at tilføje andre "

+"programmer som du ofte bruger såsom webbrowsere eller redigeringsprogrammer, "

+"til listen over programmer som starter automatisk når der logges ind."

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:46

+msgid "To start an application automatically on login:"

+msgstr "Start automatisk et program når der logges ind:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:55

+msgid "Click the <gui>Startup Applications</gui> tab."

+msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <gui>Opstartsprogrammer</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:58

+msgid ""

+"Click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button to get a list of available "

+"applications."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på knappen <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> for at få en liste over "

+"tilgængelige programmer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:62

+msgid ""

+"Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to add an application of your choice "

+"to the list."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <gui style=\"button\">Tilføj</gui> for at tilføje et program efter "

+"eget valg til listen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:68

+msgid ""

+"You can remove an application from the list by clicking the <gui style="

+"\"button\">Remove</gui> button next to the application."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan fjerne et program fra listen ved at klikke på knappen <gui style="

+"\"button\">Fjern</gui> ved siden af programmet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:29

+msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."

+msgstr "Tilføj (eller fjern) programikoner som ofte bruges i favoritområdet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32

+msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"

+msgstr "Fastgør dine favoritprogrammer til favoritområdet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34

+msgid ""

+"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"

+"\">dash</link> for easy access:"

+msgstr ""

+"Tilføj et program til <link xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"

+"\">favoritområdet</link> for let adgang:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview by clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"ved at klikke på <gui>Aktiviteter</gui> øverst til venstre på skærmen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:42

+msgid ""

+"Click the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> "

+"menu at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"

+"gui> item from the menu."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Programmer</gui>-menuen "

+"øverst til venstre på skærmen og vælg <gui>Aktivitetsoversigt</gui> fra "

+"menuen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:47

+msgid ""

+"Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på gitterknappen i favoritområdet og find det program, du vil tilføje."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:51

+msgid ""

+"Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."

+msgstr "Højreklik på programikonet og vælg <gui>Føj til favoritter</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:53

+msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."

+msgstr "Alternativt kan du klikke-og-trække ikonet til favoritområdet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:57

+msgid ""

+"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "

+"icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"For at fjerne et programikon fra favoritområdet skal du højreklikke på "

+"programikonet og vælge <gui>Fjern fra favoritter</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:60

+msgid ""

+"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "

+"<gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu."

+msgstr ""

+"Favoritprogrammer vises også i afsnittet <gui>Favoritter</gui> i <gui xref="

+"\"shell-introduction#activities\">Programmer</gui>-menuen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:28

+msgid "Launch apps from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."

+msgstr "Start programmer fra <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:31

+msgid "Start applications"

+msgstr "Start programmer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:41

+msgid ""

+"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "

+"of the screen to show the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"

+"\">Activities</gui> overview. This is where you can find all of your "

+"applications. You can also open the overview by pressing the <key xref="

+"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."

+msgstr ""

+"Flyt din musemarkør til hjørnet med <gui>Aktiviteter</gui> øverst til "

+"venstre på skærmen for at vise <gui xref=\"shell-"

+"introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>. Her finder du alle dine "

+"programmer. Du kan også åbne oversigten ved at trykke på <key xref"

+"=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:47

+msgid ""

+"You can start applications from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"

+"\">Applications</gui> menu at the top left of the screen, or you can use the "

+"<gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"

+"\">Super</key> key."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan starte programmer fra <gui xref=\"shell-"

+"introduction#activities\">Programmer</gui>-menuen øverst til venstre på "

+"skærmen, eller du kan bruge <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> ved at trykke på "

+"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:52

+msgid ""

+"There are several ways of opening an application once you’re in the "

+"<gui>Activities</gui> overview:"

+msgstr ""

+"Der er flere måder hvorpå du kan åbne et program fra "

+"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:57

+msgid ""

+"Start typing the name of an application — searching begins instantly. (If "

+"this doesn’t happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "

+"typing.) If you don’t know the exact name of an application, try to type an "

+"related term. Click the application’s icon to start it."

+msgstr ""

+"Begynd at skrive navnet på et program — søgningen starter med det samme "

+"(sker det ikke, så klik på søgelinjen øverst på skærmen og begynd at "

+"skrive). Kender du ikke det præcise navn på et program, så prøv at skrive "

+"relaterede termer. Klik på programmets ikon for at starte det."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:63

+msgid ""

+"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "

+"icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Click one "

+"of these to start the corresponding application."

+msgstr ""

+"Nogle programmer har ikoner i <em>favoritområdet</em> (den lodrette stribe "

+"ikoner til venstre i <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>). Klik på et af "

+"dem for at starte det tilhørende program."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:66

+msgid ""

+"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="

+"\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har programmer som du bruger meget tit, så kan du selv <link xref="

+"\"shell-apps-favorites\">tilføje dem i favoritområdet</link>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:71

+msgid ""

+"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "

+"used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "

+"enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style=\"button"

+"\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. Press on the "

+"application to start it."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på gitterknappen nederst i favoritområdet. Du ser de programmer der "

+"bruges mest hvis visningen <gui style=\"button\">Ofte</gui> er aktiveret. "

+"Hvis du vil køre et nyt program, så tryk på <gui style=\"button\">Alle</gui>-"

+"knappen nederst for at vise alle programmerne. Tryk så på programmet for at "

+"starte det."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78

+msgid ""

+"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"

+"\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash, and dropping it onto "

+"one of the workspaces on the right-hand side of the screen. The application "

+"will open in the chosen workspace."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan starte et program i et separat <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"

+"\">arbejdsområde</link> ved at trække dets ikon fra favoritområdet og slippe "

+"det i et af arbejdsområderne i højre side af skærmen. Programmet åbnes i det "

+"valgte arbejdsområde."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83

+msgid ""

+"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by dragging its "

+"icon to the empty workspace at the bottom of the workspace switcher, or to "

+"the small gap between two workspaces."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan starte et program i et <em>nyt</em> arbejdsområde ved at trække dets "

+"ikon til det tomme arbejdsområde nederst i arbejdsområdeskifteren, eller til "

+"det lille mellemrum mellem to arbejdsområder."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/title

+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90

+msgid "Quickly running a command"

+msgstr "Kør en kommando hurtigt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91

+msgid ""

+"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"

+"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "

+"the <key>Enter</key> key."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan også starte et program ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Alt</"

+"key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, og så indtaste dets <em>kommandonavn</em>, og "

+"herefter trykke på <key>Enter</key>-tasten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94

+msgid ""

+"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"

+"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type ‘<cmd>rhythmbox</cmd>’ (without the "

+"single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the program."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan f.eks. starte <app>Rhythmbox</app> ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Alt</"

+"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> og skrive “<cmd>rhythmbox</cmd>” (uden "

+"citationstegn). Programmets navn er kommandoen til at starte programmet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:98 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58

+msgid "Use the arrow keys to quickly access previously run commands."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug piletasterne til hurtigt at tilgå kommandoer som blev kørt tidligere."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/shell-exit.page:28

+msgid "Alexandre Franke"

+msgstr "Alexandre Franke"

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/shell-exit.page:36

+msgid "David Faour"

+msgstr "David Faour"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-exit.page:46

+msgid ""

+"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "

+"so on."

+msgstr "Læs om at forlade din brugerkonto ved at logge ud, skifte bruger osv."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-exit.page:51

+msgid "Log out, power off or switch users"

+msgstr "Log ud, sluk eller skift bruger"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-exit.page:59

+msgid ""

+"When you have finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "

+"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."

+msgstr ""

+"Når du er færdig med at bruge din computer, så kan du slukke den, sætte den "

+"i hviletilstand (for at spare på strømmen) eller lade den være tændt og "

+"logge ud."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/shell-exit.page:63

+msgid "Log out or switch users"

+msgstr "Log ud eller skift bruger"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-exit.page:65

+msgid ""

+"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "

+"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "

+"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "

+"when you log back in."

+msgstr ""

+"For at lade andre brugere bruge din computer kan du enten logge ud eller "

+"forblive logget ind og bare skifte bruger. Hvis du skifter bruger, så vil "

+"alle dine programmer fortsat køre, og alt vil være som du forlod det, næste "

+"gang du logger ind."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-exit.page:70

+msgid ""

+"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click the <link xref="

+"\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</link> on the right side of "

+"the top bar, click your name and then choose the correct option."

+msgstr ""

+"For at <gui>logge ud</gui> eller <gui>skifte bruger</gui> skal du klikke på "

+"<link xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</link> i højre "

+"side af toplinjen, og herefter klikke på dit navn og vælge den korrekte "

+"valgmulighed."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/shell-exit.page:75

+msgid ""

+"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "

+"menu if you have more than one user account on your system."

+msgstr ""

+"Punkterne <gui>Log ud</gui> og <gui>Skift bruger</gui> vises kun i menuen, "

+"hvis der er mere end én brugerkonto på dit system."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/shell-exit.page:80

+msgid ""

+"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "

+"than one user account on your system."

+msgstr ""

+"Punktet <gui>Skift bruger</gui> vises kun i menuen, hvis der er mere end én "

+"brugerkonto på dit system."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/shell-exit.page:91

+msgid "Lock the screen"

+msgstr "Lås skærmen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-exit.page:93

+msgid ""

+"If you’re leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "

+"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "

+"applications. When you return, you will see the <link xref=\"shell-lockscreen"

+"\">lock screen</link>. Enter your password to log back in. If you don’t lock "

+"your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du forlader din computer i et stykke tid, så bør du låse skærmen for at "

+"forhindre andre i at få adgang til dine filer og køre programmer. Når du vender "

+"tilbage ses <link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">låseskærmen</link>. Indtast din "

+"adgangskode for at logge ind igen. Hvis du undlader at låse skærmen, så "

+"låses den automatisk efter et stykke tid."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-exit.page:100

+msgid ""

+"To lock your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar "

+"and select <gui>Lock</gui> from the menu."

+msgstr ""

+"For at låse din skærm skal du klikke på systemmenuen i højre side af "

+"toplinjen og vælge <gui>Lås</gui> i menuen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-exit.page:103

+msgid ""

+"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "

+"clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> at the bottom right of the login "

+"screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished."

+msgstr ""

+"Når din skærm er låst, kan andre brugere logge ind på deres egne konti ved "

+"at klikke på <gui>Log ind som en anden bruger</gui> nederst til højre på "

+"loginskærmen. Du kan skifte tilbage til dit skrivebord når de er færdige."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/shell-exit.page:114

+msgid "Suspend"

+msgstr "Hviletilstand"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-exit.page:116

+msgid ""

+"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "

+"laptop, the system, by default, suspends your computer automatically when "

+"you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer’s memory and "

+"powers off most of the computer’s functions. A very small amount of power is "

+"still used during suspend."

+msgstr ""

+"For at spare på strømmen kan du sætte din computer i hviletilstand når du "

+"ikke bruger den. Hvis du bruger en bærbar computer, så sætter systemet "

+"automatisk din computer i hviletilstand når du lukker låget som standard. Det gemmer "

+"tilstanden i din computers hukommelse og slukker for de fleste af "

+"computerens funktioner. Der bruges fortsat en lille mængde strøm i "

+"hviletilstand."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-exit.page:123

+msgid ""

+"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu on the right side "

+"of the top bar, expand <gui>Power Off / Log Out</gui>, and select "

+"<gui>Suspend</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"For at sætte din computer i hviletilstand manuelt kan du klikke på "

+"systemmenuen i højre side af toplinjen, udfolde <gui>Sluk/log ud</gui> og "

+"vælge <gui>Hviletilstand</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/shell-exit.page:134

+msgid "Power off or restart"

+msgstr "Sluk eller genstart"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-exit.page:136

+msgid ""

+"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "

+"the system menu on the right side of the top bar, expand <gui>Power Off / "

+"Log Out</gui>, and select <gui>Power Off…</gui>. A dialog will open offering "

+"you the options to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du vil slukke helt for din computer eller foretage en fuld genstart, så "

+"klik på systemmenuen i højre side af toplinjen, udfold <gui>Sluk/log "

+"ud</gui> og vælg <gui>Sluk …</gui>. Der vises en dialog med "

+"<gui>Genstart</gui> og <gui>Sluk</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-exit.page:141

+msgid ""

+"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "

+"restart the computer because this will end their sessions. If you are an "

+"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis der er andre brugere som er logget ind, så vil du måske ikke have "

+"tilladelse til at slukke eller genstarte computeren da det vil afslutte "

+"deres session. Hvis du er en administrativ bruger, så kan du blive spurgt om "

+"din adgangskode for at slukke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/shell-exit.page:146

+msgid ""

+"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "

+"have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "

+"powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less energy</"

+"link> than one which is suspended."

+msgstr ""

+"Du vil måske slukke din computer hvis du skal flytte den eller ikke har et "

+"batteri, hvis batteriet er lavt eller har ringe kapacitet. En slukket "

+"computer bruger også <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">mindre energi</link> "

+"end en som er i hviletilstand."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:37

+msgid ""

+"A visual overview of your desktop, the top bar, and the <gui>Activities</"

+"gui> overview."

+msgstr ""

+"En visuel oversigt af dit skrivebord, toplinjen og "

+"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:41

+msgid "Visual overview of GNOME"

+msgstr "En visuel oversigt af GNOME"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:43

+msgid ""

+"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "

+"of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "

+"first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."

+msgstr ""

+"GNOME 3 har en nytænkt brugerflade som er designet til ikke at være i vejen "

+"for dig, minimere forstyrrelser og hjælpe dig med at få ting gjort. Første "

+"gang du logger ind, vil du se et tomt skrivebord og toplinjen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/media

+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When

+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to

+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to

+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:49

+msgctxt "_"

+msgid ""

+"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "

+"md5='c1eb78ab31aae0accc432677e42681f0'"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:50 C/shell-introduction.page:55

+msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"

+msgstr "Toplinjen i GNOME Shell"

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/media

+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When

+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to

+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to

+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:54

+msgctxt "_"

+msgid ""

+"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' "

+"md5='8eecf39f87d7cda9ee060a108114a624'"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:60

+msgid ""

+"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "

+"and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "

+"like sound, networking, and power. In the system menu in the top bar, you "

+"can change the volume or screen brightness, edit your <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> "

+"connection details, check your battery status, log out or switch users, and "

+"turn off your computer."

+msgstr ""

+"Toplinjen giver adgang til dine vinduer og programmer, din kalender og "

+"aftaler, og <link xref=\"status-icons\">systemegenskaber</link> såsom lyd, "

+"netværk og strøm. I systemmenuen på toplinjen kan du ændre lydstyrken eller "

+"lysstyrke for skærmen, redigere detaljerne i din <gui>wi-fi</gui>-forbindelse, "

+"tjekke din batteristatus, logge ud eller skifte bruger og slukke for din "

+"computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:72

+msgid "<gui>Activities</gui> overview"

+msgstr "<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/media

+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When

+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to

+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to

+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:74

+msgctxt "_"

+msgid ""

+"external ref='figures/shell-activities-dash.png' "

+"md5='d82d6f5aab3b20c7d22234b5eeb02dfe'"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:75

+msgid "Activities button and Dash"

+msgstr "Knappen Aktiviteter, og favoritområdet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:78

+msgid ""

+"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "

+"button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "

+"also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your "

+"keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can "

+"also just start typing to search your applications, files, folders, and the "

+"web."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på knappen <gui>Aktivitetsoversigt</gui> for at få adgang til dine "

+"vinduer og programmer, eller flyt din musemarkør til øverste venstre hjørne. "

+"Du kan også trykke på <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten på "

+"dit tastatur. Du kan se dine vinduer og programmer i oversigten. Du kan også "

+"bare begynde at skrive for at søge efter dine programmer, filer, mapper og "

+"webbet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:85

+msgid ""

+"To access your windows and applications, click the button at the bottom left "

+"of the screen in the window list. You can also press the <key xref="

+"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see an overview with live "

+"thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på knappen nederst til venstre på skærmen i vindueslisten, for at få "

+"adgang til dine vinduer og programmer. Du kan også trykke på <key xref"

+"=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten for at se en oversigt med live-"

+"miniaturer over alle vinduerne i det nuværende arbejdsområde."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:90

+msgid ""

+"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "

+"you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "

+"open that application; if the application is already running, it will have a "

+"small dot below its icon. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently "

+"used window. You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any "

+"workspace on the right."

+msgstr ""

+"I venstre side af oversigten finder du <em>favoritområdet</em>. "

+"Favoritområdet viser dine favoritprogrammer og programmer som kører. Klik på "

+"et ikon i favoritområdet for at åbne programmet; hvis det kører i forvejen, "

+"så er der en lille prik under ikonet. Når der klikkes på dets ikon vises "

+"det vindue som sidst blev brugt. Du kan også trække ikonet til oversigten eller "

+"hen til et arbejdsområde til højre."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:97

+msgid ""

+"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "

+"in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "

+"icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."

+msgstr ""

+"Når der højreklikkes på ikonet, så vises en menu som giver dig mulighed for "

+"at vælge et vindue i et program som kører, eller at åbne et nyt vindue. Du "

+"kan også klikke på ikonet mens du holder <key>Ctrl</key> nede, for at åbne "

+"et nyt vindue."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:101

+msgid ""

+"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "

+"This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace."

+msgstr ""

+"Når du træder ind i oversigten, så møder du først vinduesoversigten. Her "

+"vises live-miniaturer over alle vinduerne i det nuværende arbejdsområde."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:105

+msgid ""

+"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "

+"overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "

+"Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or "

+"onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash "

+"to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "

+"they’re not running, so you can access them quickly."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på gitterknappen nederst i favoritområdet for at vise "

+"programoversigten. Her vises alle de programmer som er installeret på din "

+"computer. Klik på et program for at køre det eller træk et program til "

+"oversigten eller hen til en arbejdsområde-miniature. Du kan også trække et "

+"program hen på favoritområdet for at gøre det til en favorit. Dine "

+"favoritprogrammer bliver på favoritområdet selv når de ikke kører, så du "

+"hurtigt kan få adgang til dem."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:114

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Læs mere om at starte programmer.</link>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:118

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Læs mere om vinduer og arbejdsområder.</link>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:126

+msgid "Application menu"

+msgstr "Programmenuen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/media

+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When

+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to

+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to

+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:130

+msgctxt "_"

+msgid ""

+"external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-shell.png' "

+"md5='0e67fd6e4579b0329dbbe561ff0040ef'"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:131 C/shell-introduction.page:142

+msgid "App Menu of <app>Terminal</app>"

+msgstr "Programmenuen i <app>Terminal</app>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:133

+msgid ""

+"Application menu, located beside the <gui>Activities</gui> button, shows the "

+"name of the active application alongside with its icon and provides quick "

+"access to windows and details of the application, as well as a quit item."

+msgstr ""

+"Programmenuen findes ved siden af knappen <gui>Aktivitetsoversigt</gui>, og "

+"viser navnet på det aktive program samt dets ikon og giver hurtig adgang til "

+"vinduer og detaljer om programmet samt et afslut-punkt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/media

+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When

+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to

+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to

+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:141

+msgctxt "_"

+msgid ""

+"external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-classic.png' "

+"md5='53555374277a4c6c76464834ac946bef'"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:144

+msgid ""

+"Application menu, located next to the <gui>Applications</gui> and "

+"<gui>Places</gui> menus, shows the name of the active application alongside "

+"with its icon and provides quick access to application preferences or help. "

+"The items that are available in the application menu vary depending on the "

+"application."

+msgstr ""

+"Programmenuen findes ved siden af menuerne <gui>Programmer</gui> og <gui>Steder</"

+"gui>, og viser navnet på det aktive program samt dets ikon. Menuen "

+"giver hurtig adgang til programindstillinger eller hjælp. Punkterne som "

+"findes i programmenuen afhænger af programmet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:155

+msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"

+msgstr "Uret, kalenderen &amp; aftaler"

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:160

+msgid "Clock, calendar, appointments and notifications"

+msgstr "Ur, kalender, aftaler og påmindelser"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:170

+msgid ""

+"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "

+"calendar, a list of your upcoming appointments and new notifications. You "

+"can also open the calendar by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></"

+"keyseq>. You can access the date and time settings and open your full "

+"calendar application directly from the menu."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på uret på toplinjen for at se den nuværende dato, en månedskalender, "

+"en liste over dine kommende aftaler og nye påmindelser. Du kan også åbne "

+"kalenderen ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. "

+"Du kan få adgang til indstillingerne for dato og klokkeslæt og åbne dit "

+"kalenderprogram der kan der hele direkte fra menuen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:179

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."

+"</link>"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Læs mere om kalenderen og aftaler.</link>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:183

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "

+"notification list.</link>"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Læs mere om påmindelser og "

+"påmindelseslisten.</link>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:192

+msgid "System menu"

+msgstr "Systemmenu"

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/media

+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When

+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to

+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to

+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:196

+msgctxt "_"

+msgid ""

+"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='33519aabac7189e55d1bd090732d469a'"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:197 C/shell-introduction.page:202

+msgid "User menu"

+msgstr "Brugermenu"

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/media

+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When

+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to

+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to

+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:201

+msgctxt "_"

+msgid ""

+"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' "

+"md5='a85e35932532eea59fd6be6cc66ec0d3'"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:207

+msgid ""

+"Click the system menu in the top-right corner to manage your system settings "

+"and your computer."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på systemmenuen i øverste højre hjørne for at håndtere dine "

+"systemindstillinger og din computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:218

+msgid ""

+"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "

+"people from using it. You can also quickly switch users without logging out "

+"completely to give somebody else access to the computer, or you can suspend "

+"or power off the computer from the menu. If you have a screen that supports "

+"vertical or horizontal rotation, you can quickly rotate the screen from the "

+"system menu. If your screen does not support rotation, you will not see the "

+"button."

+msgstr ""

+"Når du forlader din computer, så kan du låse din skærm for at forhindre "

+"andre personer i at bruge den. Du kan også hurtigt skifte bruger uden at "

+"logge helt ud for at give en anden person adgang til computeren, eller du "

+"kan sætte computeren i hviletilstand eller slukke for den fra menuen. Hvis "

+"du har en skærm, der understøtter lodret eller vandret drejning, så kan du "

+"hurtigt dreje skærmen fra systemmenuen. Hvis din skærm ikke understøtter "

+"drejning, så kan du ikke se knappen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:228

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "

+"turning off your computer.</link>"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Læs mere om at skifte bruger, logge ud og slukke for "

+"din computer.</link>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:235

+msgid "Lock Screen"

+msgstr "Låseskærmen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:237

+msgid ""

+"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "

+"displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you’re away from "

+"your computer, the lock screen displays the date and time. It also shows "

+"information about your battery and network status."

+msgstr ""

+"Når du låser din skærm, eller den låses automatisk, så vises låseskærmen. "

+"Udover at beskytte din skærm når du er væk fra din computer, så viser "

+"låseskærmen også dato og klokkeslæt. Den viser også information om dit "

+"batteri og netværksstatus."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:244

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"

+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Læs mere om låseskærmen.</link>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#. (itstool) path: media/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:252 C/shell-introduction.page:268

+msgid "Window List"

+msgstr "Vindueslisten"

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:256

+msgid ""

+"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "

+"visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "

+"on the task at hand without distractions."

+msgstr ""

+"GNOME har en anderledes måde til at skifte vinduer end en vinduesliste som "

+"altid er synlig, som det kendes fra andre skrivebordsmiljøer. Det lader dig "

+"fokusere på den opgave, du er i gang med, uden at der er forstyrrelser."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:261

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows.</"

+"link>"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Læs mere om at skifte vinduer.</link>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/media

+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When

+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to

+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to

+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:267

+msgctxt "_"

+msgid ""

+"external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' "

+"md5='a1a9c3d05c87a8e4028b1f16d79380ed'"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: when/p

+#: C/shell-introduction.page:273

+msgid ""

+"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays the four "

+"workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, select the workspace you "

+"want to use."

+msgstr ""

+"Til højre i vindueslisten viser GNOME de fire arbejdsområder. Skift til et "

+"andet arbejdsområde ved at vælge det arbejdsområde du vil bruge."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34

+msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."

+msgstr "Find rundt på skrivebordet med tastaturet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:37

+msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"

+msgstr "Nyttige tastaturgenveje"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39

+msgid ""

+"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "

+"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "

+"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "

+"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."

+msgstr ""

+"Siden giver en oversigt over tastaturgenveje der kan hjælpe dig til mere "

+"effektivt at bruge dit skrivebord og programmer. Hvis du slet ikke kan bruge "

+"en mus eller pegeenhed så se <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for mere "

+"information om at navigere brugerflader kun med tastaturet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: table/title

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:45

+msgid "Getting around the desktop"

+msgstr "Find rundt på skrivebordet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> eller"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:49

+msgid "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key"

+msgstr "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51

+msgid ""

+"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "

+"overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "

+"documents."

+msgstr ""

+"Skift mellem <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og skrivebordet. Begynd at "

+"skrive i oversigten for straks at søge efter dine programmer, kontakter og "

+"dokumenter."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57

+msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)."

+msgstr "Vis kommandovindue (til hurtigt at køre kommandoer)."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</"

+"link>. Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Skift hurtigt mellem vinduer</link>. "

+"Hold <key>Skift</key> nede for omvendt rækkefølge."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:66

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>½</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:68

+msgid ""

+"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "

+"application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."

+msgstr ""

+"Skift mellem vinduer fra det samme program eller fra det valgte program "

+"efter <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:70

+msgid ""

+"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "

+"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"

+"key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."

+msgstr ""

+"Genvejen bruger <key>`</key> på USA-tastaturer, hvor <key>`</key>-tasten er "

+"over <key>Tab</key>. På alle andre tastaturer er genvejen <key>Super</key> "

+"plus tasten over <key>Tab</key>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:78

+msgid ""

+"Switch between windows in the current workspace. Hold down <key>Shift</key> "

+"for reverse order."

+msgstr ""

+"Skift mellem vinduer i det nuværende arbejdsområde. Hold <key>Skift</key> "

+"nede for omvendt rækkefølge."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86

+msgid ""

+"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "

+"switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "

+"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."

+msgstr ""

+"Giv tastaturfokus til toplinjen. I <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> skifter "

+"tastaturfokus mellem toplinjen, favoritområdet, vinduesoversigten, "

+"programlisten og søgefeltet. Brug piletasterne til at navigere."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:94

+msgid "Show the list of applications."

+msgstr "Vis listen over programmer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:99

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:104

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Skift mellem arbejdsområder</link>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:109

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:110

+msgid ""

+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr ""

+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:113

+msgid ""

+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr ""

+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "

+"different workspace</link>."

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Flyt det nuværende vindue til et "

+"andet arbejdsområde</link>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120

+msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the left."

+msgstr "Flyt det nuværende vindue én skærm til venstre."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124

+msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the right."

+msgstr "Flyt det nuværende vindue én skærm til højre."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">Show the Power Off / Restart dialog</link>."

+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">Vis dialogen sluk/genstart</link>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132

+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"

+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lås skærmen.</link>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:136

+msgid ""

+"Show <link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">the notification "

+"list</link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> again or "

+"<key>Esc</key> to close."

+msgstr ""

+"Vis <link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">påmindelseslisten</"

+"link>. Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> igen eller "

+"<key>Esc</key> for at lukke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: table/title

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:143

+msgid "Common editing shortcuts"

+msgstr "Almindelige redigeringsgenveje"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:146

+msgid "Select all text or items in a list."

+msgstr "Vælg al teksten eller punkterne i en liste."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150

+msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."

+msgstr ""

+"Klip (fjern) den valgte tekst eller punkter og læg det i udklipsholderen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:153

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:154

+msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."

+msgstr "Kopiér den valgte tekst eller punkter til udklipsholderen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:157

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:158

+msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."

+msgstr "Indsæt indholdet fra udklipsholderen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:161

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:162

+msgid "Undo the last action."

+msgstr "Fortryd den sidste handling."

+

+#. (itstool) path: table/title

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:167

+msgid "Capturing from the screen"

+msgstr "Optag fra skærmen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:169

+msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"

+msgstr "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:170

+msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Tag et skærmbillede.</link>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:173

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:174

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"

+"link>"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Tag et skærmbillede af et "

+"vindue.</link>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:178

+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:179

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "

+"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "

+"select an area."

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Tag et skærmbillede af et "

+"område på skærmen</link>. Markøren skifter til et sigtekorn. Klik og træk "

+"for at vælge et område."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:184

+msgid ""

+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"

+msgstr ""

+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Skift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:185

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and stop screencast "

+"recording.</link>"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start og stop skærmoptagelse.</"

+"link>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:21

+msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."

+msgstr "Den dekorative og funktionelle låseskærm formidler nyttig information."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25

+msgid "The lock screen"

+msgstr "Låseskærmen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27

+msgid ""

+"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "

+"is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "

+"while you have been away. The lock screen provides useful information:"

+msgstr ""

+"Med låseskærmen kan du se hvad der sker mens din computer er låst og den "

+"giver dig mulighed for at få en oversigt over, hvad der er sket, mens du har "

+"været væk. Låseskærmen giver nyttige informationer:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:34

+msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"

+msgstr "dato og klokkeslæt, samt bestemte påmindelser"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:35

+msgid "battery and network status"

+msgstr "batteri- og netværksstatus"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:41

+msgid ""

+"To unlock your computer, click once with your mouse or touchpad, or press "

+"<key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This will reveal the login screen, where "

+"you can enter your password to unlock. Alternatively, just start typing your "

+"password and the login screen will be automatically shown as you type. You "

+"can also switch users at the bottom right of the login screen if your system "

+"is configured for more than one."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik én gang med din mus eller pegeplade, eller tryk på <key>Esc</key> eller "

+"<key>Enter</key> for at låse din computer op. Så vises loginskærmen, hvor "

+"du kan indtaste din adgangskode for at låse op. Eller du kan blot begynde at "

+"skrive din adgangskode, og loginskærmen vises automatisk når du skriver. Du "

+"kan også skifte bruger, nederst til højre på loginskærmen, hvis dit system "

+"er konfigureret til mere end én bruger."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:49

+msgid ""

+"To hide notifications from the lock screen, see <link xref=\"shell-"

+"notifications#lock-screen-notifications\"/>."

+msgstr ""

+"Se <link xref=\"shell-notifications#lock-screen-notifications\"/> for at "

+"skjule påmindelser på låseskærmen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:13

+msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"

+msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:32

+msgid ""

+"Messages drop down from the top of the screen telling you when certain "

+"events happen."

+msgstr ""

+"Meddelelser dropper ned øverst på skærmen og fortæller dig når bestemte "

+"hændelser sker."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:35

+msgid "Notifications and the notification list"

+msgstr "Påmindelser og påmindelseslisten"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:38

+msgid "What is a notification?"

+msgstr "Hvad er en påmindelse?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:40

+msgid ""

+"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "

+"notification will be shown at the top of the screen, or on your lock screen."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis et program eller en systemkomponent vil have din opmærksomhed, så vises "

+"der en påmindelse øverst på skærmen eller på din låseskærm."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:43

+msgid ""

+"For example, if you get a new chat message or a new email, you will get a "

+"notification informing you. Chat notifications are given special treatment, "

+"and are represented by the individual contacts who sent you the chat "

+"messages."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du f.eks. modtager en chatmeddelelse eller en ny e-mail, så får du "

+"besked med en påmindelse. Chatpåmindelser gives særlig behandling og vises "

+"med de kontakter som sendte chatmeddelelsen til dig."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:51

+msgid ""

+"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "

+"notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."

+msgstr ""

+"Andre påmindelser har knapper med valgmuligheder der kan vælges. For at "

+"lukke påmindelserne uden at vælge en valgmulighed kan du klikke på luk-"

+"knappen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:55

+msgid ""

+"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "

+"Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the notification "

+"list."

+msgstr ""

+"Når der klikkes på knappen luk på nogle påmindelser, så lukkes de. Andre "

+"såsom Rhythmbox eller dit chatprogram bliver i påmindelseslisten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:63

+msgid "The notification list"

+msgstr "Påmindelseslisten"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:65

+msgid ""

+"The notification list gives you a way to get back to your notifications when "

+"it is convenient for you. It appears when you click on the clock, or press "

+"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. "

+"The notification list contains all the notifications that you have not acted "

+"upon or that permanently reside in it."

+msgstr ""

+"Påmindelseslisten giver dig en måde til at vende tilbage til dine "

+"påmindelser når det passer dig. Den vises når du klikker på uret eller "

+"trykker på <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"

+"super\">Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. Påmindelseslisten indeholder alle "

+"de påmindelser, som du ikke har handlet på, eller som findes permanent i "

+"den."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:72

+msgid ""

+"You can view a notification by clicking on it in the list. You can close the "

+"notification list by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> "

+"again or <key>Esc</key>."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan vise en påmindelse ved at klikke på den i listen. Du kan lukke "

+"påmindelseslisten ved igen at trykke på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</"

+"key></keyseq> eller <key>Esc</key>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:76

+msgid ""

+"Click the <gui>Clear List</gui> button to empty the list of notifications."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på knappen <gui>Ryd liste</gui> for at tømme listen over påmindelser."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:83

+msgid "Hiding notifications"

+msgstr "Skjul påmindelser"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:85

+msgid ""

+"If you are working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "

+"switch off notifications."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du arbejder på noget og ikke vil forstyrres, så kan du slukke for "

+"påmindelser."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:97 C/shell-notifications.page:133

+msgid "Click on <gui>Notifications</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Påmindelser</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:100

+msgid "Switch <gui>Notification Popups</gui> to off."

+msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Pop op'er til påmindelser</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:104

+msgid ""

+"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the top of the "

+"screen. Notifications will still be available in the notification list when "

+"you display it (by clicking on the clock, or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"

+"key><key>V</key></keyseq>), and they will start popping up again when you "

+"switch the switch back to on."

+msgstr ""

+"Når de er slukket, så vil de fleste påmindelser ikke poppe op øverst på "

+"skærmen. Påmindelserne vil stadigvæk findes i påmindelseslisten, når du "

+"viser den (ved at klikke på uret eller ved at trykke på <keyseq><key>Super</"

+"key><key>V</key></keyseq>), og de begynder at poppe op igen, når du tænder "

+"for kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:111

+msgid ""

+"You can also disable or re-enable notifications for individual applications "

+"from the <gui>Notifications</gui> panel."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan også deaktivere eller genaktivere påmindelser for enkelte programmer "

+"fra panelet <gui>Påmindelser</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:118

+msgid "Hiding lock screen notifications"

+msgstr "Skjul påmindelser for låst skærm"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:120

+msgid ""

+"When your screen is locked, notifications appear on the lock screen. You can "

+"configure the lock screen to hide these notifications for privacy reasons."

+msgstr ""

+"Når din skærm er låst vises påmindelser på låseskærmen. Du kan konfigurere "

+"låseskærmen til at skjule påmindelserne af hensyn til privatlivet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:124

+msgid "To switch off notifications when your screen is locked:"

+msgstr "Sluk for påmindelser når din skærm er låst:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-notifications.page:135

+msgid "Switch <gui>Lock Screen Notifications</gui> to off."

+msgstr "Sluk for <gui>Påmindelser for låst skærm</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/shell-overview.page:8

+msgctxt "link:trail"

+msgid "Desktop"

+msgstr "Skrivebord"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-overview.page:25

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"

+"notifications\">notifications</link>, <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts"

+"\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"shell-windows\">windows and "

+"workspaces</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Kalender</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"

+"notifications\">påmindelser</link>, <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-"

+"shortcuts\">tastaturgenveje</link>, <link xref=\"shell-windows\">vinduer og "

+"arbejdsområder</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-overview.page:33

+msgid "Your desktop"

+msgstr "Dit skrivebord"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/shell-overview.page:38

+msgid "Customize your desktop"

+msgstr "Tilpas dit skrivebord"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/shell-overview.page:42

+msgid "Applications and windows"

+msgstr "Programmer og vinduer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:23

+msgid "Check the <gui>Activities</gui> overview or other workspaces."

+msgstr "Tjek <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> eller andre arbejdsområder."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26

+msgid "Find a lost window"

+msgstr "Find et mistet vindue"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:28

+msgid ""

+"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "

+"easily found using the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"

+"\">Activities</gui> overview:"

+msgstr ""

+"Det er let at finde et vindue på et andet arbejdsområde eller et som er "

+"skjult bag et andet vindue med <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"

+"\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:34

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. If the missing window is on the "

+"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"

+"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "

+"redisplay the window, or"

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>. Hvis det manglende vindue er på det "

+"nuværende <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces"

+"\">arbejdsområde</link>, bliver det vist her som miniature. Klik blot på "

+"miniaturen for at vise vinduet igen, eller"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:41

+msgid ""

+"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace "

+"selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "

+"window, or"

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på de forskellige arbejdsområder i <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"

+"\">arbejdsområdevælgeren</link> i højre side af skærmen og prøv om du kan "

+"finde dit vindue, eller"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:46

+msgid ""

+"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "

+"Click the window in the list to switch to it."

+msgstr ""

+"Højreklik på programmet i favoritområdet for at vise dets åbne vinduer. Klik "

+"på vinduet i listen for at skifte til det."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57

+msgid "Using the window switcher:"

+msgstr "Med vinduesskifteren:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:61

+msgid ""

+"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></"

+"keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">window "

+"switcher</link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press "

+"<key>Tab</key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</"

+"key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> to cycle backwards."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"

+"super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> for at vise <link xref=\"shell-"

+"windows-switching\">vinduesskifteren</link>. Bliv ved med at holde "

+"<key>Super</key>-tasten nede og tryk på <key>Tab</key> for at gennemløbe de "

+"åbne vinduer, eller <keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> for at "

+"gennemløbe baglæns."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:69

+msgid ""

+"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "

+"press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis programmet har flere åbne vinduer, så hold <key>Super</key> nede og "

+"tryk på <key>½</key> (eller tasten over <key>Tab</key>) for at gennemløbe "

+"dem."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:20

+msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."

+msgstr ""

+"Dobbeltklik eller træk en titellinje for at maksimere eller gendanne et "

+"vindue."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24

+msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"

+msgstr "Maksimér og afmaksimér et vindue"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:26

+msgid ""

+"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "

+"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "

+"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "

+"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "

+"for details."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan maksimere et vindue for at bruge al pladsen på skrivebordet og "

+"afmaksimere et vindue for at gendanne det til sin normale størrelse. Du kan "

+"også maksimere vinduer lodret langs venstre og højre side af skærmen, så du "

+"let kan kigge på to vinduer på samme tid. Se <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled"

+"\"/> for detaljer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:32

+msgid ""

+"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "

+"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "

+"keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "

+"press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."

+msgstr ""

+"For at maksimere et vindue skal du tage fat i titellinjen, og trække det "

+"øverste på skærmen. For at maksimere et vindue med tastaturet skal du holde "

+"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten nede og trykke på "

+"<key>↑</key>, eller trykke på <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:38

+msgid ""

+"You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "

+"titlebar."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan også maksimere et vindue ved at klikke på knappen maksimér på "

+"titellinjen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41

+msgid ""

+"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "

+"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "

+"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard shortcuts you "

+"used to maximize the window."

+msgstr ""

+"For at gendanne et vindue til sin afmaksimeret størrelse, skal du trække det "

+"væk fra skærmens kanter. Hvis vinduet er fuldt maksimeret kan du "

+"dobbeltklikke på titellinjen for at gendanne det. Du kan også bruge de samme "

+"tastaturgenveje som du brugte til at maksimere vinduet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:47 C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38

+msgid ""

+"Hold down the <key>Super</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."

+msgstr ""

+"Hold <key>Super</key>-tasten nede og træk, hvor som helst, i vinduet for at "

+"flytte det."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:20

+msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."

+msgstr "Opstil vinduer i et arbejdsområde så du kan arbejde mere effektivt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:24

+msgid "Move and resize windows"

+msgstr "Flyt og tilpas størrelsen på vinduer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:26

+msgid ""

+"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "

+"addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, the system features "

+"shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan flytte og tilpasse størrelsen på vinduer for at hjælpe dig med at "

+"arbejde mere effektivt. Udover opførslen med at trække, som du måske "

+"forventer, så har systemet genveje og ændringstaster til at hjælpe dig med "

+"at opstille vinduer hurtigt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:32

+msgid ""

+"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-"

+"key-super\">Super</key> and drag anywhere in the window. Hold down "

+"<key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the window to the edges of the screen "

+"and other windows."

+msgstr ""

+"Flyt et vindue ved at trække titellinjen eller ved at holde <key xref"

+"=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> nede og trække, hvor som helst, i vinduet. "

+"Hold <key>Skift</key> nede mens der flyttes for at fastgøre vinduet til "

+"skærmens kanter og andre vinduer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38

+msgid ""

+"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "

+"<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "

+"screen and other windows."

+msgstr ""

+"Tilpas størrelsen på et vindue ved at trække vinduets kanter eller hjørner. "

+"<key>Skift</key> mens størrelsen tilpasses for at fastgøre vinduet til "

+"skærmens kanter og andre vinduer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41

+msgid ""

+"You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "

+"the titlebar."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan også tilpasse størrelsen på et maksimeret vindue ved at klikke på "

+"knappen maksimér i titellinjen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:45

+msgid ""

+"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"

+"key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"

+"key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "

+"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to "

+"the original position and size."

+msgstr ""

+"Flyt eller tilpas størrelsen på et vindue kun med tastaturet. Tryk på "

+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> for at flytte et vindue eller "

+"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> for at tilpasse størrelsen. "

+"Brug piletasterne til at flytte eller tilpasse størrelsen, og tryk herefter "

+"på <key>Enter</key> for at gøre det færdigt, eller tryk på <key>Esc</key> "

+"for at vende tilbage til den oprindelige placering og størrelse."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:52

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "

+"it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "

+"maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled"

+"\">tile windows side by side</link>."

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maksimer et vindue</link> ved at "

+"trække det øverst på skærmen. Træk et vindue til den ene side af skærmen for "

+"at maksimere det langs siden, hvorved du kan <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled"

+"\">fliselægge vinduer ved siden af hinanden</link>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:27

+msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."

+msgstr "Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:30

+msgid "Switch between windows"

+msgstr "Skift mellem vinduer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37

+msgid ""

+"You can see all the running applications that have a graphical user "

+"interface in the <em>window switcher</em>. This makes switching between "

+"tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "

+"applications are running."

+msgstr ""

+"I <em>vinduesskifteren</em> kan du se alle de kørende programmer, der har en "

+"grafisk brugerflade. Så skal der kun udføres ét trin for at skifte mellem "

+"opgaver, og det giver et fuldt billede af, hvilke programmer som kører."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:42

+msgid "From a workspace:"

+msgstr "Fra et arbejdsområde:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46

+msgid ""

+"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></"

+"keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"

+"super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> for at få "

+"<gui>vinduesskifteren</gui> frem."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:51

+msgid ""

+"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "

+"(highlighted) window in the switcher."

+msgstr ""

+"Slip <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> for at vælge det næste "

+"(fremhævede) vindue i skifteren."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55

+msgid ""

+"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"

+"key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "

+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."

+msgstr ""

+"Ellers bliv ved med at holde <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"

+"super\">Super</key>-tasten nede, tryk på <key>Tab</key> for at gennemløbe "

+"listen over åbne vinduer, eller "

+"<keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> for at gennemløbe baglæns."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62

+msgid ""

+"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "

+"windows and switch between them."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan også bruge vindueslisten på bundlinjen for at få adgang til alle dine "

+"åbne vinduer og skifte mellem dem."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66

+msgid ""

+"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "

+"applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "

+"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the "

+"key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."

+msgstr ""

+"Vinduerne i vinduesskifteren grupperes efter programmer. Forhåndsvisninger "

+"af programmer med flere vinduer popper ned efterhånden som du klikker. Hold "

+"<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> nede og tryk på <key>½</key> "

+"(eller tasten over <key>Tab</key>) for at gennemløbe listen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72

+msgid ""

+"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "

+"the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "

+"mouse."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan også flytte mellem programikonerne i vinduesskifteren med tasterne <key>→</"

+"key> eller <key>←</key> eller vælge et ved at klikke på det med "

+"musen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:76

+msgid ""

+"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "

+"<key>↓</key> key."

+msgstr ""

+"Forhåndsvisninger af programmer med et enkelt vindue kan vises med <key>↓</"

+"key>-tasten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:79

+msgid ""

+"From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a <link xref=\"shell-"

+"windows\">window</link> to switch to it and leave the overview. If you have "

+"multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspaces</"

+"link> open, you can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each "

+"workspace."

+msgstr ""

+"Fra <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> kan du klikke på et <link xref=\"shell-"

+"windows\">vindue</link> for at skifte til det og forlade oversigten. Hvis du "

+"har flere åbne <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces"

+"\">arbejdsområder</link>, så kan du klikke på et arbejdsområde for at vise "

+"de åbne vinduer på hvert arbejdsområde."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:19

+msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."

+msgstr "Maksimer to vinduer side om side."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23

+msgid "Tile windows"

+msgstr "Fliselæg vinduer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25

+msgid ""

+"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "

+"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "

+"them."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan kun maksimere et vindue på den venstre eller højre side af skærmen, "

+"og dermed placere to vinduer side om side, så du hurtigt kan skifte mellem "

+"dem."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29

+msgid ""

+"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "

+"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "

+"the keyboard, hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and "

+"press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."

+msgstr ""

+"For at maksimere et vindue langs en af skærmens sider, skal du tage fat i "

+"titellinjen, og trække det til den venstre eller højre side indtil skærmen "

+"fremhæves. Med tastaturet skal du holde <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"

+"super\">Super</key> nede og trykke på <key>Venstre</key>- eller "

+"<key>Højre</key>-tasten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34

+msgid ""

+"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "

+"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."

+msgstr ""

+"For at gendanne et vindue til sin oprindelige størrelse, skal du trække det "

+"væk fra skærmens side eller bruge den samme tastaturgenvej som du brugte til "

+"at maksimere."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-windows.page:18

+msgid "Move and organize your windows."

+msgstr "Flyt og organiser dine vinduer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-windows.page:21

+msgid "Windows and workspaces"

+msgstr "Vinduer og arbejdsområder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows.page:23

+msgid ""

+"Like other desktops, the system uses windows to display your running "

+"applications. Using both the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"

+"\">Activities</gui> overview and the <em>dash</em>, you can launch new "

+"applications and control active windows."

+msgstr ""

+"Systemet bruger, ligesom andre skriveborde, vinduer til at vise de "

+"programmer der kører. Du kan med både <gui xref=\"shell-"

+"introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og "

+"<em>favoritområdet</em> starte nye programmer og styre aktive vinduer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-windows.page:28

+msgid ""

+"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "

+"window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "

+"features."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan også gruppere dine programmer i arbejdsområder. Besøg hjælpeemnerne "

+"for vinduer og arbejdsområder nedenfor, for bedre at lære hvordan du bruger "

+"funktionerne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/shell-windows.page:60

+msgctxt "link:trail"

+msgid "Windows"

+msgstr "Vinduer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/shell-windows.page:62

+msgid "Working with windows"

+msgstr "Arbejd med vinduer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/shell-windows.page:67

+msgctxt "link:trail"

+msgid "Workspaces"

+msgstr "Arbejdsområder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/shell-windows.page:69

+msgid "Working with workspaces"

+msgstr "Arbejd med arbejdsområder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31

+msgid ""

+"Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and drag the window to a different "

+"workspace."

+msgstr ""

+"Gå til <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og træk vinduet til et andet "

+"arbejdsområde."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35

+msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"

+msgstr "Flyt et vindue til et andet arbejdsområde"

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:40 C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:56

+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31

+msgid "Using the mouse:"

+msgstr "Med musen:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:42

+msgid "Press the button at the bottom left of the screen in the window list."

+msgstr "Tryk på knappen nederst til venstre på skærmen i vindueslisten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:45

+msgid "Click and drag the window towards the bottom right of the screen."

+msgstr "Klik og træk vinduet mod den nederste højre del af skærmen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:48

+msgid ""

+"Drop the window onto one of the workspaces in the <em>workspace selector</"

+"em> at the right-hand side of the window list. This workspace now contains "

+"the window you have dropped."

+msgstr ""

+"Slip vinduet på et af arbejdsområderne i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em> til "

+"højre i vindueslisten. Arbejdsområdet indeholder nu det vindue, du slap."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:58 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:33

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62

+msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."

+msgstr "Klik og træk vinduet mod den højre del af skærmen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:65

+msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace selector</em> will expand."

+msgstr "<em xref=\"shell-workspaces\">Arbejdsområdevælgeren</em> udfoldes."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:69

+msgid ""

+"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "

+"window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "

+"the <em>workspace selector</em>."

+msgstr ""

+"Træk vinduet til et tomt arbejdsområde. Arbejdsområdet indeholder nu det "

+"vindue, du slap, og et nyt arbejdsområde vises nederst i "

+"<em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#. (itstool) path: list/title

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:78 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:49

+msgid "Using the keyboard:"

+msgstr "Med tastaturet:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:80

+msgid ""

+"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "

+"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="

+"\"shell-windows-switching\">window switcher</em>)."

+msgstr ""

+"Vælg vinduet du vil flytte (f.eks. med <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"

+"super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref=\"shell-windows-"

+"switching\">vinduesskifteren</em>)."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:85

+msgid ""

+"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "

+"move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "

+"<em>workspace selector</em>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Skift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> "

+"for at flytte vinduet til et arbejdsområde, som er ovenover det nuværende "

+"arbejdsområde i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:88

+msgid ""

+"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "

+"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "

+"the <em>workspace selector</em>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Skift</key><key>Page Down</key></"

+"keyseq> for at flytte vinduet til et arbejdsområde, som er nedenunder det "

+"nuværende arbejdsområde i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:91

+msgid ""

+"Press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>→</key></"

+"keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is left of the current "

+"workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>→</key></"

+"keyseq> for at flytte vinduet til et arbejdsområde, som er til venstre for "

+"det nuværende arbejdsområde i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:94

+msgid ""

+"Press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>←</key></"

+"keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is right of the current "

+"workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Skift</key><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>←</key></"

+"keyseq> for at flytte vinduet til et arbejdsområde, som er til højre for det "

+"nuværende arbejdsområde i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:25

+msgid "Use the workspace selector."

+msgstr "Brug arbejdsområdevælgeren."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28

+msgid "Switch between workspaces"

+msgstr "Skift mellem arbejdsområder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:35

+msgid ""

+"At the bottom right of the screen, click on one of the four workspaces to "

+"activate the workspace."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på et af de fire arbejdsområder nederst til højre på skærmen for at "

+"aktivere arbejdsområdet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace "

+"selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "

+"that workspace."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på et arbejdsområde i <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"

+"\">arbejdsområdevælgeren</link> i højre side af skærmen for at vise de åbne "

+"vinduer i arbejdsområdet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:44

+msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."

+msgstr "Klik på en vinduesminiature for at aktivere arbejdsområdet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51

+msgid ""

+"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"

+"key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq> "

+"to move to the workspace shown above the current workspace in the workspace "

+"selector."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page "

+"Up</key></keyseq> eller "

+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Op</key></keyseq> for at flytte "

+"til arbejdsområdet som vises ovenover det nuværende arbejdsområde i "

+"arbejdsområdevælgeren."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:56

+msgid ""

+"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to move to "

+"the workspace shown left of the current workspace on the <em>workspace "

+"selector</em>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> for at "

+"flytte til det arbejdsområde der vises til venstre for det nuværende "

+"arbejdsområde i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:61

+msgid ""

+"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> or "

+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Down</key></keyseq> to move to the "

+"workspace shown below the current workspace in the workspace selector."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> eller "

+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Ned</key></keyseq> for at flytte "

+"til arbejdsområdet som vises nedenunder det nuværende arbejdsområde i "

+"arbejdsområdevælgeren."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:64

+msgid ""

+"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to move to "

+"the workspace shown right of the current workspace on the <em>workspace "

+"selector</em>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> for at "

+"flytte til det arbejdsområde der vises til højre for det nuværende "

+"arbejdsområde i <em>arbejdsområdevælgeren</em>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26

+msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."

+msgstr "Arbejdsområder er en måde til at gruppere vinduer på dit skrivebord."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:29

+msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"

+msgstr "Hvad er et arbejdsområde og hvordan kan det hjælpe mig?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:36

+msgid ""

+"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "

+"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "

+"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."

+msgstr ""

+"Arbejdsområder refererer til gruppering af vinduer på dit skrivebord. Du kan "

+"oprette flere arbejdsområder som fungerer som virtuelle skriveborde. "

+"Arbejdsområder er beregnet til at reducere rod og gøre det lettere at finde "

+"rundt på skrivebordet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41

+msgid ""

+"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "

+"multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "

+"to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."

+msgstr ""

+"Arbejdsområder refererer til gruppering af vinduer på dit skrivebord. Du kan "

+"bruge flere arbejdsområder som fungerer som virtuelle skriveborde. "

+"Arbejdsområder er beregnet til at reducere rod og gøre det lettere at finde "

+"rundt på skrivebordet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46

+msgid ""

+"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "

+"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "

+"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "

+"manager could be on a third workspace."

+msgstr ""

+"Arbejdsområder kan bruges til at organisere dit arbejde. Du kan f.eks. have "

+"alle dine kommunikationsvinduer såsom e-mail- og chatprogrammer på ét "

+"arbejdsområde og dit arbejde på et andet arbejdsområde. Din musiksamling "

+"kunne være på et tredje arbejdsområde."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51

+msgid "Using workspaces:"

+msgstr "Brug af arbejdsområder:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview, move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen."

+msgstr ""

+"I <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"skal du flytte markøren til det yderste af skærmens højre side."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58

+msgid ""

+"Click the button at the bottom left of the screen in the window list, or "

+"press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to open the "

+"<gui>Activities</gui> overview."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på knappen nederst til venstre på skærmen i vindueslisten, eller tryk "

+"på <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>-tasten for at åbne "

+"<gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:64

+msgid ""

+"A vertical panel will expand showing workspaces in use, plus an empty "

+"workspace. This is the workspace selector."

+msgstr ""

+"Et lodret panel udfoldes med arbejdsområder som er i brug, plus et tomt "

+"arbejdsområde. Det er arbejdsområdevælgeren."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:67

+msgid ""

+"In the bottom right corner, you see four boxes. This is the workspace "

+"selector."

+msgstr ""

+"I det nederste højre hjørne kan du se fire bokse. Det er "

+"arbejdsområdevælgeren."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:71

+msgid ""

+"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto "

+"the empty workspace in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains "

+"the window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace will appear below it."

+msgstr ""

+"For at tilføje et arbejdsområde skal du trække og slippe et vindue fra et "

+"eksisterende arbejdsområde til det tomme arbejdsområde i "

+"arbejdsområdevælgeren. Arbejdsområdet indeholder nu kun det vindue du "

+"slap, og et nyt arbejdsområde vises nedenunder."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:75

+msgid ""

+"Drag and drop a window from your current workspace onto an empty workspace "

+"in the workspace selector. This workspace now contains the window you have "

+"dropped."

+msgstr ""

+"Træk og slip et vindue fra dit nuværende arbejdsområde til et tomt "

+"arbejdsområde i arbejdsområdevælgeren. Arbejdsområdet indeholder nu kun "

+"det vindue du slap."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:80

+msgid ""

+"To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "

+"workspaces."

+msgstr ""

+"For at fjerne et arbejdsområde skal du ganske enkelt lukke alle dets vinduer "

+"eller flytte dem til et andet arbejdsområde."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:85

+msgid "There is always at least one workspace."

+msgstr "Der er altid mindst ét arbejdsområde."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/sound-alert.page:29

+msgid ""

+"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "

+"alert sounds."

+msgstr ""

+"Vælg den lyd som skal afspilles for meddelelser, indstil lydstyrken på "

+"påmindelser, eller deaktivér påmindelseslyde."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/sound-alert.page:33

+msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"

+msgstr "Vælg eller deaktivér påmindelseslyden"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sound-alert.page:35

+msgid ""

+"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "

+"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "

+"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."

+msgstr ""

+"Din computer afspiller en simpel påmindelseslyd ved bestemte typer meddelelser og "

+"hændelser. Du kan vælge forskellige lydklip til påmindelser, indstille "

+"lydstyrken på påmindelser uafhængigt af dit systems lydstyrke, eller deaktivere "

+"påmindelseslyde helt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-alert.page:42 C/sound-nosound.page:51 C/sound-nosound.page:92

+#: C/sound-usemic.page:55 C/sound-usespeakers.page:60 C/sound-volume.page:61

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Sound</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Lyd</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-alert.page:46 C/sound-nosound.page:55 C/sound-nosound.page:96

+#: C/sound-usemic.page:59 C/sound-usespeakers.page:64 C/sound-volume.page:65

+msgid "Click on <gui>Sound</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Lyd</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-alert.page:49

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>Alert Sound</gui> section, select an alert sound. Each sound "

+"will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."

+msgstr ""

+"Vælg en påmindelseslyd i afsnittet <gui>Påmindelseslyd</gui>. Hver lyd afspilles "

+"når du klikker på dem, så du kan hører hvordan de lyder."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sound-alert.page:54

+msgid ""

+"Use the volume slider for <gui>System Sounds</gui>in the <gui>Volume Levels</"

+"gui> section to set the volume of the alert sound. This will not affect the "

+"volume of your music, movies, or other sound files."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug lydstyrkeskyderen til <gui>Systemlyde</gui> i afsnittet "

+"<gui>Lydstyrkeniveauer</gui> til at indstille lydstyrken på påmindelseslyden. Det "

+"påvirker ikke lydstyrken på dine musik-, video- og andre lydfiler."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/sound-broken.page:20

+msgid ""

+"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."

+msgstr "Fejlsøg problemer såsom manglende lyd eller dårlig lydkvalitet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/sound-broken.page:24

+msgid "Sound problems"

+msgstr "Lydproblemer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sound-broken.page:31

+msgid ""

+"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "

+"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"

+msgstr ""

+"Der finder flere måder hvor lydafspilning kan holde op med at virke på din "

+"computer. Hvilket emne nedenfor beskriver bedst det problem du oplever?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/sound-crackle.page:19

+msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."

+msgstr "Tjek dine lydkabler og drivere til lydkortet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/sound-crackle.page:22

+msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"

+msgstr "Jeg hører knitren eller brummelyd når der afspilles lyde"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sound-crackle.page:24

+msgid ""

+"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "

+"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "

+"with the drivers for the sound card."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du hører knitren eller summen når der afspilles lyde på din computer, "

+"så kan det være et problem med lydkablerne eller -forbindelserne, eller et "

+"problem med driverne til dit lydkort."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-crackle.page:30

+msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."

+msgstr "Tjek at højttalerne er sat korrekt i."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-crackle.page:31

+msgid ""

+"If the speakers are not fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "

+"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis højttalerne ikke er sat helt i eller hvis de er sat i det forkerte "

+"stik, så kan det måske være du hører en summende lyd."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-crackle.page:36

+msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable is not damaged."

+msgstr "Sørg for at kablet til højttalerne/hovedtelefonerne ikke er beskadiget."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-crackle.page:37

+msgid ""

+"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "

+"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "

+"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "

+"need to replace the cable or headphones."

+msgstr ""

+"Lydkabler og -stik kan slides gradvist efterhånden som de bruges. Prøv "

+"at sætte kablet eller hovedtelefonerne i en anden lydenhed (som en "

+"MP3-afspiller eller en CD-afspiller) for at tjekke om der stadigvæk er en "

+"knitrende lyd. Hvis der er, så kan det være du skal erstatte kablet eller "

+"hovedtelefonerne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-crackle.page:44

+msgid "Check if the sound drivers are not very good."

+msgstr "Tjek om lyddriverne ikke er særlig gode."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-crackle.page:45

+msgid ""

+"Some sound cards do not work very well on Linux because they do not have "

+"very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching "

+"for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search "

+"term “Linux”, to see if other people are having the same problem."

+msgstr ""

+"Nogle lydkort virker ikke særlig godt i Linux fordi deres drivere ikke er så "

+"gode. Problemet er sværre at identificere. Prøv at søge efter lydkortets "

+"producent og model på internettet, plus søgetermen “Linux”, for at se om "

+"andre personer har det samme problem."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-crackle.page:49

+msgid ""

+"You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "

+"sound card."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan bruge kommandoen <cmd>lspci</cmd> til at få information om dit "

+"lydkort."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:24

+msgid ""

+"Check that the sound is not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and "

+"that the sound card is detected."

+msgstr ""

+"Tjek at lyden ikke er på lydløs, at kablerne er sat ordentligt i og at "

+"lydkortet er registreret."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:28

+msgid "I cannot hear any sounds on the computer"

+msgstr "Jeg kan ikke høre nogen lyd på computeren"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:30

+msgid ""

+"If you cannot hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "

+"play music, go through the following troubleshooting tips."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du ikke kan høre noget lyd på din computer, f.eks. når du prøver at "

+"afspille musik, så gennemgå følgende fejlsøgningstip."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:34

+msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"

+msgstr "Sørg for at lyden ikke er på lydløs"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:36

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> and "

+"make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</gui> og sørg for "

+"at lyden ikke er slået fra eller skruet ned."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards — try pressing "

+"that key to see if it unmutes the sound."

+msgstr ""

+"Nogle bærbare computere har lydløskontakter eller -taster på deres tastaturer — prøv "

+"at trykke på tasten for at se om den slår lyden til."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:42

+msgid ""

+"You should also check that you have not muted the application that you are "

+"using to play sound (for example, your music player or movie player). The "

+"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "

+"that."

+msgstr ""

+"Du bør også tjekke at du ikke har sat det program du bruger til at afspille "

+"lyd på lydløs (f.eks. din musikafspiller eller videoafspiller). Programmet "

+"kan have en lydløs- eller lydstyrkeknap i sit hovedvindue, så tjek det."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:47

+msgid ""

+"Also, you can check the <gui>Applications</gui> tab in the <gui>Sound</gui> "

+"GUI:"

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan også tjekke fanebladet <gui>Programmer</gui> i brugerfladen "

+"<gui>Lyd</gui>:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:58

+msgid ""

+"Under <gui>Volume Levels</gui>, check that your application is not muted."

+msgstr ""

+"Tjek at dit program ikke er sat på lydløs under "

+"<gui>Lydstyrkeniveauer</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:66

+msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"

+msgstr "Tjek at højttalerne er tændt og tilsluttet korrekt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:67

+msgid ""

+"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "

+"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "

+"securely plugged into the “output” audio socket on your computer. This "

+"socket is usually light green in color."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis din computer har eksterne højttalere, så sørg for at de er tændt og at "

+"der er skruet op for lydstyrken. Sørg for at højttalerkablet er sat godt i "

+"lydstikket “output” på din computer. Stikkets farve er gerne lysegrønt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:72

+msgid ""

+"Some sound cards can switch between the socket they use for output (to the "

+"speakers) and the socket for input (from a microphone, for instance). The "

+"output socket may be different when running Linux, Windows or Mac OS. Try "

+"connecting the speaker cable to a different audio socket on your computer."

+msgstr ""

+"Nogle lydkort kan skifte mellem det stik der bruges til output (til "

+"højttalerne) og det stik der bruges til input (f.eks. fra en mikrofon). "

+"Inputstikket kan være et andet når der køres Linux, Windows eller Mac OS. "

+"Prøv at tilslutte højttalerkablet til et andet lydstik på din computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:78

+msgid ""

+"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "

+"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input, too."

+msgstr ""

+"Til sidst kan du tjekke at lydkablet er sat godt i bag på højttalerne. Nogle "

+"højttalere har også mere end ét input."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:83

+msgid "Check that the correct sound device is selected"

+msgstr "Tjek at den korrekte lydenhed er valgt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:85

+msgid ""

+"Some computers have multiple “sound devices” installed. Some of these are "

+"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "

+"have the correct sound device selected. This might involve some trial-and-"

+"error to choose the right one."

+msgstr ""

+"Nogle computere har flere “lydenheder” installeret. Nogle af dem er i stand "

+"til at outputte lyd og nogle er ikke, så du bør tjekke at den korrekte "

+"lydenhed er valgt. Det kan være du skal prøve dig lidt frem for at finde den "

+"rette."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:99

+msgid ""

+"Under <gui>Output</gui>, change the <gui>Profile</gui> settings for the "

+"selected device and play a sound to see if it works. You might need to go "

+"through the list and try each profile."

+msgstr ""

+"Ændr indstillingerne <gui>Profil</gui> for den valgte enhed under "

+"<gui>Output</gui> og afspil en lyd for at se om det virker. Det kan være "

+"nødvendigt at gå gennem listen og prøve hver profil."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:103

+msgid ""

+"If that does not work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "

+"devices that are listed."

+msgstr ""

+"Virker det ikke, så kan det være du vil prøve det samme for de andre enheder "

+"der vises."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:112

+msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"

+msgstr "Tjek at lydkortet blev registreret korrekt"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:114

+msgid ""

+"Your sound card may not have been detected properly probably because the "

+"drivers for the card are not installed. You may need to install the drivers "

+"for the card manually. How you do this depends on the type of the card."

+msgstr ""

+"Dit lydkort er måske ikke blevet registreret ordentligt, sandsynligvis fordi "

+"driverne til kortet ikke er installeret. Det kan være du skal installere "

+"driverne til kortet manuelt. Hvordan det gøres afhænger af kortets type."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:118

+msgid ""

+"Run the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command in the Terminal to find out what sound card "

+"you have:"

+msgstr ""

+"Kør kommandoen <cmd>lspci</cmd> i terminalen for at finde ud af hvilket "

+"lydkort du har:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:122

+msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."

+msgstr "Gå til <gui>Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> og åbn en terminal."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:125

+msgid ""

+"Run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; "

+"either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password, or type <cmd>su</"

+"cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> (administrative) password, then type "

+"<cmd>lspci</cmd>."

+msgstr ""

+"Kør <cmd>lspci</cmd> som <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superbruger</link>; "

+"skriv enten <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> og skriv din adgangskode, eller skriv "

+"<cmd>su</cmd>, indtast adgangskoden til <em>root</em> (administrativ) og "

+"skriv så <cmd>lspci</cmd>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:131

+msgid ""

+"Check if an <em>audio controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed: in "

+"such case you should see the make and model number of the sound card. Also, "

+"<cmd>lspci -v</cmd> shows a list with more detailed information."

+msgstr ""

+"Tjek om <em>audio controller</em> eller <em>audio device</em> vises i "

+"listen: hvis de gør, så burde du se lydkortets producent og model. Derudover "

+"viser <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> en liste med mere detaljeret information."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:137

+msgid ""

+"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It is best to ask "

+"on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "

+"instructions."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan måske finde og installere drivere til dit kort. Det er bedst at "

+"spørge i supportforummer (eller lignende) til din Linux-distribution for at "

+"få instruktioner."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sound-nosound.page:141

+msgid ""

+"If you cannot get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "

+"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "

+"computer and external USB sound cards."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du ikke kan få drivere til dit lydkort, så kan det være du foretrækker "

+"at købe et nyt lydkort. Du kan få lydkort der kan installeres "

+"inden i computeren og eksterne USB-lydkort."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/sound-usemic.page:29

+msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."

+msgstr "Brug en analog- eller USB-mikrofon og vælg en standardinputenhed."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/sound-usemic.page:33

+msgid "Use a different microphone"

+msgstr "Brug en anden mikrofon"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sound-usemic.page:35

+msgid ""

+"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "

+"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "

+"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "

+"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "

+"quality."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan bruge en ekstern mikrofon til at chatte med venner, snakke med "

+"kollegaer på arbejde, foretage stemmeoptagelser eller bruge andre "

+"multimedieprogrammer. Selv hvis din computer har en indbygget mikrofon eller "

+"et webcam med en mikrofon, så giver en separat mikrofon gerne bedre "

+"lydkvalitet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sound-usemic.page:41

+msgid ""

+"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "

+"audio socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "

+"microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light red in color "

+"or is accompanied by a picture of a microphone. Microphones plugged into the "

+"appropriate socket are usually used by default. If not, see the instructions "

+"below for selecting a default input device."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis din mikrofon har et rundt stik, så sæt det blot i det rette lydstik på "

+"din computer. De fleste computere har to stik: et til mikrofoner og et til "

+"højttalere. Stikkets farve er gerne lyserødt eller der er et billede af en "

+"mikrofon. Mikrofoner der sættes i det rette stik bruges gerne som standard. "

+"Hvis det ikke er tilfældet, så se instruktionerne nedenfor for at vælge en "

+"standardinputenhed."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sound-usemic.page:48

+msgid ""

+"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "

+"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "

+"which microphone to use by default."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har en USB-mikrofon, så sæt den i en vilkårlig USB-port på din "

+"computer. USB-mikrofoner fungerer som separate lydenheder og det kan være "

+"nødvendigt at angive hvilken mikrofon der skal bruges som standard."

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/sound-usemic.page:53 C/sound-usespeakers.page:58

+msgid "Select a default audio input device"

+msgstr "Vælg en standardenhed til lydinput"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-usemic.page:62

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use. The "

+"input level indicator should respond when you speak."

+msgstr ""

+"I fanebladet <gui>Input</gui> vælges den enhed du vil bruge. Indikatoren for "

+"inputniveauet bør reagere når du siger noget."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sound-usemic.page:67

+msgid ""

+"You can adjust the volume and switch the microphone off from this panel."

+msgstr "Du kan justere lydstyrken og slukke for mikrofonen i panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:30

+msgid ""

+"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."

+msgstr ""

+"Tilslut højttalere eller hovedtelefoner og vælg en standardenhed for "

+"lydoutput."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:34

+msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"

+msgstr "Brug andre højttalere eller hovedtelefoner"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:36

+msgid ""

+"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "

+"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "

+"plug or a USB."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan bruge eksterne højttalere eller hovedtelefoner med din computer. "

+"Højttalere tilsluttes gerne med enten et rundt TRS-stik (<em>tip, ring, "

+"sleeve</em>) eller et USB-stik."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40

+msgid ""

+"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "

+"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "

+"microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light green in "

+"color or is accompanied by a picture of headphones. Speakers or headphones "

+"plugged into a TRS socket are usually used by default. If not, see the "

+"instructions below for selecting the default device."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis dine højttalere eller hovedtelefoner har et TRS-stik, så sæt det i det "

+"rette stik på din computer. De fleste computere har to stik: et til "

+"mikrofoner og et til højttalere. Stikkets farve er gerne lysegrønt eller der "

+"er et billede af hovedtelefoner. Højttalere eller hovedtelefoner der sættes "

+"i et TRS-stik bruges gerne som standard. Hvis det ikke er tilfældet, så se "

+"instruktionerne nedenfor for at vælge en standardenhed."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47

+msgid ""

+"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "

+"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "

+"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "

+"settings."

+msgstr ""

+"Nogle computere understøtter multikanaloutput til surroundsound. Det bruger "

+"gerne flere TRS-stik som ofte er farvekodet. Hvis du er i tvivl om hvordan "

+"stikkene skal tilsluttes, så kan du teste lydoutputtet i lydindstillingerne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52

+msgid ""

+"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "

+"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "

+"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har USB-højttalere eller -hovedtelefoner eller analoge "

+"hovedtelefoner sat i et USB-lydkort, så sæt dem i en vilkårlig USB-port. "

+"USB-højttalere fungere som separate lydenheder og det kan være nødvendigt at "

+"angive hvilke højttalere der skal bruges som standard."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:67

+msgid "In the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use."

+msgstr "I fanebladet <gui>Output</gui> vælges den enhed du vil bruge."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:72

+msgid ""

+"Use the <gui style=\"button\">Test Speakers</gui> button to check that all "

+"speakers are working and are connected to the correct socket."

+msgstr ""

+"Brug knappen <gui style=\"button\">Afprøv højttalere</gui> til at tjekke at "

+"alle højttalerne virker og er tilsluttet de rette stik."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/sound-volume.page:28

+msgid ""

+"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "

+"application."

+msgstr "Indstil computerens lydstyrke og styr lydstyrken på hvert program."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/sound-volume.page:32

+msgid "Change the sound volume"

+msgstr "Skift lydstyrken"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sound-volume.page:34

+msgid ""

+"To change the sound volume, open the <gui xref=\"shell-"

+"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right side of the top "

+"bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off "

+"sound by dragging the slider to the left."

+msgstr ""

+"Ændr lydstyrken ved at åbne <gui xref=\"shell-"

+"introduction#systemmenu\">systemmenuen</gui> i højre side af toplinjen og "

+"flytte lydstyrkeskyderen til venstre eller højre. Du kan slukke helt for "

+"lyden ved at trække skyderen til venstre."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sound-volume.page:39

+msgid ""

+"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "

+"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "

+"the “F” keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the “F” "

+"keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."

+msgstr ""

+"Nogle tastaturer har taster der lader dig styre lydstyrken. De ligner "

+"normalt højttalere hvor der kommer bølger ud. De er gerne nær “F”-tasterne "

+"øverst. På tastaturer på bærbare computere er de typisk på “F”-tasterne. Hold "

+"<key>Fn</key>-tasten nede på dit tastatur for at bruge dem."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/sound-volume.page:44

+msgid ""

+"If you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the "

+"speakers’ volume control. Some headphones have a volume control too."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har eksterne højttalere, så kan du også ændre lydstyrken med "

+"højttalerenes lydstyrkeregulering. Nogle hovedtelefoner har også en "

+"lydstyrkeregulering."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/sound-volume.page:49

+msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"

+msgstr "Ændring af lydstyrken på enkelte programmer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sound-volume.page:51

+msgid ""

+"You can change the volume for one application and leave the volume for "

+"others unchanged. This is useful if you are listening to music and browsing "

+"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the audio in the web "

+"browser so sounds from websites do not interrupt the music."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan ændre lydstyrken på et program og lade lydstyrken på andre være "

+"uændret. Det er f.eks. nyttigt hvis du lytter til musik og browser på "

+"webbet. Det kan være du vil slukke for lyden i webbrowseren, så lyde fra "

+"websteder ikke forstyrrer musikken."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/sound-volume.page:56

+msgid ""

+"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "

+"application has its volume control, use that to change the volume. If not:"

+msgstr ""

+"Nogle programmer har lydstyrkereguleringer i deres hovedvinduer. Hvis dit "

+"program har lydstyrkeregulering, så brug den til at ændre lydstyrken. "

+"Ellers:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/sound-volume.page:68

+msgid ""

+"Under <gui>Volume Levels</gui>, change the volume of the application listed "

+"there."

+msgstr ""

+"Under <gui>Lydstyrkeniveauer</gui> kan lydstyrken ændres på de programmer der vises der."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/sound-volume.page:72

+msgid ""

+"Only applications that are playing sounds are listed. If an application is "

+"playing sounds but is not listed, it might not support the feature that lets "

+"you control its volume in this way. In such case, you cannot change its "

+"volume."

+msgstr ""

+"Kun de programmer der afspiller lyde vises. Hvis et program afspiller lyde "

+"men ikke vises, så kan det være det ikke understøtter den funktionalitet der "

+"lader dig styre dets lydstyrke på den måde. Hvis det er tilfældet, så kan "

+"du ikke ændre dets lydstyrke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: credit/name

+#: C/status-icons.page:13

+msgid "Monica Kochofar"

+msgstr "Monica Kochofar"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/status-icons.page:20

+msgid "Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."

+msgstr "Forklarer betydningen af de ikoner der findes til højre på toplinjen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/status-icons.page:23

+msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"

+msgstr "Hvad betyder ikonerne på toplinjen?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:24

+msgid ""

+"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "

+"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "

+"provided by the system are described."

+msgstr ""

+"Afsnittet forklarer betydningen af de ikoner der findes i øverste højre "

+"hjørne af skærmen. Mere præcist beskrives de forskellige varianter af ikoner "

+"som leveres af system."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/status-icons.page:29

+msgid "Accessibility Menu Icons"

+msgstr "Ikoner for tilgængelighedsmenuen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:34

+msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."

+msgstr "Fører til en menu som slår tilgængelighedsindstillinger til."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/status-icons.page:42

+msgid "Volume Control Icons"

+msgstr "Ikoner for lydstyrkeregulering"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:47

+msgid "The volume is set to high."

+msgstr "Lydstyrken er indstillet til høj."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:51

+msgid "The volume is set to medium."

+msgstr "Lydstyrken er indstillet til medium."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:55

+msgid "The volume is set to low."

+msgstr "Lydstyrken er indstillet til lav."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:59

+msgid "The volume is muted."

+msgstr "Lydstyrken er indstillet til lydløs."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/status-icons.page:66

+msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"

+msgstr "Ikoner for Bluetooth-håndtering"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:71

+msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."

+msgstr "Bluetooth er aktiveret."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:75

+msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."

+msgstr "Bluetooth er deaktiveret."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/status-icons.page:83

+msgid "Explains the meanings of the Network Manager icons."

+msgstr "Forklarer betydningen af ikonerne for netværkshåndtering."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/status-icons.page:86

+msgid "Network Manager Icons"

+msgstr "Ikoner for netværkshåndtering"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:88

+msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"

+msgstr "<app>Mobilnetværksforbindelse</app>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:93

+msgid "Connected to a 3G network."

+msgstr "Forbundet til et 3G-netværk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:97

+msgid "Connected to a 4G network."

+msgstr "Forbundet til et 4G-netværk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:101

+msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."

+msgstr "Forbundet til et EDGE-netværk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:105

+msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."

+msgstr "Forbundet til et GPRS-netværk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:109

+msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."

+msgstr "Forbundet til et UMTS-netværk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:113

+msgid "Connected to a cellular network."

+msgstr "Forbundet til et mobilnetværk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:117

+msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."

+msgstr "Opretter forbindelse til et mobilnetværk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:121 C/status-icons.page:223

+msgid "Very high signal strength."

+msgstr "Meget høj signalstyrke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:125 C/status-icons.page:227

+msgid "High signal strength."

+msgstr "Høj signalstyrke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:129 C/status-icons.page:231

+msgid "Medium signal strength."

+msgstr "Medium signalstyrke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:133 C/status-icons.page:235

+msgid "Low signal strength."

+msgstr "Lav signalstyrke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:137

+msgid "Extremely low signal strength."

+msgstr "Ekstrem lav signalstyrke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:143

+msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"

+msgstr "<app>Forbindelse for lokalt netværk (LAN)</app>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:147

+msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."

+msgstr "Der opstod en fejl ved forsøg på at finde netværket."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:151

+msgid "The network is inactive."

+msgstr "Netværket er inaktivt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:155

+msgid "There is no route found for the network."

+msgstr "Der blev ikke fundet nogen rute for netværket."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:159

+msgid "The network is offline."

+msgstr "Netværket er offline."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:163

+msgid "The network is receiving data."

+msgstr "Netværket modtager data."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:167

+msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."

+msgstr "Netværket sender og modtager data."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:171

+msgid "The network is transmitting data."

+msgstr "Netværket sender data."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:177

+msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"

+msgstr "<app>Forbindelse for virtuelt privat netværk (VPN)</app>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:181 C/status-icons.page:194

+msgid "Acquiring a network connection."

+msgstr "Opretter forbindelse til et netværk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:185

+msgid "Connected to a VPN network."

+msgstr "Forbundet til et VPN-netværk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:190

+msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"

+msgstr "<app>Kablet forbindelse</app>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:198

+msgid "Disconnected from the network."

+msgstr "Forbindelsen til netværket er afbrudt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:202

+msgid "Connected to a wired network."

+msgstr "Forbundet til et kablet netværk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:207

+msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"

+msgstr "<app>Trådløs forbindelse</app>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:211

+msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."

+msgstr "Opretter trådløs forbindelse."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:215

+msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."

+msgstr "Det trådløse netværk er krypteret."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:219

+msgid "Connected to a wireless network."

+msgstr "Forbundet til et trådløst netværk."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:239

+msgid "Very low signal strength."

+msgstr "Meget lav signalstyrke."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/status-icons.page:246

+msgid "Power Manager Icons"

+msgstr "Ikoner for strømstyring"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:251

+msgid "The battery is full."

+msgstr "Batteriet er fuldt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:255

+msgid "The battery is partially drained."

+msgstr "Batteriet er delvist afladet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:259

+msgid "The battery is low."

+msgstr "Batteriet er lavt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:263

+msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."

+msgstr "Forsigtig: Batteriet er meget lavt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:267

+msgid "The battery is extremely low."

+msgstr "Batteriet er ekstremt lavt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:271

+msgid "The battery has been unplugged."

+msgstr "Batteriet er blevet fjernet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:275

+msgid "The battery is fully charged."

+msgstr "Batteriet er fuldt opladet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:279

+msgid "The battery is full and charging."

+msgstr "Batteriet er fuldt og oplades."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:283

+msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."

+msgstr "Batteriet er delvist fuldt og oplades."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:287

+msgid "The battery is low and charging."

+msgstr "Batteriet er lavt og oplades."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:291

+msgid "The battery is very low and charging."

+msgstr "Batteriet er meget lavt og oplades."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/status-icons.page:295

+msgid "The battery is empty and charging."

+msgstr "Batteriet er tomt og oplades."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:33

+msgid ""

+"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "

+"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."

+msgstr ""

+"Skriv tegn som ikke findes på dit tastatur. inklusive fremmede alfabeter, "

+"matematiske symboler og dingbats."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36

+msgid "Enter special characters"

+msgstr "Indtast specialtegn"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38

+msgid ""

+"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world’s "

+"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "

+"different ways you can enter special characters."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan indtaste og vise tusindvis af tegn fra de fleste af verdens "

+"skrivesystemer — selv dem der ikke findes på dit tastatur. Siden viser nogle "

+"forskellige måder til at indtaste specialtegn."

+

+#. (itstool) path: links/title

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:43

+msgid "Methods to enter characters"

+msgstr "Metoder til at indtaste tegn"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47

+msgid "Characters"

+msgstr "Tegn"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:48

+msgid ""

+"The character map application allows you to find and insert unusual "

+"characters, including emoji, by browsing character categories or searching "

+"for keywords."

+msgstr ""

+"Programmet Tegnoversigt giver dig mulighed for at finde og indsætte "

+"ualmindelige tegn, inklusive emoji, ved at gennemse tegnkategorier eller "

+"søge efter nøgleord."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:52

+msgid "You can launch <app>Characters</app> from the Activities overview."

+msgstr "Du kan starte <app>Tegn</app> fra Aktivitetsoversigten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57

+msgid "Compose key"

+msgstr "Compose-tasten"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58

+msgid ""

+"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "

+"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "

+"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</"

+"key>."

+msgstr ""

+"En compose-tast er en speciel tast som giver dig mulighed for at trykke på "

+"flere taster efter hinanden for at få et specialtegn. For f.eks. at skrive "

+"<em>é</em> med accenttegn, kan du trykke på <key>compose</key> og så <key>'</"

+"key> og <key>e</key>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62

+msgid ""

+"Keyboards don’t have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "

+"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."

+msgstr ""

+"Tastaturer har ikke en bestemt compose-tast. Du kan i stedet definere en af "

+"de eksisterende taster på dit tastatur som en compose-tast."

+

+#. (itstool) path: steps/title

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75

+msgid "Define a compose key"

+msgstr "Vælg en compose-tast"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84

+msgid "Click the <gui>Keyboard &amp; Mouse</gui> tab."

+msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <gui>Tastatur &amp; mus</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87

+msgid "Click <gui>Disabled</gui> next to the <gui>Compose Key</gui> setting."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på <gui>Deaktiveret</gui> ved siden af indstillingen <gui>Compose-tast</gui>"

+"."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:91

+msgid ""

+"Turn the switch on in the dialog and pick the keyboard shortcut you want to "

+"use."

+msgstr "Tænd for kontakten i dialogen og vælg den tastaturgenvej, du vil bruge."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:95

+msgid "Tick the checkbox of the key that you want to set as the Compose key."

+msgstr ""

+"Tilvælg afkrydsningsboksen til den tast du vil indstille som Compose-tast."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99

+msgid "Close the dialog."

+msgstr "Luk dialogen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106

+msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"

+msgstr "Du kan skrive mange almindelige tegn med compose-tasten, f.eks.:"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110

+msgid ""

+"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "

+"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <key>compose</key> og så <key>'</key> og så et bogstav for at sætte "

+"et accent aigu over, såsom <em>é</em>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:112

+msgid ""

+"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "

+"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <key>compose</key> og så <key>`</key> (omvendt ´) og så et bogstav "

+"for at sætte et accent grave over, såsom <em>è</em>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115

+msgid ""

+"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "

+"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <key>compose</key> og så <key>\"</key> og så et bogstav for at sætte "

+"et umlaut over bogstavet, såsom <em>ë</em>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:117

+msgid ""

+"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "

+"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på <key>compose</key> og så <key>-</key> og så et bogstav for at sætte "

+"en macron over bogstavet, såsom <em>ē</em>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:120

+msgid ""

+"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/"

+"wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on "

+"Wikipedia</link>."

+msgstr ""

+"Se <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"

+"Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">Wikipedias side om Compose-tasten</"

+"link> for flere sekvenser til Compose-tasten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:126

+msgid "Code points"

+msgstr "Kodepunkter"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:128

+msgid ""

+"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "

+"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"

+"character code point. To find the code point for a character, look it up in "

+"the <app>Characters</app> application. The code point is the four characters "

+"after <gui>U+</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan indtaste alle Unicode-tegn med dit tastatur ved at bruge tegnets "

+"numeriske kodepunkt. Hvert tegn identificeres af et kodepunkt på 4 tegn. Du "

+"kan finde et tegns kodepunkt ved at slå det op i programmet <app>Tegn</app>. "

+"Kodepunktet er de fire tegn efter <gui>U+</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:134

+msgid ""

+"To enter a character by its code point, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"

+"key><key>Shift</key><key>U</key></keyseq>, then type the four-character code "

+"and press <key>Space</key> or <key>Enter</key>. If you often use characters "

+"that you can’t easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to "

+"memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly."

+msgstr ""

+"For at indtaste et tegns kodepunkt skal du trykke på <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"

+"key><key>Skift</key><key>U</key></keyseq> og så skrive koden på 4 tegn og "

+"trykke på <key>Mellemrum</key> eller <key>Enter</key>. Hvis du ofte bruger "

+"tegn som du ikke har let adgang til på andre måder, så kan det være, du vil "

+"huske kodepunkterne for de tegn udenad så du hurtigt kan indtaste dem."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:144

+msgid "Keyboard layouts"

+msgstr "Tastaturlayouts"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:145

+msgid ""

+"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "

+"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "

+"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "

+"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan få et tastatur til at opføre sig som tastaturet på et andet sprog, "

+"uanset hvilke bogstaver der er trykt på tasterne. Du kan endda let skifte "

+"mellem forskellige tastaturlayouts ved at bruge et ikon på toplinjen. Se "

+"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/> for at læse mere."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:152

+msgid "Input methods"

+msgstr "Indtastningsmetoder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:154

+msgid ""

+"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "

+"not only with keyboard but also any input devices. For instance you could "

+"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "

+"characters using a Latin keyboard."

+msgstr ""

+"En indtastningsmetode udvider de forrige metoder ved at give mulighed for at "

+"indtaste tegn, ikke kun med tastaturet, men alle inputenheder. Du kan "

+"f.eks. indtaste tegn med en mus ved at bruge en bevægelsesmetode eller "

+"indtaste japanske tegn med et latin-tastatur."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:159

+msgid ""

+"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "

+"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "

+"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "

+"to see how to use them."

+msgstr ""

+"Højreklik på tekst-widgeten for at vælge en indtastningsmetode, og vælg den "

+"indtastningsmetode du vil bruge i <gui>Indtastningsmetode</gui>-menuen. Der "

+"leveres ikke nogen standardindtastningsmetode, så referer til "

+"dokumentationen for indtastningsmetode for at se hvordan de bruges."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/tips.page:12

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref="

+"\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Specialtegn</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"

+"middleclick\">genveje for midterklik</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/tips.page:16

+msgid "Tips &amp; tricks"

+msgstr "Tips &amp; tricks"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:19

+msgid "Manipulate your desktop using gestures on your touchscreen."

+msgstr "Brug dit skrivebord med bevægelser på din berøringsfølsomme skærm."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:22

+msgid "Use touchscreen gestures to navigate the desktop"

+msgstr ""

+"Brug bevægelser på den berøringsfølsomme skærm til at navigere på "

+"skrivebordet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:24

+msgid ""

+"Multitouch gestures can be used on touchscreens for system navigation, as "

+"well as in applications."

+msgstr ""

+"Bevægelser med flere berøringer kan bruges på berøringsfølsomme skærme til "

+"systemnavigation samt i programmer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:27

+msgid ""

+"A number of applications make use of gestures. In <app>Document Viewer</"

+"app>, documents can be zoomed and swiped with gestures, and <app>Image "

+"Viewer</app> allows you to zoom, rotate and pan."

+msgstr ""

+"Nogle programmer gør brug af bevægelser. I <app>Dokumentfremviser</app> kan "

+"dokumenter zoomes og bladres med bevægelser, og <app>Billedfremviser</app> "

+"giver dig mulighed for at zoome, dreje og panorere."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:32

+msgid "System-wide gestures"

+msgstr "Bevægelser til hele systemet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:37

+msgid "<em>Open the Activities Overview</em>"

+msgstr "<em>Åbn aktivitetsoversigten</em>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:38

+msgid "Bring three or more fingers closer together while touching the screen."

+msgstr "Bring tre eller flere fingre tættere sammen mens skærmen røres."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:42

+msgid "<em>Open the Applications View</em>"

+msgstr "<em>Åbn programvisningen</em>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:43

+msgid "Slide right from the left screen edge."

+msgstr "Stryg til højre fra skærmens venstre kant."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:47

+msgid "<em>Bring down the notifications list</em>"

+msgstr "<em>Vis påmindelseslisten</em>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:48

+msgid "Slide down from the top center edge."

+msgstr "Stryg ned fra øverste midterste kant."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:52

+msgid "<em>Bring down the system menu</em>"

+msgstr "<em>Vis systemmenuen</em>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:53

+msgid "Slide down from the top right edge."

+msgstr "Stryg ned fra øverste højre kant."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:57

+msgid "<em>Bring up the on-screen keyboard</em>"

+msgstr "<em>Vis skærmtastaturet</em>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:58

+msgid "Slide up from the bottom screen edge."

+msgstr "Stryg op fra skærmens nederste kant."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:62

+msgid "<em>Switch Application</em>"

+msgstr "<em>Skift program</em>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:63

+msgid "Hold three fingers on the surface while tapping with the fourth."

+msgstr "Hold tre fingre på overfladen mens der trykkes med den fjerde."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:67

+msgid "<em>Switch Workspace</em>"

+msgstr "<em>Skift arbejdsområde</em>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:68

+msgid "Drag up or down with four fingers touching the screen."

+msgstr "Træk op eller ned med dine fingre der rører skærmen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:75

+msgid "Application gestures"

+msgstr "Bevægelser til programmer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:80

+msgid "<em>Open an item, launch an application, play a song</em>"

+msgstr "<em>Åbn et element, start et program, afspil en sang</em>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:81

+msgid "Tap on an item."

+msgstr "Tryk på et element."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:85

+msgid "<em>Select an item and list actions that can be performed</em>"

+msgstr "<em>Vælg et element og vis handlinger som kan udføres</em>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:86

+msgid "Press and hold for a second or two."

+msgstr "Tryk og hold et sekund eller to."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:90

+msgid "<em>Scroll the area on the screen</em>"

+msgstr "<em>Rul området på skærmen</em>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:91

+msgid "Drag: slide a finger touching the surface."

+msgstr "Træk: stryg en finger som rører overfladen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:98

+msgid ""

+"<em>Change the zoom level of a view (<app>Maps</app>, <app>Photos</app>)</em>"

+msgstr ""

+"<em>Ændr zoomniveauet for en visning (<app>Kort</app>, "

+"<app>Billeder</app>)</em>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:100

+msgid ""

+"Two-finger pinch or stretch: Touch the surface with two fingers while "

+"bringing them closer or further apart."

+msgstr ""

+"Tofingerknib eller -stræk: Rør overfladen med to fingre mens de bringes "

+"tættere sammen eller længere væk fra hinanden."

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:106

+msgid "<em>Rotate a photo</em>"

+msgstr "<em>Drej et billede</em>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: td/p

+#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:107

+msgid "Two-finger rotate: Touch the surface with two fingers and rotate."

+msgstr "Tofingerdrej: Rør overfladen med to fingre og drej."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/translate.page:7

+msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."

+msgstr "Hvordan og hvor du kan hjælpe med at oversætte emnerne."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/translate.page:27

+msgid "Participate to improve translations"

+msgstr "Vær med til at forbedre oversættelserne"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/translate.page:29

+msgid ""

+"GNOME’s help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "

+"are welcome to participate."

+msgstr ""

+"GNOMEs hjælp oversættes af et verdensomspændende fællesskab af frivillige. "

+"Du er velkommen til at være med."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/translate.page:33

+msgid ""

+"There are <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many "

+"languages</link> for which translations are still needed."

+msgstr ""

+"Der findes stadigvæk <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-"

+"docs/\">mange sprog</link> som har brug for at blive oversat."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/translate.page:37

+msgid ""

+"To start translating, you will need to <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/"

+"register/\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"https://l10n."

+"gnome.org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give "

+"you the ability to upload new translations."

+msgstr ""

+"For at komme i gang med at oversætte skal du <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome."

+"org/register/\">oprette en konto</link> og tilmelde <link href=\"https://"

+"l10n.gnome.org/teams/\">oversættelsesholdet</link> på dit sprog. Så kan du "

+"uploade nye oversættelser."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/translate.page:43

+msgid ""

+"You can chat with GNOME translators by joining the #i18n channel on the "

+"<link xref=\"help-irc\">GNOME IRC server</link>. People on the channel are "

+"located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of "

+"timezone differences."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan chatte med GNOME-oversættere ved at deltage i #i18n-kanalen på <link "

+"xref=\"help-irc\">GNOMEs IRC-server</link>. Folk på kanalen er fra hele "

+"verden, så det kan godt være du ikke får svar med det samme pga. "

+"tidsforskellen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/translate.page:49

+msgid ""

+"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their "

+"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing "

+"list</link>."

+msgstr ""

+"Alternativt kan du kontakte internationaliseringsholdet ved at bruge deres "

+"<link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n"

+"\">mailingliste</link>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/user-accounts.page:20

+msgctxt "link:trail"

+msgid "Users"

+msgstr "Brugere"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/user-accounts.page:21

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword"

+"\">change password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</"

+"link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"user-add\">Tilføj bruger</link>, <link xref=\"user-"

+"changepassword\">skift adgangskode</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change"

+"\">administratorer</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/user-accounts.page:28

+msgid "User accounts"

+msgstr "Brugerkontoer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-accounts.page:31

+msgid ""

+"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "

+"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "

+"own settings. It is also more secure. You can only access a different user "

+"account if you know their password."

+msgstr ""

+"Hver person som bruger computeren bør have en brugerkonto. Det giver dem mulighed for at "

+"have deres filer et andet sted end dine og for at vælge deres egne "

+"indstillinger. Det er også mere sikkert. Du kan kun tilgå en anden bruger "

+"hvis du kender deres adgangskode."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/user-accounts.page:38

+msgctxt "link:trail"

+msgid "Accounts"

+msgstr "Konti"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/user-accounts.page:40

+msgid "Manage user accounts"

+msgstr "Håndter brugerkontoer"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/user-accounts.page:44

+msgid "Passwords"

+msgstr "Adgangskoder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/title

+#: C/user-accounts.page:49

+msgctxt "link:trail"

+msgid "Privileges"

+msgstr "Rettigheder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/user-accounts.page:51

+msgid "User privileges"

+msgstr "Brugerrettigheder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/user-add.page:33

+msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."

+msgstr "Tilføj nye brugere så andre personer kan logge ind på computeren."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/user-add.page:36

+msgid "Add a new user account"

+msgstr "Tilføj en ny brugerkonto"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-add.page:38

+msgid ""

+"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "

+"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "

+"folder, documents, and settings."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan tilføje flere brugerkontoer til din computer. Giv en konto til hver "

+"person i dit hjem eller virksomhed. Hver bruger har deres egen hjemmemappe, "

+"dokumenter og indstillinger."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-add.page:42

+msgid ""

+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "

+"to add user accounts."

+msgstr ""

+"Du skal have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administratorrettigheder</"

+"link> for at tilføje brugerkontoer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-add.page:58

+msgid ""

+"Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button, below the list of accounts "

+"on the left, to add a new user account."

+msgstr ""

+"Tryk på knappen <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> under listen over kontoer til "

+"venstre og tilføj en ny brugerkonto."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-add.page:62

+msgid ""

+"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"

+"\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</"

+"gui> for the account type."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis den nye bruger skal have <link xref=\"user-admin-"

+"explain\">administrativ adgang</link> til computeren, så vælg "

+"<gui>Administrator</gui> som kontotype."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-add.page:65

+msgid ""

+"Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and "

+"drivers, and change the date and time."

+msgstr ""

+"Administratorer kan gøre ting som at tilføje og slette brugere, installere "

+"software og drivere og ændre dato og klokkeslæt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-add.page:69

+msgid ""

+"Enter the new user’s full name. The username will be filled in automatically "

+"based on the full name. If you do not like the proposed username, you can "

+"change it."

+msgstr ""

+"Indtast den nye brugers fulde navn. Brugernavnet udfyldes automatisk baseret "

+"på det fulde navn. Hvis du ikke kan lide det foreslået brugernavn, så kan "

+"du ændre det."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-add.page:74

+msgid ""

+"You can choose to set a password for the new user, or let them set it "

+"themselves on their first login."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan vælge at indstille en adgangskode til den nye bruger eller lade dem "

+"indstille det selv første gang de logger ind."

+

+#. (itstool) path: media/span

+#: C/user-add.page:79 C/user-changepassword.page:86

+msgid "generate password"

+msgstr "generér adgangskode"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-add.page:76

+msgid ""

+"If you choose to set the password now, you can press the <gui style=\"button"

+"\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to automatically generate a random password."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du vælger at indstille adgangskoden nu, så kan du trykke på <gui "

+"style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui>-ikonet for automatisk at generere en tilfældig "

+"adgangskode."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-add.page:87

+msgid ""

+"If you want to change the password after creating the account, select the "

+"account, <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> the panel and press the current "

+"password status."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du vil ændre adgangskoden efter kontoen er blevet oprettet, så vælg "

+"kontoen, <gui style=\"button\">Lås op</gui> og tryk på statussen for den "

+"nuværende adgangskode."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/user-add.page:92

+msgid ""

+"In the <gui>Users</gui> panel, you can click the image next to the user’s "

+"name to the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown "

+"in the login window. The system provides some stock photos you can use, or "

+"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."

+msgstr ""

+"I panelet <gui>Brugere</gui> kan du klikke på billedet ved siden af "

+"brugerens navn til højre for at indstille et billede til kontoen. Billedet "

+"vises i loginvinduet. Systemet leverer nogle stockbilleder som du kan bruge "

+"eller du kan vælge dine egne eller tage et billede med dit kamera."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/user-admin-change.page:26

+msgid ""

+"You can allow users to make changes to the system by giving them "

+"administrative privileges."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan give brugere tilladelse til at foretage ændringer i systemet ved at "

+"give dem administrative rettigheder."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/user-admin-change.page:30

+msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"

+msgstr "Vælg hvem der har administrative rettigheder"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-admin-change.page:32

+msgid ""

+"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "

+"important parts of the system. You can change which users have "

+"administrative privileges and which ones do not. They are a good way of "

+"keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized "

+"changes."

+msgstr ""

+"Administrative rettigheder er en måde til at bestemme hvem der kan foretage "

+"ændringer til vigtige dele af systemet. Du kan ændre hvilke brugere der har "

+"administrative rettigheder og hvilke der ikke har. Det er en god måde til at "

+"holde dit system sikkert og forhindre potentielt skadelige "

+"ændringer der ikke er blevet godkendt."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-admin-change.page:37

+msgid ""

+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "

+"to change account types."

+msgstr ""

+"Du skal have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administratorrettigheder</link> "

+"for at ændre kontotyper."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-admin-change.page:46 C/user-autologin.page:37

+#: C/user-changepassword.page:74 C/user-changepicture.page:50

+#: C/user-delete.page:57

+msgid "Click <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Brugere</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-admin-change.page:53

+msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."

+msgstr "Vælg den bruger som du vil ændre rettigheder for."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-admin-change.page:56

+msgid ""

+"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account Type</gui> and "

+"select <gui>Administrator</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Klik på etiketten <gui>Standard</gui> ved siden af <gui>Kontotype</gui> og "

+"vælg <gui>Administrator</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-admin-change.page:60

+msgid "The user’s privileges will be changed when they next log in."

+msgstr "Brugerens rettigheder ændres næste gang de logger ind."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/user-admin-change.page:65

+msgid ""

+"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has "

+"administrator privileges. This is the user account that was created when you "

+"first installed the system."

+msgstr ""

+"Den første brugerkonto på systemet er gerne den der har "

+"administratorrettigheder. Det er brugeren der blev oprettet da du "

+"installerede systemet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/user-admin-change.page:68

+msgid ""

+"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "

+"on one system."

+msgstr ""

+"Det er uklogt at have for mange brugere med "

+"<gui>Administratorrettigheder</gui> på samme system."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:25

+msgid ""

+"You need administrative privileges to change important parts of your system."

+msgstr ""

+"Du skal have administrative rettigheder for at ændre vigtige dele af dit "

+"system."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29

+msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"

+msgstr "Hvordan virker administrative rettigheder?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:31

+msgid ""

+"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "

+"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "

+"important <em>system files</em> are changed incorrectly they can cause "

+"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "

+"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "

+"also protected."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:38

+msgid ""

+"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "

+"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "

+"applications. In day-to-day use, you will not need to change any system "

+"files or use these applications, so by default you do not have "

+"administrative privileges."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:44

+msgid ""

+"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "

+"temporarily get administrative privileges to allow you to make the changes. "

+"If an application needs administrative privileges, it will ask for your "

+"password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the "

+"software installer (package manager) will ask for your administrator "

+"password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has "

+"finished, your administrative privileges will be taken away again."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:52

+msgid ""

+"Administrative privileges are associated with your user account. "

+"<gui>Administrator</gui> users are allowed to have these privileges while "

+"<gui>Standard</gui> users are not. Without administrative privileges you "

+"will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "

+"“root” account) have permanent administrative privileges. You should not use "

+"administrative privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally "

+"change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, "

+"for example)."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61

+msgid ""

+"In summary, administrative privileges allow you to change important parts of "

+"your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/title

+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65

+msgid "What does “super user” mean?"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:66

+msgid ""

+"A user with administrative privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</"

+"em>. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. "

+"You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</"

+"cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you “super "

+"user” (administrative) privileges."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:74

+msgid "Why are administrative privileges useful?"

+msgstr "Hvorfor er administrative rettigheder nyttige?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:76

+msgid ""

+"Requiring users to have administrative privileges before important system "

+"changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from "

+"being broken, intentionally or unintentionally."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:80

+msgid ""

+"If you had administrative privileges all of the time, you might accidentally "

+"change an important file, or run an application which changes something "

+"important by mistake. Only getting administrative privileges temporarily, "

+"when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:86

+msgid ""

+"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have administrative "

+"privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and "

+"doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing "

+"applications that you don’t want, or changing important files. This is "

+"useful from a security standpoint."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28

+msgid ""

+"You can do some things, like installing applications, only if you have "

+"administrative privileges."

+msgstr ""

+"Nogen ting kan kun gøres hvis du har administrative rettigheder, såsom "

+"installation af programmer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:32

+msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"

+msgstr "Problemer som er forårsaget af administrative restriktioner"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:34

+msgid ""

+"You may experience a few problems if you do not have <link xref=\"user-admin-"

+"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require "

+"administrative privileges in order to work, such as:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:40

+msgid "connecting to networks or wireless networks,"

+msgstr "forbinde til netværk eller trådløse netværk,"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:43

+msgid ""

+"viewing the contents of a different disk partition (for example, a Windows "

+"partition), or"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:47

+msgid "installing new applications."

+msgstr "installere nye programmer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:51

+msgid ""

+"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has administrative "

+"privileges</link>."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">vælge hvem der har administrative "

+"rettigheder</link>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/user-autologin.page:23

+msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."

+msgstr "Opsæt automatisk login til når du tænder din computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/user-autologin.page:26

+msgid "Log in automatically"

+msgstr "Automatisk indlogning"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-autologin.page:28

+msgid ""

+"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "

+"account when you start up your computer:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-autologin.page:40

+msgid ""

+"Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."

+msgstr "Vælg brugerkontoen som automatisk skal logge ind ved opstart."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-autologin.page:48

+msgid "Switch the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to on."

+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Automatisk login</gui>-kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-autologin.page:52

+msgid ""

+"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "

+"If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "

+"to log in to your account which means that if someone else starts up your "

+"computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data "

+"including your files and browser history."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/user-autologin.page:59

+msgid ""

+"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "

+"Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/user-changepassword.page:31

+msgid ""

+"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "

+"settings."

+msgstr ""

+"Hold din konto sikker ved at ændre din adgangskode ofte i dine "

+"kontoindstillinger."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/user-changepassword.page:35

+msgid "Change your password"

+msgstr "Skift din adgangskode"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-changepassword.page:62

+msgid ""

+"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "

+"you think someone else knows your password."

+msgstr ""

+"Der er en god ide at skifte din adgangskode en gang imellem. Specielt hvis "

+"du tror at nogen kender din adgangskode."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-changepassword.page:77

+msgid ""

+"Click the label <gui>·····</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. If you are "

+"changing the password for a different user, you will first need to "

+"<gui>Unlock</gui> the panel."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-changepassword.page:82

+msgid ""

+"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "

+"again in the <gui>Verify New Password</gui> field."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-changepassword.page:84

+msgid ""

+"You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to "

+"automatically generate a random password."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-changepassword.page:90

+msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Skift</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-changepassword.page:94

+msgid ""

+"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</"

+"link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/user-changepassword.page:98

+msgid ""

+"When you update your login password, your login keyring password will "

+"automatically be updated to be the same as your new login password."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-changepassword.page:102

+msgid ""

+"If you forget your password, any user with administrator privileges can "

+"change it for you."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/user-changepicture.page:31

+msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."

+msgstr "Tilføj dit billede til login- og brugerskærmene."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/user-changepicture.page:34

+msgid "Change your login screen photo"

+msgstr "Skift billedet på din loginskærm"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-changepicture.page:36

+msgid ""

+"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "

+"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "

+"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-changepicture.page:53

+msgid ""

+"If you want to edit a user other than yourself, press <gui style=\"button"

+"\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in your password when "

+"prompted."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-changepicture.page:58

+msgid ""

+"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "

+"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "

+"yourself."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-changepicture.page:63

+msgid ""

+"If you would rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "

+"<gui>Select a file…</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-changepicture.page:67

+msgid ""

+"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "

+"<gui>Take a picture…</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the "

+"square outline to crop out the parts you do not want. If you do not like the "

+"picture you took, click <gui style=\"button\">Take Another Picture</gui> to "

+"try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> to give up."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/user-delete.page:39

+msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."

+msgstr "Fjern brugere som ikke længere bruger din computer."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/user-delete.page:42

+msgid "Delete a user account"

+msgstr "Slet en brugerkonto"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-delete.page:44

+msgid ""

+"You can <link xref=\"user-add\">add multiple user accounts to your computer</"

+"link>. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that "

+"user’s account."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-delete.page:48

+msgid ""

+"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "

+"to delete user accounts."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-delete.page:64

+msgid ""

+"Select the user that you want to delete and press the <gui style=\"button\">-"

+"</gui> button, below the list of accounts on the left, to delete that user "

+"account."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-delete.page:69

+msgid ""

+"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "

+"choose to keep or delete the user’s home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"

+"gui> if you are sure they will not be used anymore and you need to free up "

+"disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They cannot be recovered. "

+"You may want to back up the files to an external storage device before "

+"deleting them."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31

+msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."

+msgstr "Brug længere, mere komplicerede adgangskoder."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34

+msgid "Choose a secure password"

+msgstr "Vælg en sikker adgangskode"

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:37

+msgid ""

+"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "

+"others (including computer programs) to guess."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:41

+msgid ""

+"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "

+"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "

+"personal information."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:45

+msgid ""

+"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "

+"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "

+"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "

+"choosing a good password:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:52

+msgid ""

+"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "

+"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "

+"more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords that "

+"someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:57

+msgid ""

+"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "

+"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "

+"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, “Flatland: A Romance of Many "

+"Dimensions” would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65

+msgid ""

+"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "

+"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70

+msgid ""

+"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "

+"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "

+"“password” — people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:76

+msgid ""

+"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "

+"any family member’s name."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:80

+msgid "Do not use any nouns."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:83

+msgid ""

+"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "

+"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "

+"watching you."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:87

+msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"

+msgstr "Skriv aldrig dine adgangskoder ned. De kan let blive fundet!"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92

+msgid "Use different passwords for different things."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:95

+msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:96

+msgid ""

+"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "

+"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:98

+msgid ""

+"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "

+"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "

+"use the same one for things that do not matter (like websites), and "

+"different ones for important things (like your online banking account and "

+"your email)."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:105

+msgid "Change your passwords regularly."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/video-dvd.page:23

+msgid ""

+"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "

+"region."

+msgstr ""

+"Du har måske ikke de rette codecs installeret eller dvd'en er en forkert "

+"region."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/video-dvd.page:27

+msgid "Why won’t DVDs play?"

+msgstr "Hvorfor afspilles dvd'er ikke?"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/video-dvd.page:29

+msgid ""

+"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn’t play, you may not have "

+"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "

+"different <em>region</em>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/video-dvd.page:34

+msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"

+msgstr "Installere de korrekte codecs til afspilning af dvd"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/video-dvd.page:36

+msgid ""

+"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "

+"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "

+"audio format. If your movie player software doesn’t find the right codecs, "

+"it may offer to install them for you. If not, you’ll have to install the "

+"codecs manually — ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux "

+"distribution’s support forums."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/video-dvd.page:43

+msgid ""

+"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "

+"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "

+"unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. This software "

+"is available from a number of Linux distributions, but cannot be legally "

+"used in all countries. You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle "

+"copy protection from <link href=\"https://fluendo.com/en/products/multimedia/"

+"oneplay-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and should be "

+"legal to use in all countries."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/title

+#: C/video-dvd.page:55

+msgid "Checking the DVD region"

+msgstr "Tjek dvd-regionen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/video-dvd.page:57

+msgid ""

+"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "

+"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer’s DVD "

+"player does not match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you "

+"won’t be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD "

+"player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/video-dvd.page:63

+msgid ""

+"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "

+"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "

+"change the DVD region of your computer’s DVD player, use <link href=\"http://"

+"linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: section/p

+#: C/video-dvd.page:68

+msgid ""

+"You can find <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DVD_region_code"

+"\">more information about DVD region codes on Wikipedia</link>."

+msgstr ""

+"Du kan finde <link href=\"https://da.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dvd-regionskode\">mere "

+"information om regionskodning af dvd'er på Wikipedia</link>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/video-sending.page:20

+msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."

+msgstr "Tjek at du har de rette video-codecs installeret."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/video-sending.page:23

+msgid "Other people can’t play the videos I made"

+msgstr "Andre personer kan ikke afspille de videoer, jeg har lavet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/video-sending.page:25

+msgid ""

+"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "

+"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/video-sending.page:29

+msgid ""

+"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "

+"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "

+"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "

+"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "

+"You can check which format your video is by doing:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/video-sending.page:37

+msgid ""

+"Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"

+"\">Activities</gui> overview."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/video-sending.page:41

+msgid "Right-click on the video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/video-sending.page:44

+msgid ""

+"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> or <gui>Video</gui> tab and look at which "

+"<gui>Codec</gui> are listed under <gui>Video</gui> and <gui>Audio</gui> (if "

+"the video also has audio)."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/video-sending.page:50

+msgid ""

+"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "

+"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "

+"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "

+"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "

+"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for “theora windows media "

+"player”. You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it’s "

+"not installed."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/video-sending.page:58

+msgid ""

+"If you can’t find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan."

+"org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "

+"as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try "

+"converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able "

+"to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check "

+"the software installer application to see what’s available."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/video-sending.page:67

+msgid ""

+"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "

+"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "

+"big files aren’t copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "

+"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "

+"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:24

+msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui>."

+msgstr "Skift Wacom-tegnepladen til <gui>Venstrehåndet orientering</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27

+msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"

+msgstr "Brug tegnepladen venstrehåndet"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:29

+msgid ""

+"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "

+"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "

+"orientation to left-handed:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:35 C/wacom-mode.page:33

+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:42

+msgid ""

+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "

+"overview and start typing <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"Åbn <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivitetsoversigten</gui> "

+"og begynd at skrive <gui>Wacom-tegneplade</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:39 C/wacom-mode.page:37

+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:46

+msgid "Click on <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Wacom-tegneplade</gui> for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:41 C/wacom-mode.page:40

+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:49

+msgid "Click the <gui>Tablet</gui> button in the header bar."

+msgstr "Klik på knappen <gui>Tegneplade</gui> i hovedbjælken."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:42 C/wacom-mode.page:41

+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:50

+msgid ""

+"If no tablet is detected, you’ll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "

+"your Wacom tablet</gui>. Click the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> link to "

+"connect a wireless tablet."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:46

+msgid "Switch the <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> switch to on."

+msgstr "Tænd for <gui>Venstrehåndet orientering</gui>-kontakten."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/wacom-mode.page:24

+msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."

+msgstr "Skift tegnepladen mellem tegneplade- og musetilstand."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/wacom-mode.page:27

+msgid "Set the Wacom tablet’s tracking mode"

+msgstr "Indstil Wacom-tegnepladens sporingstilstand"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/p

+#: C/wacom-mode.page:29

+msgid ""

+"<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."

+msgstr ""

+"<gui>Sporingstilstand</gui> bestemmer hvordan markøren er tilpasset "

+"skærmen."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/wacom-mode.page:45

+msgid ""

+"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "

+"<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/wacom-mode.page:49

+msgid ""

+"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "

+"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "

+"to the same point on the tablet."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/wacom-mode.page:52

+msgid ""

+"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "

+"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn’t move. This is "

+"the way a mouse operates."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:29

+msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."

+msgstr "Tilpas Wacom-tegnepladen til en bestemt skærm."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:32

+msgid "Choose a monitor"

+msgstr "Vælg en skærm"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:54

+msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Tilpas til skærm …</gui>"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:55

+msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."

+msgstr "Tilvælg <gui>Tilpas til enkelt skærm</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:56

+msgid ""

+"Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "

+"your graphics tablet."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:58

+msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."

+msgstr "Kun de skærme som er konfigureret kan vælges."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:62

+msgid ""

+"Switch the <gui>Keep aspect ratio (letterbox)</gui> switch to on to match "

+"the drawing area of the tablet to the proportions of the monitor. This "

+"setting, also called <em>force proportions</em>, “letterboxes” the drawing "

+"area on a tablet to correspond more directly to a display. For example, a "

+"4∶3 tablet would be mapped so that the drawing area would correspond to a "

+"widescreen display."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:69

+msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Luk</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:23

+msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."

+msgstr "Vælg Wacom-stylussens knapfunktioner og trykfølsomhed."

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:26

+msgid "Configure the stylus"

+msgstr "Konfigurer pennen"

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43

+msgid "Click <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."

+msgstr "Klik på <gui>Wacom-tegneplade</gui> i sidebjælken for at åbne panelet."

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46

+msgid "Click the <gui>Stylus</gui> button in the header bar."

+msgstr "Klik på knappen <gui>Pen</gui> i hovedbjælken."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:47

+msgid ""

+"If no stylus is detected, you’ll be asked to <gui>Please move your stylus to "

+"the proximity of the tablet to configure it</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51

+msgid ""

+"The panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the "

+"device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can "

+"be adjusted:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:55

+msgid ""

+"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the “feel” (how "

+"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "

+"and <gui>Firm</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58

+msgid ""

+"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "

+"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "

+"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse "

+"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, or "

+"Forward."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. (itstool) path: item/p

+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:63

+msgid ""

+"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the “feel” between "

+"<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."

+msgstr ""

+"<gui>Trykfølsomhed ved spidsen:</gui> brug skyderen til at justere "

+"“trykfølsomheden” mellem <gui>Blødt</gui> og <gui>Fast</gui>."

+

+#. (itstool) path: note/p

+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:70

+msgid ""

+"If you have more than one stylus, use the pager next to the stylus device "

+"name to choose which stylus to configure."

+msgstr ""

+"Hvis du har mere end en stylus, så brug pageren ved siden af "

+"stylusenhedsnavnet til at vælge hvilken stylus der skal konfigureres."

+

+#. (itstool) path: info/desc

+#: C/wacom.page:7

+msgid ""

+"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-"

+"stylus\">configure the stylus</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">use "

+"the tablet left handed</link>…"

+msgstr ""

+"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Tilpas en skærm</link>, <link xref="

+"\"wacom-stylus\">konfigurer pennen</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed"

+"\">brug tegnepladen med venstre hånd</link> …"

+

+#. (itstool) path: page/title

+#: C/wacom.page:31

+msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"

+msgstr "Wacom-tegneplade"

diff --git a/gnome-help/uk/uk.po b/gnome-help/uk/uk.po
index 400689df..b9d1c29e 100644
--- a/gnome-help/uk/uk.po
+++ b/gnome-help/uk/uk.po
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-03-12 05:26+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-03-12 15:40+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-03-13 07:33+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-03-13 20:32+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: Ukrainian <trans-uk@lists.fedoraproject.org>\n"
 "Language: uk\n"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ msgstr "Юрій Чорноіван <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2020"
 #: C/files-removedrive.page:9 C/files-rename.page:17 C/files-search.page:21
 #: C/files-select.page:9 C/files-share.page:16 C/files.page:16
 #: C/hardware-auth.page:9 C/hardware.page:10 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:15
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:17 C/keyboard-nav.page:23
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 C/keyboard-nav.page:23
 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15 C/keyboard.page:15 C/look-background.page:29
 #: C/media.page:10 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:21 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:20
 #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:18 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:21
@@ -64,8 +64,9 @@ msgstr "Юрій Чорноіван <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2020"
 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:19 C/shell-windows-maximize.page:14
 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:13 C/shell-windows-tiled.page:13
 #: C/sound-alert.page:12 C/sound-usemic.page:12 C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
-#: C/sound-volume.page:15 C/tips-specialchars.page:16 C/tips.page:9
-#: C/user-add.page:19 C/user-changepicture.page:21 C/user-delete.page:25
+#: C/sound-volume.page:15 C/status-icons.page:53 C/tips-specialchars.page:16
+#: C/tips.page:9 C/user-add.page:19 C/user-changepicture.page:21
+#: C/user-delete.page:25
 msgid "Shaun McCance"
 msgstr "Shaun McCance"
 
@@ -120,7 +121,7 @@ msgstr "Філ Булл (Phil Bull)"
 #: C/files-hidden.page:18 C/files-lost.page:22 C/files-removedrive.page:17
 #: C/files-rename.page:25 C/files-search.page:25 C/files-share.page:20
 #: C/files-sort.page:21 C/files-templates.page:17 C/files-tilde.page:18
-#: C/files.page:20 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:27 C/keyboard-layouts.page:26
+#: C/files.page:20 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:27 C/keyboard-layouts.page:25
 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:15 C/keyboard-osk.page:24 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:27
 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:19 C/keyboard.page:23
 #: C/look-background.page:37 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:27
@@ -138,7 +139,7 @@ msgstr "Філ Булл (Phil Bull)"
 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:19 C/net-othersedit.page:19 C/net-proxy.page:27
 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:20 C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:17
 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:18 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:23
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 C/net-wireless-connect.page:21
+#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 C/net-wireless-connect.page:22
 #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19 C/net-wireless.page:22
 #: C/power-autobrightness.page:13 C/power-autosuspend.page:15
 #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:27 C/power-batterylife.page:32
@@ -184,7 +185,7 @@ msgstr "Майкл Гілл (Michael Hill)"
 #: C/contacts-search.page:22 C/display-brightness.page:30
 #: C/display-brightness.page:38 C/display-dual-monitors.page:23
 #: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:19 C/keyboard-key-super.page:19
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34 C/keyboard-nav.page:28 C/keyboard-osk.page:28
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:33 C/keyboard-nav.page:28 C/keyboard-osk.page:28
 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:35 C/look-background.page:45
 #: C/look-resolution.page:34 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28
 #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:26 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:29
@@ -241,7 +242,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:55 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:50
 #: C/color-howtoimport.page:43 C/color-testing.page:64
 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:48 C/keyboard-key-super.page:48
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:55 C/keyboard-osk.page:50
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 C/keyboard-osk.page:50
 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:51 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
 #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47 C/net-findip.page:51 C/net-findip.page:80
 #: C/net-manual.page:41 C/sharing-desktop.page:62 C/sharing-desktop.page:154
@@ -260,7 +261,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:59 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:54
 #: C/color-howtoimport.page:47 C/color-testing.page:68
 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:52 C/keyboard-key-super.page:52
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 C/keyboard-osk.page:54
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 C/keyboard-osk.page:54
 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:55 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
 #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51 C/net-findip.page:55 C/net-findip.page:84
 #: C/net-manual.page:45 C/sharing-desktop.page:66 C/sharing-desktop.page:158
@@ -857,10 +858,10 @@ msgstr "Користування клавіатурою"
 #. (itstool) path: credit/years
 #: C/a11y-right-click.page:22 C/accounts-whyadd.page:15 C/contacts.page:15
 #: C/contacts-connect.page:18 C/contacts-setup.page:18
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:19 C/keyboard-layouts.page:19
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:19 C/keyboard-layouts.page:18
 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:25 C/mouse-wakeup.page:24 C/screen-shot-record.page:20
 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:21 C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15 C/status-icons.page:15
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15 C/status-icons.page:50
 #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:19 C/wacom-mode.page:19
 #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19 C/wacom-stylus.page:18
 msgid "2012"
@@ -1334,7 +1335,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9 C/music-player-newipod.page:9
 #: C/net-antivirus.page:12 C/net-mobile.page:16 C/net-vpn-connect.page:16
 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:14 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:16
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17 C/net-wireless-find.page:17
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:18 C/net-wireless-find.page:17
 #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18
 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
@@ -3331,7 +3332,7 @@ msgstr "Щоб вимкнути Bluetooth, виконайте такі дії:"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:79 C/net-mobile.page:49
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 C/net-wireless-connect.page:37
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
 #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
 msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from "
@@ -3916,7 +3917,10 @@ msgid ""
 "several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</"
 "em> lighting conditions."
 msgstr ""
-"Отримати профіль буде чинним лише для умов освітлення, які було використано для отримання початкового зображення. Це означає, що вам доведеться виконати профілювання декілька разів для умов освітлення <em>студії</em>, <em>яскравого сонячного світла</em> і <em>хмарного дня</em>."
+"Отримати профіль буде чинним лише для умов освітлення, які було використано "
+"для отримання початкового зображення. Це означає, що вам доведеться виконати "
+"профілювання декілька разів для умов освітлення <em>студії</em>, "
+"<em>яскравого сонячного світла</em> і <em>хмарного дня</em>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
@@ -3953,7 +3957,12 @@ msgid ""
 "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
 "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
 msgstr ""
-"Використання послуг спеціалізованої компанії для створення профілю принтера зазвичай є найдешевшим варіантом, якщо ви користуєтеся лише одним або двома типами паперу. Ви можете отримати еталонну діаграму з сайта компанії, а потім надіслати їм результат друку у конверті. Працівники компанії виконають сканування паперу, створять профіль і надішлють вам точний профіль ICC електронною поштою."
+"Використання послуг спеціалізованої компанії для створення профілю принтера "
+"зазвичай є найдешевшим варіантом, якщо ви користуєтеся лише одним або двома "
+"типами паперу. Ви можете отримати еталонну діаграму з сайта компанії, а "
+"потім надіслати їм результат друку у конверті. Працівники компанії виконають "
+"сканування паперу, створять профіль і надішлють вам точний профіль ICC "
+"електронною поштою."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
@@ -4045,7 +4054,9 @@ msgid ""
 "especially useful if you are involved in digital photography, design or "
 "artwork."
 msgstr ""
-"Ви можете виконати калібрування екрана так, щоб кольори на ньому було показано точніше. Це особливо корисно, якщо ви займаєтеся цифровою фотографією, дизайном або створенням цифрових художніх творів."
+"Ви можете виконати калібрування екрана так, щоб кольори на ньому було "
+"показано точніше. Це особливо корисно, якщо ви займаєтеся цифровою "
+"фотографією, дизайном або створенням цифрових художніх творів."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:41
@@ -4054,7 +4065,9 @@ msgid ""
 "devices are used to profile screens, but they work in slightly different "
 "ways."
 msgstr ""
-"Для профілювання вам знадобиться колориметр або спектрофотометр. Для профілювання екранів використовують обидва пристрої, але працюють вони трохи по-різному."
+"Для профілювання вам знадобиться колориметр або спектрофотометр. Для "
+"профілювання екранів використовують обидва пристрої, але працюють вони трохи "
+"по-різному."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
@@ -4074,13 +4087,17 @@ msgid ""
 "older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon "
 "appears in the <gui>Color</gui> panel."
 msgstr ""
-"Параметри екранів увесь час змінюються: яскравість підсвічування дисплеїв на тонкоплівкових транзисторах зменшується удвічі приблизно кожні 18 місяців, а також стає жовтішим із віком. Це означає, що вам слід повторно калібрувати екран при появі піктограми [!] на панелі <gui>Колір</gui>."
+"Параметри екранів увесь час змінюються: яскравість підсвічування дисплеїв на "
+"тонкоплівкових транзисторах зменшується удвічі приблизно кожні 18 місяців, а "
+"також стає жовтішим із віком. Це означає, що вам слід повторно калібрувати "
+"екран при появі піктограми [!] на панелі <gui>Колір</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:73
 msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
 msgstr ""
-"Яскравість рідкокристалічних екранів також змінюється з часом, але набагато повільніше за яскравість екранів на тонкоплівкових транзисторах."
+"Яскравість рідкокристалічних екранів також змінюється з часом, але набагато "
+"повільніше за яскравість екранів на тонкоплівкових транзисторах."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
@@ -4122,7 +4139,11 @@ msgid ""
 "systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
 "calibration curves."
 msgstr ""
-"Ідея калібрування полягає у приведенні пристрою до визначеного стану відносно його колірного відгуку. Часто це означає підтримання неперервно відтворюваної поведінки. Типово, дані калібрування зберігатимуться на пристрої або у специфічних для системи форматах файлів, у яких записано параметри пристрою або дані кривих калібрування за каналами."
+"Ідея калібрування полягає у приведенні пристрою до визначеного стану "
+"відносно його колірного відгуку. Часто це означає підтримання неперервно "
+"відтворюваної поведінки. Типово, дані калібрування зберігатимуться на "
+"пристрої або у специфічних для системи форматах файлів, у яких записано "
+"параметри пристрою або дані кривих калібрування за каналами."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
@@ -4135,7 +4156,14 @@ msgid ""
 "by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
 "color from one device representation to another be achieved."
 msgstr ""
-"Характеризація (або профілювання) є <em>записуванням</em> способу, у який пристрій відтворює колір або відповідає на колір. Типово, результат зберігається у профілі ICC пристрою. Такий профіль ніяким чином сам собою не змінює колір. Він надає змогу системам, подібним до CMM (Color Management Module), або програмам із керуванням кольорами змінювати колір при поєднанні із профілем іншого пристрою. Знаючи характеристики двох пристроїв можна отримати спосіб перенесення кольору із представлення на одному пристрої на представлення його на іншому пристрої."
+"Характеризація (або профілювання) є <em>записуванням</em> способу, у який "
+"пристрій відтворює колір або відповідає на колір. Типово, результат "
+"зберігається у профілі ICC пристрою. Такий профіль ніяким чином сам собою не "
+"змінює колір. Він надає змогу системам, подібним до CMM (Color Management "
+"Module), або програмам із керуванням кольорами змінювати колір при поєднанні "
+"із профілем іншого пристрою. Знаючи характеристики двох пристроїв можна "
+"отримати спосіб перенесення кольору із представлення на одному пристрої на "
+"представлення його на іншому пристрої."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
 #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
@@ -4143,7 +4171,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
 "it’s in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
 msgstr ""
-"Зауважте, що характеризація (профілювання) буде чинним для пристрою, лише якщо він перебуває у тому самому стані калібрування, що і на час, коли відбувалася характеризація."
+"Зауважте, що характеризація (профілювання) буде чинним для пристрою, лише "
+"якщо він перебуває у тому самому стані калібрування, що і на час, коли "
+"відбувалася характеризація."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
@@ -4156,7 +4186,14 @@ msgid ""
 "display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
 "anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
 msgstr ""
-"У випадку профілів дисплеїв виникає додатковий привід для плутанини, оскільки часто дані калібрування зберігаються для зручності у профілі. Типово, ці дані зберігаються у тезі із назвою <em>vcgt</em>. Хоча дані зберігаються у профілі, жоден зі звичайних інструментів на основі ICC або жодна зі звичайних програм, які обробляють профілі, ніяким чином не обробляють даних калібрування. Так само, типові засоби та програми для калібрування дисплея ніяким чином не враховують і не обробляють даних характеризації (профілювання) ICC."
+"У випадку профілів дисплеїв виникає додатковий привід для плутанини, "
+"оскільки часто дані калібрування зберігаються для зручності у профілі. "
+"Типово, ці дані зберігаються у тезі із назвою <em>vcgt</em>. Хоча дані "
+"зберігаються у профілі, жоден зі звичайних інструментів на основі ICC або "
+"жодна зі звичайних програм, які обробляють профілі, ніяким чином не "
+"обробляють даних калібрування. Так само, типові засоби та програми для "
+"калібрування дисплея ніяким чином не враховують і не обробляють даних "
+"характеризації (профілювання) ICC."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
@@ -4175,7 +4212,9 @@ msgid ""
 "The system relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
 "instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
 msgstr ""
-"Для забезпечення підтримки інструментів для роботи з кольорами система покладається на систему керування кольорами Argyll. Таким чином, передбачено підтримку таких вимірювальних пристроїв для дисплеїв:"
+"Для забезпечення підтримки інструментів для роботи з кольорами система "
+"покладається на систему керування кольорами Argyll. Таким чином, передбачено "
+"підтримку таких вимірювальних пристроїв для дисплеїв:"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28
@@ -4238,7 +4277,8 @@ msgid ""
 "The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
 "Linux."
 msgstr ""
-"На сьогодні, Pantone Huey є найдешевшим та найкраще підтримуваним обладнанням у Linux."
+"На сьогодні, Pantone Huey є найдешевшим та найкраще підтримуваним "
+"обладнанням у Linux."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45
@@ -4247,6 +4287,7 @@ msgid ""
 "spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
 "printers:"
 msgstr ""
+"Завдяки Argyll також маємо підтримку декількох відбивних спектрометрів читання даних плям і смуг. Ці спектрометри допоможуть вам у калібруванні та характеризації ваших принтерів:"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52
@@ -4370,6 +4411,7 @@ msgid ""
 "profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
 "for a thousand hours."
 msgstr ""
+"Профілі кольорів, які створено вами є пов'язаними зі станом обладнання та умовами освітлення на момент калібрування. Дисплей, який працював декілька сотень годин матиме дуже відмінний профіль кольорів від профілю такого самого дисплея із сусіднім серійним номером, який відпрацював тисячу годин."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
@@ -4378,6 +4420,7 @@ msgid ""
 "getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it’s misleading at best to "
 "say that their display is calibrated."
 msgstr ""
+"Це означає, що якщо ви поділитеся із кимось профілем кольорів, можливо, результати будуть <em>ближчими</em> до точного калібрування, але твердження щодо калібрування дисплея новим профілем буде, принаймні, оптимістичним."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
@@ -4387,6 +4430,7 @@ msgid ""
 "editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
 "specific lighting conditions doesn’t make a lot of sense."
 msgstr ""
+"Так само, якщо у всіх користувачів немає рекомендованого контрольованого освітлення (без сонячного світла з вікон, чорні стіни, лампи денного світла тощо) у кімнаті, де відбувається перегляд і редагування зображень, використання створеного вами у ваших специфічних умовах освітлення стороннього профілю матиме мало сенсу."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
 #: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
@@ -4394,6 +4438,7 @@ msgid ""
 "You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
 "downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
 msgstr ""
+"Вам слід уважно ознайомитися із умовами поширення профілів, які отримано з сайтів виробника обладнання, або профілів, які було створено для вас спеціалізованими фірмами."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
@@ -4413,7 +4458,8 @@ msgid ""
 "The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
 "does require some initial outlay."
 msgstr ""
-"Найкращим способом отримання профілів є створення їх власноруч, хоча ця процедура потребує деяких початкових вкладень."
+"Найкращим способом отримання профілів є створення їх власноруч, хоча ця "
+"процедура потребує деяких початкових вкладень."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
@@ -4422,6 +4468,7 @@ msgid ""
 "sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
 "to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
 msgstr ""
+"Багато виробників намагаються надати профілі кольорів для пристроїв, але іноді ці профілі є частиною <em>пакунків із драйверами</em>, які вам доведеться отримати з інтернету, розпакувати, а потім вже виконати пошук профілів кольорів у результатах."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
@@ -4561,7 +4608,8 @@ msgid ""
 "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum "
 "age of the profile in days:"
 msgstr ""
-"Для встановлення правил для пристроїв дисплеїв та принтерів ви вказуєте максимальний вік профілю у днях:"
+"Для встановлення правил для пристроїв дисплеїв та принтерів ви вказуєте "
+"максимальний вік профілю у днях:"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/screen
 #: C/color-notifications.page:46
@@ -4604,7 +4652,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
 "would lead to more accurate color correction."
 msgstr ""
-"Отримання профілю від виробника монітора або створення профілю власноруч надають доступ до точнішого виправлення кольорів."
+"Отримання профілю від виробника монітора або створення профілю власноруч "
+"надають доступ до точнішого виправлення кольорів."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/color-testing.page:29
@@ -5109,7 +5158,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your "
 "contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
 msgstr ""
-"Скористайтеся програмою <app>Контакти</app> для зберігання, доступу та редагування відомостей щодо ваших контактів, локально або у ваших <link xref=\"accounts\">облікових записах у інтернеті</link>."
+"Скористайтеся програмою <app>Контакти</app> для зберігання, доступу та "
+"редагування відомостей щодо ваших контактів, локально або у ваших <link xref="
+"\"accounts\">облікових записах у інтернеті</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/years
 #: C/contacts-connect.page:23
@@ -5141,7 +5192,9 @@ msgid ""
 "example, to email your contact, press the button next the contact’s email "
 "address."
 msgstr ""
-"Натисніть кнопку <em>параметрів</em> того, чим ви хочете скористатися. Наприклад, щоб надіслати контакту повідомлення електронної пошти, натисніть кнопку поряд із адресою електронної пошти контакту."
+"Натисніть кнопку <em>параметрів</em> того, чим ви хочете скористатися. "
+"Наприклад, щоб надіслати контакту повідомлення електронної пошти, натисніть "
+"кнопку поряд із адресою електронної пошти контакту."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/contacts-connect.page:45
@@ -5174,7 +5227,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book "
 "up to date and complete."
 msgstr ""
-"Редагування параметрів записів контактів допоможе вам підтримувати актуальність і повноту даних у вашій адресній книзі."
+"Редагування параметрів записів контактів допоможе вам підтримувати "
+"актуальність і повноту даних у вашій адресній книзі."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:43
@@ -5204,7 +5258,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Press the bottommost button to expand available options, revealing fields "
 "like <gui>Website</gui> and <gui>Birthday</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Натисніть найнижчу кнопку, щоб розгорнути список доступних пунктів — відкрити поля, подібні до полів <gui>Вебсайт</gui> та <gui>День народження</gui>."
+"Натисніть найнижчу кнопку, щоб розгорнути список доступних пунктів — "
+"відкрити поля, подібні до полів <gui>Вебсайт</gui> та <gui>День народження</"
+"gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:57 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:83
@@ -5242,7 +5298,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
 "list."
 msgstr ""
-"Увімкніть <em>режим позначення</em> натисканням кнопки із позначкою над списком контактів."
+"Увімкніть <em>режим позначення</em> натисканням кнопки із позначкою над "
+"списком контактів."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:47
@@ -5250,13 +5307,15 @@ msgid ""
 "A checkbox will appear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
 "contacts that you want to merge."
 msgstr ""
-"Поряд із усіма записами контактів з'являться поля для позначки. Додайте позначку у ці поля для тих записів контактів, які ви хочете об'єднати."
+"Поряд із усіма записами контактів з'являться поля для позначки. Додайте "
+"позначку у ці поля для тих записів контактів, які ви хочете об'єднати."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:51
 msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
 msgstr ""
-"Натисніть кнопку <gui style=\"button\">Пов'язати</gui>, щоб пов'язати позначені записи контактів."
+"Натисніть кнопку <gui style=\"button\">Пов'язати</gui>, щоб пов'язати "
+"позначені записи контактів."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
 #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:59
@@ -5269,13 +5328,16 @@ msgid ""
 "You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
 "should not be linked."
 msgstr ""
-"Якщо випадково було пов'язано записи контактів, які не слід було пов'язувати, може виникнути потреба у скасовуванні пов'язування контактів."
+"Якщо випадково було пов'язано записи контактів, які не слід було "
+"пов'язувати, може виникнути потреба у скасовуванні пов'язування контактів."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
-msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
+#| msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
+msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contacts."
 msgstr ""
-"Позначте у списку контактів пункт контакту, пов'язування для якого слід скасувати."
+"Позначте у списку контактів пункт контакту, пов'язування для якого слід "
+"скасувати."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:69
@@ -5283,7 +5345,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
 "<app>Contacts</app>."
 msgstr ""
-"Натисніть кнопку <gui style=\"button\">Редагувати</gui> у верхньому правому куті вікна програми <app>Контакти</app>."
+"Натисніть кнопку <gui style=\"button\">Редагувати</gui> у верхньому правому "
+"куті вікна програми <app>Контакти</app>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
@@ -5297,7 +5360,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlink</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
 "contact."
 msgstr ""
-"Натисніть кнопку <gui style=\"button\">Розлучити</gui>, щоб скасувати пов'язування записів контактів."
+"Натисніть кнопку <gui style=\"button\">Розлучити</gui>, щоб скасувати "
+"пов'язування записів контактів."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:80
@@ -5323,8 +5387,7 @@ msgstr "Виконати пошук запису контакту в інтер�
 #: C/contacts-search.page:37
 msgid ""
 "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
-msgstr ""
-"В огляді <gui>Діяльності</gui> почніть вводити назву запису контакту."
+msgstr "В огляді <gui>Діяльності</gui> почніть вводити назву запису контакту."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/contacts-search.page:41
@@ -5332,7 +5395,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of "
 "applications."
 msgstr ""
-"Відповідні записи контактів буде показано на панелі огляду замість звичайного списку програм."
+"Відповідні записи контактів буде показано на панелі огляду замість "
+"звичайного списку програм."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/contacts-search.page:45
@@ -5340,7 +5404,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click "
 "the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
 msgstr ""
-"Натисніть клавішу <key>Enter</key>, щоб вибрати перший контакт у списку, або клацніть на пункті контакту, який ви хочете вибрати, якщо він не перебуває на початку списку."
+"Натисніть клавішу <key>Enter</key>, щоб вибрати перший контакт у списку, або "
+"клацніть на пункті контакту, який ви хочете вибрати, якщо він не перебуває "
+"на початку списку."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/contacts-search.page:51
@@ -5387,7 +5453,8 @@ msgid ""
 "When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Select Address "
 "Book</gui> window opens."
 msgstr ""
-"Після першого запуску програми <app>Контакти</app> буде відкрито вікно <gui>Виберіть адресну книгу</gui>."
+"Після першого запуску програми <app>Контакти</app> буде відкрито вікно "
+"<gui>Виберіть адресну книгу</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/contacts-setup.page:37
@@ -5530,7 +5597,8 @@ msgid ""
 "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
 "Analyzer</app>:"
 msgstr ""
-"Щоб визначити розмір вільного місця на диску та місткість диска за допомогою програми <app>Аналізатора використання диска</app>, виконайте такі дії:"
+"Щоб визначити розмір вільного місця на диску та місткість диска за допомогою "
+"програми <app>Аналізатора використання диска</app>, виконайте такі дії:"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-capacity.page:45
@@ -5568,7 +5636,8 @@ msgid ""
 "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</"
 "app>:"
 msgstr ""
-"Щоб визначити об'єм вільного місця на диску та місткість диска за допомогою <app>Системного монітора</app>, виконайте такі дії:"
+"Щоб визначити об'єм вільного місця на диску та місткість диска за допомогою "
+"<app>Системного монітора</app>, виконайте такі дії:"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-capacity.page:71
@@ -5576,7 +5645,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</"
 "gui> overview."
 msgstr ""
-"Відкрийте вікно програми <app>Системний монітор</app> з панелі огляду <gui>Діяльності</gui>."
+"Відкрийте вікно програми <app>Системний монітор</app> з панелі огляду "
+"<gui>Діяльності</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-capacity.page:75
@@ -5589,14 +5659,14 @@ msgstr ""
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
 #: C/disk-capacity.page:83
 msgid "Check with Usage"
-msgstr ""
-"Перевірка за допомогою «Використання»"
+msgstr "Перевірка за допомогою «Використання»"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
 #: C/disk-capacity.page:85
 msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>Usage</app>:"
 msgstr ""
-"Щоб визначити об'єм вільного місця на диску та місткість диска за допомогою <app>Використання</app>, виконайте такі дії:"
+"Щоб визначити об'єм вільного місця на диску та місткість диска за допомогою "
+"<app>Використання</app>, виконайте такі дії:"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-capacity.page:89
@@ -5604,7 +5674,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Open the <app>Usage</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
 "overview."
 msgstr ""
-"Відкрийте вікно програми <app>Використання</app> з панелі огляду <gui>Діяльності</gui>."
+"Відкрийте вікно програми <app>Використання</app> з панелі огляду "
+"<gui>Діяльності</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-capacity.page:93
@@ -5739,7 +5810,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
 "professional for further diagnosis or repair."
 msgstr ""
-"Якщо стан погіршується, вам варто віднести комп'ютер або диск професіоналу для подальшого діагностування або ремонту."
+"Якщо стан погіршується, вам варто віднести комп'ютер або диск професіоналу "
+"для подальшого діагностування або ремонту."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/disk-format.page:17
@@ -5747,7 +5819,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
 "drive by formatting it."
 msgstr ""
-"Вилучення усіх файлів та тек із зовнішнього диска або флешки USB шляхом форматування."
+"Вилучення усіх файлів та тек із зовнішнього диска або флешки USB шляхом "
+"форматування."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/disk-format.page:22
@@ -5774,7 +5847,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Select the disk you want to wipe from the list of storage devices on the "
 "left."
 msgstr ""
-"Виберіть диск, який ви хочете витерти у списку пристроїв для зберігання даних ліворуч."
+"Виберіть диск, який ви хочете витерти у списку пристроїв для зберігання "
+"даних ліворуч."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
 #: C/disk-format.page:39
@@ -5782,7 +5856,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
 "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
 msgstr ""
-"Переконайтеся, що вами вибрано саме той диск! Якщо ви виберете не той диск, усі файли на ньому буде вилучено!"
+"Переконайтеся, що вами вибрано саме той диск! Якщо ви виберете не той диск, "
+"усі файли на ньому буде вилучено!"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-format.page:44
@@ -5790,7 +5865,8 @@ msgid ""
 "In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "
 "button. Then click <gui>Format Partition…</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"На панелі інструментів у розділі <gui>Томи</gui> натисніть кнопку меню. Далі, натисніть кнопку <gui>Форматувати розділ…</gui>."
+"На панелі інструментів у розділі <gui>Томи</gui> натисніть кнопку меню. "
+"Далі, натисніть кнопку <gui>Форматувати розділ…</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-format.page:48
@@ -5798,7 +5874,8 @@ msgid ""
 "In the window that pops up, choose a file system <gui>Type</gui> for the "
 "disk."
 msgstr ""
-"У вікні, яке буде відкрито, виберіть <gui>Тип</gui> файлової системи для диска."
+"У вікні, яке буде відкрито, виберіть <gui>Тип</gui> файлової системи для "
+"диска."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-format.page:50
@@ -5808,7 +5885,10 @@ msgid ""
 "gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the file system type "
 "will be presented as a label."
 msgstr ""
-"Якщо ви використовуєте диск на комп'ютерах під керуванням Windows і Mac OS, окрім комп'ютерів під керуванням Linux, виберіть <gui>FAT</gui>. Якщо ви використовуєте диск лише у Windows, оптимальним варіантом є <gui>NTFS</gui>. Короткий опис типу файлової системи буде показано як мітку."
+"Якщо ви використовуєте диск на комп'ютерах під керуванням Windows і Mac OS, "
+"окрім комп'ютерів під керуванням Linux, виберіть <gui>FAT</gui>. Якщо ви "
+"використовуєте диск лише у Windows, оптимальним варіантом є <gui>NTFS</gui>. "
+"Короткий опис типу файлової системи буде показано як мітку."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-format.page:56
@@ -5817,7 +5897,9 @@ msgid ""
 "confirmation window. Check the details carefully, and click <gui>Format</"
 "gui> to wipe the disk."
 msgstr ""
-"Надайте диску назву і натисніть кнопку <gui>Далі</gui>, щоб продовжити і відкрити вікно підтвердження. Ретельно ознайомтеся із подробицями і натисніть кнопку <gui>Форматувати</gui>, щоб витерти диск."
+"Надайте диску назву і натисніть кнопку <gui>Далі</gui>, щоб продовжити і "
+"відкрити вікно підтвердження. Ретельно ознайомтеся із подробицями і "
+"натисніть кнопку <gui>Форматувати</gui>, щоб витерти диск."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-format.page:61
@@ -5825,7 +5907,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the formatting has finished, click the eject icon to safely remove the "
 "disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again."
 msgstr ""
-"Щойно форматування диска буде завершено, натисніть кнопку видобування, щоб безпечно вилучити диск. Тепер диск має бути порожнім і знову готовим до використання."
+"Щойно форматування диска буде завершено, натисніть кнопку видобування, щоб "
+"безпечно вилучити диск. Тепер диск має бути порожнім і знову готовим до "
+"використання."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/title
 #: C/disk-format.page:67
@@ -5841,7 +5925,11 @@ msgid ""
 "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
 "as <app>shred</app>."
 msgstr ""
-"Форматування диска не є повністю безпечним способом витирання усіх даних. Може здатися, що на форматованому диску немає файлів, але за допомогою спеціального програмного забезпечення можна відновити файли. Якщо вам потрібно безпечно вилучити файли, вам слід скористатися спеціалізованою програмою, наприклад <app>shred</app>."
+"Форматування диска не є повністю безпечним способом витирання усіх даних. "
+"Може здатися, що на форматованому диску немає файлів, але за допомогою "
+"спеціального програмного забезпечення можна відновити файли. Якщо вам "
+"потрібно безпечно вилучити файли, вам слід скористатися спеціалізованою "
+"програмою, наприклад <app>shred</app>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/disk-partitions.page:15
@@ -5849,7 +5937,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
 "manage them."
 msgstr ""
-"Поняття томів і розділів та використання програми для керування дисками для керування томами і дисками."
+"Поняття томів і розділів та використання програми для керування дисками для "
+"керування томами і дисками."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/disk-partitions.page:20
@@ -5906,7 +5995,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In the list of storage devices on the left, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD "
 "drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
 msgstr ""
-"У списку сховищ даних ліворуч ви побачите пункти дисків, компакт-дисків або DVD та інших фізичних пристроїв. Натисніть пункт пристрою, який ви хочете перевірити."
+"У списку сховищ даних ліворуч ви побачите пункти дисків, компакт-дисків або "
+"DVD та інших фізичних пристроїв. Натисніть пункт пристрою, який ви хочете "
+"перевірити."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-partitions.page:53
@@ -5915,7 +6006,9 @@ msgid ""
 "present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to "
 "manage these volumes."
 msgstr ""
-"На правій панелі буде показано візуальний розподіл томів і розділів на вибраному пристрої. Також там буде наведено список інструментів, які використовуються для керування цими томами."
+"На правій панелі буде показано візуальний розподіл томів і розділів на "
+"вибраному пристрої. Також там буде наведено список інструментів, які "
+"використовуються для керування цими томами."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-partitions.page:56
@@ -5923,7 +6016,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
 "these utilities."
 msgstr ""
-"Будьте обережні: за допомогою цих програм можна повністю витерти дані на вашому диску."
+"Будьте обережні: за допомогою цих програм можна повністю витерти дані на "
+"вашому диску."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
 #: C/disk-partitions.page:61
@@ -5952,7 +6046,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/disk-repair.page:15
 msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged and bring it back into a usable state."
 msgstr ""
-"Перевірка того, чи є файлова система пошкодженою, і повернення файлової системи до придатного до користування стану."
+"Перевірка того, чи є файлова система пошкодженою, і повернення файлової "
+"системи до придатного до користування стану."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/disk-repair.page:20
@@ -5979,8 +6074,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
 #: C/disk-repair.page:31
 msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged"
-msgstr ""
-"Перевірка того, чи є файлова система пошкодженою"
+msgstr "Перевірка того, чи є файлова система пошкодженою"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-repair.page:36 C/disk-repair.page:79 C/disk-resize.page:37
@@ -5996,7 +6090,8 @@ msgid ""
 "In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu "
 "button. Then click <gui>Check Filesystem…</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"На панелі інструментів у розділі <gui>Томи </gui>натисніть кнопку меню. Далі, натисніть кнопку <gui>Перевірити файлову систему…</gui>."
+"На панелі інструментів у розділі <gui>Томи </gui>натисніть кнопку меню. "
+"Далі, натисніть кнопку <gui>Перевірити файлову систему…</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-repair.page:45
@@ -6004,7 +6099,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Depending on how much data is stored in the filesystem a check may take "
 "longer time. Confirm to start the action in the dialog that pops up."
 msgstr ""
-"Час обробки залежить від об'єму даних, які зберігаються у файловій системі. Підтвердьте запуск дії у діалоговому вікні, яке покаже програма."
+"Час обробки залежить від об'єму даних, які зберігаються у файловій системі. "
+"Підтвердьте запуск дії у діалоговому вікні, яке покаже програма."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-repair.page:47
@@ -6012,7 +6108,8 @@ msgid ""
 "The action will not modify the filesystem but will unmount it if needed. Be "
 "patient while the filesystem is checked."
 msgstr ""
-"У результаті дії файлову систему не буде змінено, але її буде демонтовано, якщо це потрібно. Зачекайте на завершення перевірки файлової системи."
+"У результаті дії файлову систему не буде змінено, але її буде демонтовано, "
+"якщо це потрібно. Зачекайте на завершення перевірки файлової системи."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-repair.page:51
@@ -6269,8 +6366,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
 "overview and start typing <gui>Power</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Відкрийте огляд <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Діяльності</gui> і "
-"почніть введення слова <gui>Живлення</gui>."
+"Відкрийте огляд <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Діяльності</gui> "
+"і почніть введення слова <gui>Живлення</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/display-blank.page:45 C/display-brightness.page:73
@@ -6393,8 +6490,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
 "overview and start typing <gui>Displays</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Відкрийте огляд <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Діяльності</gui> і "
-"почніть введення слова <gui>Дисплеї</gui>."
+"Відкрийте огляд <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Діяльності</gui> "
+"і почніть введення слова <gui>Дисплеї</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 C/display-night-light.page:37
@@ -7419,13 +7516,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/files-open.page:57
 msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Клацніть правою кнопкою миші на пункті файла і виберіть у контекстному меню пункт <gui>Властивості</gui>."
+"Клацніть правою кнопкою миші на пункті файла і виберіть у контекстному меню "
+"пункт <gui>Властивості</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-open.page:58
 msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Виберіть вкладку <gui>Відкрити за допомогою</gui>."
+msgstr "Виберіть вкладку <gui>Відкрити за допомогою</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-open.page:59
@@ -7449,19 +7546,20 @@ msgid ""
 "This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
 "all files with the same type."
 msgstr ""
-"Це змінює типову програму не лише для позначеного файла, але і для усіх файлів того самого типу."
+"Це змінює типову програму не лише для позначеного файла, але і для усіх "
+"файлів того самого типу."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/files-preview.page:26
 msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
 msgstr ""
-"Швидкий показ і приховування попереднього перегляду документів, зображень, відео та інших файлів."
+"Швидкий показ і приховування попереднього перегляду документів, зображень, "
+"відео та інших файлів."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/files-preview.page:30
 msgid "Preview files and folders"
-msgstr ""
-"Попередній перегляд вмісту файлів і тек"
+msgstr "Попередній перегляд вмісту файлів і тек"
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
 #: C/files-preview.page:33
@@ -7469,7 +7567,8 @@ msgid ""
 "You need to have <app>Sushi</app> installed on your computer to perform "
 "these steps."
 msgstr ""
-"Для виконання наведених нижче кроків дій у системі має бути встановлено програму <app>Sushi</app>."
+"Для виконання наведених нижче кроків дій у системі має бути встановлено "
+"програму <app>Sushi</app>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
 #. Translators: This button is only shown on Ubuntu, where this link
@@ -7479,7 +7578,8 @@ msgid ""
 "<link style=\"button\" href=\"apt:gnome-sushi\">Install <app>Sushi</app></"
 "link>"
 msgstr ""
-"<link style=\"button\" href=\"apt:gnome-sushi\">Встановити <app>Sushi</app></link>"
+"<link style=\"button\" href=\"apt:gnome-sushi\">Встановити <app>Sushi</app></"
+"link>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/files-preview.page:40
@@ -7514,8 +7614,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/files-recover.page:28
 msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
-msgstr ""
-"Відновлення файла зі «Смітника»"
+msgstr "Відновлення файла зі «Смітника»"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/files-recover.page:30
@@ -7523,13 +7622,13 @@ msgid ""
 "If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
 "the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
 msgstr ""
-"Коли ви вилучаєте файл у програмі для керування файлами, зазвичай, файл опиняється у теці <gui>Смітник</gui> — файл можна відновити."
+"Коли ви вилучаєте файл у програмі для керування файлами, зазвичай, файл "
+"опиняється у теці <gui>Смітник</gui> — файл можна відновити."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
 #: C/files-recover.page:34
 msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
-msgstr ""
-"Щоб відновити файл зі «Смітника», виконайте такі дії:"
+msgstr "Щоб відновити файл зі «Смітника», виконайте такі дії:"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-recover.page:36
@@ -7544,7 +7643,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/files-recover.page:40
 msgid "Click on <app>Files</app> to open the file manager."
 msgstr ""
-"Натисніть пункт <app>Файли</app>, щоб відкрити вікно програми для керування файлми."
+"Натисніть пункт <app>Файли</app>, щоб відкрити вікно програми для керування "
+"файлми."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-recover.page:43
@@ -7560,7 +7660,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui>Restore</gui>. It "
 "will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
 msgstr ""
-"Якщо вилучений файл перебуває у списку, клацніть на ньому і виберіть <gui>Відновити</gui>. Файл буде відновлено у теці, з якої його було вилучено."
+"Якщо вилучений файл перебуває у списку, клацніть на ньому і виберіть "
+"<gui>Відновити</gui>. Файл буде відновлено у теці, з якої його було вилучено."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/files-recover.page:54
@@ -7570,6 +7671,10 @@ msgid ""
 "deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can’t be recovered from "
 "the <gui>Trash</gui>."
 msgstr ""
+"Якщо файл було вилучено натисканням комбінації клавіш <keyseq><key>Shift</"
+"key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> або командного рядка, файл було вилучено "
+"остаточно. Остаточно вилучені файли не може бути відновлено з теки "
+"<gui>Смітник</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/files-recover.page:59
@@ -7580,16 +7685,23 @@ msgid ""
 "it’s probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
 "recover it."
 msgstr ""
+"Існує декілька інструментів відновлення, які іноді можуть відновити "
+"остаточно вилучені файли. Втім, користуватися такими інструментами, "
+"зазвичай, не дуже просто. Якщо ви випадково остаточно вилучили файл, "
+"ймовірно, найкраще звернутися по пораду на форум підтримки — можливо, файл "
+"якось можна відновити."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/files-removedrive.page:28
 msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
 msgstr ""
+"Від'єднання або демонтування флешки USB, компакт-диска, DVD або іншого "
+"пристрою для зберігання даних."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/files-removedrive.page:31
 msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Безпечне від'єднання зовнішнього диска"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/files-removedrive.page:33
@@ -7601,11 +7713,18 @@ msgid ""
 "optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
 "from your computer."
 msgstr ""
+"При роботі із зовнішніми накопичувачами даних, зокрема флешками USB, вам "
+"слід забезпечити безпечне вилучення пристрою перед його від'єднанням. Якщо "
+"ви просто виймете пристрій з гнізда, може виникнути ризик розірвання зв'язку "
+"із пристроєм, доки з ним працює якась програма. Це може призвести до втрати "
+"або пошкодження файлів. При користуванні оптичними дисками, зокрема компакт-"
+"дисками або DVD ви можете скористатися тими самими кроками для виштовхування "
+"диска з пристрою для читання або запису."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
 #: C/files-removedrive.page:41
 msgid "To eject a removable device:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Для від'єднання змінного диска виконайте такі дії:"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-removedrive.page:43
@@ -7613,6 +7732,8 @@ msgid ""
 "From the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
 "overview, open <app>Files</app>."
 msgstr ""
+"За допомогою панелі огляду <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
+"\">Діяльності</gui> відкрийте вікно програми <app>Файли</app>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-removedrive.page:47
@@ -7620,6 +7741,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
 "the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
 msgstr ""
+"Знайдіть пункт пристрою на бічній панелі. Поряд з пунктом має бути невеличка "
+"піктограма від'єднання. Натисніть піктограму від'єднання для безпечного "
+"вилучення або від'єднання пристрою."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-removedrive.page:50 C/files-removedrive.page:67
@@ -7627,11 +7751,13 @@ msgid ""
 "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
 "select <gui>Eject</gui>."
 msgstr ""
+"Крім того, ви можете клацнути правою кнопкою миші на назві пристрою на "
+"бічній панелі і вибрати у контекстному меню пункт <gui>Витягнути</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
 #: C/files-removedrive.page:56
 msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Безпечне вилучення пристрою, який використовується програмами"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
 #: C/files-removedrive.page:58
@@ -7644,17 +7770,19 @@ msgstr ""
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-removedrive.page:63
 msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Натисніть кнопку <gui>Скасувати</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-removedrive.page:64
 msgid "Close all the files on the device."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Закрийте усі файли на пристрої."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-removedrive.page:65
 msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
 msgstr ""
+"Натисніть піктограму від'єднання для безпечного вилучення або від'єднання "
+"пристрою."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
 #: C/files-removedrive.page:71
@@ -7667,12 +7795,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/files-rename.page:35
 msgid "Change file or folder name."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Зміна назви файла або теки."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/files-rename.page:38
 msgid "Rename a file or folder"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Перейменування файла або теки"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/files-rename.page:40
@@ -7680,11 +7808,13 @@ msgid ""
 "As with other file managers, you can use <app>Files</app> to change the name "
 "of a file or folder."
 msgstr ""
+"Ви можете скористатися програмою <app>Файли</app>, як і іншими програмами "
+"для керування файлами, для зміни назви файла або теки."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
 #: C/files-rename.page:44
 msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Щоб перейменувати файл або теку, виконайте такі дії:"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-rename.page:45
@@ -7692,12 +7822,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
 "press <key>F2</key>."
 msgstr ""
+"Клацніть правою кнопкою миші на пункті файла або теки і виберіть у "
+"контекстному меню пункт <gui>Перейменувати</gui> або позначте файл або теку "
+"і натисніть клавішу <key>F2</key>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-rename.page:47
 msgid ""
 "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Rename</gui>."
 msgstr ""
+"Введіть нову назву і натисніть клавішу <key>Enter</key> або кнопку "
+"<gui>Перейменувати</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/files-rename.page:51
@@ -7705,6 +7840,8 @@ msgid ""
 "You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
 "basic\">properties</link> window."
 msgstr ""
+"Ви також можете перейменувати файл за допомогою вікна <link xref=\"nautilus-"
+"file-properties-basic\">властивості</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/files-rename.page:54
@@ -7729,7 +7866,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
 #: C/files-rename.page:70
 msgid "Valid characters for file names"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Коректні символи для назв файлів"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
 #: C/files-rename.page:72
@@ -7758,7 +7895,7 @@ msgstr "Типові проблеми"
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
 #: C/files-rename.page:92
 msgid "The file name is already in use"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Назву файла вже використано"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-rename.page:93
@@ -7794,7 +7931,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
 #: C/files-rename.page:110
 msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Пункт перейменування є неактивним"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-rename.page:111
@@ -7804,6 +7941,11 @@ msgid ""
 "protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref="
 "\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
 msgstr ""
+"Якщо пункт <gui>Перейменувати</gui> є неактивним (показаним сірим кольором), "
+"у вас немає прав доступу до перейменування файла. Вам слід бути обережними "
+"із перейменуванням таких файлів, оскільки перейменовування деяких захищених "
+"файлів може призвести до нестабільної роботи системи. Докладніше про це у "
+"розділі <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/title
 #: C/files-search.page:39
@@ -7814,7 +7956,7 @@ msgstr "Пошук"
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/files-search.page:40
 msgid "Locate files based on file name and type."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Пошук файлів на основі назви і типу."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/files-search.page:43
@@ -7827,6 +7969,8 @@ msgid ""
 "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
 "the file manager."
 msgstr ""
+"Ви можете виконати пошук файлів на основі назви або типу безпосередньо з "
+"вікна програми для керування файлами."
 
 #. (itstool) path: links/title
 #: C/files-search.page:49
@@ -7845,6 +7989,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui xref=\"shell-"
 "introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview."
 msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте вікно програми <app>Файли</app> з панелі огляду <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"introduction#activities\">Діяльності</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-search.page:61
@@ -7852,6 +7998,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
 "folder."
 msgstr ""
+"Якщо вам відомо, що потрібні вам файли зберігаються у певній теці, перейдіть "
+"до цієї теки."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-search.page:65
@@ -7861,6 +8009,10 @@ msgid ""
 "word “Invoice”, type <input>invoice</input>. Words are matched regardless of "
 "case."
 msgstr ""
+"Введіть слово або слова, які, як вам відомо, є частиною назви файла, і "
+"програма покаже відповідні файли на панелі пошуку. Наприклад, якщо у назві "
+"усіх ваших рахунків є слово «Рахунок», введіть <input>рахунок</input>. "
+"Відповідність слів встановлюватиметься без врахування регістру символів."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
 #: C/files-search.page:70
@@ -7869,6 +8021,9 @@ msgid ""
 "the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</"
 "key></keyseq>."
 msgstr ""
+"Замість введення слів безпосередньо для виклику панелі пошуку, ви можете "
+"натиснути кнопку <_:media-1/> на панелі інструментів або натиснути "
+"комбінацію клавіш <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-search.page:78
@@ -7876,6 +8031,8 @@ msgid ""
 "You can narrow your results by date, by file type, and by whether to search "
 "a file’s full text, or to only search for file names."
 msgstr ""
+"Ви можете звузити перелік результатів за датою, типом файла або текстовим "
+"вмістом файла або наказати виконати пошук лише за назвою файла."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-search.page:80
@@ -7883,22 +8040,27 @@ msgid ""
 "To apply filters, select the drop-down menu button to the left of the file "
 "manager’s <_:media-1/> icon, and choose from the available filters:"
 msgstr ""
+"Щоб застосувати фільтри, натисніть кнопку спадного меню ліворуч від "
+"піктограми <_:media-1/> програми для керування файлами і виберіть якісь із "
+"доступних фільтрів:"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-search.page:86
 msgid "<gui>When</gui>: How far back do you want to search?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<gui>Коли</gui>: наскільки далеко у минуле має бути спрямовано пошук?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-search.page:89
 msgid "<gui>What</gui>: What is the type of item?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<gui>Що</gui>: яким є тип файла?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-search.page:92
 msgid ""
 "Should your search include a full-text search, or search only the file names?"
 msgstr ""
+"Має ваш пошук бути повнотекстовим чи слід виконати пошук лише за назвою "
+"файла?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-search.page:98
@@ -7906,6 +8068,8 @@ msgid ""
 "To remove a filter, select the <gui>X</gui> beside the filter tag that you "
 "want to remove."
 msgstr ""
+"Щоб вилучити фільтр, натисніть <gui>X</gui> збоку від мітки фільтра, який ви "
+"хочете вилучити."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-search.page:102
@@ -7913,6 +8077,9 @@ msgid ""
 "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
 "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
 msgstr ""
+"Ви можете відкривати, копіювати, вилучати або виконувати інші дії з файлами "
+"у списку результатів пошуку так само, як ви виконуєте ці дії із будь-якими "
+"іншими файлами у теках у програмі для керування файлами."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-search.page:107
@@ -7920,11 +8087,13 @@ msgid ""
 "Click the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to "
 "the folder."
 msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку <_:media-1/> на панелі інструментів, щоб вийти з режиму "
+"пошуку і повернутися до початкової теки."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
 #: C/files-search.page:115
 msgid "Customize files search"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Налаштовування пошуку файлів"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
 #: C/files-search.page:117
@@ -7933,6 +8102,8 @@ msgid ""
 "the <app>Files</app> application. To customize which directories are "
 "searched:"
 msgstr ""
+"Ви можете включити або виключити певні каталоги із пошуку у програмі "
+"<app>Файли</app>. Щоб налаштувати каталоги для пошуку, виконайте такі дії:"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-search.page:123
@@ -7949,11 +8120,13 @@ msgid ""
 "Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Search</gui></guiseq> from the "
 "results. This will open the <gui>Search Settings</gui> panel."
 msgstr ""
+"Виберіть <guiseq><gui>Параметри</gui><gui>Пошук</gui></guiseq> у списку "
+"результатів. У відповідь буде відкрито панель <gui>Параметри пошуку</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-search.page:131
 msgid "Click the <gui>Search Locations</gui> button in the header bar."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Натисніть кнопку <gui>Місця пошуку</gui> на смужці заголовка."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
 #: C/files-search.page:135
@@ -7961,11 +8134,14 @@ msgid ""
 "This will open a separate settings panel which allows you toggle directory "
 "searches on or off. You can toggle searches on each of the three tabs:"
 msgstr ""
+"У відповідь буде відкрито окрему панель параметрів, за допомогою якої ви "
+"зможете увімкнути або вимкнути пошук у каталогах. Перемкнути параметри "
+"пошуку можна на кожній з таких трьох вкладок:"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-search.page:140
 msgid "<gui>Places</gui>: Lists common home directory locations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<gui>Місця</gui>: показує список типових місць у домашньому каталозі"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-search.page:143
@@ -7973,6 +8149,8 @@ msgid ""
 "<gui>Bookmarks</gui>: Lists directory locations that you have bookmarked in "
 "the <app>Files</app> application"
 msgstr ""
+"<gui>Закладки</gui>: показує список місць-каталогів, для яких було визначено "
+"закладки у програмі <app>Файли</app>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-search.page:147
@@ -7980,6 +8158,8 @@ msgid ""
 "<gui>Other</gui>: Lists directory locations that you include via the <gui>+</"
 "gui> button."
 msgstr ""
+"<gui>Інше</gui>: показує список місць-каталогів, які ви включаєте за "
+"допомогою кнопки <gui>+</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/files-select.page:18
@@ -7987,11 +8167,13 @@ msgid ""
 "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
 "which have similar names."
 msgstr ""
+"Натисніть комбінацію клавіш <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>, "
+"щоб позначити декілька файлів, які мають однакові назви."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/files-select.page:22
 msgid "Select files by pattern"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Позначення файлів за взірцем"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/files-select.page:24
@@ -8009,11 +8191,12 @@ msgid ""
 "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
 "all."
 msgstr ""
+"<file>*</file> відповідає будь-якій кількості символів, навіть нульовій."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-select.page:33
 msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<file>?</file> відповідає точно одному будь-якому символу."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/files-select.page:36
@@ -8999,7 +9182,7 @@ msgid "GNOME Help"
 msgstr "Довідка GNOME"
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:23 C/keyboard-layouts.page:22
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:23 C/keyboard-layouts.page:21
 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:19 C/keyboard-osk.page:20 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23
 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23 C/keyboard.page:19
 msgid "Julita Inca"
@@ -9034,7 +9217,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:15 C/keyboard-layouts.page:30
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:15 C/keyboard-layouts.page:29
 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:27
 msgid "Juanjo Marín"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9125,7 +9308,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55 C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55 C/keyboard-layouts.page:61
 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:75 C/tips-specialchars.page:76
 msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9156,7 +9339,7 @@ msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
 msgstr "Натисніть бажану комбінацію клавіш."
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 C/mouse-wakeup.page:29 C/prefs-sharing.page:15
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 C/mouse-wakeup.page:29 C/prefs-sharing.page:15
 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:24 C/printing-name-location.page:18
 #: C/printing-name-location.page:23 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:26
 #: C/printing-to-file.page:15 C/privacy.page:20 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30
@@ -9166,17 +9349,17 @@ msgid "2013"
 msgstr "2013"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40
 msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
 msgstr "Додавання розкладок клавіатури та перемикання між ними."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:44
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:43
 msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
 msgstr "Використання альтернативних розкладок клавіатури"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:46
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
 msgid ""
 "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
 "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
@@ -9193,7 +9376,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "доводиться працювати із текстами різними мовами."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:65
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
 msgid ""
 "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the <gui>Input Sources</gui> section, "
 "select the language which is associated with the layout, then select a "
@@ -9204,7 +9387,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "натисніть кнопку <gui>Додати</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 C/session-formats.page:65
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 C/session-formats.page:65
 #: C/session-language.page:88
 msgid ""
 "If there are multiple user accounts on your system, there is a separate "
@@ -9218,7 +9401,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "до перемикання між двома екземплярами."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:76
 msgid ""
 "Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not available by default when "
 "you click the <gui>+</gui> button. To make also those input sources "
@@ -9232,12 +9415,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "команду:"
 
 #. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:89 C/keyboard-layouts.page:94
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 C/keyboard-layouts.page:93
 msgid "preview"
 msgstr "перегляд"
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86
 msgid ""
 "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list of "
 "<gui>Input Sources</gui> and clicking <gui><_:media-1/></gui>"
@@ -9246,12 +9429,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Джерела введення</gui> і натисніть кнопку <gui><_:media-1/></gui>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:96
 msgid "preferences"
 msgstr "параметри"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:92
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:91
 msgid ""
 "Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
 "those languages because they have a <gui><_:media-1/></gui> icon next to "
@@ -9267,7 +9450,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "додаткових параметрів."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99
 msgid ""
 "When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
 "same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
@@ -9287,7 +9470,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "системі із декількома розкладками."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:108
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:107
 msgid ""
 "The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
 "<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
@@ -9305,7 +9488,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ознайомлення."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:115
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:114
 msgid ""
 "The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
 "Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
@@ -9335,7 +9518,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:124
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
 "external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' "
@@ -11808,8 +11991,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
 msgid ""
-"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/"
-"drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
+"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"https://www.eff.org/"
+"issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -13433,7 +13616,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/net-findip.page:99
 msgid ""
-"Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
+"Visit <link href=\"https://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</"
 "link>."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -13925,19 +14108,21 @@ msgstr ""
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/net-mobile.page:53
 msgid ""
-"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Mobile Broadband Off</gui>. The <gui>Mobile "
-"Broadband</gui> section of the menu will expand."
+"Select <gui>Mobile Broadband Off</gui>. The <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> "
+"section of the menu will expand."
 msgstr ""
+"Виберіть <gui>Мобільну широкосмугову вимкнено</gui>. У відповідь буде "
+"відкрито розділ <gui>Мобільна широкосмугова</gui> меню."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:58
+#: C/net-mobile.page:57
 msgid ""
 "If <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> does not appear in the system menu, ensure "
 "that your device is not set to connect as Mass Storage."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:62
+#: C/net-mobile.page:61
 msgid ""
 "Select <gui>Connect</gui>. If you are connecting for the first time, the "
 "<gui>Set up a Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard is launched. The "
@@ -13946,7 +14131,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:66
+#: C/net-mobile.page:65
 msgid ""
 "Choose your provider’s country or region from the list. Click <gui style="
 "\"button\">Next</gui>."
@@ -13955,7 +14140,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui style=\"button\">Далі</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:68
+#: C/net-mobile.page:67
 msgid ""
 "Choose your provider from the list. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
 msgstr ""
@@ -13963,7 +14148,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"button\">Далі</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:70
+#: C/net-mobile.page:69
 msgid ""
 "Select a plan according to the type of device you are connecting. This will "
 "determine the Access Point Name. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
@@ -13973,7 +14158,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"button\">Далі</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:73
+#: C/net-mobile.page:72
 msgid ""
 "Confirm the settings you have selected by clicking <gui style=\"button"
 "\">Apply</gui>. The wizard will close and the <gui>Network</gui> panel will "
@@ -14619,25 +14804,26 @@ msgstr ""
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:56
 msgid ""
-"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui> or the name of the "
-"wireless network to which you are already connected. The Wi-Fi section of "
-"the menu will expand."
+"Select <gui>Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui> or the name of the wireless network to "
+"which you are already connected. The Wi-Fi section of the menu will expand."
 msgstr ""
+"Виберіть <gui>Wi-Fi не з'єднано</gui> або назву бездротової мережі, із якою "
+"вже встановлено з'єднання. У відповідь буде відкрито розділ Wi-Fi меню."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:62 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:49
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:61 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:48
 msgid "Click <gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:63
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:62
 msgid ""
 "Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "
 "<gui>Turn On Wi-Fi Hotspot…</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:65
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:64
 msgid ""
 "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
 "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can connect "
@@ -14645,7 +14831,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:71
+#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:70
 msgid ""
 "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
 "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
@@ -14712,17 +14898,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:25
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:26
 msgid "Get on the internet — wirelessly."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:29
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
 msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
 msgid ""
 "If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
 "network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
@@ -14730,13 +14916,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:41 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:44
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:42 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:44
 msgid ""
-"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui>. The Wi-Fi section of the "
-"menu will expand."
+"Select <gui>Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui>. The Wi-Fi section of the menu will "
+"expand."
 msgstr ""
-"Виберіть <gui><_:media-1/> Wi-Fi не з'єднано</gui>. У відповідь буде "
-"розгорнуто розділ Wi-Fi меню."
+"Виберіть <gui>Wi-Fi не з'єднано</gui>. У відповідь буде розгорнуто розділ Wi-"
+"Fi меню."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:46
@@ -14780,8 +14966,9 @@ msgid ""
 "to the network."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:69
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:71 C/net-wireless-connect.page:77
 msgid ""
 "If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
 "curved bars above it (<_:media-1/>). More bars indicate a stronger "
@@ -14790,7 +14977,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:77
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:86
 msgid ""
 "If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password "
 "again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. "
@@ -14801,7 +14988,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:84
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:93
 msgid ""
 "A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
 "you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
@@ -14978,14 +15165,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:51
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:50
 msgid ""
 "Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select "
 "<gui>Connect to Hidden Network…</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:54
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:53
 msgid ""
 "In the window that appears, select a previously-connected hidden network "
 "using the <gui>Connection</gui> drop-down list, or <gui>New</gui> for a new "
@@ -14993,24 +15180,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:59
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:58
 msgid ""
 "For a new connection, type the network name and choose the type of wireless "
 "security from the <gui>Wi-Fi security</gui> drop-down list."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:63
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:62
 msgid "Enter the password or other security details."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:66
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:65
 msgid "Click <gui>Connect</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:70
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:69
 msgid ""
 "You may have to check the settings of the wireless access point or router to "
 "see what the network name is. If you don’t have the network name (SSID), you "
@@ -15020,14 +15207,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:76
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:75
 msgid ""
 "You should also check the security settings for the wireless access point. "
 "Look for terms like WEP and WPA."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:80
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:79
 msgid ""
 "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
 "preventing people who don’t know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
@@ -15230,9 +15417,9 @@ msgid ""
 "which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
 "because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
 "them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
-"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/"
-"mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not "
-"all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
+"about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"https://sourceforge.net/p/"
+"ndiswrapper/ndiswrapper/Main_Page/\">here</link>. Note that not all wireless "
+"drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -17950,11 +18137,13 @@ msgid ""
 "blocked. Try cleaning the print head. See the printer’s manual for "
 "instructions."
 msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви працюєте зі струминним принтером, друкарську голівку може бути забруднено або частково заблоковано засохлим чорнилом. Спробуйте очистити голівку. Відповідні настанови наведено у підручнику до принтера."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
 #: C/printing-streaks.page:44
 msgid "Wrong colors"
 msgstr ""
+"Помилкові кольори"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/printing-streaks.page:45
@@ -17962,11 +18151,13 @@ msgid ""
 "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink or "
 "toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
 msgstr ""
+"У принтері може закінчитися чорнило або тонер певного кольору. Перевірте рівень чорнила або тонера і придбайте відповідний картридж, якщо це потрібно."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
 #: C/printing-streaks.page:49
 msgid "Jagged lines, or lines are not straight"
 msgstr ""
+"Зазубрені або нерівні лінії"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/printing-streaks.page:50
@@ -17975,6 +18166,7 @@ msgid ""
 "need to align the print head. See the printer’s instruction manual for "
 "details on how to do this."
 msgstr ""
+"Якщо лінії, які мають бути прямими, на відбитку виглядають нерівними, можливо, вам слід вирівняти друкарську голівку. Подробиці щодо того, як це зробити, має бути наведено у підручнику з принтера."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/printing-to-file.page:20
@@ -17982,6 +18174,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Save a document as a PDF, PostScript or SVG file instead of sending it to a "
 "printer."
 msgstr ""
+"Зберігання документа до файла PDF, PostScript або SVG замість надсилання його на принтер."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/printing-to-file.page:24
@@ -17997,11 +18190,13 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine "
 "or to share it with someone."
 msgstr ""
+"Ви можете надрукувати документ до файла замість надсилання його на друк на принтері. Результатом друку до файла буде файл <sys>PDF</sys>, <sys>PostScript</sys> або <sys>SVG</sys>, який міститиме дані документа. Це може бути корисним, якщо ви хочете перенести документ на інший комп'ютер або поділитися ним із кимось."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
 #: C/printing-to-file.page:33
 msgid "To print to file:"
 msgstr ""
+"Для друку до файла, виконайте такі дії:"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/printing-to-file.page:39
@@ -18009,6 +18204,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
 "\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
 msgstr ""
+"Виберіть <gui>Друкувати у файл</gui> у розділі <gui>Принтер</gui> на вкладці <gui style="
+"\"tab\">Загальне</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/printing-to-file.page:43
@@ -18017,6 +18214,7 @@ msgid ""
 "filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
 "gui> once you have finished choosing."
 msgstr ""
+"Щоб змінити типову назву файла і місце зберігання файла, клацніть на назві файла під панеллю вибору принтера. Натисніть кнопку <gui style=\"button\">Вибрати</gui>, щойно вибір буде здійснено."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/printing-to-file.page:48
@@ -18025,16 +18223,19 @@ msgid ""
 "a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>PostScript</sys> or "
 "<sys>SVG</sys>."
 msgstr ""
+"<sys>PDF</sys> є типовим типом файлів для документів. Якщо ви хочете скористатися іншим <gui>Форматом виводу</gui>, виберіть <sys>PostScript</sys> або <sys>SVG</sys>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/printing-to-file.page:53
 msgid "Choose your other page preferences."
 msgstr ""
+"Виберіть параметри сторінки."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/printing-to-file.page:56
 msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
 msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку <gui style=\"button\">Друкувати</gui>, щоб зберегти дані до файла."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/printing.page:18
@@ -18042,6 +18243,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Set up local and network printers. Learn about different printing options "
 "like collation and multi-sided printing."
 msgstr ""
+"Налаштовування локальних і мережевих принтерів. Інформація щодо різноманітних параметрів друку, зокрема складання копій та друку на обох боках аркуша."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/title
 #: C/printing.page:31
@@ -18053,22 +18255,26 @@ msgstr "Налаштування"
 #: C/printing.page:33
 msgid "Set up a printer"
 msgstr ""
+"Налаштовування принтера"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/title
 #: C/printing.page:38
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Sizes and layouts"
 msgstr ""
+"Розміри і компонування"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
 #: C/printing.page:40
 msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
 msgstr ""
+"Різні розміри аркушів паперу та різні компонування"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/printing.page:46
 msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
 msgstr ""
+"Невиявлені принтери, зам'яття паперу, неправильні відбитки…"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
 #: C/printing.page:48
@@ -18081,6 +18287,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Lock your screen, remove temporary files, and control access to devices like "
 "cameras and microphones."
 msgstr ""
+"Блокування екрана, вилучення тимчасових файлів і керування доступом до пристроїв, подібних до камер та мікрофонів."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/privacy.page:33
@@ -18099,11 +18306,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
 msgid "Stop or limit your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
 msgstr ""
+"Заборона або обмеження стеження у комп'ютері за використанням файлів."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
 msgid "Turn off or limit file history tracking"
 msgstr ""
+"Вимикання або обмеження журналу стеження за файлами"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:34
@@ -18118,6 +18327,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:40
 msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
 msgstr ""
+"Вимикання журналу стеження за файлами"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:42
@@ -18125,6 +18335,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
 "overview and start typing <gui>Privacy</gui>."
 msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте огляд <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Діяльності</gui> "
+"і почніть введення слова <gui>Конфіденційність</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:46 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:69
@@ -18136,18 +18348,21 @@ msgstr "Натисніть <gui>Журнал файлів &amp; Смітник</
 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:49
 msgid "Switch the <gui>File History</gui> switch to off."
 msgstr ""
+"Перемкніть пункт <gui>Журнал файлів</gui> у стан «вимкнено»."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:50
 msgid ""
 "To re-enable this feature, switch the <gui>File History</gui> switch to on."
 msgstr ""
+"Щоб знову увімкнути цю можливість, перемкніть пункт <gui>Журнал файлів</gui> у стан «вимкнено»."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:54 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:80
 msgid ""
 "Use the <gui>Clear History…</gui> button to purge the history immediately."
 msgstr ""
+"Скористайтеся кнопкою <gui>Очистити журнал…</gui>, щоб вилучити усі запису журналу негайно."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:59
@@ -18155,11 +18370,13 @@ msgid ""
 "This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
 "the web sites you visit."
 msgstr ""
+"Цей пункт не стосується параметрів збереження вашим браузером даних щодо відвіданих сайтів."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:63
 msgid "Restrict the amount of time your file history is tracked"
 msgstr ""
+"Обмеження проміжку часу стеження у журналі роботи з файлами"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:65 C/privacy-purge.page:52
@@ -18174,6 +18391,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:72
 msgid "Ensure the <gui>File History</gui> switch is set to on."
 msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що <gui>Журнал файлів</gui> перебуває у стані «увімкнено»."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:75
@@ -18182,16 +18400,19 @@ msgid ""
 "history. Choose from options <gui>1 day</gui>, <gui>7 days</gui>, <gui>30 "
 "days</gui>, or <gui>Forever</gui>."
 msgstr ""
+"У полі <gui>Тривалість журналу файлів</gui> виберіть тривалість зберігання даних у журналі роботи з файлами. Виберіть один із варіантів: <gui>1 день</gui>, <gui>7 днів</gui>, <gui>30 днів</gui> або <gui>Завжди</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/privacy-location.page:21
 msgid "Enable or disable geolocation."
 msgstr ""
+"Вмикання або вимикання геопозиціювання."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/privacy-location.page:24
 msgid "Control location services"
 msgstr ""
+"Керування службами місця перебування"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/privacy-location.page:26
@@ -18207,6 +18428,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/privacy-location.page:33
 msgid "Turn off the geolocation features of your desktop"
 msgstr ""
+"Вимикання можливостей геопозиціювання вашої стільниці"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/privacy-location.page:35
@@ -18228,12 +18450,14 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/privacy-location.page:42
 msgid "Switch the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to off."
 msgstr ""
+"Перемкніть пункт <gui>Служби розташування</gui> у стан «вимкнено»."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/privacy-location.page:43
 msgid ""
 "To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to on."
 msgstr ""
+"Щоб повторно увімкнути цю можливість, перемкніть пункт <gui>Служби розташування</gui> у стан «увімкнено»."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/privacy-purge.page:33
@@ -18241,11 +18465,13 @@ msgid ""
 "Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
 "computer."
 msgstr ""
+"Встановлення частоти очищення тек смітника і тимчасових файлів на вашому комп'ютері."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/privacy-purge.page:37
 msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
 msgstr ""
+"Витирання викинутих та тимчасових файлів"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/privacy-purge.page:39
@@ -18268,6 +18494,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/privacy-purge.page:50
 msgid "Automatically empty your trash and clear temporary files"
 msgstr ""
+"Автоматичне спорожнення смітника і вилучення тимчасових файлів"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/privacy-purge.page:59
@@ -18275,6 +18502,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Switch on one or both of <gui>Automatically Delete Trash Content</gui> or "
 "<gui>Automatically Delete Temporary Files</gui>."
 msgstr ""
+"Увімкніть один або обидва пункти, <gui>Автоматично вилучати тимчасові файли</gui> або <gui>Автоматично вилучати тимчасові файли</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/privacy-purge.page:63
@@ -18416,6 +18644,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
 "\">Activities</gui> overview."
 msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте вікно програми <app>Знімок екрана</app> з панелі огляду <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities"
+"\">Діяльності</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:55
@@ -18430,6 +18660,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:61
 msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
 msgstr ""
+"Натисніть кнопку <gui>Зробити знімок</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:62
@@ -18540,6 +18771,7 @@ msgid ""
 "A red circle is displayed in the top right corner of the screen when the "
 "recording is in progress."
 msgstr ""
+"Під час записування у верхньому правому куті екрана буде показано червоний круг."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:124
@@ -18547,6 +18779,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Once you have finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
 "key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
 msgstr ""
+"Коли запис має бути завершено, натисніть комбінацію <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
+"key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> ще раз, щоб зупинити записування."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:129
@@ -18562,6 +18796,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If you do not have a <file>Videos</file> folder, the videos will be saved in "
 "your home folder instead."
 msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вас немає теки <file>Відео</file>, відео буде збережено у вашій домашній теці."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
@@ -18569,6 +18804,7 @@ msgid ""
 "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner instead "
 "of typing in your password."
 msgstr ""
+"Ви можете входити до системи за допомогою підтримуваного сканера відбитків замість введення пароля."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
@@ -18581,6 +18817,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
 "fingerprint and use it to log in."
 msgstr ""
+"Якщо у вашій системі є підтримуваний сканер відбитків пальців, ви можете записати ваш відбиток і скористатися ним для входу до системи."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:46
@@ -18593,6 +18830,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Before you can log in with your fingerprint, you need to record it so that "
 "the system can use it to identify you."
 msgstr ""
+"Перш ніж ви зможете увійти до системи за допомогою вашого відбитка, вам слід записати його, щоб система могла розпізнавати вас за відбитком."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:52
@@ -18601,6 +18839,7 @@ msgid ""
 "fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
 "clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
 msgstr ""
+"Якщо ваш палець буде надто сухим, у вас можуть виникнути складнощі із реєстрацією вашого відбитка. Якщо таке трапляється, намочіть палець, витріть його чистою тканиною без ворсу і повторіть спробу."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -18610,6 +18849,7 @@ msgid ""
 "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
 "to edit user accounts other than your own."
 msgstr ""
+"Для редагування параметрів облікових записів користувачів, відмінних від вашого, вам знадобляться <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">права доступу адміністратора</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:62 C/user-add.page:47 C/user-admin-change.page:42
@@ -18626,6 +18866,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:66 C/user-add.page:51
 msgid "Click on <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."
 msgstr ""
+"Натисніть пункт <gui>Користувачі</gui>, щоб відкрити панель."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:69
@@ -18641,6 +18882,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Select the finger that you want to use for the fingerprint, then <gui style="
 "\"button\">Next</gui>."
 msgstr ""
+"Виберіть палець, який ви хочете використати для відбитка, потім натисніть кнопку <gui style="
+"\"button\">Далі</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:79
@@ -18661,6 +18904,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:94
 msgid "Check that your fingerprint works"
 msgstr ""
+"Перевірка працездатності відбитка"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
@@ -18668,12 +18912,14 @@ msgid ""
 "Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
 "fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
 msgstr ""
+"Тепер перевірте, чи працює вхід за допомогою відбитка пальця. Після реєстрації відбитка ви все одно зможете увійти до системи за допомогою вашого пароля."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:101
 msgid ""
 "Save any open work, and then <link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">log out</link>."
 msgstr ""
+"Збережіть будь-які відкриті документи, потім <link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">вийдіть з облікового запису</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:105
@@ -18681,6 +18927,7 @@ msgid ""
 "At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
 "will appear."
 msgstr ""
+"На екрані входу до системи виберіть ваше ім'я зі списку. У відповідь буде показано форму для введення пароля."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/session-fingerprint.page:109
@@ -18688,17 +18935,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Instead of typing your password, you should be able to swipe your finger on "
 "the fingerprint reader."
 msgstr ""
+"Замість введення пароля ви маєте притулити ваш палець до зчитувача відбитків."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/session-formats.page:26
 msgid ""
 "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
 msgstr ""
+"Вибір регіону для дати і часу, чисел, валюти та одиниць вимірювання."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/session-formats.page:30
 msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
 msgstr ""
+"Зміна дати і форматів вимірювання"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/session-formats.page:32
@@ -18706,6 +18956,7 @@ msgid ""
 "You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
 "currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
 msgstr ""
+"Ви можете керувати форматами, які використовуються для дат, часу, чисел, валюти та одиниць вимірювання, відповідно до місцевих традицій вашого регіону."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/session-formats.page:37 C/session-language.page:50
@@ -18713,6 +18964,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> "
 "overview and start typing <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
 msgstr ""
+"Відкрийте огляд <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Діяльності</gui> "
+"і почніть введення слів <gui>Регіон та мова</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/session-formats.page:41 C/session-language.page:54
@@ -18730,6 +18983,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Under <gui>Common Formats</gui>, select the region and language that most "
 "closely matches the formats you would like to use."
 msgstr ""
+"У розділі <gui>Загальні формати</gui> виберіть регіон і мову, яка якнайточніше відповідає форматам, якими ви хочете скористатися."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/session-formats.page:51
@@ -18755,6 +19009,7 @@ msgid ""
 "in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
 "calendars."
 msgstr ""
+"Після вибору регіону на панелі праворуч від списку буде показано різноманітні приклади того, як буде показано дати та інші значення. Хоча це і не показано у прикладах, вибір регіону також керує початковим днем тижня у календарях."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/session-language.page:33
@@ -18792,6 +19047,7 @@ msgid ""
 "listed, click <gui><_:media-1/></gui> at the bottom of the list to select "
 "from all available regions and languages."
 msgstr ""
+"Виберіть бажаний регіон і мову. Якщо вашого регіону і мови немає у списку, натисніть кнопку <gui><_:media-1/></gui> у нижній частині, щоб вибрати з усіх доступних регіонів та мов."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/session-language.page:67
@@ -18833,6 +19089,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
 msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
 msgstr ""
+"Екран блокується надто швидко"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
@@ -18848,6 +19105,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/session-screenlocks.page:44
 msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
 msgstr ""
+"Щоб система чекала довше, перш ніж автоматично блокувати екран, виконайте такі дії:"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/session-screenlocks.page:56
@@ -18855,6 +19113,7 @@ msgid ""
 "If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
 "<gui>Automatic Screen Lock Delay</gui> drop-down list."
 msgstr ""
+"Якщо увімкнено <gui>Автоматичне блокування екрана</gui>, ви можете змінити значення у спадному списку <gui>Затримка автоматичного блокування екрана</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
 #: C/session-screenlocks.page:62
@@ -18862,11 +19121,13 @@ msgid ""
 "If you don’t ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch the "
 "<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> switch to off."
 msgstr ""
+"Якщо ви хочете, щоб система ніколи не блокувала екран автоматично, переведіть перемикач <gui>Автоматичне блокування екрана</gui> у стан «вимкнено»."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/sharing.page:11
 msgid "Share your desktop, files, or media."
 msgstr ""
+"Надання вашої стільниці, файлів або мультимедійних даних у спільне користування."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/sharing.page:21
@@ -18882,11 +19143,13 @@ msgstr "2014–2015"
 #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:30
 msgid "Allow files to be uploaded to your computer over Bluetooth."
 msgstr ""
+"Уможливлення вивантаження даних на ваш комп'ютер за допомогою Bluetooth."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:33
 msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
 msgstr ""
+"Керування оприлюдненням даних за допомогою Bluetooth"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:35
@@ -18894,11 +19157,13 @@ msgid ""
 "You can enable <gui>Bluetooth</gui> sharing to receive files over Bluetooth "
 "in the <file>Downloads</file> folder"
 msgstr ""
+"Ви можете увімкнути <gui>Bluetooth</gui> для отримання файлів за допомогою Bluetooth до теки <file>Завантаження</file>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
 #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
 msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
 msgstr ""
+"Уможливлення оприлюднення файлів до вашої теки <file>Завантаження</file>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:48
@@ -18906,6 +19171,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Make sure that <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"><gui>Bluetooth</gui> is "
 "switched on</link>."
 msgstr ""
+"Переконайтеся, що перемикач <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"><gui>Bluetooth</gui> перебуває у стані «увімкнено»</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
@@ -18913,6 +19179,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Bluetooth-enabled devices can send files to your <file>Downloads</file> "
 "folder only when the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open."
 msgstr ""
+"Пристрої із увімкненим Bluetooth можуть надсилати файл до вашої теки <file>Завантаження</file>, лише коли відкрито панель <gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:29
@@ -21886,317 +22153,391 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/status-icons.page:13
+#: C/status-icons.page:48
 msgid "Monica Kochofar"
 msgstr "Monica Kochofar"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/status-icons.page:55
+msgid "2021"
+msgstr "2021"
+
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/status-icons.page:20
+#: C/status-icons.page:60
 msgid "Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
 msgstr ""
 "Пояснення призначення піктограм, які розташовано у правій частині верхньої "
 "панелі."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:23
+#: C/status-icons.page:63
 msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
 msgstr "Для чого призначено піктограми на верхній панелі?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:24
+#: C/status-icons.page:65
 msgid ""
-"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner "
-"of the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
+"This page explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner of "
+"the screen. More specifically, the different variations of the icons "
 "provided by the system are described."
 msgstr ""
-"У цьому розділі наведено пояснення щодо піктограм, які розташовано у правому "
+"На цій сторінці наведено пояснення щодо піктограм, які розташовано у правому "
 "куті екрана. Точніше, тут описано різні варіанти піктограм, які може бути "
 "показано системою."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:29
-msgid "Accessibility Menu Icons"
-msgstr "Піктограми меню доступності"
+#: C/status-icons.page:71
+msgid "Accessibility icons"
+msgstr "Піктограми доступності"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:34
-msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings."
-msgstr "Відкриває меню, яке вмикає параметри доступності."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:42
-msgid "Volume Control Icons"
-msgstr "Піктограми керування гучністю"
+#: C/status-icons.page:83
+msgid "Allows you to quickly toggle various accessibility settings."
+msgstr "Надає вам змогу швидко перемикати різноманітні параметри доступності."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:47
-msgid "The volume is set to high."
-msgstr "Встановлено високий рівень гучності."
+#: C/status-icons.page:94
+msgid "Indicates the type of click that will happen when using Hover Click."
+msgstr ""
+"Є індикатором типу клацання, яке буде виконано при використанні клацання "
+"наведенням."
 
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:51
-msgid "The volume is set to medium."
-msgstr "Встановлено середній рівень гучності."
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:99
+msgid "Learn more about accessibility."
+msgstr "Дізнатися більше про доступність."
 
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:55
-msgid "The volume is set to low."
-msgstr "Встановлено низький рівень гучності."
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:100
+msgid "Learn more about Hover Click."
+msgstr "Дізнатися більше про клацання наведенням."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:106
+msgid "Audio icons"
+msgstr "Звукові піктограми"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:59
-msgid "The volume is muted."
-msgstr "Звук вимкнено."
+#: C/status-icons.page:118
+msgid "Indicates the volume of the speakers or headphones."
+msgstr "Є індикатором гучності гучномовців або навушників."
 
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:66
-msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
-msgstr "Піктограми керування Bluetooth"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:129
+msgid "The speakers or headphones are muted."
+msgstr "Звук на гучномовцях або навушниках вимкнено."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:71
-msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
-msgstr "Bluetooth активовано."
+#: C/status-icons.page:140
+msgid "Indicates the sensitivity of the microphone."
+msgstr "Є індикатором чутливості мікрофона."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:75
-msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
-msgstr "Bluetooth вимкнено."
+#: C/status-icons.page:151
+msgid "The microphone is muted."
+msgstr "Звук на мікрофоні вимкнено."
 
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/status-icons.page:83
-msgid "Explains the meanings of the Network Manager icons."
-msgstr "Пояснення призначення піктограм керування мережею."
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:156
+msgid "Learn more about sound volume."
+msgstr "Дізнатися більше про гучність звуку."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:86
-msgid "Network Manager Icons"
-msgstr "Піктограми керування мережею"
+#: C/status-icons.page:162
+msgid "Battery icons"
+msgstr "Піктограми акумулятора"
 
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:88
-msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
-msgstr "<app>Стільникове з'єднання</app>"
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/status-icons.page:174
+msgid "Indicates the battery level while the battery is charging."
+msgstr "Є індикатором рівня заряду акумулятора при заряджанні акумулятора."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:93
-msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
-msgstr "З'єднано із мережею 3G."
+#: C/status-icons.page:185
+msgid "The battery is fully charged and charging."
+msgstr "Акумулятор повністю заряджено і він заряджається."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:97
-msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
-msgstr "З'єднано із мережею 4G."
+#: C/status-icons.page:196
+msgid "Indicates the battery level while the battery is not charging."
+msgstr ""
+"Є індикатором рівня заряду акумулятора, коли акумулятор не заряджається."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:101
-msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
-msgstr "З'єднано із мережею EDGE."
+#: C/status-icons.page:207
+msgid "The battery is fully charged and not charging."
+msgstr "Акумулятор повністю заряджено і він не заряджається."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:105
-msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
-msgstr "З'єднано із мережею GPRS."
+#: C/status-icons.page:218
+msgid "Power icon displayed on systems without a battery."
+msgstr "Піктограма живлення, яку буде показано у системах без акумулятора."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:225
+msgid "Bluetooth icons"
+msgstr "Піктограми Bluetooth"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:109
-msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
-msgstr "З'єднано із мережею UMTS."
+#: C/status-icons.page:237
+msgid "Airplane mode is on. Bluetooth is disabled when airplane mode is on."
+msgstr ""
+"Режим польоту увімкнено. Bluetooth вимикається, якщо увімкнено режим польоту."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:113
-msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
-msgstr "З'єднано зі стільниковою мережею."
+#: C/status-icons.page:248
+msgid ""
+"A Bluetooth device is paired and in use. This icon is only shown when there "
+"is an active device, not just whenever Bluetooth is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+"Пристрій Bluetooth пов'язано, він перебуває у користуванні. Цю піктограму "
+"буде показано, лише якщо є активний пристрій, а не просто тоді, коли "
+"Bluetooth увімкнено."
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:255 C/status-icons.page:341 C/status-icons.page:407
+msgid "Learn more about airplane mode."
+msgstr "Дізнатися більше про режим польоту."
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:256
+msgid "Learn more about Bluetooth."
+msgstr "Дізнатися більше про Bluetooth."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/status-icons.page:263
+msgid "Explains the meanings of the networking icons in the top bar."
+msgstr "Пояснення призначення піктограм мережі на верхній панелі."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:265
+msgid "Networking icons"
+msgstr "Піктограми мережі"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:268
+msgid "Wireless (Wi-Fi) connections"
+msgstr "Бездротові з'єднання (Wi-Fi)"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:117
-msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection."
-msgstr "Надіслано запит щодо з'єднання зі стільниковою мережею."
+#: C/status-icons.page:278
+msgid ""
+"Airplane mode is on. Wireless networking is disabled when airplane mode is "
+"on."
+msgstr ""
+"Режим польоту увімкнено. Бездротова мережа вимикається, якщо увімкнено режим "
+"польоту."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:121 C/status-icons.page:223
-msgid "Very high signal strength."
-msgstr "Дуже висока потужність сигналу."
+#: C/status-icons.page:289
+msgid "Connecting to a wireless network."
+msgstr "Встановлюється з'єднання із бездротовою мережею."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:125 C/status-icons.page:227
-msgid "High signal strength."
-msgstr "Висока потужність сигналу."
+#: C/status-icons.page:300
+msgid "Indicates the strength of a wireless network connection."
+msgstr "Є індикатором потужності з'єднання із бездротовою мережею."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:129 C/status-icons.page:231
-msgid "Medium signal strength."
-msgstr "Середня потужність сигналу."
+#: C/status-icons.page:311
+msgid "Connected to a wireless network, but there is no signal."
+msgstr "З'єднано із бездротовою мережею, але сигналу немає."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:133 C/status-icons.page:235
-msgid "Low signal strength."
-msgstr "Низька потужність сигналу."
+#: C/status-icons.page:322
+msgid ""
+"Connected to a wireless network. This icon is only shown if the signal "
+"strength cannot be determined, such as when connecting to ad hoc networks."
+msgstr ""
+"З'єднано із бездротовою мережею. Цю піктограму буде показано, лише якщо "
+"потужність сигналу не вдалося визначити, зокрема при встановленні з'єднання "
+"із спеціальними мережами."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:137
-msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
-msgstr "Дуже низька потужність сигналу."
+#: C/status-icons.page:334
+msgid ""
+"Connected to a wireless network, but there is no route to the internet. This "
+"could be due to a misconfiguration of your network, or it could be due to an "
+"outage with your internet service provider."
+msgstr ""
+"З'єднано із бездротовою мережею, але немає маршруту до інтернету. Причиною "
+"цього можуть бути помилкові налаштування мережі або відмова на сервері "
+"надавача послуг інтернету."
 
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:143
-msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
-msgstr "<app>З'єднання локальної мережі (LAN)</app>"
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:342
+msgid "Learn more about wireless networking."
+msgstr "Дізнатися більше про роботу із бездротовою мережею."
 
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:147
-msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
-msgstr "Під час пошуку мережі сталася помилка."
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:346
+msgid "Cellular networking (mobile broadband)"
+msgstr "Стільникова мережа (мобільна широкосмугова мережа)"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:151
-msgid "The network is inactive."
-msgstr "Мережа є неактивною."
+#: C/status-icons.page:356
+msgid ""
+"Airplane mode is on. Cellular networking is disabled when airplane mode is "
+"on."
+msgstr ""
+"Режим польоту увімкнено. Стільникова мережа вимикається, якщо увімкнено "
+"режим польоту."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:155
-msgid "There is no route found for the network."
-msgstr "Не знайдено маршруту для мережі."
+#: C/status-icons.page:367
+msgid "Connecting to a cellular network."
+msgstr "Встановлення з'єднання зі стільниковою мережею."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:159
-msgid "The network is offline."
-msgstr "Мережа не працює."
+#: C/status-icons.page:378
+msgid "Indicates the strength of a cellular network connection."
+msgstr "Є індикатором потужності з'єднання зі стільниковою мережею."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:163
-msgid "The network is receiving data."
-msgstr "Мережею отримуються дані."
+#: C/status-icons.page:389
+msgid "Connected to a cellular network, but there is no signal."
+msgstr "З'єднано зі стільниковою мережею, але сигналу немає."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:167
-msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
-msgstr "Мережею передаються і отримуються дані."
+#: C/status-icons.page:400
+msgid ""
+"Connected to a cellular network. This icon is only shown if the signal "
+"strength cannot be determined, such as when connecting over Bluetooth. If "
+"the signal strength can be determined, a signal strength icon is shown "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+"З'єднано зі стільниковою мережею. Цю піктограму буде показано, лише якщо потужність сигналу не вдасться визначити, зокрема при з'єднанні за допомогою Bluetooth. Якщо потужність сигналу вдасться визначити, буде показано піктограму потужності сигналу."
 
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:171
-msgid "The network is transmitting data."
-msgstr "Мережею передаються дані."
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:408
+msgid "Learn more about cellular networking."
+msgstr "Дізнатися більше про роботу зі стільниковою мережею."
 
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:177
-msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
-msgstr "<app>З'єднання віртуальною приватною мережею (VPN)</app>"
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:412
+msgid "Wired connections"
+msgstr "Дротові з'єднання"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:181 C/status-icons.page:194
-msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
-msgstr "Надіслано запит щодо з'єднання із мережею."
+#: C/status-icons.page:422
+msgid "Connecting to a wired connection."
+msgstr "Встановлення з'єднання із дротовою мережею."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:185
-msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
-msgstr "З'єднано із мережею VPN."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:190
-msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>"
-msgstr "<app>Дротове з'єднання</app>"
+#: C/status-icons.page:433
+msgid "Connected to a wired network."
+msgstr "З'єднано із дротовою мережею."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:198
+#: C/status-icons.page:444
 msgid "Disconnected from the network."
 msgstr "Від'єднано від мережі."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:202
-msgid "Connected to a wired network."
-msgstr "З'єднано із дротовою мережею."
+#: C/status-icons.page:455
+msgid ""
+"Connected to a wired network, but there is no route to the internet. This "
+"could be due to a misconfiguration of your network, or it could be due to an "
+"outage with your internet service provider."
+msgstr ""
+"З'єднано із дротовою мережею, але немає маршруту до інтернету. Причиною "
+"цього можуть бути помилкові налаштування мережі або відмова на сервері "
+"надавача послуг інтернету."
 
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:207
-msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>"
-msgstr "<app>Бездротове з'єднання</app>"
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:462
+msgid "Learn more about wired networking."
+msgstr "Дізнатися більше про роботу із дротовою мережею."
 
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:211
-msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
-msgstr "Надіслано запит щодо бездротового з'єднання."
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: C/status-icons.page:466
+msgid "VPN (virtual private networking)"
+msgstr "VPN (віртуальна приватна мережа)"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:215
-msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
-msgstr "Передавання даних бездротовою мережею зашифровано."
+#: C/status-icons.page:476
+#| msgid "Connecting to a virual private network."
+msgid "Connecting to a virtual private network."
+msgstr "Встановлення з'єднання із віртуальною приватною мережею."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:219
-msgid "Connected to a wireless network."
-msgstr "З'єднано із бездротовою мережею."
+#: C/status-icons.page:487
+msgid "Connected to a virtual private network."
+msgstr "З'єднано із віртуальною приватною мережею."
 
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:239
-msgid "Very low signal strength."
-msgstr "Дуже низька потужність сигналу."
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:492
+msgid "Learn more about virtual private networks."
+msgstr "Дізнатися більше про віртуальні приватні мережі."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:246
-msgid "Power Manager Icons"
-msgstr "Піктограми керування живленням"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:251
-msgid "The battery is full."
-msgstr "Акумулятор повністю заряджено."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:255
-msgid "The battery is partially drained."
-msgstr "Заряд акумулятора частково вичерпано."
+#: C/status-icons.page:499
+msgid "Other icons"
+msgstr "Інші піктограми"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:259
-msgid "The battery is low."
-msgstr "Низький заряд акумулятора."
+#: C/status-icons.page:510
+msgid ""
+"Indicates the keyboard layout or input method currently in use. Click to "
+"select another layout. The keyboard layout menu is only shown if you have "
+"multiple input methods configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Є індикатором розкладки клавіатури або способу введення, який "
+"використовується. Клацніть, щоб вибрати іншу розкладку. Меню розкладки "
+"клавіатури буде показано, лише якщо у вашій системі налаштовано декілька "
+"способів введення."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:263
-msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
-msgstr "Попередження: дуже низький заряд акумулятора."
+#: C/status-icons.page:523
+msgid ""
+"An app is currently accessing your location. You can disable location access "
+"from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ до даних щодо вашого місця перебування надано програми. Ви можете "
+"вимкнути доступ до даних щодо місця перебування за допомогою меню."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:267
-msgid "The battery is extremely low."
-msgstr "Заряд акумулятора є надзвичайно низьким."
+#: C/status-icons.page:535
+msgid ""
+"Night light has changed the color temperature of the display to reduce eye "
+"strain. You can temporarily disable night light from the menu."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:271
-msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
-msgstr "Акумулятор від'єднано."
+#: C/status-icons.page:548
+msgid "You are currently recording a screencast of your entire screen."
+msgstr "Ведеться запис відео з усього екрана."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:275
-msgid "The battery is fully charged."
-msgstr "Акумулятор повністю заряджено."
+#: C/status-icons.page:559
+msgid "An app is currently sharing the screen or another window."
+msgstr "Зараз програма транслює зображення з екрана або іншого вікна."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:279
-msgid "The battery is full and charging."
-msgstr "Акумулятор повністю заряджено і він заряджається."
+#: C/status-icons.page:570
+msgid "Connecting to a Thunderbolt device, such as a dock."
+msgstr "З'єднання із пристроєм Thunderbolt, зокрема док-станцією."
 
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:283
-msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
-msgstr "Акумулятор частково заряджено і він заряджається."
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:575
+msgid "Learn more about keyboard layouts."
+msgstr "Дізнатися більше про розкладки клавіатури"
 
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:287
-msgid "The battery is low and charging."
-msgstr "Низький заряд акумулятора, акумулятор заряджається."
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:576
+msgid "Learn more about privacy and location services."
+msgstr ""
+"Дізнатися більше про конфіденційність ат служби визначення місця перебування."
 
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:291
-msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
-msgstr "Дуже низький заряд акумулятора, акумулятор заряджається."
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:577
+msgid "Learn more about night light and color temperature."
+msgstr "Дізнатися більше про нічне освітлення та температуру кольорів."
 
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:295
-msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
-msgstr "Акумулятор розряджено і він заряджається."
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/status-icons.page:578
+msgid "Learn more about screenshots and screencasts."
+msgstr "Дізнатися більше про знімки екрана та записи з екрана."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/tips-specialchars.page:34
@@ -22204,6 +22545,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
 "mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
 msgstr ""
+"Введення символів, яких немає на клавіатурі, зокрема символів інших абеток, математичних символів та декоративних символів."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/tips-specialchars.page:37
@@ -22405,11 +22747,13 @@ msgstr "Підказки та поради"
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:19
 msgid "Manipulate your desktop using gestures on your touchscreen."
 msgstr ""
+"Керування вашою стільницею за допомогою жестів на сенсорному екрані."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:22
 msgid "Use touchscreen gestures to navigate the desktop"
 msgstr ""
+"Використання жестів на сенсорному екрані для навігації стільницею"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:24
@@ -22430,11 +22774,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:32
 msgid "System-wide gestures"
 msgstr ""
+"Загальносистемні жести"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:42
 msgid "<em>Open the Activities Overview</em>"
 msgstr ""
+"<em>Відкрити огляд «Діяльності»</em>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:43
@@ -22445,46 +22791,55 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:47
 msgid "<em>Open the Applications View</em>"
 msgstr ""
+"<em>Відкрити панель перегляду «Програми»</em>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:48
 msgid "Slide right from the left screen edge."
 msgstr ""
+"Проведення праворуч зліва на краю екрана."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:52
 msgid "<em>Bring down the notifications list</em>"
 msgstr ""
+"<em>Розгортання списку сповіщень</em>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:53
 msgid "Slide down from the top center edge."
 msgstr ""
+"Проведення вниз від центру верхнього краю."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:57
 msgid "<em>Bring down the system menu</em>"
 msgstr ""
+"<em>Розгортання меню системи</em>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:58
 msgid "Slide down from the top right edge."
 msgstr ""
+"Проведення вниз від центру правого краю."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:62
 msgid "<em>Bring up the on-screen keyboard</em>"
 msgstr ""
+"<em>Розгортання екранної клавіатури</em>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:63
 msgid "Slide up from the bottom screen edge."
 msgstr ""
+"Проведення вгору від нижнього краю екрана."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:67
 msgid "<em>Switch Application</em>"
 msgstr ""
+"<em>Перемкнути програму</em>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:68
@@ -22495,6 +22850,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:72
 msgid "<em>Switch Workspace</em>"
 msgstr ""
+"<em>Перемкнути робочий простір</em>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:73
@@ -22505,36 +22861,43 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:80
 msgid "Application gestures"
 msgstr ""
+"Жести програм"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:85
 msgid "<em>Open an item, launch an application, play a song</em>"
 msgstr ""
+"<em>Відкрити запис, запустити програму, відтворити звук</em>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:86
 msgid "Tap on an item."
 msgstr ""
+"Торкання запису."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:90
 msgid "<em>Select an item and list actions that can be performed</em>"
 msgstr ""
+"<em>Позначити запис і відкрити список дій, які можна виконати</em>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:91
 msgid "Press and hold for a second or two."
 msgstr ""
+"Натисніть і потримайте секунду або дві."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:95
 msgid "<em>Scroll the area on the screen</em>"
 msgstr ""
+"<em>Гортання області на екрані</em>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:96
 msgid "Drag: slide a finger touching the surface."
 msgstr ""
+"Перетягування: проведення пальцем поверхнею екрана."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:103
@@ -22553,6 +22916,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:111
 msgid "<em>Rotate a photo</em>"
 msgstr ""
+"<em>Обертати фотографію</em>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:112
@@ -22563,11 +22927,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/translate.page:7
 msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
 msgstr ""
+"Як і де допомогти зі перекладом цих матеріалів."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/translate.page:27
 msgid "Participate to improve translations"
 msgstr ""
+"Участь з метою удосконалення перекладів"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/translate.page:29
@@ -22575,6 +22941,7 @@ msgid ""
 "GNOME’s help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You "
 "are welcome to participate."
 msgstr ""
+"Перекладом довідки до GNOME переймається спільнота добровольців з усього світу. Ми будемо раді вашій участі у ній."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/translate.page:33
@@ -22606,6 +22973,11 @@ msgid ""
 "located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of "
 "timezone differences."
 msgstr ""
+"Ви можете спілкуватися із перекладачами GNOME за допомогою каналу #i18n на"
+" <link xref=\"help-irc\">сервері IRC GNOME</link>. Учасники каналу живуть у різних кінцях світу, тому,"
+" можливо, "
+"відповідь надійде не одразу — це результат того, що люди мешкають у різних "
+"часових поясах."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/translate.page:49
@@ -22630,6 +23002,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Add and remove user accounts. Change passwords. Set administrative "
 "privileges."
 msgstr ""
+"Додавання і вилучення облікових записів користувачів. Зміна паролів. Встановлення адміністративних прав доступу."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/user-accounts.page:25
@@ -22670,11 +23043,13 @@ msgstr "Права доступу користувачів"
 #: C/user-add.page:33
 msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
 msgstr ""
+"Додавання нових користувачів із метою забезпечення для інших користувачів можливості входити до системи."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/user-add.page:36
 msgid "Add a new user account"
 msgstr ""
+"Додавання нового облікового запису користувача"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/user-add.page:38
@@ -22776,6 +23151,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/user-admin-change.page:30
 msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
 msgstr ""
+"Зміна списку користувачів із адміністративними правами доступу"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32
@@ -22800,11 +23176,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/user-delete.page:57
 msgid "Click <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."
 msgstr ""
+"Натисніть пункт <gui>Користувачі</gui>, щоб відкрити панель."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/user-admin-change.page:53
 msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
 msgstr ""
+"Виберіть користувача, чиї права доступу ви хочете змінити."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/user-admin-change.page:56
@@ -22817,6 +23195,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/user-admin-change.page:60
 msgid "The user’s privileges will be changed when they next log in."
 msgstr ""
+"Права доступу користувача буде змінено, коли він чи вона наступного разу увійдуть до системи."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
 #: C/user-admin-change.page:65
@@ -22832,17 +23211,20 @@ msgid ""
 "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
 "on one system."
 msgstr ""
+"Не варто надавати надто великій кількості користувачів прав доступу <gui>Адміністратор</gui> у одній системі."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/user-admin-explain.page:25
 msgid ""
 "You need administrative privileges to change important parts of your system."
 msgstr ""
+"Для внесення змін до важливих частин вашої системи вам знадобляться права доступу адміністратора."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
 msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
 msgstr ""
+"Як працюють права доступу адміністратора?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/user-admin-explain.page:31
@@ -22901,6 +23283,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
 msgid "What does “super user” mean?"
 msgstr ""
+"Що означає поняття «суперкористувач»?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
 #: C/user-admin-explain.page:66
@@ -22916,6 +23299,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/user-admin-explain.page:74
 msgid "Why are administrative privileges useful?"
 msgstr ""
+"Навіщо потрібні права доступу адміністратора?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
 #: C/user-admin-explain.page:76
@@ -23705,6 +24089,141 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid "Volume Control Icons"
+#~ msgstr "Піктограми керування гучністю"
+
+#~ msgid "The volume is set to high."
+#~ msgstr "Встановлено високий рівень гучності."
+
+#~ msgid "The volume is set to medium."
+#~ msgstr "Встановлено середній рівень гучності."
+
+#~ msgid "The volume is set to low."
+#~ msgstr "Встановлено низький рівень гучності."
+
+#~ msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons"
+#~ msgstr "Піктограми керування Bluetooth"
+
+#~ msgid "Bluetooth has been activated."
+#~ msgstr "Bluetooth активовано."
+
+#~ msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled."
+#~ msgstr "Bluetooth вимкнено."
+
+#~ msgid "Network Manager Icons"
+#~ msgstr "Піктограми керування мережею"
+
+#~ msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
+#~ msgstr "<app>Стільникове з'єднання</app>"
+
+#~ msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
+#~ msgstr "З'єднано із мережею 3G."
+
+#~ msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
+#~ msgstr "З'єднано із мережею 4G."
+
+#~ msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
+#~ msgstr "З'єднано із мережею EDGE."
+
+#~ msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
+#~ msgstr "З'єднано із мережею GPRS."
+
+#~ msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
+#~ msgstr "З'єднано із мережею UMTS."
+
+#~ msgid "Very high signal strength."
+#~ msgstr "Дуже висока потужність сигналу."
+
+#~ msgid "High signal strength."
+#~ msgstr "Висока потужність сигналу."
+
+#~ msgid "Medium signal strength."
+#~ msgstr "Середня потужність сигналу."
+
+#~ msgid "Low signal strength."
+#~ msgstr "Низька потужність сигналу."
+
+#~ msgid "Extremely low signal strength."
+#~ msgstr "Дуже низька потужність сигналу."
+
+#~ msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>"
+#~ msgstr "<app>З'єднання локальної мережі (LAN)</app>"
+
+#~ msgid "There has been an error in finding the network."
+#~ msgstr "Під час пошуку мережі сталася помилка."
+
+#~ msgid "The network is inactive."
+#~ msgstr "Мережа є неактивною."
+
+#~ msgid "There is no route found for the network."
+#~ msgstr "Не знайдено маршруту для мережі."
+
+#~ msgid "The network is offline."
+#~ msgstr "Мережа не працює."
+
+#~ msgid "The network is receiving data."
+#~ msgstr "Мережею отримуються дані."
+
+#~ msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data."
+#~ msgstr "Мережею передаються і отримуються дані."
+
+#~ msgid "The network is transmitting data."
+#~ msgstr "Мережею передаються дані."
+
+#~ msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>"
+#~ msgstr "<app>З'єднання віртуальною приватною мережею (VPN)</app>"
+
+#~ msgid "Acquiring a network connection."
+#~ msgstr "Надіслано запит щодо з'єднання із мережею."
+
+#~ msgid "Connected to a VPN network."
+#~ msgstr "З'єднано із мережею VPN."
+
+#~ msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection."
+#~ msgstr "Надіслано запит щодо бездротового з'єднання."
+
+#~ msgid "The wireless network is encrypted."
+#~ msgstr "Передавання даних бездротовою мережею зашифровано."
+
+#~ msgid "Very low signal strength."
+#~ msgstr "Дуже низька потужність сигналу."
+
+#~ msgid "Power Manager Icons"
+#~ msgstr "Піктограми керування живленням"
+
+#~ msgid "The battery is full."
+#~ msgstr "Акумулятор повністю заряджено."
+
+#~ msgid "The battery is partially drained."
+#~ msgstr "Заряд акумулятора частково вичерпано."
+
+#~ msgid "The battery is low."
+#~ msgstr "Низький заряд акумулятора."
+
+#~ msgid "Caution: The battery is very low."
+#~ msgstr "Попередження: дуже низький заряд акумулятора."
+
+#~ msgid "The battery is extremely low."
+#~ msgstr "Заряд акумулятора є надзвичайно низьким."
+
+#~ msgid "The battery has been unplugged."
+#~ msgstr "Акумулятор від'єднано."
+
+#~ msgid "The battery is fully charged."
+#~ msgstr "Акумулятор повністю заряджено."
+
+#~ msgid "The battery is partially full and charging."
+#~ msgstr "Акумулятор частково заряджено і він заряджається."
+
+#~ msgid "The battery is low and charging."
+#~ msgstr "Низький заряд акумулятора, акумулятор заряджається."
+
+#~ msgid "The battery is very low and charging."
+#~ msgstr "Дуже низький заряд акумулятора, акумулятор заряджається."
+
+#~ msgid "The battery is empty and charging."
+#~ msgstr "Акумулятор розряджено і він заряджається."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "Click <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
 #~ msgstr ""